This is a modern-English version of Tom Brown at Rugby, originally written by Hughes, Thomas.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Classics for Children.
Tom Brown at Rugby School
BY AN OLD BOY
Thomas Hughes
EDITED BY
CLARA WEAVER ROBINSON.
BOSTON, U.S.A.
GINN & COMPANY, PUBLISHERS.
1902
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1888, by
GINN & COMPANY,
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
All rights reserved.
Typography by J. S. Cushing & Co., Boston, USA.
Printed by Ginn & Co., Boston, U.S.A.
[Pg iii]
[Pg iii]
INTRODUCTION.
In these days of zealous reform in school methods, it is well to keep in mind the true aim of all education,—the right development of character. It is important that our children acquire extensive knowledge, and sound habits of thought; it is imperative that they become honest, steadfast, and manly. Dr. Arnold, as head-master of Rugby School, was eminently successful in attaining this object. In "Tom Brown's School Days," Mr. Hughes has caught, and immortalized, the spirit of his old teacher's work. While the book emphasizes the peculiar moral earnestness of Dr. Arnold's pupils, it is free from all suspicion of cant. Those who enjoy its pages should read also Dean Stanley's admirable life of the great schoolmaster. We trust that it will be many years before we cease to read the life of Mr. Hughes in his daily works of goodwill to his fellow-men.
In today's world of enthusiastic changes in school methods, it's important to remember the true purpose of education: the proper development of character. It's essential for our children to gain broad knowledge and solid thinking habits; they must also become honest, dependable, and courageous. Dr. Arnold, as headmaster of Rugby School, was highly effective in achieving this goal. In "Tom Brown's School Days," Mr. Hughes captured and immortalized the spirit of his former teacher's work. While the book highlights the unique moral seriousness of Dr. Arnold's students, it avoids any hint of pretentiousness. Those who appreciate its content should also check out Dean Stanley's excellent biography of the great educator. We hope it will be many years before we stop reading about Mr. Hughes and his ongoing efforts to help others.
The notes have been prepared for children in the grammar school, as explained in Mr. Ginn's preface to the "Lady of the Lake," in this series.
The notes have been prepared for kids in grammar school, as explained in Mr. Ginn's preface to the "Lady of the Lake" in this series.
A few passages have been omitted from the original text, in the belief that it will thus be better adapted for the use of American schoolboys; and the typographical errors of former editions have been corrected.
A few passages have been left out of the original text, believing that this will make it more suitable for American schoolboys; and the typos from earlier editions have been fixed.
N. L. R.
NLR
Canton, N.Y.,
October 20, 1888.
Canton, NY, October 20, 1888.
[Pg iv]
[Pg iv]
[Pg v]
[Pg v]
CONTENTS.
PART I. | |
CHAPTER I. | |
The Brown Family | 1 |
CHAPTER II. | |
The "Feast" | 24 |
CHAPTER III. | |
Various Wars and Alliances | 49 |
CHAPTER IV. | |
The Stagecoach | 73 |
CHAPTER V. | |
Rugby and Football | 92 |
CHAPTER VI. | |
Post-Match | 118 |
CHAPTER VII. | |
Settling to the Collar | 139 |
CHAPTER VIII. | |
The Independence War | 163 |
CHAPTER IX. | |
A Series of Mishaps | 189 |
PART II.[Pg vi] | |
CHAPTER I. | |
How the tide turned | 215 |
CHAPTER II. | |
The New Kid | 230 |
CHAPTER III. | |
Arthur Makes a Friend | 246 |
CHAPTER IV. | |
The Bird Lovers | 264 |
CHAPTER V. | |
The Battle | 281 |
CHAPTER VI. | |
Fever at School | 303 |
CHAPTER VII. | |
Harry East's Challenges and Solutions | 324 |
CHAPTER VIII. | |
Tom Brown's Last Game | 343 |
CHAPTER IX. | |
End | 370 |
Index to Notes | 381 |
[Pg vii]
[Pg vii]
THOMAS HUGHES.
Thomas Hughes is a native of the royal county of Berkshire, England. From the nursery windows of the old farmhouse in Uffington, where he was born, in 1823, he delighted in looking out on that famous White Horse Hill which he describes in the opening chapters of "Tom Brown's School Days."
Thomas Hughes was born in 1823 in Uffington, Berkshire, England. From the nursery windows of the old farmhouse where he grew up, he loved looking out at the famous White Horse Hill, which he writes about in the opening chapters of "Tom Brown's School Days."
His father was such an English squire as he represents Tom's father to be, and his grandfather was vicar of the parish, and therefore a man of a good deal of local influence. When a child, young Hughes must have become familiar with the old parish church, which dates almost from the time of William the Conqueror, and which has within it some Roman brickwork which carries one back to the days when Agricola's legions were building walled towns in Britain.
His father was just the kind of English landowner that Tom’s father is described as, and his grandfather was the vicar of the parish, making him quite influential locally. As a child, young Hughes must have spent a lot of time in the old parish church, which has been around since nearly the time of William the Conqueror and features some Roman brickwork that harks back to the days when Agricola’s legions were constructing walled towns in Britain.
Thus the lad's earliest recollections would naturally be of these two landmarks—the ivy-grown church, with its twenty and more generations buried round it, and the great chalk hill whose rudely carved White Horse can be seen gleaming in the sunshine full ten miles away, just as it did when Alfred the Great cut it to commemorate his victory over the Northmen a thousand years ago.
Thus the boy's earliest memories would naturally be of these two landmarks—the ivy-covered church, with its twenty or more generations buried around it, and the great chalk hill whose roughly carved White Horse can be seen shining in the sunlight a full ten miles away, just as it did when Alfred the Great carved it to celebrate his victory over the Norsemen a thousand years ago.
[Pg viii] Thomas had a brother George, who was a little older than he, and who was his opposite in many respects. From him he learned many lessons which helped to shape his after life. George was quick to turn his hand to anything, and a lover of all out-door sports; if they had a spice of danger in them, so much the better. Thomas, on the other hand, was naturally both awkward and timid; the sound of a gun frightened him; and a pet pony soon found that, while George was his master, he was Thomas's, and meant to keep so. Thomas was ashamed of what he called his two left hands, with which he never seemed to get the right hold of anything the first time. He was still more ashamed of his timidity. That feeling of fear he could not prevent. Eventually, however, he did better; he so mastered it that he could bravely face what he feared, so making duty stand him in the stead of that mere physical courage, which is often but another name for insensibility to danger.
[Pg viii] Thomas had an older brother named George, who was very different from him in many ways. From George, Thomas learned several lessons that would shape his future. George was quick to take on new challenges and loved all outdoor sports; the more dangerous, the better. Thomas, on the other hand, was naturally clumsy and shy; the sound of a gun would scare him, and a pet pony quickly realized that while George was in charge, Thomas was not and intended to keep it that way. Thomas felt embarrassed about what he called his two left hands, which always seemed to fumble and never got things right the first time. He was even more embarrassed by his shyness. No matter how hard he tried, he couldn't shake that feeling of fear. However, over time, he improved; he learned to confront his fears with courage, allowing his sense of duty to replace the mere physical bravery that often just meant being oblivious to danger.
When he reached the age of seven he went to Twyford to school. Here he found how easy it is to get a nickname, and how hard it is to get rid of it. One of his first lessons related to Greek literature and to the history of Cadmus, who was said to have "first carried letters from Asia to Greece." Instead of asking the question in the book, the master demanded, "What was Cadmus?" This new way of questioning disconcerted the class, who were prepared to tell who Cadmus was, but not what he was. But young Hughes, remembering the letter-carrier at Uffington, suddenly jumped up and shouted out, "I can tell! Cadmus was a postman, sir!" From that day the boy was christened "Cadmus" by his companions, a name which, for convenience' sake, was soon shortened to "Cad,"—a [Pg ix] particularly aggravating abbreviation, since in England a "cad" is the exact opposite of a gentleman. Then all sorts of ingenious and mischievous changes were rung on it until poor "Cadmus" was in a fair way of being driven wild with torment. Wherever he went the walls echoed with the jeering cry. But luckily for him his brother George happened to hear a big fellow teasing the lad, and rushing up with clenched fist and blazing eyes, thrashed the bully so soundly that after that Thomas enjoyed entire immunity from the objectionable title.
When he turned seven, he started school at Twyford. Here, he quickly learned how easy it is to get a nickname and how difficult it is to shake it off. One of his first lessons was about Greek literature and the story of Cadmus, who was said to have "first brought letters from Asia to Greece." Instead of asking the question from the book, the teacher asked, "What was Cadmus?" This new way of questioning threw the class off, as they were ready to explain who Cadmus was, but not what he was. However, young Hughes, recalling the letter-carrier at Uffington, jumped up and exclaimed, "I can tell! Cadmus was a postman, sir!" From that moment, the boy was nicknamed "Cadmus" by his classmates, which, for convenience, was quickly shortened to "Cad"—a particularly annoying abbreviation, since in England a "cad" is the exact opposite of a gentleman. Then all sorts of clever and mischievous variations were made on it until poor "Cadmus" was close to being driven crazy with torment. Wherever he went, the walls echoed with the mocking calls. Fortunately for him, his brother George happened to hear a big kid teasing him and rushed over with clenched fists and fiery eyes, beating up the bully so thoroughly that after that, Thomas enjoyed complete freedom from the unwanted nickname.
After about three years at Twyford, the two brothers were sent to the school at Rugby, then under the mastership of Doctor Arnold, who proved himself to be the ablest teacher in England; not because he taught his boys more than any other educator, but because more than any other he awakened in them the true spirit of manhood. "Tom Brown's School Days" is a record of the eight happy years that the lads spent under the Doctor's influence. From Rugby they went to Oxford, where Thomas Hughes graduated at Oriel College in 1845. The timid "Cadmus" of Twyford not only passed through Rugby with credit to himself in foot-ball, in Greek verses, and in the manly art of self-defence, but he got a "Double First" at Oxford—that is, the highest honors in the mathematics and the classics—and was elected captain of the 'Varsity Crew and captain of the University Eleven at cricket as well.
After about three years at Twyford, the two brothers were sent to the school at Rugby, which was then run by Doctor Arnold, who was recognized as the best teacher in England; not because he taught his students more than anyone else, but because he truly inspired them with the spirit of manhood. "Tom Brown's School Days" documents the eight happy years that the boys spent under the Doctor's influence. From Rugby, they moved on to Oxford, where Thomas Hughes graduated from Oriel College in 1845. The shy "Cadmus" from Twyford not only left Rugby with a good reputation in football, Greek poetry, and self-defense but also achieved a "Double First" at Oxford—that is, the highest honors in mathematics and classics—and was elected captain of the University Crew and captain of the University cricket team as well.
It was while young Hughes was at Oriel that the corn law agitation reached its height. A heavy duty on all imported grain had made bread so dear that thousands of English workmen, with their families, were brought to the verge of starvation. John Bright earnestly espoused their [Pg x] cause and urged Parliament to repeal a tax that enriched a few at the expense of a suffering multitude. Elliott, the "Corn Law Rhymer," stirred the feelings of the masses with his impassioned appeals in verse, so that all over the country hollow-cheeked artisans were repeating the lines,—
It was while young Hughes was at Oriel that the corn law protests reached their peak. A heavy tax on all imported grain had made bread so expensive that thousands of English workers, along with their families, were on the brink of starvation. John Bright passionately supported their cause and urged Parliament to get rid of a tax that benefited a few at the cost of a struggling many. Elliott, known as the "Corn Law Rhymer," stirred the emotions of the crowds with his passionate poems, so that all over the country, hollow-cheeked workers were quoting his lines,—
"England! what for mine and me,
What hath bread-tax done for thee?
"England! What has the bread tax done for you and me?"
Cursed thy harvest, cursed thy land,
Hunger-stung thy skill'd right hand."
Cursed be your harvest, cursed be your land,
Hunger-bitten your skilled right hand."
Thomas Hughes became a convert to the Liberal movement, which shortly after succeeded in repealing a tariff that had been the cause of such wide-spread misery. From that day his sympathies have always been with those classes who are called to earn the least and endure the most; and when in 1848 he was admitted to the bar at Lincoln's Inn, London, he had got the name of being a radical and a reformer in politics—a name, then, rather more dreadful to steady-going, conservative English country gentlemen of the "Squire Brown" type than that of mad dog.
Thomas Hughes became a supporter of the Liberal movement, which soon succeeded in getting rid of a tariff that had caused widespread suffering. From that day on, he consistently empathized with those who earn the least and endure the most. When he was admitted to the bar at Lincoln's Inn, London, in 1848, he had already gained a reputation as a radical and a reformer in politics—a label that was, at the time, even more terrifying to traditional, conservative English country gentlemen of the "Squire Brown" type than the term "mad dog."
But long before this the young man had got over his dread of opprobrious names, and his fear of those who have nothing harder to hurl.
But long before this, the young man had overcome his fear of insults and his anxiety about those who only had empty words to throw at him.
With a few other resolute spirits he set himself to work to organize those joint-stock industries and business enterprises which have since developed into the colossal co-operative stores of London and the cotton mills of Oldham, representing many millions of capital, the combined savings of thrifty artisans and other persons of small means.
With a few other determined individuals, he set out to organize the joint-stock industries and business ventures that have since grown into the massive co-operative stores of London and the cotton mills of Oldham, representing millions in capital—combined savings from hardworking artisans and others with modest means.
In all this, Mr. Hughes's avowed object has been "to make England the best place for workingmen to live in [Pg xi] that the sun ever shone upon." Whether that can be done or not in this age of the world is certainly open to question, but it is equally certain that there can be no possible harm in making the attempt. That the workingmen have appreciated the effort is evident from the fact that they elected Mr. Hughes to Parliament in 1865. It is said that ordinarily the expense of getting into the House of Commons—an unpaid body—averages about $75,000, which the candidate or his friends must be prepared to spend. But in Lambeth, a district of London, inhabited almost wholly by poor men, two hundred of Mr. Hughes's admirers came forward and worked night and day without receiving a single shilling of any man's money, solely with the determination of seeing their candidate succeed.
In all this, Mr. Hughes's stated goal has been "to make England the best place for working people to live in that the sun ever shone upon." Whether that's achievable in today’s world is definitely up for debate, but it’s clear that there’s no harm in trying. The working class’s appreciation of this effort is evident from the fact that they elected Mr. Hughes to Parliament in 1865. It’s reported that typically, the cost of getting into the House of Commons—an unpaid position—averages about $75,000, which the candidate or their supporters need to be ready to spend. However, in Lambeth, a district in London mostly inhabited by low-income individuals, two hundred of Mr. Hughes's supporters stepped up and worked tirelessly without taking a single penny from anyone, purely out of the determination to help their candidate succeed.
Since then, the writer of "Tom Brown's School Days" would certainly have broken down from overwork if he had not been, as he says, an "Angular Saxon" and a muscular Christian as well. During his nine years' pull in the political harness he earned the double honor of helping forward the cause of the people and at the same time he so won the regard of the Crown that he received the appointment of Queen's Counsel. While member of Parliament Mr. Hughes was likewise carrying on a large and lucrative law practice, acting as president of the Workingmen's College, which he was instrumental in founding; serving as referee in disputes between manufacturers and their employees in such a way as to get the respect and good-will of both; serving also as director in co-operative banks, coal mines, cotton mills, machine shops, grocery stores, land and building associations; besides being chief manager of the Crystal Palace company, and colonel in a volunteer rifle corps.
Since then, the author of "Tom Brown's School Days" would have definitely burned out from overwork if he hadn't been, as he describes himself, an "Angular Saxon" and a muscular Christian too. During his nine years in politics, he earned the dual honor of advancing the people's cause while also gaining the respect of the Crown, which led to his appointment as Queen's Counsel. While serving in Parliament, Mr. Hughes was also running a large and profitable law practice, acting as president of the Workingmen's College, which he helped establish; mediating disputes between manufacturers and their workers in a way that earned him the respect and goodwill of both sides; and serving as a director in co-operative banks, coal mines, cotton mills, machine shops, grocery stores, and land and building associations. Additionally, he was the chief manager of the Crystal Palace company and a colonel in a volunteer rifle corps.
[Pg xii] Yet well known as Mr. Hughes is for his manifold political and philanthropic services, he is still better known by his books. Though with him literature has been rather a recreation than a vocation, yet his fame seems destined to rest on it, and especially on his "Tom Brown," which has been pronounced "the best description of public school life that ever has been, or is ever likely to be, written." This famous work, published in 1858, was followed the next year by "The Scouring of the White Horse," a story of his favorite White Horse Hill. Three years later came "Tom Brown at Oxford," then "The Life of Alfred the Great," and lastly his "Memoirs of a Brother" and his "Manliness of Christ," besides scores, if not hundreds, of magazine and review articles and letters to London and American papers.
[Pg xii] Although Mr. Hughes is well known for his many political and philanthropic contributions, he is even more recognized for his books. For him, writing has been more of a hobby than a profession, yet his legacy appears to be tied to it, particularly his "Tom Brown," which has been called "the best portrayal of public school life that has ever been or is ever likely to be written." This renowned work, published in 1858, was followed the next year by "The Scouring of the White Horse," a story about his beloved White Horse Hill. Three years later, he released "Tom Brown at Oxford," then "The Life of Alfred the Great," and finally his "Memoirs of a Brother" and "Manliness of Christ," along with dozens, if not hundreds, of articles and letters in magazines, reviews, and both London and American newspapers.
In 1870 Mr. Hughes made the tour of this country, receiving such a welcome from his many friends as "Tom Brown" was sure to get from both old and young. Ten years afterward he undertook to establish an English colony in the Cumberland Mountains of East Tennessee. It was called Rugby, and it was founded in the hope that it might be useful to many educated young men of good families who could find no opening worthy of their powers at home. As he said, "Of the many sad sights in England there is none sadder than this, of first-rate human material going helplessly to waste, and in too many cases beginning to sour and taint, instead of strengthening the national life." A hundred years before, Franklin had expressed the same conviction in his pithy maxim, "'Tis hard for an empty bag to stand upright." It was to fill these vacant lives with honest work and its rewards that Thomas Hughes started his emigration to the wilds of Tennessee. [Pg xiii] There, co-operation was to be tried in farming, cattle-raising, lumbering, and trade, thus saving the community of workers from that "infinite terror of not making money," which Carlyle declared was the only thing that now stirred deep fear in the souls of his countrymen. Many an ardent young man fresh from the old Rugby of "Tom Brown" fame fondly hoped that the new, western Rugby might enable him to say with Tennyson's "Northern Farmer," as he listened to the music of his horse's hoofs on the road home from market,—
In 1870, Mr. Hughes traveled across the country, receiving a warm welcome from his many friends, just as "Tom Brown" would have from both young and old. Ten years later, he set out to establish an English community in the Cumberland Mountains of East Tennessee. It was named Rugby, founded with the hope of providing a place for many educated young men from good families who couldn't find opportunities that matched their abilities back home. As he stated, "Of the many sad sights in England, there is none sadder than the first-rate human potential going to waste, and in too many cases starting to rot and spoil, instead of contributing to national life." A hundred years earlier, Franklin had voiced the same belief in his sharp saying, "'Tis hard for an empty bag to stand upright." It was to fill these empty lives with meaningful work and its rewards that Thomas Hughes began his migration to the wilderness of Tennessee. [Pg xiii] There, they planned to try cooperative farming, cattle-raising, lumbering, and trade, thereby protecting the working community from that "infinite terror of not making money," which Carlyle claimed was the only thing that truly instilled deep fear in the hearts of his countrymen. Many eager young men, freshly inspired from the original Rugby of "Tom Brown" fame, dreamed that the new western Rugby might allow them to echo Tennyson's "Northern Farmer," as they heard the sound of their horse's hooves on the road home from market,—
"Proputty, proputty, proputty,—that's what I 'ears 'em saäy";
"Proputty, proputty, proputty—that's what I hear them say";
but, unfortunately, the "proputty" will not always come even at the bidding of hard work and active brains. The Tennessee enterprise has not commanded success, though doubtless, as Addison would say, it has done better—it has deserved it.
but, unfortunately, the "proputty" won't always show up even with hard work and smart thinking. The Tennessee venture hasn’t been successful, although, as Addison would say, it has done better—it has earned it.
Since the inauguration of the movement Mr. Hughes has been appointed county judge of Cheshire, and now makes his home in the quaint old town of Chester, the county seat. He is verging on the limit of that threescore and ten which the Psalmist allotted as the measure of human life. Few men in our day can look back over a busier or more fruitful career. The awkward and timid boy has shown the world what rare force of self-conquest, of persevering growth, of grappling with difficulties, and of successful achievement was to come out of that unpromising beginning. Because of this, we are all debtors to the author of "Tom Brown"; not only for his books, but still more because we see that these books are the frank expression of a brave, earnest, and untiring spirit.
Since the start of the movement, Mr. Hughes has been appointed county judge of Cheshire and now lives in the charming old town of Chester, the county seat. He is nearing the age of seventy, which the Psalmist considered the measure of human life. Few men today can reflect on a busier or more productive career. The awkward and shy boy has shown everyone the incredible strength of self-discipline, consistent growth, overcoming challenges, and achieving success that emerged from such an unlikely beginning. Because of this, we all owe a debt to the author of "Tom Brown"; not just for his books, but even more so because we recognize that these books are the honest expression of a brave, sincere, and relentless spirit.
D. H. M.
DHM
[Pg xiv]
[Pg xiv]
Tom Brown's School Days.
PART I.
CHAPTER I.
THE BROWN FAMILY.
"I'm the Poet of White Horse Vale, sir,
With liberal notions under my cap."—Ballad.
"I'm the Poet of White Horse Vale, sir,
With open-minded ideas in my head."—Ballad.
The Browns have become illustrious by the pen of Thackeray and the pencil of Doyle,[1] within the memory of the young gentlemen who are now matriculating[2] at the universities. Notwithstanding the well-merited but late fame which has now fallen upon them, any one at all acquainted with the family must feel that much has yet to be written and said before the British nation will be properly sensible of how much of its greatness it owes to the Browns. For centuries, in their quiet, dogged, homespun way, they have been subduing the earth in most English counties, and leaving their mark in American forests and Australian uplands. Wherever the fleets and armies of England have won renown, there stalwart sons of the Browns have done yeomen's[3] work. With the yew [Pg 2] bow and cloth-yard shaft[4] at Cressy and Agincourt[5]—with the brown bill[6] and pike under the brave Lord Willoughby—with culverin and demi-culverin[7] against Spaniards and Dutchmen—with hand-grenade[8] and sabre, and musket and bayonet, under Rodney[9] and St. Vincent, Wolfe and Moore, Nelson and Wellington, they have carried their lives in their hands; getting hard knocks and hard work in plenty, which was, on the whole, what they looked for, and the best thing for them; and little praise or pudding, which indeed they, and most of us, are better without. Talbots[10] and Stanleys, St. Maurs, and such-like folk have led armies and made laws time out of mind; but those noble families would be somewhat astounded—if the accounts ever came to be fairly taken—to find how small their work for England has been by the side of that of the Browns.
The Browns have become famous through the writing of Thackeray and the illustrations of Doyle,[1] in the memory of the young men currently starting their studies[2] at the universities. Despite the well-deserved but late recognition they are receiving now, anyone familiar with the family must realize that there is still much to be written and said before the British public fully understands how much of its greatness comes from the Browns. For centuries, in their humble, determined, everyday manner, they have been conquering land across most English counties, and making their mark in American forests and Australian hills. Wherever England's ships and armies have gained fame, strong sons of the Browns have done remarkable[3] work. With the yew bow and long arrow[4] at Cressy and Agincourt[5]—with the brown bill[6] and pike under the brave Lord Willoughby—with cannons and artillery[7] against the Spaniards and Dutch—with hand grenades[8] and sabers, muskets, and bayonets under Rodney[9], St. Vincent, Wolfe, Moore, Nelson, and Wellington, they have risked their lives; enduring tough challenges and hard work, which they expected, and which was good for them; with little recognition or rewards, which they, like most of us, are probably better off without. Talbots[10] and Stanleys, St. Maurs, and similar families have led armies and created laws for ages; but those noble families would likely be quite shocked—if the true accounts were ever honestly assessed—to discover how small their contributions to England have been compared to those of the Browns.
These latter, indeed, have until the present generation rarely been sung by poet, or chronicled by sage. They have wanted their "sacer vates,"[11] having been too solid to rise to the top by themselves, and not having been largely gifted with the talent of catching hold of, and holding on tight to, whatever good things happened to be going—the foundation of the fortunes of so many noble families. But the world goes on its way, and the wheel turns, and [Pg 3] the wrongs of the Browns, like other wrongs, seem in a fair way to get righted. And this present writer, having for many years of his life been a devout Brown-worshipper, and moreover having the honor of being nearly connected with an eminently respectable branch of the great Brown family, is anxious, so far as in him lies, to help the wheel over, and throw his stone[12] on to the pile.
These latter groups, in fact, have rarely been celebrated by poets or recorded by wise individuals until now. They have lacked their "sacer vates,"[11] having been too grounded to rise to the forefront on their own, and they haven’t been particularly skilled at grabbing onto and holding tight to any good fortune that happened to come their way—the foundation of the success of many noble families. But life goes on, and the wheel turns, and the injustices faced by the Browns, like others, seem to be on the path to being addressed. This writer, who has been a dedicated admirer of the Browns for many years and is also honored to be closely related to a very respectable branch of the great Brown family, is eager, as much as he can, to help push the wheel along and add his stone[12] to the pile.
THE BROWN CHARACTER.
However, gentle reader, or simple reader, whichever you may be, lest you should be led to waste your precious time upon these pages, I make so bold as at once to tell you the sort of folk you'll have to meet and put up with, if you and I are to jog on comfortably together. You shall hear at once what sort of folk the Browns are, at least my branch of them; and then if you don't like the sort, why cut the concern at once, and let you and I cry quits before either of us can grumble at the other. In the first place, the Browns are a fighting family. One may question their wisdom, or wit, or beauty, but about their fight there can be no question. Wherever hard knocks of any kind, visible or invisible, are going, there the Brown who is nearest must shove in his carcass. And these carcasses for the most part answer very well to the characteristic propensity; they are a square-headed and snake-necked generation, broad in the shoulder, deep in the chest, and thin in the flank, carrying no lumber. Then for clanship,[13] they are as bad as Highlanders; it is amazing the belief they have in one another. With them there is nothing like the Browns, to the third and fourth generation. "Blood is thicker than water," is one of their pet sayings. They can't be happy unless they are always meeting one [Pg 4] another. Never was such people for family gatherings, which, were you a stranger, or sensitive, you might think had better not have been gathered together. For during the whole time of their being together they luxuriate in telling one another their minds on whatever subject turns up; and their minds are wonderfully antagonistic, and all their opinions are downright beliefs. Till you've been among them some time and understand them, you can't think but that they are quarrelling. Not a bit of it; they love and respect one another ten times the more after a good set family arguing bout,[14] and go back, one to his curacy,[15] another to his chambers,[16] and another to his regiment, freshened for work, and more than ever convinced that the Browns are the height of company.
However, dear reader, whether you’re a gentle soul or a straightforward one, I want to make sure you don’t waste your precious time on these pages. So let me be upfront about what kind of people you’ll be dealing with if we’re going to get along comfortably. You’ll hear right away what the Browns are like, at least my side of the family; and if you don’t like them, it’s better to back out now before we start having any grievances. First of all, the Browns are a feisty bunch. You might question their wisdom, wit, or looks, but there’s no doubt about their fighting spirit. Wherever there’s a tough situation, visible or not, a Brown nearby will jump right in. And these people mostly fit the bill; they have square heads and long necks, broad shoulders, deep chests, and lean frames, carrying no extra baggage. As for family loyalty, they’re as intense as Highlanders; their trust in one another is incredible. With them, nothing matches the Browns, even down to the third and fourth generation. “Blood is thicker than water” is one of their favorite sayings. They can’t be happy unless they’re constantly seeing each other. You’ve never met a group so into family gatherings that, if you were a stranger or easily offended, you might think it’s best to stay away. During these get-togethers, they thrive on sharing their thoughts on any topic that comes up; and their views can be remarkably opposing, with everyone holding strong beliefs. Until you’ve spent some time with them and really understand their dynamics, you might think they’re fighting. Not at all; they actually love and respect each other even more after a good family debate, and then they return to their respective lives—one to his parish, another to his studies, and another to his regiment—feeling refreshed and more convinced than ever that the Browns are the best company around.
This family training, too, combined with their turn for combativeness, makes them eminently quixotic.[17] They can't let anything alone which they think going wrong. They must speak their mind about it, annoying all easy-going folk; and spend their time and money in having a tinker at it, however hopeless the job. It is an impossibility to a Brown to leave the most disreputable lame dog on the other side of a stile. Most other folk get tired of such work. The old Browns, with red faces, white whiskers, and bald heads, go on believing and fighting to a green old age. They have always a crotchet[18] going, till the old man with a scythe[19] reaps and garners them away for troublesome old boys as they are.
This family training, along with their tendency to be combative, makes them incredibly idealistic.[17] They can't just ignore anything they think is wrong. They have to express their opinions about it, irritating all the laid-back people; and they waste their time and money trying to fix it, no matter how impossible the task is. It's impossible for a Brown to leave the most shabby, lame dog on the other side of a gate. Most other people get tired of such efforts. The old Browns, with red faces, white beards, and bald heads, continue to believe and fight well into old age. They always have some little obsession[18] going, until the old man with a scythe[19] comes and takes them away, those bothersome old boys that they are.
And the most provoking thing is, that no failures knock them up, or make them hold their hands, or think you, or me, or other sane people in the right. Failures slide off them like July rain off a duck's back feathers. Jem and his whole family turn out bad, and cheat them one week, and the next they are doing the same thing for Jack; and when he goes to the treadmill,[20] and his wife and children to the workhouse, they will be on the look-out for Bill to take his place.
And the most frustrating thing is that no failures shake them up, make them stop, or make them think that you, me, or other reasonable people are right. Failures just roll off them like July rain off a duck's back. Jem and his whole family mess things up and cheat them one week, and the next week they do the same thing to Jack; and when he ends up at the treadmill,[20] and his wife and kids go to the workhouse, they'll be waiting for Bill to take his spot.
TOM BROWN'S BIRTHPLACE.
However, it is time for us to get from the general to the particular; so, leaving the great army of Browns, who are scattered over the whole empire on which the sun never sets, and whose general diffusion I take to be the chief cause of that empire's stability, let us at once fix our attention upon the small nest of Browns in which our hero was hatched, and which dwelt in that portion of the Royal County of Berks,[21] which is called the Vale of White Horse.
However, it's time for us to shift from the general to the specific; so, leaving behind the vast number of Browns scattered across the entire empire where the sun never sets, and whose widespread presence I believe is the main reason for that empire's stability, let’s focus on the small group of Browns where our hero was born, which is located in the part of the Royal County of Berks,[21] known as the Vale of White Horse.
Most of you have probably travelled down the Great Western Railway as far as Swindon. Those of you who did so with your eyes open have been aware, soon after leaving the Didcot Station, of a fine range of chalk hills running parallel with the railway on the left-hand side as you go down, and distant some two or three miles, more or less, from the line. The highest point in the range is the White Horse Hill, which you come in front of just before you stop at the Shrivenham Station. If you love English scenery and have a few hours to spare, you can't [Pg 6] do better, the next time you pass, than stop at the Farringdon road or Shrivenham Station, and make your way to that highest point. And those who care for the vague old stories that haunt country-sides all about England, will not, if they are wise, be content with only a few hours' stay; for, glorious as the view is, the neighborhood is yet more interesting for its relics of by-gone times. I only know two English neighborhoods thoroughly, and in each, within a circle of five miles, there is enough of interest and beauty to last any reasonable man his life. I believe this to be the case almost throughout the country, but each has a special attraction, and none can be richer than the one I am speaking of and going to introduce you to very particularly; for on this subject I must be prosy; so those that don't care for England in detail may skip the chapter.
Most of you have probably traveled on the Great Western Railway as far as Swindon. Those of you who were paying attention after leaving Didcot Station have probably noticed, soon after, a beautiful range of chalk hills running parallel to the railway on the left side as you head down. These hills are about two to three miles from the line. The highest point in the range is White Horse Hill, which comes into view just before you reach Shrivenham Station. If you appreciate English scenery and have a few hours to spare, the next time you pass by, you should stop at Farringdon Road or Shrivenham Station and head to that highest point. And those who enjoy the old stories that linger around the English countryside won’t, if they’re smart, be satisfied with just a quick visit; because while the view is spectacular, the area is even more fascinating for its remnants of the past. I only know two neighborhoods in England well, and in each one, within a five-mile radius, there’s enough interest and beauty to captivate any reasonable person for a lifetime. I believe this is true almost everywhere in the country, but each place has its own special charm, and none can be more rich than the one I'm about to introduce you to in detail; so for those who aren't interested in the specifics of England, feel free to skip this chapter.
THE OLD BOY MOURNETH OVER YOUNG ENGLAND.
O young England! young England! You who are born into these racing railroad times, when there's a Great Exhibition, or some monster sight every year, and you can get over a couple of thousand miles of ground for three pound ten,[22] in a five weeks' holiday, why don't you know more of your own birthplaces? You're all in the ends of the earth it seems to me, as soon as you get your necks out of the educational collar for midsummer holidays, long vacations, or what not. Going round Ireland, with a return ticket, in a fortnight; dropping your copies of Tennyson on the tops of Swiss mountains; or pulling down the Danube in Oxford racing-boats. And when you get home for a quiet fortnight, you turn the steam off, and lie on your backs in the paternal garden, surrounded by the last batch of books from Mudie's Library, and half bored to death.
O young England! young England! You who are born into these fast-paced railroad times, when there's a Great Exhibition or some huge event every year, and you can travel a couple of thousand miles for just three pounds ten, in a five-week holiday, why don’t you know more about your own hometowns? It seems to me that as soon as you get a break from school for summer vacations or whatever, you're off to the ends of the earth. You're off exploring Ireland with a round-trip ticket in two weeks; leaving your copies of Tennyson on the peaks of Swiss mountains; or racing down the Danube in Oxford rowing boats. And when you finally get home for a quiet couple of weeks, you kick back, let off some steam, and lie on your backs in the family garden, surrounded by the latest stack of books from Mudie's Library, and half bored out of your mind.
Well, well! I know it has its good side. You all patter French more or less, and perhaps German; you have seen men and cities, no doubt, and have your opinions, such as they are, about schools of painting, high art, and all that; have seen the pictures at Dresden[23] and the Louvre,[24] and know the taste of sauer-kraut.[25] All I say is, you don't know your own lanes and woods and fields. Though you may be chock-full of science, not one in twenty of you knows where to find the wood-sorrel, or bee-orchis,[26] which grows in the next wood or on the down[27] three miles off, or what the bog-bean and wood-sage are good for. And as for the country legends, the stories of the old gable-ended farm-houses, the place where the last skirmish was fought in the civil wars,[28] where the parish butts[29] stood, where the last highwayman turned to bay, where the last ghost was laid[30] by the parson, they're gone out of date altogether.
Well, well! I know there are good things about it. You all speak a bit of French, and maybe some German; you've seen cities and people, no doubt, and have your opinions—whatever they may be—about art schools, fine art, and all that. You've checked out the art in Dresden[23] and the Louvre,[24] and you know what sauerkraut tastes like.[25] All I'm saying is, you don't really know your own backroads, woods, and fields. Even if you're full of knowledge, only one in twenty of you knows where to find wood-sorrel or bee-orchis,[26] which grows in the nearby woods or down[27] three miles away, or what bog-bean and wood-sage are used for. And when it comes to local tales—the stories of the old gable-roofed farmhouses, the site of the last skirmish in the civil wars,[28] where the parish butts[29] were, where the last highwayman made his stand, and where the last ghost was laid to rest[30] by the parson—they're completely out of style now.
Now, in my time, when we got home by the old coach, which put us down at the cross-roads with our boxes, the first day of the holidays, and had been driven off by the family coachman, singing "Dulce domum"[31] at the top of our voices, there we were, fixtures, till black Monday[32] [Pg 8] came round. We had to cut out our own amusements within a walk or a ride of home. And so we got to know all the country folk, and their ways and songs and stories, by heart; and went over the fields and woods and hills again and again, till we made friends of them all. We were Berkshire, or Gloucestershire, or Yorkshire boys: and you're young cosmopolites,[33] belonging to all counties and no countries. No doubt it's all right; I dare say it is. This is the day of large views and glorious humanity, and all that; but I wish backsword play[34] hadn't gone out in the Vale of White Horse, and that that confounded Great Western hadn't carried away Alfred's Hill to make an embankment.
Now, back in my day, when we got home in the old coach, which dropped us off at the cross-roads with our bags, on the first day of the holidays, and then drove off with the family coachman singing "Dulce domum" at the top of our lungs, we were stuck there until black Monday came around. We had to come up with our own fun within walking or riding distance from home. So, we got to know all the local folks and their ways, songs, and stories by heart; we roamed the fields, woods, and hills over and over until we became friends with them all. We were boys from Berkshire, Gloucestershire, or Yorkshire: and you’re young cosmopolitans, belonging to all counties and no countries. No doubt it’s fine; I’m sure it is. This is the age of broad perspectives and grand humanity, and all that; but I wish backsword play hadn’t disappeared in the Vale of White Horse, and that annoying Great Western hadn’t taken away Alfred’s Hill for an embankment.
VALES IN GENERAL.
But to return to the said Vale of White Horse, the country in which the first scenes of this true and interesting story are laid. As I said, the Great Western now runs right through it, and it is a land of large rich pastures, bounded by ox-fences, and covered with fine hedgerow timber, with here and there a nice little gorse[35] or spinney,[36] where abideth poor Charley,[37] having no other cover[38] to which to betake himself for miles and miles, when pushed out some fine November morning by the Old Berkshire.[39] Those who have been there, and well mounted, only know how he and the staunch little pack who dash [Pg 9] after him—heads high and sterns low, with a breast-high scent—can consume the ground at such times. There being little plow-land, and few woods, the Vale is only an average sporting country, except for hunting. The villages are straggling, queer old-fashioned places, the houses being dropped down without the least regularity, in nooks and out-of-the-way corners, by the sides of shadowy lanes and footpaths, each with its patch of garden. They are built chiefly of good gray-stone and thatched;[40] though I see that within the last year or two the red brick cottages are multiplying, for the Vale is beginning to manufacture largely both bricks and tiles. There are lots of waste ground by the side of the roads in every village, amounting often to village greens, where feed the pigs and ganders of the people; and these roads are old-fashioned, homely roads very dirty and badly made, and hardly endurable in winter, but pleasant jog-trot roads, running through the great pasture lands, dotted here and there with little clumps of thorns, where the sleek kine are feeding, with no fence on either side of them, and a gate at the end of each field, which makes you get out of your gig (if you keep one), and gives you a chance of looking about you every quarter of a mile.
But to get back to the Vale of White Horse, the area where the first scenes of this true and interesting story take place. As I mentioned, the Great Western train line now runs straight through it, and it's a land of large, rich pastures, marked by ox-fences and surrounded by beautiful hedgerow trees, with the occasional patch of gorse or small woods, where poor Charley lingers, having no other shelter for miles when he's pushed out one fine November morning by the Old Berkshire. Those who have been there, and are well-mounted, know how he and the loyal little pack that chases after him—heads high and tails low, with their noses to the ground—can cover ground quickly at those times. There is little farmland and only a few woods, so the Vale is just an average place for sport, except for hunting. The villages are scattered, quirky old-fashioned spots, the houses placed haphazardly in nooks and hidden corners, along shadowy lanes and footpaths, each with its own garden. They are mostly built from good gray stone and thatch; although I see that in the last year or two, red brick cottages are increasing, since the Vale is starting to produce a lot of bricks and tiles. There’s plenty of wasteland by the roadside in every village, often becoming village greens, where people’s pigs and geese roam; and these roads are old-fashioned, homely, dirty, and poorly maintained—hardly bearable in winter, but nice, bumpy roads winding through the vast pastures, dotted here and there with small clumps of thorn bushes, where the sleek cows graze, with no fence on either side and a gate at the end of each field, which makes you get out of your carriage (if you have one) and gives you a chance to look around every quarter of a mile.
One of the moralists whom we sat under in our youth—was it the great Richard Swiveller,[41] or Mr. Stiggins?[42] says, "We are born in a vale, and must take the consequences of being found in such a situation." These consequences, I for one am ready to encounter. I pity people [Pg 10] who wern't born in a vale. I don't mean a flat country, but a vale; that is, a flat country bounded by hills. The having your hill always in view, if you choose to turn toward him, that's the essence of a vale. There he is forever in the distance, your friend and companion; you never lose him as you do in hilly districts.
One of the moralists we listened to in our youth—was it the great Richard Swiveller,[41] or Mr. Stiggins?[42] says, "We are born in a valley, and we must deal with the consequences of being in such a place." I'm ready to face these consequences. I feel bad for people who weren't born in a valley. I don’t mean just flat land, but a valley; that is, flat land surrounded by hills. The fact that you have your hill always in view, if you choose to look at it, that's what makes a valley special. It’s always there in the distance, your friend and companion; you never lose sight of it like you do in hilly areas.
THE OLD ROMAN CAMP.
And then what a hill is the White Horse Hill! There it stands right above all the rest, nine hundred feet above the sea, and the boldest, bravest shape for a chalk hill that you ever saw. Let us go up to the top of him, and see what is to be found there. Ay, you may well wonder, and think it odd you never heard of this before; but, wonder or not as you please, there are hundreds of such things lying about England, which wiser folk than you know nothing of, and care nothing for. Yes, it's a magnificent Roman camp,[43] and no mistake, with gates, and ditch, and mounds, all as complete as it was twenty years after the strong old rogues left it. Here, right up on the highest point, from which they say you can see eleven counties, they trenched round all the table-land, some twelve or fourteen acres, as was their custom, for they couldn't bear anybody to overlook them, and made their eyrie.[44] The ground falls away rapidly on all sides. Was there ever such turf in the whole world? You sink up to your ankles at every step, and yet the spring of it is delicious. There is always a breeze in the "camp," as it is called and here it lies just as the Romans left it, except that cairn,[45] on the east side, left by her majesty's [Pg 11] corps of sappers and miners[46] the other day, when they and the engineer officer had finished their sojourn there, and their surveys for the Ordnance Map[47] of Berkshire. It is altogether a place that you won't forget—a place to open a man's soul and make him prophesy, as he looks down on that great vale spread out as the garden of the Lord before him, and wave on wave of the mysterious downs behind; and to the right and left the chalk hills running away into the distance, along which he can trace for miles the old Roman road, "the Ridgeway" ("the Rudge" as the country folk call it), keeping straight along the highest back of the hills; such a place as Balak[48] brought Balaam to, and told him to prophesy against the people in the valley beneath. And he could not, neither shall you, for they are a people of the Lord who abide there.
And what a hill the White Horse Hill is! It towers above everything else at nine hundred feet above sea level, with the boldest, most striking shape for a chalk hill you’ve ever seen. Let’s go to the top and see what’s there. You might find it surprising that you’ve never heard of this before, but whether you’re curious or not, there are hundreds of such places all over England that smarter people than you know nothing about and don’t care about. Yes, it’s an impressive Roman camp,[43] no doubt, complete with gates, ditches, and mounds, all just as intact as they were twenty years after the tough old soldiers left. Here, right at the highest point, from which they say you can see eleven counties, they dug a trench around the whole table-land, about twelve or fourteen acres, as was their tradition, because they didn’t want anyone to overlook them, and turned it into their lookout.[44] The ground slopes sharply on all sides. Is there ever a turf like this anywhere? You sink up to your ankles at every step, yet it feels wonderful underfoot. There’s always a breeze in the “camp,” as it’s called, and it looks just as the Romans left it, except for that cairn,[45] on the east side, which was built by Her Majesty's corps of sappers and miners[46] recently, once they and the engineer officer finished their time there and their surveys for the Ordnance Map[47] of Berkshire. It’s truly a place you won’t forget—a spot that opens up a man’s soul and makes him want to prophesy as he gazes down at that vast valley spread out like the Lord’s garden before him, with wave after wave of mysterious downs behind; and to the right and left, the chalk hills stretch into the distance, along which he can trace for miles the old Roman road, “the Ridgeway” (“the Rudge” as the locals call it), following the highest points of the hills; a place like the one Balak[48] brought Balaam to, asking him to prophesy against the people in the valley below. And he couldn’t, nor will you, for they are a people of the Lord who dwell there.
BATTLE OF ASHDOWN.
And now we leave the camp, and descend toward the west, and are on the Ashdown. We are treading on heroes. It is sacred ground for Englishmen, more sacred than all but one or two fields where their bones lie whitening. For this is the actual place where our Alfred[49] won his great battle, the battle of Ashdown "Æscendum" in the chroniclers), which broke the Danish power, and made England a Christian land. The Danes held the camp and [Pg 12] the slope where we are standing—the whole crown of the hill, in fact. "The heathen had beforehand seized the higher ground," as old Asser[50] says, having wasted everything behind them from London, and being just ready to burst down on the fair vale, Alfred's own birthplace and heritage. And up the heights came the Saxons,[51] as they did at the Alma.[52] "The Christians led up their line from the lower ground. There stood also on that same spot a single thorn-tree, marvellous stumpy (which we ourselves with our very own eyes have seen)." Bless the old chronicler![53] does he think nobody ever saw the "single thorn-tree" but himself? Why, there it stands to this very day, just on the edge of the slope, and I saw it not three weeks since; an old single thorn-tree, "marvellous stumpy." At least, if it isn't the same tree, it ought to have been, for it's just in the place where the battle must have been won or lost—"around which, as I was saying, the two lines of foemen came together in battle with a huge shout. And in this place one of the two kings of the heathen and five of his earls fell down and died, and many thousands of the heathen side in the same place." After which crowning mercy, the pious king, that there might never be wanting a sign and a memorial to the country-side, carved out on the northern side of the [Pg 13] chalk hill under the camp, where it is almost precipitous, the great Saxon white horse, which he who will may see from the railway, and which gives its name to the vale over which it has looked these thousand years and more.
And now we leave the camp and head west, making our way to Ashdown. We are walking on sacred ground for English people, more sacred than almost any other place where their ancestors lie buried. This is the exact spot where our Alfred[49] won his significant battle, the Battle of Ashdown ("Æscendum" in the chronicles), which shattered the Danish dominance and turned England into a Christian nation. The Danes occupied the camp and the slope where we are currently standing—the entire crown of the hill, in fact. "The heathen had previously taken the higher ground," as the old chronicler Asser[50] says, having devastated everything behind them from London and being poised to charge down into the beautiful valley, Alfred's own birthplace and heritage. And up the heights came the Saxons,[51] just like they did at the Alma.[52] "The Christians advanced their line from the lower ground. There was also a single thorn tree right on that same spot, remarkably stumpy (which we have seen with our own eyes)." Bless that old chronicler![53] Does he really think no one else has seen the "single thorn tree" but him? Well, it's still there today, right on the edge of the slope, and I saw it just three weeks ago; an old single thorn tree, "remarkably stumpy." At least, if it’s not the same tree, it ought to be, since it’s exactly where the battle must have been decided—"around which, as I mentioned, the two lines of enemies collided with a deafening shout. In this place, one of the two kings of the heathens and five of his earls fell and died, along with many thousands from the heathen side." After this remarkable victory, the devout king wanted to ensure there would always be a sign and memorial for the area, so he carved a great Saxon white horse into the northern side of the chalk hill under the camp, where it’s almost a cliff. You can see it from the railway, and it has given its name to the vale it has watched over for a thousand years or more.
Right down below the White Horse is a curious deep and broad gully called "the Manger," into one side of which the hills fall with a series of the most lovely sweeping curves, known as the "Giant's Stairs"; they are not a bit like stairs, but I never saw anything like them anywhere else, with their short green turf, and tender bluebells, and gossamer and thistle-down gleaming in the sun, and the sheep-paths running along their sides like ruled lines.
Right below the White Horse is an interesting deep and wide gully called "the Manger," where the hills slope down with a series of beautiful sweeping curves, known as the "Giant's Stairs." They don't really look like stairs at all, but I've never seen anything like them anywhere else, with their short green grass, delicate bluebells, and shimmering gossamer and thistle-down glistening in the sun, while the sheep paths run along the sides like straight lines.
The other side of the Manger is formed by the Dragon's Hill, a curious little round self-confident fellow, thrown forward from the range, and utterly unlike everything round him. On this hill some deliverer of mankind—St. George[54] the country folk used to tell me—killed a dragon. Whether it were St. George, I cannot say; but surely a dragon was killed there, for you may see the marks yet where his blood ran down, and more by token[55] the place where it ran down is the easiest way up the hill-side.
The other side of the Manger is shaped by Dragon's Hill, a quirky little round hill that stands out from the surrounding landscape. According to the local folk, it was here that some hero of humanity—St. George[54]—defeated a dragon. Whether it was truly St. George, I can't say; but there was definitely a dragon killed here, because you can still see the marks where its blood flowed down, and interestingly enough[55], the spot where the blood ran is the easiest path to climb up the hillside.
Passing along the Ridgeway to the west for about a mile, we come to a little clump of young beech and firs, with a growth of thorn and privet[56] underwood. Here you may find nests of the strong down-partridge and pewit, but take care that the keeper[57] isn't down upon you; and [Pg 14] in the middle of it is an old cromlech,[58] a huge flat stone raised on seven or eight others, and led up to by a path, with large single stones set up on each side. This is Wayland Smith's cave,[59] a place of classic fame now; but as Sir Walter[60] has touched it, I may as well let it alone, and refer you to Kenilworth for the legend.
Walking along the Ridgeway to the west for about a mile, we arrive at a small clump of young beech and fir trees, with some thorn and privet underbrush. Here you might find nests of the strong down-partridge and pewit, but be careful that the keeper isn't watching you; and in the middle of it is an old cromlech, a large flat stone supported by seven or eight others, accessed by a path with big single stones set up on either side. This is Wayland Smith's cave, a place with classic fame now; but since Sir Walter has written about it, I might as well leave it alone and direct you to Kenilworth for the legend.
The thick deep wood which you see in the hollow, about a mile off, surrounds Ashdown Park, built by Inigo Jones.[61] Four broad alleys are cut through the wood, from circumference to centre, and each leads to one face of the house. The mystery of the downs hangs about house and wood, as they stand there alone, so unlike all around, with the green slopes, studded with great stones just about this part, stretching away on all sides. It was a wise Lord Craven,[62] I think, who pitched his tent there.
The thick, deep forest you see in the hollow, about a mile away, surrounds Ashdown Park, built by Inigo Jones.[61] Four wide pathways are cut through the woods, from the outer edge to the center, and each leads to one side of the house. The mystery of the downs surrounds the house and woods, as they stand there alone, so different from everything around, with the green slopes dotted with large stones in this area, stretching away in all directions. I think it was a wise Lord Craven,[62] who decided to set up camp there.
THE "SEVEN BARROWS" FARM.
Passing along the Ridgeway to the east, we soon come to cultivated land. The downs, strictly so called, are no more; Lincolnshire farmers have been imported, and the long fresh slopes are sheep-walks[63] no more, but grow famous turnips and barley. One of these improvers lives over there at the "Seven Barrows"[64] farm, another mystery of the great downs. There are the barrows still, solemn and silent, like ships in the calm sea, the sepulchres of some sons of men. But of whom? It is three miles from the [Pg 15] White Horse, too far for the slain of Ashdown to be buried there—who shall say what heroes are waiting there? But we must get down into the Vale again, and so away by the Great Western Railway to town, for time and the printer's devil press; and it is a terrible long and slippery descent, and a shocking bad road. At the bottom, however, there is a pleasant public,[65] whereat we must really take a modest quencher, for the down air is provocative of thirst. So we pull up under an old oak which stands before the door.
As we travel east along the Ridgeway, we soon reach farmland. The true downs are gone; Lincolnshire farmers have moved in, and the long, fresh slopes are no longer sheep pastures but are now known for their famous turnips and barley. One of these farmers lives at the "Seven Barrows" farm, another mystery of the great downs. The barrows remain, solemn and silent, like ships in a calm sea, the burial places of some people from the past. But of whom? It's three miles from the White Horse, too far for the warriors from Ashdown to be buried there—who can say what heroes are resting there? But we need to head down into the Vale again and catch the Great Western Railway to town, as time is pressing and the printer's press waits for no one. It's a long and slippery descent, and the road is in terrible shape. However, at the bottom, there’s a nice pub where we definitely need to grab a drink, as the fresh down air makes you really thirsty. So, we stop under an old oak tree that stands in front of the door.
THE BLOWING STONE.
"What is the name of your hill, landlord?"
"What do you call your hill, landlord?"
"Blawing Stwun Hill, sir, to be sure."
"Blawing Stwun Hill, sir, for sure."
[Reader. "Sturm?"
[Reader. "Storm?"
Author. "Stone, stupid; The Blowing Stone."]
Author. "Stone, silly; The Blowing Stone."]
"And of your house? I can't make out the sign."
"And your house? I can’t figure out the sign."
"Blawing Stwun, sir," says the landlord, pouring out his old ale from a Toby Philpot jug,[66] with a melodious crash, into the long-necked glass.
"Blawing Stun, sir," says the landlord, pouring out his old ale from a Toby Philpot jug,[66] with a cheerful crash, into the long-necked glass.
"What queer names!" say we, sighing at the end of our draught, and holding out the glass to be replenished.
"What strange names!" we say, sighing at the end of our drink and holding out the glass for a refill.
"Bean't queer at all, as I can see, sir," says mine host, handing back our glass, "seeing that this here is the Blawing Stwun itself"; putting his hand on a square lump of stone, some three feet and a half high, perforated with two or three queer holes, like petrified antediluvian[67] rat-holes, which lies there close under the oak, under our very nose. We are more than ever puzzled, and drink our second glass of ale, wondering what will come next. [Pg 16] "Like to hear un,[68] sir?" says mine host, setting down Toby Philpot on the tray, and resting both hands on the "Stwun." We are ready for anything; and he, without waiting for a reply, applies his mouth to one of the rat-holes. Something must come of it, if he doesn't burst. Good heavens! I hope he has no apoplectic tendencies. Yes, here it comes, sure enough, a grewsome[69] sound between a moan and a roar, and spreads itself away over the valley, and up the hill-side, and into the woods at the back of the house, a ghost-like awful voice. "Um[70] do say, sir," says mine host, rising, purple-faced, while the moan is still coming out of the Stwun, "as they used in old times to warn the country-side, by blawing the Stwun when the enemy was a comin'—and as how folks could make un heered then for seven mile round; leastways, so I've heerd lawyer Smith say, and he knows a smart sight about them old times." We can hardly swallow lawyer Smith's seven miles, but could the blowing of the stone have been a summons, a sort of sending the fiery cross[71] round the neighborhood in the old times? What old times? Who knows? We pay for our beer, and are thankful.
"Not strange at all, as I can see, sir," says the host, handing our glass back, "since this is the Blawing Stwun itself," placing his hand on a square chunk of stone, about three and a half feet high, with a couple of odd holes, like fossilized ancient rat holes, that sits right under the oak, right in front of us. We're even more confused and drink our second glass of ale, curious about what will happen next. "Want to hear it, sir?" asks the host, setting down Toby Philpot on the tray and resting both hands on the "Stwun." We're ready for anything; and without waiting for an answer, he puts his mouth to one of the rat holes. Something has to happen, if he doesn't explode. Good heavens! I hope he’s not prone to apoplexy. Yes, here it comes, sure enough—a chilling sound that’s a mix between a moan and a roar, echoing across the valley, up the hillside, and into the woods behind the house, a ghostly, terrifying voice. "I do say, sir," says the host, standing up, his face purple while the moan keeps coming from the Stwun, "that they used to warn the countryside in old times by blowing the Stwun when the enemy was coming—and people could hear it for seven miles around; at least, that’s what I’ve heard lawyer Smith say, and he knows quite a lot about those old times." We can hardly believe lawyer Smith's seven miles, but could the blowing of the stone have been a call to arms, like sending the fiery cross around the neighborhood in ancient times? What ancient times? Who knows? We pay for our beer and are grateful.
"And what's the name of the village just below, landlord?"
"And what's the name of the village just below, landlord?"
"Kingstone Lisle, sir."
"Kingstone Lisle, sir."
"Fine plantations[72] you've got here."
[Pg 17] "Yes, sir, the Squire's really into trees and stuff like that."
"No wonder. He's got some real beauties to be fond of. Good-day, landlord."
"No surprise there. He's got some real gems to be fond of. Good day, landlord."
FARRINGDON AND PUSEY.
And now, my boys, you whom I want to get for readers, have you had enough? Will you give in at once, and say you're convinced, and let me begin my story or will you have some more of it? Remember, I've only been over a little bit of the hill-side yet, what you could ride round easily on your ponies in an hour. I'm only just come down into the vale, by Blowing Stone Hill, and if I once begin about the vale, what's to stop me? You'll have to hear all about Wantage, the birthplace of Alfred, and Farringdon, which held out so long for Charles I. (the vale was near Oxford, and dreadfully malignant;[75] full of Throgmortons, Puseys, and Pyes, and such like, and their brawny retainers). Did you ever read Thomas Ingoldsby's "Legend of Hamilton Tighe"?[76] If you haven't, you ought to have. Well, Farringdon is where he lived, before he went to sea; his real name was Hampden Pye, and the Pyes were the great folk at Farringdon. Then there's Pusey. You've heard of the Pusey horn,[77] which [Pg 18] King Canute gave to the Puseys of that day, and which the gallant old squire, lately gone to his rest (whom Berkshire freeholders[78] turned out of last Parliament, to their eternal disgrace, for voting according to his conscience), used to bring out on high days, holidays, and bonfire nights. And the splendid old Cross church at Uffington, the Uffingas town; how the whole country-side teems with Saxon names and memories! And the old moated grange[79] at Compton, nestled close under the hill-side, where twenty Marianas[80] may have lived, with its bright water-lilies in the moat, and its yew walk "the cloister walk," and its peerless terraced gardens. There they all are, and twenty things besides, for those who care about them, and have eyes. And these are the sort of things you may find, I believe, every one of you, in any common English country neighborhood.
And now, my boys, you whom I want as my readers, have you had enough? Will you give in right away and say you're convinced, letting me start my story, or do you want more? Remember, I've only just covered a small part of the hillside, which you could easily ride around on your ponies in an hour. I've just come down into the valley by Blowing Stone Hill, and if I start talking about the valley, what's going to stop me? You'll have to hear all about Wantage, the birthplace of Alfred, and Farringdon, which held out for so long for Charles I. (The valley was near Oxford and had a really bad reputation; it was full of Throgmortons, Puseys, and Pyes, and their strong retainers). Have you ever read Thomas Ingoldsby's "Legend of Hamilton Tighe"? If you haven't, you really should. Well, Farringdon is where he lived before he went to sea; his real name was Hampden Pye, and the Pyes were the prominent family in Farringdon. Then there's Pusey. You've heard of the Pusey horn, which King Canute gave to the Puseys of that time, and which the brave old squire, who has recently passed away (the one the Berkshire freeholders kicked out of the last Parliament, to their shame, for voting with his conscience), used to bring out on special days, holidays, and bonfire nights. And the magnificent old Cross church at Uffington, the Uffingas town; how the entire countryside is rich with Saxon names and memories! And the old moated grange at Compton, snugly nestled at the foot of the hillside, where twenty Mariannas may have lived, with its bright water lilies in the moat, its yew walk “the cloister walk,” and its stunning terraced gardens. There they all are, along with many other things, for those who are interested and have eyes to see. And I believe these are the kinds of things you can find in any typical English countryside neighborhood.
Will you look for them under your own noses, or will you not? Well, well, I've done what I can to make you, and if you will go gadding over half Europe now every holiday, I can't help it. I was born and bred a west-countryman,[81] thank God! a Wessex man, a citizen of the noblest Saxon kingdom of Wessex, a regular "Angular Saxon,"[82] the very soul of me "adscriptus glebæ."[83] There's nothing like the old country-side for me, and no music like the twang of the real old Saxon tongue, as one gets [Pg 19] it fresh from the veritable chaw[84] in the White Horse Vale; and I say with "Gaarge Ridler," the old west-country yeoman,
Will you look for them right in front of you or not? Well, I’ve done my best to help you, and if you're going to wander all over Europe every holiday, that’s on you. I was born and raised in the west country, thank God! A Wessex man, a citizen of the greatest Saxon kingdom of Wessex, a true "Angular Saxon," the very essence of me is "adscriptus glebæ." There's nothing like the countryside for me, and no music compares to the sound of the authentic old Saxon language, as you get it straight from the real chaw in the White Horse Vale; and I say this with "Gaarge Ridler," the old west-country farmer,
SQUIRE BROWN AND HIS HOUSEHOLD.
Here at any rate lived and stopped at home Squire Brown, J. P.[87] for the county of Berks, in a village near the foot of the White Horse range. And here he dealt out justice and mercy in a rough way, and brought up sons and daughters, and hunted the fox, and grumbled at the badness of the roads and the times. And his wife dealt out stockings, and calico[88] shirts, and smock frocks,[89] and comforting drinks to the old folks with the "rheumatiz," and good counsel to all; and kept the coal and clothes clubs going, for Yule-tide,[90] when the bands of mummers[91] came round dressed out in ribbons and colored paper caps, and stamped round the Squire's kitchen, repeating in true sing-song vernacular[92] the legend of St. George [Pg 20] and his fight, and the ten-pound doctor,[93] who plays his part at healing the Saint—a relic, I believe, of the old middle-age mysteries.[94] It was the first dramatic representation which greeted the eyes of little Tom, who was brought down into the kitchen by his nurse to witness it, at the mature age of three years. Tom was the eldest child of his parents, and from his earliest babyhood exhibited the family characteristics in great strength. He was a hearty, strong boy from the first, given to fighting with and escaping from his nurse, and fraternizing with all the village boys, with whom he made expeditions all round the neighborhood. And here in the quiet, old-fashioned country village, under the shadow of the everlasting hills, Tom Brown was reared, and never left it till he went first to school when nearly eight years of age, for in those days change of air twice a year was not thought absolutely necessary for the health of all her majesty's lieges.[95]
Here, at least, lived and resided Squire Brown, J. P. for the county of Berks, in a village near the foot of the White Horse range. Here, he administered justice and mercy in a straightforward manner, raised sons and daughters, hunted foxes, and complained about the poor state of the roads and the times. His wife provided stockings, calico shirts, and smock frocks, offered comforting drinks to the elderly with "rheumatiz," gave good advice to everyone, and maintained the coal and clothing clubs for the winter holidays, when groups of mummers came around dressed in ribbons and colorful paper hats, parading through the Squire's kitchen and reciting in local dialect the tale of St. George and his battle, along with the ten-pound doctor, who played his part in healing the Saint—a remnant, I believe, of the old medieval mysteries. It was the first dramatic performance that little Tom saw, as he was brought down to the kitchen by his nurse to witness it at the age of three. Tom was the oldest child of his parents, and from his earliest baby days, he displayed the family's traits with great vigor. He was a robust, lively boy from the start, prone to fighting with and escaping from his nurse, and making friends with all the village kids, with whom he embarked on adventures around the area. And here, in the quiet, old-fashioned village, beneath the watchful hills, Tom Brown grew up, and he didn't leave until he went to school for the first time at nearly eight years old, because back then, changing the scenery twice a year wasn't seen as essential for the health of all of Her Majesty's subjects.
THE OLD BOY ABUSETH MOVING ON.
I have been credibly informed, and am inclined to believe, that the various Boards of Directors of Railway Companies, those gigantic jobbers[96] and bribers, while quarrelling about everything else, agreed together some ten years back to buy up the learned profession of medicine, body and soul. To this end they set apart several millions of money, which they continually distribute judiciously among the doctors, stipulating only this one thing, that they shall prescribe change of air to every patient who can pay, or borrow money to pay, a railway fare, and see their [Pg 21] prescription carried out. If it be not for this, why is it that none of us can be well at home for a year together? It wasn't so twenty years ago,—not a bit of it. The Browns didn't go out of the county once in five years. A visit to Reading or Abingdon twice a year, at Assizes or Quarter Sessions[97] which the Squire made on his horse, with a pair of saddle-bags containing his wardrobe—a stay of a day or two at some country neighbor's—or an expedition to a county ball or the yeomanry review—[98] made up the sum of the Brown locomotion in most years. A stray Brown from some distant county dropped in every now and then; or from Oxford, on grave nag, an old don[99] contemporary of the Squire; and were looked upon by the Brown household and the villagers with the same sort of feeling with which we now regard a man who has crossed the Rocky Mountains, or launched a boat on the great lake in Central Africa. The White Horse Vale, remember, was traversed by no great road; nothing but country parish roads, and these very bad. Only one coach ran there, and this one only from Wantage to London, so that the western part of the vale was without regular means of moving on, and certainly didn't seem to want them. There was the canal, by the way, which supplied the country-side with coal, and up and down which continually went the long barges with the big black men lounging by the side of the horses along the towing-path, and the women in bright-colored handkerchiefs standing in the sterns steering. Standing, I say, but you could never see whether they were standing or sitting, all but their heads [Pg 22] and shoulders being out of sight in the cozy little cabins which occupied some eight feet of the stern and which Tom Brown pictured to himself as the most desirable of residences. His nurse told him that those good-natured-looking women were in the constant habit of enticing children into the barges and taking them up to London and selling them, which Tom wouldn't believe, and which made him resolve as soon as possible to accept the oft-proffered invitation of these sirens[100] to "young master," to come in and have a ride. But as yet the nurse was too much for Tom.
I’ve been reliably told, and I’m inclined to believe, that the various Boards of Directors of Railway Companies, those massive schemers and bribers, while bickering about everything else, agreed about ten years ago to buy off the medical profession entirely. To achieve this, they set aside several million dollars, which they continually distribute wisely among doctors, only asking that they prescribe a change of scenery to every patient who can afford, or borrow money for, a train fare, and ensure their prescription is followed through. If that’s not the case, why is it that none of us can stay healthy at home for a year straight? It wasn’t like this twenty years ago—not at all. The Browns didn’t leave the county more than once every five years. A trip to Reading or Abingdon twice a year, during Assizes or Quarter Sessions, which the Squire made on his horse with a pair of saddle-bags holding his clothes—a stay of a day or two at a neighbor’s house—or a visit to a county ball or a yeomanry review made up the entirety of the Browns’ travel in most years. Occasionally, a stray Brown from a far-off county would drop by or an old professor from Oxford would arrive on a serious-looking horse, a contemporary of the Squire; they were regarded by the Brown family and villagers with the same awe we now feel for someone who has crossed the Rocky Mountains or launched a boat on a great lake in Central Africa. Remember, the White Horse Vale had no major roads; just country lanes, and they were in terrible condition. Only one coach ran through there, from Wantage to London, so the western part of the vale didn’t have any regular transportation and didn’t seem to need it. There was the canal, which provided the area with coal, and along which long barges constantly traveled with big, idle men lounging beside the horses on the towing-path, while women in colorful headscarves stood at the backs steering. I say “standing,” but you could never really tell if they were standing or sitting, with everything but their heads and shoulders hidden from view in the cozy little cabins that took up about eight feet of the stern, which Tom Brown imagined as the most desirable living space. His nurse told him that those friendly-looking women often lured children onto the barges, took them up to London, and sold them, something Tom wouldn’t believe, which made him determined to accept the frequent offers from these sirens to “young master” to come aboard for a ride. But for now, his nurse had the upper hand.
THE OLD BOY APPROVETH MOVING ON.
Yet why should I, after all, abuse the gadabout propensities of my countrymen? We are a vagabond nation now, that's certain, for better, for worse. I am a vagabond; I have been away from home no less than five distinct times in the last year. The Queen sets us the example—we are moving on from top to bottom. Little dirty Jack, who abides in Clement's Inn[101] gateway, and blacks my boots for a penny, takes his month's hop-picking[102] every year as a matter of course. Why shouldn't he? I am delighted at it. I love vagabonds, only I prefer poor to rich ones;-couriers[103] and ladies' maids, imperials[104] and travelling carriages are an abomination unto me—I cannot away with [Pg 23] them. But for dirty Jack, and every good fellow who, in the words of the capital French song, moves about,
Yet why should I, after all, criticize the restless nature of my fellow countrymen? We are definitely a wandering nation now, for better or worse. I’m a wanderer myself; I’ve been away from home at least five separate times in the past year. The Queen is leading by example—we’re moving across the spectrum. Little dirty Jack, who hangs out in Clement's Inn[101] and shines my shoes for a penny, takes his month of hop-picking[102] every year without a second thought. Why shouldn’t he? I’m actually happy about it. I love wanderers; I just prefer the poor ones over the rich ones—couriers[103] and ladies' maids, fancy carriages[104] and all that stuff just disgust me—I can’t stand them. But for dirty Jack, and every good person who, in the words of that popular French song, keeps moving around,
on his own back, why, good luck to them, and many a merry road-side adventure, and steaming supper in the chimney-corners of road-side inns, Swiss châlets,[106] Hottentot kraals,[107] or wherever else they like to go. So having succeeded in contradicting myself in my first chapter (which gives me great hopes that you will all go on, and think me a good fellow, notwithstanding my crotchets), I shall here shut up for the present, and consider my ways; having resolved to "sar' it out,"[108] as we say in the Vale, "holus bolus,"[109] just as it comes, and then you'll probably get the truth out of me.
on his own back, well, good luck to them, and many fun roadside adventures, and hearty dinners in the cozy corners of roadside inns, Swiss chalets,[106] Hottentot kraals,[107] or wherever else they want to go. So having managed to contradict myself in my first chapter (which gives me great hopes that you'll all continue reading and think I'm a decent guy, despite my quirks), I will pause for now and reflect on my thoughts; having decided to "sar' it out,"[108] as we say in the Vale, "holus bolus,"[109] just as it comes, and then you'll likely get the truth from me.
FOOTNOTES
[2] Matriculating: entering.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Enroll: entering.
[14] Bout: contest.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Match: contest.
[15] Curacy: parish.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Curacy: church community.
[16] Chambers: law offices.
[17] Quixotic: romantic or visionary
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Quixotic: idealistic or unrealistic
[18] Crotchet: whim, notion, "hobby."
[21] Berks: Berkshire, a county west of London. It is called "Royal" because it is the seat of Windsor Castle. The Vale of the White Horse gets its name from the gigantic image of a horse cut through the turf in the side of a chalk hill. Tradition says it was done over a thousand year ago, to commemorate a great victory over the Danes by Alfred.
[21] Berks: Berkshire, a county west of London. It’s called "Royal" because it’s the home of Windsor Castle. The Vale of the White Horse gets its name from the large image of a horse carved into the turf on the side of a chalk hill. Tradition says it was created over a thousand years ago to celebrate a big victory over the Danes by Alfred.
[30] Laid: dispelled by religious ceremonies.
[31] Dulce domum: sweet home.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Dulce domum: sweet home.
[37] Charley: a fox.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Charley: a fox.
[38] Cover: a retreat, or hiding-place.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cover: a getaway or hideout.
[46] Sappers and miners: usually, soldiers employed in working on trenches and fortifications or in undermining those of an enemy; here, engaged in surveying.
[46] Sappers and miners: typically, soldiers who work on trenches and fortifications or in digging beneath those of an enemy; here, they are focused on surveying.
[48] Balak: see Numbers xxii.
[49] Alfred: Alfred the Great, King of the West Saxons, 871. He defeated the Danes, who had overrun most of England, at Ashdown, and compelled them to make a treaty of peace. He is justly considered one of the noblest and wisest of the English sovereigns; and the thousandth anniversary of his birth was celebrated in 1849, at Wantage, Berks.
[49] Alfred: Alfred the Great, King of the West Saxons, 871. He defeated the Danes, who had taken over most of England, at Ashdown, and forced them to agree to a peace treaty. He is rightly regarded as one of the noblest and wisest English kings; and the thousandth anniversary of his birth was celebrated in 1849, at Wantage, Berkshire.
[51] Saxons: a name given to certain German tribes who conquered Britain, in the fifth century. The name England came from the Angles, a people of the same stock, who settled in the east and north of the island. From these Anglo-Saxons the English have in great part descended.
[51] Saxons: a term used for specific German tribes that took over Britain in the fifth century. The name England is derived from the Angles, a related group that settled in the eastern and northern parts of the island. The English mostly descended from these Anglo-Saxons.
[60] Sir Walter: Sir Walter Scott.
[64] Barrows: ancient burial mounds.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Barrows: ancient burial mounds.
[65] Public: a public house.
Public house.
[67] Antediluvian: before the deluge.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Antediluvian: before the flood.
[69] Grewsome: frightful.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Grewsome: terrifying.
[70] Um: they.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Uh: they.
[71] Fiery cross: a cross, the ends of which had been fired and then extinguished in blood. It was sent round by the chiefs of clans in time of war, to summon their followers.
[71] Fiery cross: a cross whose ends were lit on fire and then put out with blood. It was sent out by clan leaders during wartime to call their followers.
[73] Squire: a country gentleman.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Squire: a rural gentleman.
[74] 'E: thee or you.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 'E: you.
[77] Pusey horn: the Pusey family hold their estate not by a title deed, but by a horn, given, it is said, to William Pecote (perhaps an ancestor of the Puseys) by Canute, a Danish king of England in the eleventh century. The horn bears the following inscription: "I, King Canute, give William Pecote this horn to hold by thy land."
[77] Pusey horn: the Pusey family owns their estate not through a title deed, but by a horn, which, according to tradition, was given to William Pecote (possibly an ancestor of the Puseys) by Canute, a Danish king of England in the eleventh century. The horn has this inscription: "I, King Canute, give William Pecote this horn to hold for your land."
[78] Freeholders: landowners.
[85] Vools: fools.
Vools: fools.
[86] Whum: home.
[90] Yule-tide: Christmas. Clubs are formed by the poor several months in advance, to furnish coal, clothes, and poultry for Christmas time,—each member contributing a few pence weekly.
[90] Yule-tide: Christmas. Poor people form clubs several months ahead of time to gather coal, clothes, and poultry for Christmas. Each member chips in a few pennies every week.
[92] Vernacular: one's native tongue.
[93] Ten-pound doctor: a quack doctor.
[95] Lieges: loyal subjects.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Lieges: loyal subjects.
[102] Hop-picking: all the vagabonds of London go to Kent and Surrey in the autumn to pick hops for the farmers, regarding the work as a kind of vacation frolic.
[102] Hop-picking: all the wanderers of London head to Kent and Surrey in the fall to pick hops for the farmers, seeing the work as a sort of fun getaway.
[106] Chalet (shal-ay'): a Swiss herdsman's hut.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Chalet (shal-ay'): a Swiss mountain cabin.
[108] "Sar' it out": deal it out.
[109] "Holus bolus": all at once.
CHAPTER II.
THE "VEAST."
"And the King commandeth and forbiddeth, that from henceforth neither fairs nor markets be kept in church-yards, for the honor of the church."—Statutes: 13 Edw. I. Stat. II. Chap. VI.
"And the King commands and forbids that from now on, neither fairs nor markets shall be held in churchyards, for the honor of the church."—Statutes: 13 Edw. I. Stat. II. Chap. VI.
As that venerable and learned poet[1] (whose voluminous works we all think it the correct thing to admire and talk about, but don't read often) most truly says, "The child is father to the man;" a fortiori,[2] therefore he must be father to the boy." So, as we are going at any rate to see Tom Brown through his boyhood, supposing we never get any farther (which, if you show a proper sense of the value of this history, there is no knowing but what we may), let us have a look at the life and environments[3] of the child, in the quiet country village to which we were introduced in the last chapter.
As that respected and wise poet[1] (whose extensive works we all feel we should admire and discuss, but rarely read) wisely states, "The child is father to the man;" a fortiori,[2] so he must also be the father to the boy." Therefore, since we are going to follow Tom Brown through his childhood, even if we never get any further (which, if you appreciate the value of this story, we might), let's take a look at the life and surroundings[3] of the child, in the peaceful country village we were introduced to in the last chapter.
TOM BROWN'S NURSE.
Tom, as has been already said, was a robust and combative urchin, and at the age of four began to struggle against the yoke and authority of his nurse. That functionary[4] was a good-hearted, tearful, scatter-brain[5] girl, lately taken by Tom's mother, Madam Brown, as she was [Pg 25] called, from the village school to be trained as nursery-maid. Madam Brown was a rare trainer of servants, and spent herself freely in the profession; for profession it was, and gave her more trouble by half than many people take to earn a good income. Her servants were known and sought after for miles round. Almost all the girls who attained a certain place in the village school were taken by her, one or two at a time, as house-maids, laundry-maids, nursery-maids, or kitchen-maids, and, after a year or two's drilling, were started in life amongst the neighboring families, with good principles and wardrobes. One of the results of this system was the perpetual despair of Mrs. Brown's cook and own maid, who no sooner had a notable[6] girl made to their hands, than missus was sure to find a good place for her and send her off, taking in fresh importations from the school. Another was, that the house was always full of young girls with clean, shining faces; who broke plates and scorched linen, but made an atmosphere of cheerful homely life about the place, good for every one who came within its influence. Mrs. Brown loved young people, and in fact human creatures in general, above plates and linen. They were more like a lot of elder children than servants, and felt to her more as a mother or aunt than as a mistress.
Tom, as mentioned earlier, was a tough and feisty little kid, and by the age of four, he started to push back against the rules and authority of his nurse. This caregiver[4] was a kind-hearted, emotional, and somewhat scatterbrained[5] girl, recently hired by Tom's mother, Madam Brown, who had taken her from the village school to be trained as a nursery-maid. Madam Brown was an exceptional trainer of household help and dedicated herself completely to the job; it truly was a job that often took more effort than many people would put in for a good wage. Her staff were well-known and sought after for miles around. Almost all the girls who achieved a certain standing in the village school were taken in by her, one or two at a time, as housemaids, laundry-maids, nursery-maids, or kitchen-maids, and after one or two years of training, they were set up to start their own lives in nearby families, equipped with good values and nice clothes. One consequence of this system was the constant frustration of Mrs. Brown's cook and her own maid, who, as soon as they had managed to train a noteworthy[6] girl, would find that missus was sure to secure her a good position elsewhere and would replace her with fresh recruits from the school. Another result was that the house was always filled with young girls with bright, shiny faces who would break dishes and scorch laundry but created a warm, cheerful atmosphere that was good for everyone who came into contact with it. Mrs. Brown adored young people, and indeed, all human beings, far more than her dishes or linens. They felt more like older kids than employees to her, and she regarded them more as a mother or aunt than as a boss.
Tom's nurse was one who took in her instruction very slowly,—she seemed to have two left hands and no head; and so Mrs. Brown kept her on longer than usual that she might expend her awkwardness and forgetfulness upon those who would not judge and punish her too strictly for them.
Tom's nurse was someone who learned her tasks pretty slowly—she acted like she had two left hands and no sense; so Mrs. Brown kept her around longer than usual so she could work off her clumsiness and forgetfulness with people who wouldn't judge or punish her too harshly for it.
Charity Lamb was her name. It had been the immemorial [Pg 26] habit of the village to christen children either by Bible names, or by those of the cardinal[7] and other virtues; so that one was forever hearing in the village street, or on the green, shrill sounds of "Prudence! Prudence! thee cum' out o' the gutter"; or "Mercy! drat[8] the girl, what bist[9] thee a doin' wi' little Faith?" and there were Ruths, Rachels, Keziahs, in every corner. The same with the boys; they were Benjamins, Jacobs, Noahs, Enochs. I suppose the custom has come down from puritan[10] times—there it is, at any rate, very strong still in the Vale.
Charity Lamb was her name. It had been the longstanding tradition of the village to name children either after Bible figures or after virtues like the cardinal ones; so you would often hear in the village street, or on the green, the high-pitched calls of "Prudence! Prudence! come out of the gutter"; or "Mercy! darn the girl, what are you doing with little Faith?" and there were Ruths, Rachels, and Keziahs in every corner. The same went for the boys; they were Benjamins, Jacobs, Noahs, and Enochs. I guess this custom has been passed down from Puritan times—it's still very strong here in the Vale.
TOM BROWN'S FIRST REBELLION.
Well, from early morn till dewy eve, when she had it out of him in the cold tub before putting him to bed, Charity and Tom were pitted against one another. Physical power was as yet on the side of Charity, but she hadn't a chance with him wherever head-work was wanted. This war of independence began every morning before breakfast, when Charity escorted her charge to a neighboring farm-house which supplied the Browns, and where by his mother's wish, Master Tom went to drink whey,[11] before breakfast. Tom had no sort of objection to whey, but he had a decided liking for curds, which were forbidden as unwholesome, and there was seldom a morning that he did not manage to secure a handful of hard curds, in defiance of Charity and the farmer's wife. The latter good soul was a gaunt angular woman, who, with an old [Pg 27] black bonnet on the top of her head, the strings dangling about her shoulders, and her gown tucked through her pocket holes, went clattering about the dairy, cheese-room, and yard, in high pattens.[12] Charity was some sort of niece of the old lady's, and was consequently free of the farm-house and garden, into which she could not resist going for the purposes of gossip and flirtation with the heir-apparent,[13] who was a dawdling fellow, never out at work as he ought to have been. The moment Charity had found her cousin, or any other occupation, Tom would slip away; and in a minute shrill cries would be heard from the dairy: "Charity, Charity, thee lazy huzzy, where bist?" and Tom would break cover,[14] hands and mouth full of curds, and take refuge on the shaky surface of the great muck reservoir in the middle of the yard, disturbing the repose of the great pigs. Here he was in safety, as no grown person could follow without getting over his knees; and the luckless Charity, while her aunt scolded her from the dairy-door, for being "allus hankering about arter our Willum, instead of minding Master Tom," would descend from threats to coaxing, to lure Tom out of the muck, which was rising over his shoes and would soon tell a tale on his stockings for which she would be sure to catch it from missus's maid.
Well, from early morning to dewy evening, when she got it out of him in the cold tub before putting him to bed, Charity and Tom were always at each other. Physical strength was still on Charity's side, but she didn’t stand a chance against him when it came to cleverness. This battle for independence started every morning before breakfast, when Charity took her charge to a nearby farmhouse that supplied the Browns, where, at his mother’s request, Master Tom went to drink whey,[11] before breakfast. Tom had no problem with whey, but he really liked curds, which were off-limits because they were considered unhealthy, and there was hardly a morning when he didn’t manage to snag a handful of hard curds, ignoring Charity and the farmer's wife. The farmer's wife was a tall, thin woman who wore an old black bonnet perched on her head, with the strings hanging around her shoulders, and her dress tucked into her pocket holes as she bustled around the dairy, cheese room, and yard in high wooden shoes.[12] Charity was some sort of niece to the old lady, so she could wander freely around the farmhouse and garden, where she couldn’t help but gossip and flirt with the heir-apparent,[13] who was a laid-back guy, never out working like he should have been. The moment Charity found her cousin, or got into any other activity, Tom would sneak off; and soon, shrill cries would echo from the dairy: "Charity, Charity, you lazy girl, where are you?" Tom would then break cover,[14] his hands and mouth full of curds, seeking refuge on the wobbly surface of the large muck heap in the yard, disturbing the resting pigs. Here, he was safe since no adult could follow without sinking over their knees; and unlucky Charity, while her aunt scolded her from the dairy door for “always chasing after our Willum instead of looking after Master Tom,” would go from threats to coaxing, trying to lure Tom out of the muck, which was rising over his shoes and would soon create a problem for his stockings that she would definitely get in trouble for with the maid.
TOM BROWN'S ABETTORS—NOAH.
Tom had two abettors in the shape of a couple of old boys, Noah and Benjamin by name, who defended him from Charity, and expended much time upon his education. They were both of them retired servants of former generations of the Browns. Noah Crooke was a keen, dry [Pg 28] old man of almost ninety, but still able to totter about. He talked to Tom quite as if he were one of his own family, and indeed had long completely identified the Browns with himself. In some remote age he had been the attendant of a Miss Brown, and had conveyed her about the country on a pillion.[15] He had a little round picture of the identical gray horse caparisoned with the identical pillion, before which he used to do a sort of fetish[16] worship and abuse turnpike roads and carriages. He wore an old full-bottomed wig,[17] the gift of some dandy old Brown whom he had valeted[18] in the middle of last century, which habiliment Master Tom looked upon with considerable respect, not to say fear; and indeed his whole feeling toward Noah was strongly tainted with awe; and when the old gentleman was gathered to his fathers, Tom's lamentation over him was not unaccompanied by a certain joy at having seen the last of the wig: "Poor old Noah, dead and gone," said he, "Tom Brown so sorry! Put him in the coffin, wig and all!"
Tom had two supporters in the form of a couple of old guys, Noah and Benjamin, who defended him from Charity and spent a lot of time on his education. They were both retired servants from earlier generations of the Browns. Noah Crooke was a sharp, dry man close to ninety, but still able to shuffle around. He talked to Tom like he was part of the family and had long completely identified the Browns with himself. In some distant past, he had served a Miss Brown and used to carry her around the countryside on a pillion. He had a little round picture of that same gray horse outfitted with the same pillion, which he would worship like a sort of idol while criticizing turnpike roads and carriages. He wore an old full-bottomed wig, a gift from some dandy old Brown he had served as a valet in the mid-1700s, which Tom regarded with a mix of respect and fear; in fact, his entire attitude toward Noah was laced with awe. When the old man passed away, Tom's mourning was tinged with a certain joy at having seen the last of the wig: "Poor old Noah, dead and gone," he said, "Tom Brown so sorry! Put him in the coffin, wig and all!"
TOM BROWN'S ABETTORS—BENJY.
But old Benjy was young master's real delight and refuge. He was a youth by the side of Noah, scarce seventy years old. A cheery, humorous, kind-hearted old man, full of sixty years of Vale gossip, and of all sorts of helpful ways for young and old, but above all for children. It was he who bent the first pin with which Tom extricated his first stickleback[19] out of "Pebbly Brook," the little [Pg 29] stream which ran through the village. The first stickleback was a splendid fellow, with fabulous red and blue gills. Tom kept him in a small basin till the day of his death, and became a fisherman from that day. Within a month from the taking of the first stickleback, Benjy had carried off our hero to the canal, in defiance of Charity; and between them, after a whole afternoon's pop-joying,[20] they had caught three or four coarse fish and a perch, averaging perhaps two and a half ounces each, which Tom bore home in rapture to his mother as a precious gift, and which she received like a true mother with equal rapture, instructing the cook nevertheless, in a private interview, not to prepare the same for the squire's dinner. Charity had appealed against old Benjy in the meantime, representing the dangers of the canal banks; but Mrs. Brown, seeing the boy's inaptitude for female guidance, had decided in Benjy's favor, and from thenceforth the old man was Tom's dry nurse. And as they sat by the canal watching their little green and white float,[21] Benjy would instruct him in the doings of deceased Browns. How his grandfather, in the early days of the great war, when there was much distress and crime in the Vale, and the magistrates had been threatened by the mob, had ridden in with a big stick in his hand, and held the Petty Sessions[22] by himself. How his great uncle, the rector, had encountered and laid the last ghost, who had frightened the old women, male and female, of the parish, out of their senses, and who turned out to be the blacksmith's apprentice, disguised in drink and a white sheet. It was Benjy too who [Pg 30] saddled Tom's first pony, and instructed him in the mysteries of horsemanship, teaching him to throw his weight back and keep his hand low; and who stood chuckling outside the door of the girls' school when Tom rode his little Shetland into the cottage and round the table, where the old dame and her pupils were seated at their work.
But old Benjy was young master’s true joy and escape. He was a young man compared to Noah, barely seventy years old. A cheerful, humorous, kind-hearted old man, filled with sixty years of Vale gossip, and all kinds of helpful tips for everyone, especially kids. He was the one who bent the first pin with which Tom caught his first stickleback[19] from "Pebbly Brook," the little stream that flowed through the village. The first stickleback was a magnificent creature, with amazing red and blue gills. Tom kept him in a small basin until he died and became a fisherman from that day on. Within a month of catching the first stickleback, Benjy took our hero to the canal, ignoring Charity's disapproval; and between them, after a whole afternoon of fishing,[20] they caught three or four rough fish and a perch, averaging about two and a half ounces each, which Tom proudly brought home to his mother as a special gift, and she received it with equal delight, though privately instructing the cook not to serve them for the squire’s dinner. In the meantime, Charity had complained about old Benjy, citing the dangers of the canal banks; but Mrs. Brown, seeing the boy's lack of ability to follow female guidance, decided in Benjy's favor, and from then on the old man was Tom's caretaker. As they sat by the canal watching their little green and white float,[21] Benjy would tell him stories about the deceased Browns. He spoke of how his grandfather, during the early days of the great war, when there was much hardship and crime in the Vale, rode in with a big stick in his hand and held the Petty Sessions[22] by himself. He recalled how his great uncle, the rector, confronted and laid to rest the last ghost that had terrified the old men and women of the parish, who turned out to be the blacksmith’s apprentice, disguised from drinking and wrapped in a white sheet. It was Benjy who also saddled Tom's first pony and taught him the secrets of riding, showing him to lean back and keep his hands low, and he stood chuckling outside the girls’ school when Tom rode his little Shetland into the cottage and around the table where the old woman and her pupils were working.
Benjy himself was come of a family distinguished in the Vale for their prowess in all athletic games. Some half-dozen of his brothers and kinsmen had gone to the wars, of whom only one had survived to come home, with a small pension, and three bullets in different parts of his body; he had shared Benjy's cottage till his death, and had left him his old dragoon's[23] sword and pistol, which hung over the mantle-piece, flanked by a pair of heavy single-sticks, with which Benjy himself had won renown long ago as an old gamester,[24] against the picked men of Wiltshire, and Somersetshire,[25] in many a good bout at the revels and pastimes of the country-side. For he had been a famous back-sword man in his young days, and a good wrestler at elbow and collar.
Benjy came from a family well-known in the Vale for their skills in all kinds of sports. Several of his brothers and relatives had gone off to war, but only one made it back home, with a small pension and three bullets embedded in different parts of his body. This relative lived with Benjy until his death and left him his old dragoon's sword and pistol, which hung over the fireplace, flanked by a pair of heavy single-sticks. Benjy had gained recognition long ago as an old gambler using these sticks against the best fighters from Wiltshire and Somerset, proving himself in many good matches during the local festivities. In his youth, he had been a renowned back-sword fighter and a skilled wrestler.
OUR VEAST.
Back-swording and wrestling were the most serious holiday pursuits of the Vale,—those by which men attained fame,—and each village had its champion. I suppose that, on the whole, people were less worked then, than they are now; at any rate, they seemed to have more time and energy for the old pastimes. The great times for back-swording came round once a year, in each [Pg 31] village at the feast. The Vale "veasts" were not the common statute feasts[26], but much more ancient business. They are literally, so far as one can ascertain, feasts of the dedication, i.e., they were first established in the church-yard on the day on which the village church was opened for public worship, which was on the wake or festival of the patron saint, and have been held on the same day in every year since that time.
Back-swording and wrestling were the main holiday activities in the Vale—these were the events where men gained recognition—and every village had its champion. Overall, I think people back then had less to do than they do now; at least, they seemed to have more time and energy for the traditional pastimes. The key events for back-swording happened once a year at each village's feast. The Vale "feasts" weren’t the usual official holidays, but something much older. They were essentially dedication feasts; that is, they were first held in the churchyard on the day the village church was opened for public worship, which occurred on the wake or festival of the patron saint, and they have been celebrated on the same day every year since then.
There was no longer any remembrance of why the "veast" had been instituted, but nevertheless it had a pleasant and almost sacred character of its own. For it was then that all the children of the village, wherever they were scattered, tried to get home for a holiday to visit their fathers and mothers and friends, bringing with them their wages or some little gift from up the country for the old folk. Perhaps for a day or two before, but at any rate on "veast-day" and the day after, in our village, you might see strapping, healthy young men and women from all parts of the country going round from house to house in their best clothes, and finishing up with a call on Madam Brown, whom they would consult as to putting out their earnings to the best advantage, or how best to expend the same for the benefit of the old folk. Every household, however poor, managed to raise a "feast-cake" and bottle of ginger or raisin wine, which stood on the cottage table ready for all comers, and not unlikely to make them remember feast-time,—for feast-cake is very solid and full of huge raisins. Moreover feast-time was the day of reconciliation for the parish. If Job Higgins and Noah Freeman hadn't spoken for the last six months, their "old women" would be sure to get it patched up [Pg 32] by that day. And though there was a good deal of drinking and low vice in the booths[27] of an evening, it was pretty well confined to those who would have been doing the like "veast or no veast"; and, on the whole, the effect was humanizing and Christian. In fact, the only reason why this is not the case still, is that gentlefolk and farmers have taken to other amusements, and have, as usual, forgotten the poor. They don't attend the feasts themselves, and call them disreputable, whereupon the steadiest of the poor leave them also, and they become what they are called. Class amusements, be they for dukes or plow-boys, always become nuisances and curses to a country. The true charm of cricket[28] and hunting is, that they are still, more or less sociable and universal; there's a place for every man who will come and take his part.
There was no longer any memory of why the "feast" had been started, but it still had a pleasant and almost sacred feel to it. This was the time when all the village kids, no matter where they were, tried to come home for a holiday to visit their parents and friends, bringing their pay or little gifts from elsewhere for the older folks. Maybe a day or two before, but definitely on "feast day" and the day after, in our village, you would see strapping, healthy young men and women from all over the country going from house to house in their best clothes, ultimately stopping by to see Madam Brown, who they would consult about how to make the most of their earnings or how to best spend them for the benefit of the older folks. Every household, no matter how poor, managed to put together a "feast cake" and a bottle of ginger or raisin wine, which sat on the cottage table ready for visitors, likely reminding them of feast time—since feast cake is very dense and loaded with huge raisins. Moreover, feast time was also a day of reconciliation for the parish. If Job Higgins and Noah Freeman hadn’t spoken for the last six months, their "old women" would surely have arranged a truce by that day. And while there was quite a bit of drinking and low behavior at the booths in the evening, it was mostly limited to those who would have been doing the same “feast or no feast”; overall, the atmosphere was uplifting and community-oriented. The only reason this isn't still the case is that the upper class and farmers have turned to other pastimes and, as usual, forgotten the poor. They don’t attend the feasts themselves and label them as disreputable, which leads the more responsible members of the poor community to also avoid them, turning them into what they are called. Activities meant for specific classes, whether for nobles or laborers, often become nuisances and burdens on a community. The true allure of cricket and hunting is that they remain, to some extent, sociable and inclusive; there’s a spot for everyone willing to join in.
APPROACH OF VEAST-DAY.
No one in the village enjoyed the approach of "veast-day" more than Tom, in the year in which he was taken under old Benjy's tutelage.[29] The feast was held in a large green field at the lower end of the village. The road to Farringdon ran along one side of it, and the brook by the side of the road; and above the brook was another large gentle-sloping pasture-land, with a foot-path running down it from the church-yard; and the old church, the originator of all the mirth, towered up with its gray walls and lancet windows[30] overlooking and sanctioning the whole, though its own share therein had been forgotten. At the point where the foot-path crossed the brook and [Pg 33] road, and entered on the field where the feast was held, was a long, low, roadside inn, and on the opposite side of the field was a large, white, thatched farm-house, where dwelt an old sporting farmer, a great promoter of the revels.
No one in the village looked forward to "feast day" more than Tom, the year he was taken under old Benjy's guidance.[29] The feast took place in a large green field at the edge of the village. The road to Farringdon ran along one side of it, and a brook flowed beside the road; above the brook was another large, gently sloping pasture with a footpath leading down from the churchyard. The old church, the source of all the joy, stood tall with its gray walls and pointed windows[30] overlooking the scene, although its own role in the festivities had been forgotten. At the point where the footpath crossed the brook and the road, entering the field where the feast was held, there was a long, low inn by the roadside, and on the opposite side of the field was a large, white, thatched farmhouse, home to an old, fun-loving farmer who was a big supporter of the celebrations.
Past the old church, and down the foot-path, pottered[31] the old man and the child, hand in hand, early on the afternoon of the day before the feast, and wandered all around the ground which was already being occupied by the "cheap Jacks,"[32] with their green-covered carts and marvellous assortment of wares, and the booths of more legitimate[33] small traders with their tempting arrays of fairings[34] and eatables; and penny peep-shows and other shows, containing pink-eyed ladies, and dwarfs, and boa-constrictors, and wily Indians. But the object of most interest to Benjy, and of course to his pupil, also, was the stage of rough planks, some four feet high, which was being put up by the village carpenter for the back-swording and wrestling; and after surveying the whole tenderly, old Benjy led his charge away to the roadside inn, where he ordered a glass of ale and a long pipe for himself, and discussed these unwonted luxuries on the bench outside in the soft autumn evening with mine host, another old servant of the Browns, and speculated with him on the likelihood of a good show of old gamesters to contend for the morrow's prizes, and told tales of the gallant bouts forty years back, to which Tom listened with all his ears and eyes.
Past the old church and down the footpath, the old man and the child walked hand in hand on the afternoon before the feast. They wandered around the area where the "cheap Jacks" had already set up their green-covered carts filled with a fantastic variety of goods, along with booths from more legit small traders showcasing tempting treats and snacks, penny peep-shows, and other attractions featuring pink-eyed ladies, dwarfs, and boa constrictors, as well as clever Indians. But the main attraction for Benjy, and of course for his student too, was the stage of rough planks, about four feet high, which the village carpenter was putting up for the back-sword fighting and wrestling. After taking in the whole scene with affection, old Benjy led the child to the roadside inn, where he ordered a glass of ale and a long pipe for himself. They chatted about these rare luxuries on the bench outside in the soft autumn evening with the innkeeper, another old servant of the Browns, speculating about the chances of a good show of seasoned players competing for tomorrow's prizes, and he shared stories of the exciting matches from forty years ago, which Tom listened to with rapt attention.
MORNING OF THE VEAST.
But who shall tell the joy of the next morning, when [Pg 34] the church bells were ringing a merry peal and old Benjy appeared in the servants' hall, resplendent in a long blue coat and brass buttons, and a pair of old yellow buckskins[35] and top-boots,[36] which he had cleaned for and inherited from Tom's grandfather; a stout thorn-stick in his hand, and a nosegay of pinks and lavender in his button-hole, and led away Tom in his best clothes, and two new shillings in his breeches pockets? Those two, at any rate, look like enjoying the day's revel.
But who can describe the joy of the next morning, when [Pg 34] the church bells rang out cheerfully and old Benjy showed up in the servants' hall, looking sharp in a long blue coat with brass buttons, a pair of old yellow buckskin pants[35] and top boots,[36] which he had cleaned and inherited from Tom's grandfather; a sturdy thorn stick in his hand, and a bouquet of pinks and lavender in his buttonhole, and he took Tom away in his best clothes, with two new shillings in his breeches pockets? Those two, at least, look like they’re ready to enjoy the day’s festivities.
They quicken their pace when they get into the church-yard, for already they see the field thronged with country folk, the men in clean white smocks or velveteen or fustian[37] coats, with rough plush waistcoats of many colors, and the women in the beautiful scarlet cloak, the usual outdoor dress of West-country women in those days, and which often descended in families from mother to daughter, or in new-fashioned stuff[38] shawls, which, if they would but believe it, don't become them half so well. The air resounds with the pipe and tabor,[39] and the drums and trumpets of the showmen shouting at the doors of their caravans,[40] over which tremendous pictures of the wonders to be seen within hang temptingly; while through all rises the shrill "root-too-too-too" of Mr. Punch, and the unceasing pan-pipe[41] of his satellite.
They speed up as they enter the churchyard, already spotting the field packed with locals. The men wear clean white smocks or velveteen or fustian coats, with rough plush vests in various colors, while the women sport beautiful scarlet cloaks, the typical outdoor attire of West-country women back then, which often got passed down from mother to daughter, or in trendy fabric shawls that, if they only knew, don’t suit them nearly as well. The air is filled with the sounds of the pipe and tabor, along with the drums and trumpets of the showmen shouting outside their caravans, decorated with huge pictures of the amazing sights inside. Amid it all, you can hear the high-pitched "root-too-too-too" of Mr. Punch and the constant pan-pipe music from his sidekick.
"Lawk a' massey, Mr. Benjamin," cries a stout motherly woman in a red cloak as they enter the field, "be that [Pg 35] you? Well, I never! you do look purely.[42] And how's the squire, and madam, and the family?"
"Lawk a' mercy, Mr. Benjamin," shouts a plump, motherly woman in a red cloak as they step into the field, "is that you? Well, I never! You look fantastic. And how's the squire, and madam, and the family?"
Benjy graciously shakes hands with the speaker, who has left our village for some years, but has come over for "veast-day" on a visit to an old gossip—and gently indicates the heir apparent of the Browns.
Benjy warmly shakes hands with the speaker, who left our village several years ago but has returned for "feast day" to visit an old friend—and subtly points out the heir apparent of the Browns.
"Bless his little heart! I must gi' un a kiss. Here, Susannah, Susannah!" cries she, raising herself from the embrace, "come and see Mr. Benjamin and young Master Tom. You minds[43] our Sukey, Mr. Benjamin? she be growed a rare slip of a wench[44] since you seen her, tho' her'll be sixteen come Martinmas[45]. I do aim[46] to take her to see madam to get her a place."
"Bless his little heart! I must give him a kiss. Hey, Susannah, Susannah!" she calls out, pulling away from the hug, "come and see Mr. Benjamin and young Master Tom. Do you remember our Sukey, Mr. Benjamin? She's grown into quite a lovely young lady since you last saw her, though she'll be sixteen this Martinmas. I plan to take her to see the lady to help her find a job."
And Sukey comes bouncing away from a knot of old school-fellows, and drops a courtesy to Mr. Benjamin. And elders come up from all parts to salute Benjy, and girls who have been madam's pupils to kiss Master Tom. And they carry him off to load him with fairings; and he returns to Benjy, his hat and coat covered with ribbons, and his pockets crammed with wonderful boxes, which open upon ever new boxes and boxes, and popguns and trumpets, and apples, and gilt gingerbread from the stall of Angel Heavens, sole vender thereof, whose booth groans with kings and queens, and elephants, and prancing steeds, all gleaming with gold. There was more gold on Angel's cakes than there is ginger in those of this degenerate age. Skilled diggers might yet make a fortune in the church-yards of the Vale by carefully washing the dust of the consumers of Angel's gingerbread. Alas! he is [Pg 36] with his namesakes, and his receipts have, I fear, died with him.
And Sukey comes running away from a group of old classmates and curtsies to Mr. Benjamin. People of all ages come over to greet Benjy, and girls who were madam's students come to kiss Master Tom. They take him away to shower him with treats, and he returns to Benjy with his hat and coat covered in ribbons, and his pockets stuffed with amazing little boxes that open up into even more boxes, pop guns, trumpets, apples, and golden gingerbread from Angel Heavens' stall, the only place that sells it. His booth is filled with kings and queens, elephants, and prancing horses, all sparkling with gold. There was more gold on Angel's cakes than there is ginger in those of today’s lesser quality. Talented diggers could still make a fortune in the graveyards of the Vale by carefully washing the dust off the eaters of Angel's gingerbread. Unfortunately, he is [Pg 36] with his namesakes, and I fear his recipes died with him.
THE JINGLING MATCH.
And then they inspect the penny peep-show, at least Tom does, while old Benjy stands outside and gossips, and walks up the steps, and enters the mysterious doors of the pink-eyed lady and the Irish Giant, who do not by any means come up to their pictures; and the boa will not swallow his rabbit, but there the rabbit is waiting to be swallowed,—and what can you expect for tuppence?[47] We are easily pleased in the Vale. Now there is a rush of the crowd, and a tinkling bell is heard, and shouts of laughter; and Master Tom mounts on Benjy's shoulders, and beholds a jingling match in all its glory. The games are begun, and this is the opening of them. It is a quaint[48] game, immensely amusing to look at; and as I don't know whether it is used in your counties, I had better describe it. A large roped ring is made, into which are introduced a dozen or so of big boys and young men who mean to play; these are carefully blinded and turned loose into the ring, and then a man is introduced not blind-folded, with a bell hung round his neck, and his two hands tied behind him. Of course, every time he moves, the bell must ring, as he has no hand to hold it, and so the dozen blind-folded men have to catch him. This they cannot always manage if he is a lively fellow, but half of them always rush into the arms of the other half, or drive their heads together, or tumble over; and then the crowd laughs vehemently, and invents nicknames for them on the spur of the moment, and they, if [Pg 37] they be choleric, tear off the handkerchiefs which blind them, and not unfrequently pitch into one another, each thinking that the other must have run against him on purpose. It is great fun to look at a jingling match certainly, and Tom shouts and jumps on old Benjy's shoulders at the sight, until the old man feels weary, and shifts him to the strong young shoulders of the groom, who has just got down to the fun.
And then they check out the penny peep-show, at least Tom does, while old Benjy hangs out outside, gossiping, walking up the steps, and entering the mysterious doors of the pink-eyed lady and the Irish Giant, who don’t really look like their pictures; and the boa won’t swallow his rabbit, but there’s the rabbit, ready to be swallowed – and what can you expect for tuppence?[47] We’re easily entertained in the Vale. Now there’s a rush of the crowd, a tinkling bell rings out, and laughter fills the air; Master Tom climbs onto Benjy’s shoulders and sees a jingling match in all its glory. The games have started, and this is just the beginning. It’s a quirky[48] game, really fun to watch; and since I don’t know if it’s played in your area, I should probably describe it. A large rope ring is set up, where a dozen or so big boys and young men get ready to play; they are carefully blindfolded and let loose in the ring, while a man not blindfolded, with a bell around his neck and his hands tied behind him, is introduced. Every time he moves, the bell rings because he can’t hold it, and the dozen blindfolded guys have to catch him. They can’t always manage it if he’s quick, but half of them end up running into each other, colliding heads, or falling over; and then the crowd laughs loudly, coming up with nicknames for them on the spot, and if they get angry, they rip off the blindfolds and often start fighting each other, each thinking the other bumped into him on purpose. Watching a jingling match is definitely entertaining, and Tom shouts and jumps on old Benjy’s shoulders in excitement, until the old man gets tired and shifts him onto the strong young shoulders of the groom, who has just joined the fun.
And now, while they are climbing the pole in another part of the field, and muzzling in a flour-tub[49] in another, the old farmer whose house, as has been said, overlooks the field, and who is master of the revels, gets up the steps on to the stage, and announces to all whom it may concern that a half-sovereign[50] in money will be forthcoming for the old gamester who breaks most heads; to which the squire and he have added a new hat.
And now, while they're climbing the pole in one part of the field and messing around in a flour tub in another, the old farmer whose house, as mentioned earlier, overlooks the field and is in charge of the festivities, climbs the steps onto the stage and announces to everyone interested that a half-sovereign in cash will be awarded to the old daredevil who breaks the most heads; the squire has also contributed a new hat for the winner.
The amount of the prize is sufficient to stimulate the men of the immediate neighborhood, but not enough to bring any very high talent from a distance; so, after a glance or two round, a tall fellow, who is a down shepherd,[51] chucks his hat on to the stage and climbs up the steps, looking rather sheepish. The crowd, of course, first cheer, then chaff[52] as usual, as he picks up his hat and begins handling the sticks to see which will suit him.
The prize money is enough to get the local guys interested, but not enough to attract any major talent from far away. So, after looking around for a moment, a tall guy, who’s a shepherd, throws his hat on the stage and climbs up the steps, looking a bit shy. The crowd, as usual, cheers at first, then starts to tease him as he picks up his hat and starts trying out the sticks to figure out which one fits him best.
THE BACK-SWORDING.
"Wooy,[53] Willum Smith, thee canst plaay wi' he[54] arra[55] daay," says his companion to the blacksmith's apprentice, a stout young fellow of nineteen or twenty. Willum's [Pg 38] sweetheart is in the "veast" somewhere, and has strictly enjoined him not to get his head broke at back-swording, on pain of her highest displeasure; but as she is not to be seen (the women pretend not to like to see the back-sword play, and keep away from the stage), and as his hat is decidedly getting old, he chucks it on to the stage, and follows himself, hoping that he will only have to break other people's heads, or that after all Rachel won't really mind.
"Wow,[53] Willum Smith, you can play with him[54] here[55] today," says his friend to the blacksmith's apprentice, a solid young guy about nineteen or twenty. Willum's girlfriend is somewhere in the "east," and she has strictly warned him not to get into a fight while sword fighting, or she’ll be really upset; but since she’s not around (the women act like they don’t want to see the sword fighting and stay away from the action), and his hat is definitely getting old, he tosses it onto the stage and follows after it, hoping he will only have to go after other people or that Rachel won’t actually mind after all.
Then follows the greasy cap, lined with fur, of a half-gipsy, poaching,[56] loafing fellow who travels the Vale not for much good, I fancy:
Then comes the greasy cap, lined with fur, worn by a half-gypsy, poaching, [56] loafing guy who wanders through the Vale, probably not for anything good, I think:
in fact. And then three or four other hats, including the glossy castor[57] of Joe Willis, the self-elected and would-be champion of the neighborhood, a well-to-do young butcher of twenty-eight or thereabouts, and a great strapping fellow, with his full allowance of bluster. This is a capital show of gamesters, considering the amount of the prize; so, while they are picking their sticks and drawing their lots, I think I must tell you, as shortly as I can, how the noble old game of back-sword is played; for it has sadly gone out of late, even in the Vale, and maybe you have never seen it.
in fact. And then three or four other hats, including the glossy castor[57] of Joe Willis, the self-appointed and wannabe champion of the neighborhood, a well-off young butcher around twenty-eight, and a big, sturdy guy, full of his own bravado. This is a great lineup of players, given the size of the prize; so, while they’re picking their sticks and drawing their lots, I think I should quickly explain how the classic game of back-sword is played; because it has unfortunately faded away lately, even in the Vale, and maybe you’ve never seen it.
[B] Wordsworth's "Peter Bell."
Wordsworth's "Peter Bell."
The weapon is a good stout ash-stick with a large basket-handle,[58] heavier and some what shorter than a common single-stick. The players are called "old gamesters"—why, I can't tell you—and their object is simply to break one [Pg 39] another's head: for the moment that blood runs an inch anywhere above the eyebrow, the old gamester to whom it belongs is beaten, and has to stop. A very slight blow with the sticks will fetch blood, so that it is by no means a punishing pastime, if the men don't play on purpose, and savagely, at the bodies and arms of their adversaries. The old gamester going into action only takes off his hat and coat, and arms himself with a stick; he then loops the fingers of his left hand in a handkerchief or strap, which he fastens round his left leg, measuring the length, so that when he draws it tight with his left elbow in the air, that elbow shall just reach as high as his crown. Thus you see, so long as he chooses to keep his left elbow up, regardless of cuts, he has a perfect guard for the left side of his head. Then he advances his right hand above and in front of his head, holding his stick across, so that its point projects an inch or two over his left elbow; and thus his whole head is completely guarded, and he faces his man armed in like manner; and they stand some three feet apart, often nearer, and feint,[59] and strike, and return at one another's head, until one cries "hold," or blood flows. In the first case they are allowed a minute's time, and go on again; in the latter, another pair of gamesters are called on. If good men are playing, the quickness of the return is marvellous; you hear the rattle like that a boy makes drawing his stick along palings, only heavier; and the closeness of the men in action to one another gives it a strange interest, and makes a spell at back-swording a very noble sight.
The weapon is a sturdy ash stick with a large basket handle,[58] heavier and a bit shorter than a typical single stick. The players are referred to as "old gamesters"—I can't explain why—and their goal is simply to bust each other's heads: the moment blood drips an inch anywhere above the eyebrow, the old gamester it belongs to is defeated and must stop. A light hit with the sticks can draw blood, so it's not necessarily a brutal pastime unless the players decide to target each other's bodies and arms aggressively. The old gamester prepares for action by taking off his hat and coat, then grabbing a stick; he loops the fingers of his left hand in a handkerchief or strap, which he secures around his left leg, measuring it so that when he pulls it tight with his left elbow raised, that elbow reaches just as high as the top of his head. This way, as long as he keeps his left elbow up, ignoring any hits, he has a solid guard for the left side of his head. Then he positions his right hand above and in front of his head, holding his stick across so that its tip extends an inch or two beyond his left elbow; this completely protects his head, and he faces his opponent, who is similarly armed. They stand about three feet apart, often closer, feint,[59] strike, and counter each other's head shots until one shouts "hold," or blood is drawn. In the first scenario, they get a minute to rest and then continue; in the latter, another pair of gamesters are called in. If skilled players are in action, the speed of their exchanges is incredible; you hear a sound like a boy dragging his stick along a fence, but heavier, and the close proximity of the players adds a unique thrill, making a back-swording match a truly impressive sight.
JOE AND THE GIPSY.
They are all suited now with sticks, and Joe Willis and the gipsy man have drawn the first lot. So the rest lean [Pg 40] against the rails of the stage, and Joe and the dark man meet in the middle, the boards having been strewed with sawdust; Joe's white shirt and spotless drab breeches and boots contrasting with the gipsy's coarse blue shirt and dirty green velveteen breeches and leather gaiters. Joe is evidently turning up his nose at the other, and half insulted at having to break his head.
They are all now equipped with sticks, and Joe Willis and the gypsy man have drawn the first lot. The rest lean against the stage rails, and Joe and the dark man meet in the center, the floor covered in sawdust; Joe's white shirt and clean tan trousers and boots stand out against the gypsy's rough blue shirt, dirty green velveteen pants, and leather gaiters. Joe clearly looks down on the other guy, feeling somewhat insulted that he has to fight him.
The gipsy is a tough, active fellow, but not very skilful with his weapon, so that Joe's weight and strength tell in a minute; he is too heavy metal for him; whack, whack, whack, come his blows, breaking down the gipsy's guard, and threatening to reach his head every moment. There it is at last—"Blood, blood!" shouted the spectators, as a thin stream oozes out slowly from the roots of his hair, and the umpire[60] calls to them to stop. The gipsy scowls at Joe under his brows in no pleasant manner, while Master Joe swaggers about, and makes attitudes, and thinks himself, and shows that he thinks himself, the greatest man in the field.
The gypsy is a tough, active guy, but he isn't very skilled with his weapon, so Joe's weight and strength make a difference right away; he's too heavy for him. Whack, whack, whack go Joe's blows, breaking through the gypsy's defense and almost landing on his head at any moment. Then it happens—"Blood, blood!" shout the spectators as a thin stream slowly oozes from the roots of his hair, and the umpire[60] tells them to stop. The gypsy glares at Joe with a nasty look while Joe struts around, poses, and thinks, and makes it clear that he thinks he’s the biggest man in the ring.
Then follow several stout sets-to between the other candidates for the new hat, and at last come to the shepherd and Willum Smith. This is the crack set-to of the day. They are both in famous wind, and there is no crying "hold"; the shepherd is an old hand, and up to all the dodges; he tries them one after another, and very nearly gets at Willum's head by coming in near, and playing over his guard at the half-stick, but somehow Willum blunders through, catching the stick on his shoulders, neck, sides, every now and then, anywhere but on his head, and his returns are heavy and straight, and he is the youngest gamester and a favorite in the parish, and his [Pg 41] gallant stand brings down shouts and cheers, and the knowing ones think he'll win if he keeps steady, and Tom, on the groom's shoulder, holds his hands together, and can hardly breathe for excitement.
Then there are several intense matches between the other contenders for the new hat, and finally we arrive at the showdown between the shepherd and Willum Smith. This is the highlight of the day. They’re both in great form, and there’s no holding back; the shepherd is experienced and knows all the tricks. He tries various moves to get past Willum’s defense, almost hitting his head by getting close and playing over his guard at half-stick, but somehow Willum manages to dodge, catching the stick on his shoulders, neck, and sides, but rarely on his head. His returns are powerful and straightforward, and he’s the youngest player and a favorite in the village. His brave performance earns loud cheers, and the experts think he’ll win if he stays focused, while Tom, resting on the groom’s shoulder, clasps his hands together and can hardly breathe with excitement.
Alas for Willum! his sweetheart, getting tired of female companionship, has been hunting the booths to see where he can have got to, and now catches sight of him on the stage in full combat. She flushes and turns pale; her old aunt catches hold of her saying: "Bless 'ee,[61] child, doan't 'ee go a'nigst[62] it;" but she breaks away and runs toward the stage calling his name. Willum keeps up his guard stoutly, but glances for a moment toward the voice. No guard will do it, Willum, without the eye. The shepherd steps round and strikes, and the point of his stick just grazes Willum's forehead, fetching off the skin, and the blood flows, and the umpire cries "Hold," and poor Willum's chance is up for the day. But he takes it very well, and puts on his old hat and coat, and goes down to be scolded by his sweetheart, and led away out of mischief. Tom hears him say coaxingly as he walks off:—
Poor Willum! His sweetheart, tired of being around other women, has been searching the stalls to find him, and now spots him on stage in the middle of a match. She flushes and then pales; her elderly aunt grabs her, saying, "Bless you, [61] dear, don’t go against [62] that," but she breaks free and rushes toward the stage, calling his name. Willum stands his ground bravely but glances momentarily toward the voice. No defense will work, Willum, without focus. The shepherd steps in and strikes, grazing Willum's forehead and tearing off the skin, causing blood to flow. The umpire shouts "Hold," and poor Willum's chance for the day is over. But he takes it well, puts on his old hat and coat, and heads down to face his sweetheart's scolding and be led away from trouble. Tom hears him say sweetly as he walks off:—
"Thee minds what I tells ee," rejoins Rachel, saucily, "and doan't ee keep blethering[67] about fairings." Tom resolves in his heart to give Willum the remainder of his two shillings after the back-swording.
"Thee minds what I tell you," Rachel replies cheekily, "and don’t you keep rambling about gifts." Tom decides in his heart to give Willum the rest of his two shillings after the fight.
Joe Willis had all the luck to-day. His next bout ends [Pg 42] in an easy victory, while the shepherd has a tough job to break his second head; and when Joe and the shepherd meet, and the whole circle expect and hope to see him get a broken crown, the shepherd slips in the first round, and falls against the rails, hurting himself so that the old farmer will not let him go on, much as he wishes to try; and that imposter, Joe (for he is certainly not the best man) struts and swaggers about the stage the conquering gamester, though he hasn't had five minutes' really trying play.
Joe Willis was really lucky today. His next match ends [Pg 42] in an easy win, while the shepherd struggles to break his second head. When Joe and the shepherd meet, everyone in the crowd expects and hopes to see him get knocked out, but the shepherd slips in the first round and falls against the rails, injuring himself so badly that the old farmer won't let him continue, even though he really wants to try. And that fraud, Joe (because he’s definitely not the best), struts around the stage like the victorious player, even though he hasn’t had five minutes of real competition.
A NEW "OLD GAMESTER."
Joe takes the new hat in his hand, and puts the money in it, and then, as if a thought strikes him, and he doesn't think his victory quite acknowledged down below, walks to each face of the stage, and looks down, shaking the money, and chaffing, as how he'll stake hat and money and another half sovereign, "agin any gamester as hasn't played already." Cunning Joe! he thus gets rid of Willum and the shepherd who is quite fresh again.
Joe takes the new hat in his hand, puts the money in it, and then, as if struck by a thought, walks to each side of the stage, looking down, shaking the money, and joking about how he’ll bet his hat, the money, and another half sovereign “against any player who hasn’t already played.” Clever Joe! This way, he gets rid of Willum and the shepherd, who’s feeling fresh again.
No one seems to like the offer, and the umpire is just coming down, when a queer old hat, something like a doctor of divinity's shovel,[68] is chucked on the stage, and an elderly quiet man steps out, who has been watching the play, saying he should like to cross a stick "wi' the prodigalish young chap."
No one seems to like the offer, and the umpire is just coming down when a strange old hat, something like a pastor's shovel, [68] is thrown onto the stage, and an elderly calm man steps out, who has been watching the play, saying he’d like to challenge the “wayward young guy.”
The crowd cheer and begin to chaff Joe, who turns up his nose and swaggers across to the sticks. "Imp'dent old wos-bird!"[69] says he, "I'll break the bald head on un to the truth."
The crowd cheers and starts to tease Joe, who looks down his nose and struts over to the sticks. "Arrogant old fool!"[69] he says, "I'll knock some sense into him."
The old boy is very bald, certainly, and the blood will show fast enough if you touch him, Joe.
The old guy is really bald, that's for sure, and the blood will show up quickly if you touch him, Joe.
JOE OUT OF LUCK.
He takes off his long-flapped coat, and stands up in a long-flapped waistcoat, which Sir Roger de Coverley[70] might have worn when it was new, picks out a stick, and is ready for Master Joe, who loses no time, but begins his old game, whack, whack, whack, trying to break down the old man's guard by sheer strength. But it won't do—he catches every blow close by the basket: and though he is rather stiff in his returns, after a minute walks Joe about the stage, and is clearly a staunch old gamester. Joe now comes in, and making the most of his height, tries to get over the old man's guard at half stick, by which he takes a smart blow in the ribs and another on the elbow, and nothing more. And now he loses wind and begins to puff, and the crowd laugh: "Cry, 'hold,' Joe—thee's met thy match!" Instead of taking good advice and getting his wind, Joe loses his temper and strikes at the old man's body.
He takes off his long coat and stands up in a long waistcoat that Sir Roger de Coverley[70] might have worn when it was new, picks up a stick, and gets ready for Master Joe, who wastes no time and starts his usual game, whack, whack, whack, trying to break through the old man's defense with pure force. But it doesn't work—he blocks every blow right by the basket: and even though he’s a bit slow in his responses, after a minute Joe is all over the stage, clearly a seasoned player. Joe now comes in and, using his height to his advantage, tries to get over the old man's guard at half-stick, taking a sharp hit in the ribs and another on the elbow, and nothing more. Now he's out of breath and starts to puff, and the crowd laughs: "Cry, 'hold,' Joe—you've met your match!" Instead of taking the good advice and catching his breath, Joe loses his cool and swings at the old man's body.
"Blood, blood!" shout the crowd, "Joe's head's broke!"
"Blood, blood!" the crowd shouts, "Joe's head is broken!"
Who'd have thought it? How did it come? That body-blow left Joe's head unguarded for a moment, and with one turn of the wrist the old gentleman has picked a neat bit of skin off the middle of his forehead; and though he won't believe it, and hammers on for three more blows despite of the shouts, is then convinced by the blood trickling into his eyes. Poor Joe is sadly crestfallen, and fumbles in his pocket for the other half-sovereign, but the old gamester won't have it. "Keep thy money, man, and gi's[71] thy hand," says he, and they shake hands; but the old gamester gives the hat to the shepherd, and, soon [Pg 44] after, the half-sovereign to Willum, who thereout decorates his sweetheart with ribbons to his heart's content.
Who would have thought it? How did it happen? That punch left Joe's head open for a second, and with a quick flick of the wrist, the old guy took a neat piece of skin off the middle of his forehead; and even though he won't believe it and keeps on swinging for three more punches despite the shouts, he’s finally convinced when the blood starts trickling into his eyes. Poor Joe looks really down and fumbles in his pocket for the other half-sovereign, but the old gambler won’t take it. “Keep your money, man, and give me your hand,” he says, and they shake hands; but the old gambler gives the hat to the shepherd, and soon after, the half-sovereign to Willum, who then uses it to decorate his sweetheart with ribbons to his heart's content.
"Who can a[72] be! Wur[73] do a cum from?" ask the crowd. And it soon flies about that the west-country champion, who played a tie[74] with Shaw, the life-guardsman[75] at "Vizes"[76] twenty years before, has broken Joe Willis's crown for him.
"Who could that be! Where did they come from?" asks the crowd. And it quickly spreads that the west-country champion, who had a tie with Shaw, the life-guardsman, at "Vizes" twenty years ago, has just knocked Joe Willis's crown off.
THE REVELS ARE OVER.
How my country fair is spinning out! I see I must skip the wrestling, and the boys jumping in sacks, and rolling wheelbarrows blindfolded; and the donkey-race, and the fight which arose thereout, marring the otherwise peaceful "veast," and the frightened scurrying away of the female feast-goers, and descent of Squire Brown, summoned by the wife of one of the combatants to stop it, which he wouldn't start to do till he had got on his top-boots. Tom is carried away by old Benjy, dog-tired and surfeited with pleasure, as the evening comes on and the dancing begins in the booths; and though Willum and Rachel in her new ribbons, and many another good lad and lass, don't come away just yet, but have a good step out and enjoy it, and get no harm thereby, yet we, being sober folk, will just stroll away up through the church-yard, and by the old yew-tree; and get a quiet dish of tea and bit of talk with our gossips, as the steady ones of our village do, and so to bed.
How my country fair is spinning out! I see I must skip the wrestling, the sack races, and the blindfolded wheelbarrow races; the donkey race and the fight that broke out, ruining the otherwise peaceful festival, with the female attendees frightened and scurrying away, and Squire Brown being called down by the wife of one of the fighters to break it up, which he wouldn’t start doing until he put on his top boots. Tom is carried away by old Benjy, completely worn out and filled with joy as the evening sets in and the dancing begins in the booths; and though Willum and Rachel in her new ribbons, and many other good folks, stick around for a bit to enjoy themselves and get no harm from it, we, being sensible people, will just stroll up through the churchyard and past the old yew tree; and have a quiet cup of tea and some chat with our friends, like the steady ones of our village do, and then head to bed.
THE OLD BOY MORALIZETH ON VEASTS.
That's a fair, true sketch, as far as it goes, of one of the larger village feasts in the Vale of Berks, when I was a little boy. They are much altered for the worse, I am [Pg 45] told. I haven't been at one these twenty years, but I have been at the statute fairs in some west-country towns, where servants are hired, and greater abominations cannot be found. What village feasts have come to, I fear, in many cases, may be read in the pages of "Yeast,[77]" though I never saw one so bad—thank God!
That's a pretty accurate description of one of the bigger village feasts in the Vale of Berks when I was a kid. I’ve heard they’ve changed for the worse. I haven't been to one in twenty years, but I've attended some statute fairs in various towns out west, where they hire workers, and the conditions there are truly awful. What village feasts have turned into, I fear, can be read in the pages of "Yeast," though I’ve never seen one that bad—thank God!
Do you want to know why? It is because, as I said before, gentlefolk and farmers have left off joining or taking any interest in them. They don't either subscribe to the prizes, or go down and enjoy the fun.
Do you want to know why? It's because, as I mentioned earlier, the upper class and farmers have stopped participating or showing interest in them. They neither contribute to the prizes nor come out to enjoy the festivities.
Is this a good or a bad sign? I hardly know. Bad, sure enough, if it only arises from the further separation of classes consequent on twenty years of buying cheap and selling dear, and its accompanying overwork; or because our sons and daughters have their hearts in London club-life, or so-called society, instead of in the old English home duties; because farmers' sons are aping fine gentlemen, and farmers' daughters caring more to make bad foreign music than good English cheeses. Good, perhaps, if it be that the time for the old "veast" has gone by, that it is no longer the healthy, sound expression of English country holiday-making; that, in fact, we as a nation have got beyond it, and are in a transition state, feeling for and soon likely to find some better substitute.
Is this a good sign or a bad one? I really can’t tell. It’s definitely bad if it’s just due to the growing divide between classes after twenty years of buying cheap and selling high, along with the extra work that comes with it; or because our sons and daughters are more focused on London club life or so-called society instead of the traditional duties of English homes; because farmers’ sons are trying to act like wealthy gentlemen, and farmers’ daughters care more about making terrible foreign music than good English cheese. On the other hand, it could be good if it means that the time for the old "feast" has passed, that it’s no longer a healthy, genuine expression of English country holiday traditions; that, in fact, we as a nation have moved past it and are in a transitional phase, searching for and likely to find some better alternative soon.
Only I have just got this to say before I quit the text. Don't let reformers of any sort think that they are going really to lay hold of the working boys and young men of England by any educational grapnel[78] whatever, which hasn't some bona fide[79] equivalent for the games of the old country "veast" in it; something to put in the place of [Pg 46] the back-swording and wrestling and racing; something to try the muscles of men's bodies, and the endurance of their hearts, and to make them rejoice in their strength. In all the new-fangled comprehensive plans which I see, this is all left out; and the consequence is that your great Mechanics' Institutes end in intellectual priggism;[80] and your Christian Young Men Societies in religious Pharisaism.
I just want to say this before I wrap up. Don’t let reformers think they can truly connect with the working boys and young men of England through any educational approach that doesn’t include some genuine equivalent to the traditional games of the old country. They need something to replace back-swording, wrestling, and racing; something that challenges their physical strength and tests their endurance, allowing them to take pride in their capabilities. In all the modern comprehensive plans I see, this aspect is missing, which leads to your large Mechanics' Institutes ending up as centers of intellectual snobbery, and your Christian Young Men Societies becoming places of religious hypocrisy.
ADVICE TO YOUNG SWELLS.
Well, well, we must bide our time. Life isn't all beer and skittles,—but beer and skittles,[81] or something better of the same sort, must form a good part of every Englishman's education. If I could only drive this into the heads of you rising Parliamentary lords and young swells who "have your ways made for you," as the saying is,—you who frequent palaver houses[82] and West-End clubs,[83] waiting, always ready to strap yourselves on to the back of poor dear old John,[84] as soon as the present used-up lot (your fathers and uncles), who sit there on the great Parliamentary-majorities' pack-saddle, and make believe they are guiding him with their red-tape[85] bridle, tumble, or have to be lifted off.
Well, well, we have to be patient. Life isn't just fun and games—but fun and games,[81] or something even better, should be a significant part of every Englishman's education. If I could just get this through to you rising Parliamentary lords and young elites who "have everything handed to you," as the saying goes—you who hang out at trendy places[82] and West-End clubs,[83] always ready to hitch a ride on the back of poor old John,[84] as soon as the current crowd (your fathers and uncles), who sit atop the great Parliamentary-majorities' pack-saddle, and pretend they’re in charge with their red-tape[85] reins, fall off or need to be pulled off.
I don't think much of you yet—I wish I could; though you do go talking and lecturing up and down the country to crowded audiences, and are busy with all sorts of philanthropic intellectualism, and circulating libraries and museums, and Heaven only knows what besides, and try to make us think, through newspaper reports, that you [Pg 47] are, even as we, of the working classes. But, bless your hearts, we "aren't so green," though lots of us of all sorts toady[86] you enough certainly, and try to make you think so.
I don’t think much of you yet—I wish I could; even though you go around talking and lecturing to packed audiences across the country, and you're busy with all kinds of philanthropic projects, intellectual initiatives, libraries, museums, and God knows what else, trying to make us believe, through news reports, that you are just like us, the working class. But, bless your hearts, we "aren’t that naive," even if many of us from all walks of life certainly fawn over you and try to make you think so. [Pg 47]
I'll tell you what to do now; instead of all this trumpeting and fuss, which is only the old Parliamentary-majority dodge over again—just you go each of you (you've plenty of time for it, if you'll only give, up t'other line) and quietly make three or four friends, real friends among us. You'll find a little trouble in getting at the right sort, because such birds don't come lightly to your lure,—but found they may be. Take, say, two out of the professions, lawyer, parson, doctor—which you will; one out of trade, and three or four out of the working-classes, tailors, engineers, carpenters, engravers—there's plenty of choice. Let them be men of your own ages, mind, and ask them to your homes; introduce them to your wives and sisters, and get introduced to theirs, give them good dinners, and talk to them about what is really at the bottom of your hearts; and box, and run, and row with them, when you have a chance. Do all this honestly as man to man, and by the time you come to ride old John, you'll be able to do something more than sit on his back, and may feel his mouth with some stronger bridle than a red-tape one.
I'll tell you what to do now; instead of all this noise and drama, which is just the same old Parliamentary-majority trick, just go, each of you (you’ve got plenty of time if you stop wasting it on the other stuff), and quietly make three or four real friends among us. You might have a bit of trouble finding the right kind since those folks don’t come around easily, but they can be found. Take, let’s say, two from the professions—like a lawyer, a pastor, or a doctor—whatever you choose; one from trade, and three or four from the working-class, like tailors, engineers, carpenters, or engravers—there’s plenty to pick from. Make sure they’re guys around your age, and invite them to your homes; introduce them to your wives and sisters, and get to know theirs. Cook them nice dinners, and talk about what really matters to you. Box, run, and row with them when you get the chance. Do all this honestly, man to man, and by the time you’re ready to ride old John, you’ll know how to do more than just sit on his back and might be able to control him with something stronger than a red-tape bridle.
Ah, if you only would! But you have got too far out of the right rut, I fear. Too much over civilization, and the deceitfulness of riches. It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle. More's the pity. I never came across but two of you who could value a man wholly and solely for what was in him; who thought themselves [Pg 48] verily and indeed of the same flesh and blood as John Jones, the attorney's clerk, and Bill Smith, the costermonger,[87] and could act as if they thought so.
Ah, if only you would! But I’m afraid you’ve strayed too far from the right path. There’s too much over-civilization and the misleading nature of wealth. It's harder for a camel to go through the eye of a needle. What a shame. I’ve only met two people like you who could appreciate a person solely for who they are; who genuinely believed they were of the same flesh and blood as John Jones, the attorney's clerk, and Bill Smith, the costermonger,[87] and could act as if they believed that. [Pg 48]
FOOTNOTES
[3] Environments: surroundings.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Environments: surroundings.
[5] Scatter-brain: thoughtless.
[6] Nŏtable: industrious, smart.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Notable: hardworking, intelligent.
[7] Cardinal: chief.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cardinal: main.
[8] Drat: plague take.
[9] Bist: art.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Is: art.
[10] Puritan: the Puritans were those who were dissatisfied with the English Church and wished to purify it, as they said, from certain ceremonies. They quite generally gave their children Bible names.
[10] Puritan: the Puritans were people who were unhappy with the Church of England and wanted to cleanse it of certain rituals. They commonly named their children after figures from the Bible.
[12] Pattens: wooden-soled shoes.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pattens: wooden-soled footwear.
[13] Heir-apparent: the legal heir.
[16] Fetish: an idol.
[19] Stickleback: a small fish.
[20] Pop-joying: nibbling by fish.
[29] Tutelage: guardianship.
[31] Pottered: walked slowly, sauntered.
[32] "Cheap Jacks": pedlers.
[33] Legitimate: lawful.
[35] Buckskins: buckskin breeches.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Buckskins: buckskin pants.
[36] Top-boots: high boots.
[37] Fustian: coarse cloth.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Fustian: rough fabric.
[38] Stuff: woollen.
[40] Caravans: show wagons.
[42] Purely: nicely.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Purely: great.
[43] Minds: remember.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Minds: stay aware.
[44] Wench: a young peasant girl.
[46] Aim: intend.
[48] Quaint: odd, old-fashioned.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Quaint: quirky, vintage.
[50] Half-sovereign: ten shillings ($2.50).
[52] Chaff: make fun, ridicule.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Chaff: tease, mock.
[53] Wooy: why.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Wooy: why.
[54] He: here, him.
[55] Arra: any.
[56] Poaching: game-stealing.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Poaching: stealing game.
[57] Castor: a tall silk hat.
Castor: a tall silk hat.
[60] Umpire: judge or referee.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Umpire: official or referee.
[61] 'ee: thee, you.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 'ee: you.
[62] A'nigst: near.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Amongst: near.
[63] Summut: something or somewhat.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Summut: something or somewhat.
[64] Vlush: flush.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Vlush: flush.
[65] Twod: a toad.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Twod: a frog.
[66] Veathers: feathers.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Veathers: feathers.
[67] Blethering: talking nonsense.
[71] Gi's: give us.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Gi's: give us.
[72] A: he.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ A: he.
[73] Wur: where.
Wur: where.
[78] Grapnel: a grappling hook.
[79] Bona fide: real.
[80] Priggism: affectation, conceit.
[81] Skittles: the game of ninepins.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Skittles: the game of bowling.
[84] Old John: John Bull.
[85] Red-tape: official routine and formalism.
[86] Toady: flatter.
CHAPTER III.
SUNDRY WARS AND ALLIANCES.
"Poor old Benjy! the "rheumatiz" has much to answer for all through English country-sides,[1] but it never played a scurvier trick than in laying thee by the heels, when thou wast yet in a green old age. The enemy, which had long been carrying on a sort of border warfare, and trying his strength against Benjy's on the battlefield of his hands and legs, now, mustering all his forces, began laying siege to the citadel, and overrunning the whole country. Benjy was seized in the back and loins; and though he made strong and brave fight, it was soon clear enough that all which could be beaten of poor old Benjy would have to give in before long.
"Poor old Benjy! The rheumatism has a lot to answer for all across the English countryside, but it never pulled a worse trick than when it forced you to slow down, even though you were still in your golden years. The enemy, which had been waging a kind of ongoing battle and testing its strength against Benjy in the fight of his limbs, now gathered all its forces and began attacking with full force, invading the entire area. Benjy was struck in the back and lower body, and although he put up a strong and courageous fight, it soon became clear that all that could be conquered in poor old Benjy would have to surrender eventually."
It was as much as he could do now, with the help of his big stick and frequent stops, to hobble down to the canal with Master Tom, and bait his hook for him, and sit and watch his angling, telling him quaint old country stories; and when Tom had no sport, and detecting a rat some hundred yards or so off along the bank, would rush off with Toby, the turnspit[2] terrier, his other faithful companion, in bootless pursuit, he might have tumbled in and been drowned twenty times over before Benjy could have got near him.
It was all he could manage now, with his big stick and frequent breaks, to make his way down to the canal with Master Tom, bait his hook for him, and sit there watching him fish while sharing quirky old country stories. When Tom wasn’t catching anything and spotted a rat a hundred yards or so down the bank, he would take off with Toby, the turnspit terrier, his other loyal companion, in a pointless chase. Benjy could have easily fallen in and drowned twenty times over before he could have gotten close to him.
[Pg 50] Cheery and unmindful of himself as Benjy was, this loss of locomotive power bothered him greatly. He had got a new object in his old age, and was just beginning to think himself useful again in the world. He feared much, too, lest Master Tom should fall back again into the hands of Charity and the women. So he tried everything he could think of to get set up. He even went on an expedition to the dwelling of one of those queer mortals, who—say what we will and reason how we will—do cure simple people of diseases of one kind or another without the aid of physic; and so get to themselves the reputation of using charms, and inspire for themselves and their dwellings great respect, not to say fear, amongst a simple folk such as the dwellers in the Vale of White Horse. Where this power, or whatever else it may be, descends upon the shoulders of a man whose ways are not straight, he becomes a nuisance to the neighborhood; a receiver of stolen goods, the avowed enemy of law and order. Sometimes, however, they are of quite a different stamp, men who pretend to know nothing, and are with difficulty persuaded to exercise their occult[3] arts in the simplest cases.
[Pg 50] Cheerful and unaware of his own troubles as Benjy was, this loss of mobility really bothered him. He had found a new purpose in his old age and was just starting to feel useful again in the world. He also worried a lot that Master Tom might fall back under the influence of Charity and the women. So he tried everything he could think of to get back on his feet. He even ventured out to visit one of those strange people who—no matter how much we argue or analyze—do manage to heal simple folks of various ailments without using medicine; earning themselves a reputation for using charms and instilling both great respect and a bit of fear among simple people like those living in the Vale of White Horse. When this power, or whatever it is, falls into the hands of someone whose motives aren't pure, they become a nuisance in the community; a receiver of stolen goods and a known enemy of law and order. However, sometimes they are quite the opposite—men who act like they know nothing and need a lot of convincing to use their mysterious skills even in the simplest situations.
BENJY RESORTS TO A "WISE MAN."
Of this latter sort was old Farmer Ives, as he was called, the "wise man" to whom Benjy resorted (taking Tom with him as usual), in the early spring of the year next after the feast described in the last chapter. Why he was called "farmer" I cannot say, unless it be that he was the owner of a cow, a pig or two, and some poultry, which he maintained on about an acre of land inclosed from the middle of a wild common, on which probably his father had squatted before lords of manors[4] looked as keenly after their rights as they do now. Here he had lived no one [Pg 51] knew how long, a solitary man. It was often rumored that he was to be turned out and his cottage pulled down, but somehow it never came to pass; and his pigs and cow went grazing on the common, and his geese hissed at the passing children and at the heels of the horse of my lord's steward, who often rode by with a covetous eye on the inclosure, still unmolested. His dwelling was some miles from our village; so Benjy, who was half ashamed of his errand, and wholly unable to walk there, had to exercise much ingenuity to get the means of transporting himself and Tom thither without exciting suspicion. However, one fine May morning he managed to borrow the old blind pony of our friend the publican,[5] and Tom persuaded Madam Brown to give him a holiday to spend with old Benjy, and to lend them the squire's light cart, stored with bread and cold meat and a bottle of ale. And so the two in high glee started behind old Dobbin, and jogged along the deep-rutted plashy roads, which had not been mended after their winter's wear, toward the dwelling of the wizard. About noon they passed the gate which opened on to the large common, and old Dobbin toiled slowly up the hill, while Benjy pointed out a little deep dingle on the left, out of which welled a tiny stream. As they crept up the hill the tops of a few birch-trees came in sight, and blue smoke curling up through their delicate light boughs; and then the little white thatched home and inclosed ground of Farmer Ives, lying cradled in the dingle,[6] with the gay gorse common rising behind and on both sides; while in front, after traversing a gentle slope, the eye might travel for miles and miles over the rich Vale. They now left the main road and struck into a green track over the common, [Pg 52] marked lightly with wheel and horse-shoe, which led down into the dingle and stopped at the rough gate of Farmer Ives. Here they found the farmer, an iron-gray old man, with a bushy eyebrow and strong aquiline nose busied in one of his vocations. He was a horse and cow doctor, and was tending a sick beast which had been sent up to be cured. Benjy hailed him as an old friend, and he returned the greeting cordially enough, looking, however, hard for a moment both at Benjy and Tom, to see whether there was more in their visit than appeared at first sight. It was a work of some difficulty and danger for Benjy to reach the ground, which, however, he managed to do without mishap; and then he devoted himself to unharnessing Dobbin, and turning him out for a graze ("a run" one could not say of that virtuous steed) on the common. This done, he extricated the cold provisions from the cart, and they entered the farmer's wicket;[7] and he, shutting up the knife with which he was at work, accompanied them toward the cottage. A big old lurcher[8] got up slowly from the doorstone, stretching first one hind leg, and then the other, and taking Tom's caresses and the presence of Toby, who kept, however, at a respectful distance, with equal indifference.
Of this latter sort was old Farmer Ives, as he was called, the "wise man" whom Benjy visited (taking Tom with him as usual) in the early spring of the year after the feast described in the last chapter. I can't say why he was called "farmer," unless it was because he owned a cow, a couple of pigs, and some poultry, which he kept on about an acre of land fenced off from a wild common, likely where his father had settled before lords of manors looked as carefully after their rights as they do now. He had lived there for as long as anyone knew, a solitary man. It was often rumored that he would be kicked out and his cottage would be demolished, but somehow that never happened; his pigs and cow grazed on the common, and his geese would hiss at passing children and the horse of my lord's steward, who often rode by with a greedy eye on the enclosure, still undisturbed. His home was several miles from our village; so Benjy, who felt a bit embarrassed about his errand and couldn't walk there, had to come up with a lot of clever ideas to find a way to get himself and Tom there without raising suspicion. However, one beautiful May morning, he managed to borrow the old blind pony from our friend the pub owner, and Tom convinced Madam Brown to give him a day off to spend with old Benjy, plus to lend them the squire’s light cart, filled with bread, cold meat, and a bottle of ale. So the two started off happily behind old Dobbin, jogging along the deeply rutted muddy roads, which hadn’t been repaired since winter, heading towards the wizard's place. Around noon, they passed the gate leading onto the large common, and old Dobbin slowly climbed the hill, while Benjy pointed out a little deep hollow on the left, from which a tiny stream flowed. As they made their way up the hill, the tops of a few birch trees came into view, with blue smoke curling up through their delicate branches, and then the little white thatched home and enclosed land of Farmer Ives appeared, nestled in the dingle, with the cheerful gorse common rising behind and on both sides; while in front, after crossing a gentle slope, the view opened for miles over the rich Vale. They now left the main road and took a green path across the common, marked lightly with wheel and horseshoe prints, which led down into the dingle and stopped at Farmer Ives’s rough gate. There, they found the farmer, an iron-gray old man with bushy eyebrows and a strong aquiline nose, busy with one of his tasks. He was a horse and cow doctor, tending to a sick animal that had been sent to him for treatment. Benjy greeted him like an old friend, and he returned the greeting warmly enough, though he looked closely at both Benjy and Tom for a moment, trying to see if there was more to their visit than met the eye. It was a bit tricky and risky for Benjy to get to the ground, but he managed without a hitch; then he set about unharnessing Dobbin and letting him graze (“a run” one couldn’t exactly say of that upright steed) on the common. Once that was done, he pulled out the cold food from the cart, and they entered the farmer’s gate; he closed the knife he had been using and accompanied them toward the cottage. A big old lurcher slowly got up from the doorstep, stretching one hind leg and then the other, accepting Tom's affection and the presence of Toby, who stayed at a respectful distance, with equal indifference.
"Us be come to pay ee a visit. I've a been long minded to do't for old sake's sake, only I vinds I dwont get about now as I'd used to't. I be so plaguy bad wi' th' rhumatiz in my back." Benjy paused, in hopes of drawing the farmer at once on the subject of his ailment without further direct application.
"We've come to pay you a visit. I've been wanting to do this for a while now, just for old times' sake, but I find I can't get around as I used to. I'm struggling with rheumatism in my back." Benjy paused, hoping to lead the farmer into discussing his ailment without directly bringing it up.
"Ah, I see as you bean't quite so lissom[9] as you was," [Pg 53] replied the farmer, with a grim smile, as he lifted the latch of his door. "We bean't so young as we was, nother[10] on us, wuss luck."
"Ah, I can see you aren't as nimble as you used to be," [Pg 53] the farmer replied with a grim smile as he lifted the latch of his door. "We're not as young as we were either, unfortunately."
THE "WISE MAN'S" SURROUNDINGS.
The farmer's cottage was very like those of the better class of peasantry in general. A snug chimney-corner with two seats and a small carpet on the hearth, an old flint gun and a pair of spurs over the fire-place, a dresser[11] with shelves, on which some bright pewter plates and crockery-ware were arranged, an old walnut table, a few chairs and settles,[12] some framed samplers[13] and an old print or two, and a book-case with some dozen volumes on the walls, a rack with flitches[14] of bacon and other stores fastened to the ceiling, and you have the best part of the furniture. No sign of occult art is to be seen, unless the bundles of dried herbs hanging to the rack and in the ingle,[15] and the row of labelled vials on one of the shelves betoken it.
The farmer's cottage was very similar to those of the better-off peasantry in general. A cozy nook by the chimney with two seats and a small rug on the hearth, an old flint gun and a pair of spurs hung over the fireplace, a dresser with shelves showcasing some shiny pewter plates and dishware, an old walnut table, a few chairs and benches, some framed samplers and a couple of old prints, and a bookcase with about a dozen volumes on the walls, a rack with strips of bacon and other supplies hanging from the ceiling, and you have the main furniture. There’s no sign of any secret practices, unless you consider the bunches of dried herbs hanging on the rack and in the fireplace, and the row of labeled vials on one of the shelves as evidence.
Tom played about with some kittens who occupied the hearth, and with a goat who walked demurely in at the open door, while their host and Benjy spread the table for dinner—and was soon engaged in conflict with the cold meat, to which he did much honor. The two old men's talk was of old comrades and their deeds, mute inglorious Miltons[16] of the Vale, and of the doings thirty years back—which didn't interest him much, except when they spoke of the making of the canal; and then, indeed, he began to listen with all his ears, and learned, to his no small wonder, that his dear and wonderful canal had not been there [Pg 54] always—was not, in fact, as old as Benjy or Farmer Ives, which caused a strange commotion in his small brain.
Tom played with some kittens on the hearth and a goat that walked in through the open door, while their host and Benjy set the table for dinner—and soon got into a struggle with the cold meat, which he honored greatly. The two old men talked about old friends and their exploits, the unsung heroes of the Vale, and events from thirty years ago—which didn’t interest him much, except when they discussed the creation of the canal; then, he really started to pay attention and learned, to his great surprise, that his beloved canal hadn’t always been there—it wasn’t actually as old as Benjy or Farmer Ives—which caused quite a stir in his little mind.
After dinner Benjy called attention to a wart which Tom had on the knuckles of his hand, and which the family doctor had been trying his skill on without success, and begged the farmer to charm it away. Farmer Ives looked at it, muttered something or another over it, and cut some notches in a short stick, which he handed to Benjy, giving him instructions for cutting it down on certain days, and cautioning Tom not to meddle with the wart for a fortnight. And then they strolled out and sat on a bench in the sun with their pipes, and the pigs came up and grunted sociably and let Tom scratch them; and the farmer, seeing how he liked animals, stood up and held his arms in the air and gave a call, which brought a flock of pigeons wheeling and dashing through the birch-trees. They settled down in clusters on the farmer's arms and shoulders, making love to him and scrambling over one another's back to get to his face; and then he threw them all off, and they fluttered about close by, and lighted on him again and again when he held up his arms. All the creatures about the place were clean and fearless, quite unlike their relations elsewhere; and Tom begged to be taught how to make all the pigs and cows and poultry in our village tame, at which the farmer only gave one of his grim chuckles.
After dinner, Benjy pointed out a wart on Tom's knuckles that the family doctor had been trying to treat unsuccessfully, and he asked the farmer to charm it away. Farmer Ives examined it, muttered something over it, and carved notches in a short stick, which he gave to Benjy along with instructions on when to cut it down and a warning to Tom not to touch the wart for two weeks. Then they walked outside and sat on a bench in the sun with their pipes, while the pigs came over to them and grunted happily, allowing Tom to scratch them. The farmer, noticing how much Tom liked animals, stood up, raised his arms, and called out, which brought a flock of pigeons swirling and diving through the birch trees. They landed in clusters on the farmer's arms and shoulders, nuzzling him and scrambling over each other's backs to reach his face; then he shook them off, and they fluttered nearby, landing on him again and again when he raised his arms. All the animals around the place were clean and friendly, quite unlike their counterparts elsewhere, and Tom asked to be taught how to tame all the pigs, cows, and poultry in their village, to which the farmer just let out a grim chuckle.
BENJY'S RHEUMATISM.
It wasn't till they were just ready to go, and old Dobbin was harnessed, that Benjy broached the subject of his rheumatism again, detailing his symptoms one by one. Poor old boy! He hoped the farmer could charm it away as easily as he could Tom's wart, and was ready with equal faith to put another notched stick into his other [Pg 55] pocket for the cure of his ailments. The physician shook his head, but nevertheless produced a bottle and handed it to Benjy with instructions for use. "Not as t'll do ee much good—leastways I be afeared not," shading his eyes with his hand and looking up at them in the cart; "there's only one thing as I knows on, as'll cure old folks like you and I o' th' rhumatiz."
It wasn't until they were just about to leave, and old Dobbin was harnessed, that Benjy brought up his rheumatism again, listing his symptoms one by one. Poor old guy! He hoped the farmer could fix it as easily as he did with Tom's wart, and was eager with the same faith to put another notched stick in his other [Pg 55] pocket for a remedy for his aches. The doctor shook his head but still handed Benjy a bottle with instructions on how to use it. "Not that it'll help you much—at least, I'm afraid it won't," he said, shading his eyes with his hand and looking up at them in the cart. "There's only one thing I know of that can cure old folks like you and me of rheumatism."
"Wot be that, then, farmer?" inquired Benjy.
"What is that, then, farmer?" Benjy asked.
"Church-yard mold," said the old iron-gray man with another chuckle. And so they said their good-byes and went their ways home. Tom's wart was gone in a fortnight, but not so Benjy's rheumatism, which laid him by the heels more and more. And though Tom still spent many an hour with him, as he sat on a bench in the sunshine, or by the chimney-corner when it was cold, he soon had to seek elsewhere for his regular companions.
"Graveyard dirt," said the old man with gray hair, chuckling again. They said their goodbyes and went home. Tom's wart disappeared in two weeks, but Benjy's rheumatism kept getting worse. Even though Tom still spent a lot of time with him, sitting on a bench in the sun or by the fireplace when it was cold, he soon had to look for other regular friends.
Tom had been accustomed often to accompany his mother in her visits to the cottages, and had thereby made acquaintances with many of the village boys of his own age. There was Job Rudkin, son of widow Rudkin, the most bustling woman in the parish. How she could ever have had such a stolid[17] boy as Job for a child, must always remain a mystery. The first time Tom went to their cottage with his mother, Job was not indoors, but he entered soon after, and stood with both hands in his pockets staring at Tom. Widow Rudkin, who would have had to cross Madam to get at young Hopeful—a breach of good manners of which she was wholly incapable—began a series of pantomime signs, which only puzzled him, and at last, unable to contain herself longer, burst out with, "Job! Job! where's thy cap?"
Tom often accompanied his mother on her visits to the cottages, which helped him make friends with many of the village boys his age. There was Job Rudkin, the son of Widow Rudkin, the busiest woman in the parish. How she could have ended up with such a dull boy as Job for a child will always be a mystery. The first time Tom visited their cottage with his mother, Job wasn't inside, but he came in shortly after and stood there with both hands in his pockets, staring at Tom. Widow Rudkin, who would have had to cross Madam to reach young Hopeful—a breach of politeness she was completely incapable of—started making a series of pantomime gestures, which only confused him. Finally, unable to hold herself back any longer, she exclaimed, "Job! Job! where's your cap?"
"What! beant ee on ma head, mother?" replied Job, slowly extricating one hand from a pocket and feeling for the article in question; which he found on his head sure enough, and left there, to his mother's horror and Tom's great delight.
"What! Are you on my head, mom?" replied Job, slowly pulling one hand out of his pocket and searching for the thing in question; which he definitely found on his head, and left there, to his mother's shock and Tom's great delight.
Then there was poor Jacob Dodson, the half-witted boy, who ambled about cheerfully, undertaking messages and little helpful odds and ends, for every one, which, however, poor Jacob managed always hopelessly to embrangle.[18] Everything came to pieces in his hands, and nothing would stop in his head. They nicknamed him Jacob Doodle-calf.
Then there was poor Jacob Dodson, the slow-witted boy, who wandered around cheerfully, running errands and doing little helpful tasks for everyone, but somehow, poor Jacob always managed to mess them up hopelessly. Everything fell apart in his hands, and nothing seemed to stick in his mind. They called him Jacob Doodle-calf.
But above all there was Harry Winburn, the quickest and best boy in the parish. He might be a year older than Tom, but was very little bigger, and he was the Crichton[19] of our village boys. He could wrestle and climb and run better than all the rest, and learned all that the schoolmaster could teach him faster than that worthy at all liked. He was a boy to be proud of, with his curly brown hair, keen gray eye, straight active figure, and little ears and hands and feet—"as fine as a lord's," as Charity remarked to Tom one day, talking as usual great nonsense. Lords' hands and ears and feet are just as ugly as other folks' when they are children, as any one may convince himself if he likes to look. Tight boots and gloves, and doing nothing with them, I allow make a difference by the time they are twenty.
But above all, there was Harry Winburn, the fastest and most skilled kid in the area. He might have been a year older than Tom, but he was only slightly bigger, and he was the standout of our village boys. He could wrestle, climb, and run better than everyone else, and he picked up everything the schoolmaster tried to teach him faster than the teacher liked. He was a kid to be proud of, with his curly brown hair, sharp gray eyes, athletic build, and small hands, ears, and feet—“as fine as a lord’s,” as Charity told Tom one day, rambling as usual. Lords’ hands, ears, and feet are just as awkward as anyone else's when they're kids, as anyone can see if they bother to look. Sure, tight shoes and gloves, and not doing much with them, can make a difference by the time they turn twenty.
TORYISM OF SQUIRE BROWN.
Now that Benjy was laid on the shelf, and his young brothers were still under petticoat government, Tom, in [Pg 57] search of companions, began to cultivate the village boys generally more and more. Squire Brown, be it said, was a true blue[20] Tory[21] to the backbone, and believed honestly that the powers which be were ordained of God, and that loyalty and steadfast obedience were man's first duties. Whether it were in consequence or in spite of his political creed, I do not mean to give an opinion, though I have one; but certain it is, that he held therewith divers social principles not generally supposed to be true blue in color. Foremost of these, and the one which the Squire loved to propound above all others, was the belief that a man is to be valued wholly and solely for that which he is in himself, for that which stands up in the four fleshy walls of him, apart from clothes, rank, fortune, and all externals whatsoever. Which belief I take to be a wholesome corrective of all political opinions, and, if held sincerely, to make all opinions equally harmless, whether they be blue, red or green. As a necessary corollary[22] to this belief, Squire Brown held further that it didn't matter a straw whether his son associated with lords' sons or plowmen's sons, provided they were brave and honest. He himself had played foot-ball and gone birds'-nesting with the farmers whom he met at vestry[23] and the laborers who tilled their fields, and so had his father and grandfather, with their progenitors.[24] So he encouraged Tom in his intimacy with the boys of the village, and forwarded it by all means in his power, and gave them the run of a close[25] for a playground, [Pg 58] and provided bats and balls and a foot-ball for their sports.
Now that Benjy was out of the picture and his younger brothers were still under their mother’s influence, Tom started to spend more time with the village boys. Squire Brown, it should be mentioned, was a staunch Tory through and through. He genuinely believed that the authorities were placed there by God and that loyalty and unwavering obedience were a person's top responsibilities. Whether this was due to or despite his political beliefs, I won’t share my thoughts, although I have them; what’s clear is that he also held various social principles that most wouldn't associate with his political stance. The most important of these, which the Squire loved to discuss, was the belief that a person should be valued solely for who they are inside, what they carry within their body, separate from clothing, social status, wealth, and all external factors. I believe this is a healthy check on all political views, and if truly believed, makes all opinions harmless, whether they are conservative, liberal, or anything else. As a natural extension of this belief, Squire Brown also believed it didn’t matter at all if his son hung out with the sons of lords or the sons of farmers, as long as they were brave and honest. He himself had played football and gone bird-nesting with the farmers he met at the village meetings and the laborers who worked the fields, just like his father and grandfather and their ancestors. So he encouraged Tom’s friendships with the village boys, supported it in every way he could, and allowed them to use a nearby enclosed area as a playground, providing bats, balls, and a football for their games.
TOM'S WATCH-TOWER BY THE SCHOOL.
Our village was blessed, amongst other things, with a well-endowed school. The building stood by itself, apart from the master's house, on an angle of ground where three roads met; an old gray stone building, with a steep roof and mullioned[26] windows. On one of the opposite angles stood Squire Brown's stables and kennel, with their backs to the road, over which towered a great elm-tree; on the third, stood the village carpenter and wheelwright's large open shop, and his house and the schoolmaster's, with long, low eaves under which the swallows built by scores.
Our village was fortunate to have a well-equipped school. The building was separate from the master's house, situated at a corner where three roads intersected; it was an old gray stone structure with a steep roof and window panes divided by narrow mullions. At one corner stood Squire Brown's stables and kennel, facing away from the road, beneath a towering elm tree; on the third corner was the village carpenter and wheelwright's large open workshop, along with his house and the schoolmaster's place, featuring long, low eaves where swallows built their nests in abundance.
The moment Tom's lessons were over, he would now get him down to this corner by the stables, and watch till the boys came out of school. He prevailed on the groom to cut notches for him in the bark of the elm, so that he could climb into the lower branches, and there he would sit watching the school-door, and speculating on the possibility of turning the elm into a dwelling-place for himself and friends after the manner of the Swiss Family Robinson.[27] But the school hours were long and Tom's patience short; so that he soon began to descend into the street, and go and peep in at the school-door and the wheelwright's shop, and look out for something to while away the time. Now the wheelwright was a choleric[28] man, and one fine afternoon, returning from a short absence, found Tom occupied with one of his pet adzes, the edge of which was fast vanishing under our hero's care. A speedy flight saved Tom from all but one sound [Pg 59] cuff on the ears, but he resented this unjustifiable interruption of his first essays at carpentering, and still more the further proceedings of the wheelwright, who cut a switch and hung it over the door of his workshop, threatening to use it upon Tom if he came within twenty yards of his gate. So Tom, to retaliate, commenced a war upon the swallows who dwelt under the wheelwright's eaves, whom he harassed with sticks and stones, and being fleeter of foot than his enemy, escaped all punishment, and kept him in perpetual anger. Moreover, his presence about the school-door began to incense the master, as the boys in that neighborhood neglected their lessons in consequence: and more than once he issued into the porch, rod in hand, just as Tom beat a hasty retreat. And he and the wheelwright, laying their heads together, resolved to acquaint the squire with Tom's afternoon occupations; but, in order to do it with effect, determined to take him captive and lead him away to judgment fresh from his evil doings. This they would have found some difficulty in doing, had Tom continued the war single-handed, or rather single-footed, for he would have taken to the deepest part of Pebbly Brook to escape them; but, like other active powers, he was ruined by his alliances. Poor Jacob Doodle-calf could not go to the school with the other boys, and one fine afternoon, about three o'clock (the school broke up at four) Tom found him ambling about the street, and pressed him into a visit to the school-porch. Jacob, always ready to do what was asked, consented, and the two stole down to the school together. Tom first reconnoitered[29] the wheelwright's shop, and seeing no [Pg 60] signs of activity, thought all safe in that quarter, and ordered at once an advance of all his troops upon the school-porch. The door of the school was ajar, and the boys seated on the nearest bench at once recognized and opened a correspondence with the invaders. Tom, waxing bold, kept putting his head into the school and making faces at the master when his back was turned. Poor Jacob, not in the least comprehending the situation, and in high glee at finding himself so near the school, which he had never been allowed to enter, suddenly, in a fit of enthusiasm, pushed by Tom, and ambling three steps into the school, stood there, looking round him and nodding with a self-approving smile. The master who was stooping over a boy's slate, with his back to the door, became aware of something unusual, and turned quickly round. Tom rushed at Jacob, and began dragging him back by his smock-frock, and the master made at them, scattering forms[30] and boys in his career. Even now they might have escaped, but that in the porch, barring retreat, appeared the crafty wheelwright, who had been watching all their proceedings. So they were seized, the school dismissed, and Tom and Jacob led away to Squire Brown as lawful prizes, the boys following to the gate in groups, and speculating on the result.
As soon as Tom's lessons were done, he would head over to this corner by the stables and watch for the boys to come out of school. He convinced the groom to carve notches in the elm tree's bark so he could climb up into the lower branches, where he would sit watching the school door, imagining turning the elm into a home for himself and his friends like the Swiss Family Robinson.[27] But the school hours were long and Tom's patience was short; soon enough, he started wandering down to the street to peek in at the school door and the wheelwright's shop, looking for something to pass the time. The wheelwright was a hot-tempered[28] guy, and one fine afternoon, when he returned from a short absence, he found Tom fiddling with one of his prized adzes, which was quickly losing its edge under Tom’s handling. A hasty escape saved Tom from all but one good smack on the ears, but he felt wronged by this unwanted interruption of his first attempts at woodworking. He was even more annoyed by the wheelwright, who cut a switch and hung it over his workshop door, threatening to use it on Tom if he came within twenty yards. In retaliation, Tom started a war against the swallows nesting under the wheelwright's eaves, harassing them with sticks and stones while easily evading capture, which kept the wheelwright in constant fury. Also, Tom's presence near the school door began to irritate the teacher since the boys nearby started neglecting their studies because of it. More than once, the teacher stormed out with a rod in hand just as Tom made a quick escape. Together with the wheelwright, they decided to inform the squire about Tom's afternoon activities; but to do this effectively, they planned to catch him and take him straight to face the music for his misdeeds. They would have found this quite challenging had Tom been fighting the battle alone, or rather, fleeing to the deepest part of Pebbly Brook to avoid them; but, like other active forces, he was brought down by his alliances. Poor Jacob Doodle-calf couldn’t go to school with the other boys, and one lovely afternoon around three o'clock (the school let out at four), Tom came across him wandering around the street and convinced him to check out the school porch. Jacob, always eager to help, agreed, and the two quietly crept toward the school together. Tom first scouted[29] the wheelwright's shop, and seeing no signs of activity, thought it was safe to proceed, so he ordered all his troops to advance on the school porch. The school door was slightly open, and the boys sitting on the nearby bench immediately recognized them and began communicating with the intruders. Feeling brave, Tom kept sticking his head into the school and making faces at the teacher whenever his back was turned. Poor Jacob, completely clueless about the situation and thrilled to be so close to the school he had never been allowed to enter, suddenly got excited and pushed past Tom, taking three steps inside and standing there, looking around with a pleased smile. The teacher, who was bent over a student's slate with his back to the door, sensed something was off and quickly turned around. Tom lunged at Jacob, trying to pull him back by his smock-frock, just as the teacher charged at them, scattering desks[30] and boys in the process. Even at this moment, they could have escaped, but the cunning wheelwright appeared in the porch, blocking their way. Consequently, they were captured, the school was dismissed, and Tom and Jacob were taken to Squire Brown as rightful captives, with the other boys following in groups to the gate, speculating about what would happen next.
DEFEAT, CAPTURE, PEACE.
The Squire was very angry at first, but the interview, with Tom's pleading, ended in a compromise. Tom was not to go near the school till three o'clock, and only then if he had done his own lessons well, in which case he was to be the bearer of a note to the master from Squire Brown; and the master agreed in such case to release ten or twelve of the best boys an hour before the time of breaking [Pg 61] up, to go off and play in the close. The wheelwright's adzes and swallows were to be forever respected; and that hero and the master withdrew to the servants' hall,[31] to drink the Squire's health, well satisfied with their day's work.
The Squire was really angry at first, but after talking it out with Tom, they reached a compromise. Tom wasn't allowed to go to school until three o'clock, and only if he had completed his lessons well. If he did, he would take a note to the master from Squire Brown, and the master agreed to let ten or twelve of the best boys leave an hour early to go play in the meadow. The wheelwright's tools and swallows were to be respected forever; then the hero and the master went to the servants' hall,[31] to raise a toast to the Squire's health, feeling pleased with how the day went.
The second act of Tom's life may now be said to have begun. The war of independence had been over for some time; none of the women now, not even his mother's maid, dared offer to help him in dressing or washing. Between ourselves, he had often at first to run to Benjy in an unfinished state of toilet. Charity and the rest of them seemed to take a delight in putting impossible buttons and ties in the middle of his back; but he would have gone without nether[32] integuments[33] altogether, sooner than have had recourse to female valeting. He had a room to himself, and his father gave him sixpence a week pocket-money. All this he had achieved by Benjy's advice and assistance. But now he had conquered another step in life, the step which all real boys so long to make; he had got amongst his equals in age and strength, and could measure himself with other boys; he lived with those whose pursuits and wishes and ways were the same in kind as his own.
The second phase of Tom's life can now be considered to have started. The war of independence had been over for a while; none of the women, not even his mother's maid, dared to help him get dressed or wash up. To be honest, at first, he often had to rush to Benjy while still half-dressed. Charity and the others seemed to enjoy putting impossible buttons and ties right in the middle of his back; but he would have rather gone without any lower clothing altogether than resort to having a woman help him get ready. He had his own room, and his dad gave him sixpence a week for pocket money. He achieved all this with Benjy's advice and help. But now he had taken another step in life, the one that all real boys eagerly anticipate; he had found himself among kids his own age and size, where he could compare himself with other boys. He lived with those whose interests, desires, and ways were just like his.
PLAY AND WORK.
The little governess, who had lately been installed in the house, found her work grow wondrously easy, for Tom slaved at his lessons in order to make sure of his note to the schoolmaster. So there were very few days in the week in which Tom and the village boys were not playing in their close by three o'clock. Prisoner's base,[34] rounders, [Pg 62] high-cock-a-lorum, cricket, foot-ball, he was soon initiated into the delights of them all; and though most of the boys were older than himself, he managed to hold his own very well. He was naturally active and strong, and quick of eye and hand, and had the advantage of light shoes and well-fitting dress, so that in a short time he could run and jump and climb with any of them.
The young governess, who had recently begun working in the house, found her job surprisingly easy because Tom was diligent with his studies to ensure he got a good note from the schoolmaster. So there were very few days during the week when Tom and the village boys weren't playing together by three o'clock. They played games like Prisoner's base,[34], rounders, [Pg 62] high-cock-a-lorum, cricket, and football; he quickly got into all of these activities. Even though most of the boys were older, he managed to keep up with them quite well. He was naturally agile and strong, had quick reflexes, and enjoyed the advantage of light shoes and a well-fitting outfit, so it didn't take long for him to be able to run, jump, and climb just as well as any of them.
RIDING AND WRESTLING.
They generally finished their regular games half an hour or so before tea-time, and then began trials of skill and strength in many ways. Some of them would catch the Shetland pony who was turned out in the field, and get two or three together on his back, and the little rogue, enjoying the fun, would gallop off for fifty yards and then turn round, or stop short and shoot them on to the turf, and then gaze quietly on till he felt another load; others played at peg-top or marbles, while a few of the bigger ones stood up for a bout at wrestling. Tom at first only looked on at this pastime, but it had peculiar attractions for him, and he could not long keep out of it. Elbow and collar wrestling, as practised in the western counties, was, next to back-swording, the way to fame for the youth of the Vale; and all the boys knew the rules of it, and were more or less expert. But Job Rudkin and Harry Winburn were the stars, the former stiff and sturdy, with legs like small towers, the latter pliant as india-rubber and quick as lightning. Day after day they stood foot to foot, and offered first one hand and then the other, and grappled, and closed, and swayed, and strained, till a well-aimed crook of the heel or thrust of the loin took effect, and a fair backfall ended the matter. And Tom watched with all his eyes, and first challenged one of the less [Pg 63] scientific, and threw him; and so one by one wrestled his way up to the leaders.
They usually wrapped up their regular games about half an hour before tea time, then started showing off their skills and strength in various ways. Some of them would catch the Shetland pony that was in the field, and get two or three kids to ride on his back. The little rascal, enjoying the fun, would gallop off for fifty yards and then either turn around or stop suddenly, tossing them onto the grass, and then he’d just stand there until he felt like carrying another load. Others played with peg-tops or marbles, while a few of the bigger kids squared up for a wrestling match. At first, Tom just watched this activity, but he found it really appealing and couldn’t stay out of it for long. Elbow and collar wrestling, as done in the western counties, was, next to sword-fighting, the way to gain fame for the youth of the Vale; all the boys knew the rules and were all somewhat skilled. But Job Rudkin and Harry Winburn were the stars, with Job being stiff and sturdy, his legs like small towers, and Harry being flexible like rubber and fast as lightning. Day after day, they faced off against each other, offering one hand and then the other, grappling, closing in, swaying, and straining until a well-placed hook of the heel or thrust of the hip made its mark, resulting in a fair backfall that settled the match. Tom watched intently, and first challenged one of the less experienced wrestlers and threw him; one by one, he wrestled his way up to the top competitors.
Then indeed for months he had a poor time of it; it was not long indeed before he could manage to keep his legs against Job, for that hero was slow of offence, and gained his victories chiefly by allowing others to throw themselves against his immovable legs and loins, but Harry Winburn was undeniably his master; from the first clutch of hands when they stood up, down to the last trip which sent him on his back on the turf, he felt that Harry knew more and could do more than he. Luckily Harry's bright unconsciousness, and Tom's natural good temper, kept them from ever quarrelling; and so Tom worked on and on, and trod more and more nearly on Harry's heels, and at last mastered all the dodges and falls except one. This one was Harry's own particular invention and pet; he scarcely ever used it except when hard pressed, but then out it came, and, as sure as it did, over went poor Tom. He thought about that fall at his meals, in his walks, when he lay awake in bed, in his dreams,—but all to no purpose; until Harry one day in his open way suggested to him how he thought it should be met, and in a week from that time the boys were equal, save only the slight difference of strength in Harry's favor, which some extra ten months of age gave. Tom had often afterward reason to be thankful for that early drilling, and above all for having mastered Harry Winburn's fall.
For months, he had a tough time; it didn't take long before he could keep his legs against Job, since Job was slow to attack and mostly won by letting others crash into his solid legs and body. But Harry Winburn was definitely better than him; from the first grip they had when they stood up to the final trip that sent him falling onto the grass, Tom felt that Harry was more skilled and capable. Fortunately, Harry's cheerful lack of self-awareness and Tom's natural good nature kept them from ever fighting; so, Tom kept working hard, getting closer and closer to Harry’s level, and finally learned all the moves and falls except one. This last one was Harry's special move; he rarely used it unless he was really in a bind, but when he did, poor Tom always ended up on the ground. He thought about that fall during meals, while walking, when lying awake in bed, and even in his dreams—but it didn't help. Then one day, Harry casually suggested how he thought Tom could counter it, and within a week, the boys were evenly matched, except for Harry's slight advantage in strength due to being a little older. Tom often later appreciated that early training, especially for having figured out Harry Winburn's fall.
Besides their home games, on Saturdays the boys would wander all over the neighborhood; sometimes to the downs or up to the camp, where they cut their initials out in the springy turf, and watched the hawks soaring, and the "peert" bird, as Harry Winburn called the gray plover, [Pg 64] gorgeous in his wedding feathers; and so home, racing down the Manger with many a roll among the thistles, or through Uffington-wood to watch the fox-cubs playing in the green rides;[35] sometimes to Rosy Brook, to cut long whispering reeds which grew there, to make pan-pipes of; sometimes to Moor Mills, where was a piece of old forest land, with short browsed turf and tufted brambly thickets stretching under the oaks, amongst which rumor declared that a raven,[36] last of his race, still lingered; or to the sand hills, in vain quest of rabbits; and birds'-nesting, in the season, anywhere and everywhere.
Besides their home games, the boys would explore the neighborhood on Saturdays; sometimes they’d go to the downs or up to the camp, where they carved their initials into the springy grass, watched the hawks soar, and observed the "peert" bird, as Harry Winburn called the gray plover, looking beautiful in its wedding feathers; and then head home, racing down the Manger with many tumbles among the thistles, or through Uffington-wood to see the fox cubs playing in the green paths; sometimes they’d go to Rosy Brook to cut long whispering reeds that grew there to make pan-pipes; sometimes to Moor Mills, where there was a patch of old forest land, with short grazed grass and brambly thickets beneath the oaks, where rumors said that a raven, the last of its kind, still hung around; or to the sand hills, in a fruitless search for rabbits; and bird-nesting, during the season, anywhere and everywhere.
EARLIEST PLAYMATES.
The few neighbors of the Squire's own rank every now and then would shrug their shoulders as they drove or rode by a party of boys with Tom in the middle, carrying along bulrushes or whispering reeds, or great bundles of cowslip and meadow-sweet, or young starlings or magpies, or other spoil of wood, brook, or meadow, and Lawyer Redtape might mutter to Squire Straightback at the Board, that no good would come of the young Browns, if they were let run wild with all the dirty village boys, whom the best farmers' sons even would not play with. And the Squire might reply with a shake of his head, that his sons only mixed with their equals, and never went into the village without a governess or a footman.[37] But, luckily, Squire Brown was full as stiff-backed as his neighbors, and so went on his own way; and Tom and his younger brothers, as they grew up, went on playing with the village boys, without the idea of equality or inequality (except in wrestling, running, and climbing) ever entering [Pg 65] their heads, as it doesn't till it's put there by over-nice people or fine ladies' maids.
The few neighbors of the Squire's own status occasionally shrugged their shoulders as they drove or rode past a group of boys with Tom in the middle, carrying bulrushes or whispering reeds, or big bundles of cowslips and meadow-sweet, or young starlings or magpies, or other treasures from the woods, streams, or fields. Lawyer Redtape might grumble to Squire Straightback at the Board that no good would come from the young Browns if they were allowed to run wild with all the unruly village boys, whom even the best farmers’ sons wouldn’t play with. The Squire might respond with a shake of his head, saying that his sons only associated with their equals and never went into the village without a governess or a footman.[37] But fortunately, Squire Brown was just as stiff-backed as his neighbors, so he continued on his own path; and Tom and his younger brothers, as they grew up, continued to play with the village boys, without the notion of equality or inequality (except in wrestling, running, and climbing) ever entering their minds, as it typically doesn’t until it’s introduced by overly particular people or well-bred ladies’ maids.
I don't mean to say it would be the case in all villages, but it certainly was so in this one; the village boys were full as manly and honest, and certainly purer than those in a higher rank; and Tom got more harm from his equals in his first fortnight at a private school, where he went when he was nine years old, than he had from his village friends from the day he left Charity's apron-strings.
I’m not saying this is true for every village, but it definitely was for this one; the village boys were just as manly and honest, and definitely purer than those from higher social classes. Tom experienced more negative influences from his peers in the two weeks he spent at a private school when he was nine years old than he ever did from his village friends since the day he left Charity’s care.
FIRST SCHOOL.
Great was the grief amongst the village school-boys when Tom drove off with the Squire, one August morning, to meet the coach on his way to school. Each of them had given him some little present of the best that he had, and his small private box was full of peg-tops, white marbles (called "alley taws" in the Vale), screws, birds'-eggs, whipcord, Jews-harps, and other miscellaneous boys' wealth. Poor Jacob Doodle-calf, in floods of tears, had pressed upon him, in spluttering earnestness, his lame pet hedgehog (he had always some poor broken-down beast or bird by him); but this Tom had been obliged to refuse by the Squire's order. He had given them all a great tea under the big elm in their playground, for which Madam Brown had supplied the biggest cake ever seen in our village; and Tom was really as sorry to leave them as they to lose him, but his sorrow was not unmixed with the pride and excitement of making a new step in life.
The boys in the village were really sad when Tom left with the Squire one August morning to catch the coach to school. Each of them had given him a small gift, and his little box was filled with top spinners, white marbles (called "alley taws" in the Vale), screws, birds' eggs, whipcords, Jews harps, and other random treasures. Poor Jacob Doodle-calf, in tears, had desperately tried to give him his injured pet hedgehog (he always had some injured animal or bird with him); but Tom had to turn it down at the Squire's command. He had treated them all to a big tea under the large elm tree in their playground, for which Madam Brown had provided the biggest cake ever seen in our village. Tom was genuinely sad to leave them, just as they were to see him go, but his sadness was mixed with the pride and excitement of starting a new chapter in his life.
And this feeling carried him through his first parting with his mother better than could have been expected. Their love was as fair and whole as human love can be, perfect self-sacrifice on the one side, meeting a young and true heart on the other. It is not within the scope of my book, however, to speak of family relations, or I should [Pg 66] have much to say on the subject of English mothers,—ay, and of English fathers, and sisters, and brothers, too.
And this feeling helped him get through his first separation from his mother better than expected. Their love was as pure and complete as human love can be, with one side offering perfect self-sacrifice and the other receiving it with a young and genuine heart. However, discussing family relationships isn’t the focus of my book, or I would have a lot to say about English mothers—oh, and English fathers, sisters, and brothers, too. [Pg 66]
OF PRIVATE SCHOOLS.
It was a fair average specimen, kept by a gentleman, with another gentleman as second master; but it was little enough of the real work they did,—merely coming into school when lessons were prepared and already to be heard. The whole discipline of the school out of lesson hours was in the hands of the two ushers,[40] one of whom was always with the boys in their playground, in the school, at meals,—in fact, at all times and everywhere, till they were fairly in bed at night.
It was a pretty average setup, run by one gentleman with another gentleman as the assistant teacher; however, they didn’t really do much of the actual work—just showing up when lessons were prepared and ready to be reviewed. The entire management of the school during off-class hours was handled by the two assistants,[40] one of whom was always with the boys in their playground, in the school, at mealtimes—in fact, all the time and everywhere, until they were finally tucked in for the night.
Now, the theory of private schools is (or was) constant supervision out of school; therein differing fundamentally from that of public schools.
Now, the concept of private schools involves (or involved) constant supervision outside of school; this is fundamentally different from that of public schools.
It may be right or wrong; but, if right, this supervision surely ought to be the especial work of the head-master, the responsible person. The object of all schools is not to cram Latin and Greek into boys, but to make them good English boys, good future citizens; and by far the most important part of that work must be done, or not done, out of school hours. To leave it, therefore, in the hands of inferior men, is just giving up the highest and [Pg 67] hardest part of the work of education. Were I a private schoolmaster, I should say, let who will hear the boys their lessons, but let me live with them when they are at play and rest.
It might be right or wrong; but if it's right, this oversight should definitely be the main responsibility of the headmaster, the person in charge. The aim of all schools isn't just to force Latin and Greek into boys, but to shape them into good English boys and responsible future citizens; and most of that important work happens outside of school hours. So, leaving it to less capable people means giving up the most essential and challenging aspect of education. If I were a private school head, I would say, let whoever wants teach the boys their lessons, but let me be the one who spends time with them during play and relaxation.
The two ushers in Tom's first school were not gentlemen, were very poorly educated, and were only driving their poor trade of usher to get such living as they could out of it. They were not bad men, but had little heart for their work, and, of course, were bent on making it as easy as possible. One of the methods by which they endeavored to accomplish this was by encouraging tale-bearing, which had become a frightfully common vice in the school in consequence, and had sapped all the foundations of school morality. Another was, by grossly favoring the biggest boys, who alone could have given them much trouble; whereby those young gentlemen became most abominable tyrants, oppressing the little boys in all the small mean ways which prevail in private schools.
The two ushers in Tom's first school weren’t gentlemen, had very little education, and were just doing their poor job of ushering to scrape by. They weren't bad people, but they didn't care much about their work and naturally tried to make it as easy as possible. One way they tried to do this was by encouraging gossip, which had become a terrible and common habit in the school, ruining the moral foundation of the place. Another way was by showing clear favoritism to the biggest boys, who would otherwise have caused them the most trouble; this made those boys into terrible tyrants, bullying the smaller kids in all the petty ways that often happen in private schools.
TOM'S FIRST LETTER HOME.
Poor little Tom was made dreadfully unhappy in his first week, by a catastrophe which happened to his first letter home. With huge labor he had, on the very evening of his arrival, managed to fill two sides of a sheet of letter-paper with the assurances of his love for dear mamma, his happiness at school, and his resolves to do all she would wish. This missive,[41] with the help of the boy who sat at the desk next him, also a new arrival, he managed to fold successfully; but this done they were sadly put to it for means of sealing. Envelopes were then unknown, they had no wax, and dared not disturb the stillness of the evening school-room by getting up and going to ask the usher for some. At length, Tom's friend, [Pg 68] being of an ingenious turn of mind, suggested sealing with ink, and the letter was accordingly stuck down with a blob of ink, and duly handed by Tom on his way to bed, to the housekeeper to be posted. It was not till four days afterward that the good dame sent for him, and produced the precious letter and some wax saying, "Oh, Master Brown, I forgot to tell you before, but your letter isn't sealed." Poor Tom took the wax in silence and sealed his letter, with a huge lump rising in his throat during the process, and then ran away to a quiet corner of the playground, and burst into an agony of tears. The idea of his mother waiting day after day for the letter he had promised her at once, and perhaps thinking him forgetful of her, when he had done all in his power to make good his promise, was as bitter a grief as any which he had to undergo for many a long year. His wrath then was proportionately violent when he was aware of two boys, who stopped close by him, and one of whom, a fat gaby[42] of a fellow, pointed at him and called him "Young mammy-sick!" Whereupon Tom arose, and giving vent thus to his grief and shame and rage, smote his derider on the nose, and made it bleed,—which sent that young worthy howling to the usher, who reported Tom for violent and unprovoked assault and battery. Hitting in the face was a felony[43] punishable with flogging, other hitting only a misdemeanor,—a distinction not altogether clear in principle. Tom, however, escaped the penalty by pleading "primum tempus,"[44] and having written a second letter to his mother, inclosing some forget-me-nots, which he picked on their [Pg 69] first half-holiday walk, felt quite happy again, and began to enjoy vastly a good deal of his new life.
Poor little Tom felt incredibly unhappy during his first week because of a disaster involving his first letter home. On the very evening of his arrival, he managed to fill two sides of a sheet of paper with messages of love for his dear mom, his happiness at school, and his promises to do everything she would want. With the help of the boy sitting next to him, who was also new, he managed to fold the letter. However, they struggled to find a way to seal it. Envelopes didn’t exist back then, they had no wax, and they didn’t want to disturb the silence of the evening schoolroom by getting up to ask the usher for some. Finally, Tom's friend, who was quite inventive, suggested sealing it with ink. So, they stuck the letter down with a blob of ink, and Tom handed it to the housekeeper to be mailed on his way to bed. It wasn’t until four days later that the kind woman called for him and brought out the special letter along with some wax, saying, "Oh, Master Brown, I forgot to tell you earlier, but your letter isn't sealed." Poor Tom took the wax silently and sealed his letter, with a huge lump in his throat as he did so. Then, he ran off to a quiet corner of the playground and burst into tears. The thought of his mother waiting day after day for the letter he had promised to send immediately, and possibly thinking he had forgotten her when he had done everything he could to keep his promise, was a pain deeper than any he would face for many years. His anger grew even more intense when he noticed two boys nearby, one of whom, a chubby fool, pointed at him and called him "Young mammy-sick!" At that, Tom stood up and, overwhelmed by his grief, shame, and rage, punched the bully in the nose, making it bleed. This sent the boy crying to the usher, who reported Tom for a violent and unprovoked attack. Hitting someone in the face was considered a serious crime punishable by flogging, while other types of hitting were just minor offenses—though that distinction wasn’t entirely clear. However, Tom escaped punishment by claiming "primum tempus," and after writing a second letter to his mom, enclosing some forget-me-nots he picked during their first half-holiday walk, he felt much happier and began to really enjoy a lot of his new life.
These half-holiday walks were the great events of the week. The whole fifty boys started after dinner with one of the ushers for Hazeldown, which was distant some mile or so from the school. Hazeldown measured some three miles round, and in the neighborhood were several woods full of all manner of birds and butterflies. The usher walked slowly round the down with such boys as liked to accompany him; the rest scattered in all directions, being only bound to appear again when the usher had completed his round, and accompany him home. They were forbidden, however, to go anywhere except on the down and into the woods; the village had been especially prohibited, where huge bulls'-eyes[45] and unctuous toffee[46] might be procured in exchange for coin of the realm.
These half-holiday walks were the highlight of the week. The entire group of fifty boys set off after lunch with one of the staff members towards Hazeldown, which was about a mile away from the school. Hazeldown spanned around three miles, and the area had several woods filled with all kinds of birds and butterflies. The staff member walked slowly around the down with any boys who wanted to join him; the others spread out in all directions, only required to come back when the staff member finished his round and walk back with him. However, they were not allowed to go anywhere except on the down and into the woods; the village was strictly off-limits, where large bullseyes[45] and gooey toffee[46] could be bought with real money.
THE AMUSEMENTS.
Various were the amusements to which the boys then betook themselves. At the entrance of the down there was a steep hillock, like the barrows of Tom's own downs. This mound was the weekly scene of terrific combats, at a game called by the queer name of "mud-patties." The boys who played divided into sides under different leaders, and one side occupied the mound. Then all parties, having provided themselves with many sods of turf, cut with their bread-and-cheese knives, the side which remained at the bottom proceeded to assault the mound, advancing upon all sides under cover of a heavy fire of turfs, and then struggling for victory with the occupants, which was theirs as soon as they could, even for a moment, clear the summit, when they in turn became the besieged. It [Pg 70] was a good, rough, dirty game, and of great use in counteracting the sneaking tendencies of the school. Then others of the boys spread over the downs, looking for the holes of humble bees[47] and mice, which they dug up without mercy, often (I regret to say) killing and skinning the unlucky mice, and (I do not regret to say) getting well stung by the humble bees. Others went after butterflies and birds'-eggs in their seasons; and Tom found on Hazeldown, for the first time, the beautiful little blue butterfly with golden spots on his wings, which he had never seen on his own downs, and dug out his first sand-martin's nest. This latter achievement resulted in a flogging, for the sand-martins build in a high bank close to the village, consequently out of bounds;[48] but one of the bolder spirits of the school, who never could be happy unless he was doing something to which risk attached, easily persuaded Tom to break bounds and visit the martin's bank. From whence, it being only a step to the toffee shop, what could be more simple than to go on there and fill their pockets? or what more certain than that on their return, a distribution of treasure having been made, the usher should shortly detect the forbidden smell of bulls'-eyes, and, a search ensuing, discover the state of the breeches' pockets of Tom and his ally?
The boys had a variety of activities they engaged in. At the edge of the hill, there was a steep little mound, similar to the barrows on Tom's own hills. This mound was the weekly site of intense battles in a game oddly called "mud-patties." The boys playing split into teams under different leaders, with one team taking over the mound. Everyone gathered a bunch of turf cuts with their knives, and the team at the bottom would charge up the mound from all sides while launching a barrage of turf at the other side. The struggle for victory was intense, and they would claim victory as soon as they could manage to clear the top, at which point they would switch roles and become the ones defending it. It was a rough, messy game, great for countering the sneaky habits they were learning at school. Meanwhile, others spread out across the hills searching for humble bee and mouse holes, often mercilessly digging them up, regrettably killing and skinning the mice, and thankfully getting stung by the bees. Some boys pursued butterflies and bird eggs in their seasons. Tom, for the first time on Hazeldown, spotted the beautiful little blue butterfly with golden spots he'd never seen on his own hills and found his first sand-martin's nest. This accomplishment earned him a punishment since the sand-martins built their nests high on a bank close to the village, making it off-limits. However, one of the more adventurous boys, who could never be content without a little excitement, convinced Tom to cross the boundary and check out the martin's bank. Since it was just a short walk to the candy shop, how could they resist stopping in there to fill their pockets? And what were the chances that on their way back, after sharing their haul, one of the teachers would soon catch a whiff of bulls-eyes and a search would uncover the state of Tom and his friend's pants pockets?
THE REPROBATE.
This ally of Tom's was indeed a desperate hero in the sight of the boys, and feared as one who dealt in magic, or something approaching thereto. Which reputation came to him in this wise. The boys went to bed at eight, and, of course, consequently lay awake in the dark for an [Pg 71] hour or two, telling ghost stories by turns. One night when it came to his turn, and he had dried up their souls by his story, he suddenly declared that he would make a fiery hand appear on the door; and, to the astonishment and terror of the boys in his room, a hand, or something like it, in pale light, did then and there appear. The fame of this exploit having spread to the other rooms, and being discredited there, the young necromancer[49] declared that the same wonder would appear in all the rooms in turn, which it accordingly did; and the whole circumstances having been privately reported to one of the ushers as usual, that functionary, after listening about the doors of the rooms, by a sudden descent caught the performer in his nightshirt, with a box of phosphorus[50] in his guilty hand. Lucifer-matches and all the present facilities for getting acquainted with fire were then unknown: the very name of phosphorus had something diabolic in it to the boy mind; so Tom's ally, at the cost of a sound flogging, earned what many older folks covet much,—the very decided fear of most of his companions.
This friend of Tom’s was truly a desperate hero in the boys’ eyes and was feared like someone who practiced magic, or something like it. His reputation developed this way. The boys went to bed at eight, and naturally, they ended up lying awake in the dark for an hour or two, taking turns telling ghost stories. One night, when it was his turn, and after he had captivated them with his tale, he suddenly claimed he would make a fiery hand appear on the door. To the astonishment and fear of the boys in the room, a hand, or something resembling one, appeared in a pale light right then and there. Once word of this spread to the other rooms, and skeptics emerged, the young sorcerer declared that the same phenomenon would appear in each room one by one, which it did. The entire incident was privately reported to one of the ushers, as usual. That staff member, after listening outside the doors of the rooms, swooped in and caught the performer in his nightshirt with a box of phosphorus in his guilty hand. At that time, matches and all the means to play with fire were unknown; even the name phosphorus seemed devilish to the boy’s mind. So, at the risk of getting a good beating, Tom’s friend earned what many older people desire—a solid fear from most of his peers.
He was a remarkable boy and by no means a bad one. Tom stuck to him till he left, and got into many scrapes by so doing. But he was the great opponent of the tale-bearing habits of the school; and the open enemy of the ushers; and so worthy of all support.
He was an exceptional kid and definitely not a bad one. Tom stuck by him until he left, getting into a lot of trouble because of it. But he was a major opponent of the gossiping habits at school and a clear enemy of the teachers, so he deserved all the support he could get.
Tom imbibed a fair amount of Latin and Greek at the school, but somehow on the whole it didn't suit him, or [Pg 72] he it, and in the holidays he was constantly working the Squire to send him at once to a public school. Great was his joy, then, when in the middle of his third half-year, in October, 183-, a fever broke out in the village; and the master having himself slightly sickened of it, the whole of the boys were sent off at a week's notice to their respective homes.
Tom learned a fair amount of Latin and Greek at school, but overall it just didn’t really fit him, or he didn't fit it, and during the holidays he was always trying to convince the Squire to send him right away to a public school. So, he was overjoyed when, in the middle of his third term, in October 183-, a fever broke out in the village; and since the teacher had also come down with it a bit, all the boys were sent home with only a week's notice.
The Squire was not quite so pleased as Master Tom to see that young gentleman's brown, merry face appear at home, some two months before the proper time, for the Christmas Holidays; and so, after putting on his thinking-cap, he retired to his study and wrote several letters, the result of which was, that one morning at the breakfast-table, about a fortnight after Tom's return, he addressed his wife with: "My dear, I have arranged that Tom shall go to Rugby[51] at once, for the last six weeks of this half-year, instead of wasting them, riding and loitering about home. It is very kind of the Doctor[52] to allow it. Will you see that his things are all ready by Friday, when I shall take him up to town, and send him down the next day by himself!"
The Squire wasn't as happy as Master Tom to see the young man's cheerful brown face show up at home about two months early for the Christmas holidays. So, after putting on his thinking cap, he went to his study and wrote several letters. This led to a conversation at the breakfast table about two weeks after Tom's return, where he said to his wife: "My dear, I've arranged for Tom to go to Rugby[51] right away for the last six weeks of this semester instead of wasting time riding around and hanging out at home. It's very generous of the Doctor[52] to allow this. Can you make sure all his things are ready by Friday? I'll take him to town, and he can go down by himself the next day!"
Mrs. Brown was prepared for the announcement, and merely suggested a doubt whether Tom were yet old enough to travel by himself. However, finding both father and son against her on this point, she gave in, like a wise woman, and proceeded to prepare Tom's kit[53] for his launch into a public school.
Mrs. Brown was ready for the announcement and just voiced a concern about whether Tom was old enough to travel alone. However, seeing that both his father and Tom disagreed with her, she backed down like a sensible woman and started getting Tom's things ready for his start at a public school.
FOOTNOTES
[1] Country-sides: country districts.
[3] Occult: secret or magical.
Occult: hidden or magical.
[5] Publican: an innkeeper.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Publican: a bar owner.
[6] Dingle: a narrow valley.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Dingle: a narrow valley.
[7] Wicket: gate.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Wicket: entrance.
[9] Lissom: limber.
[10] Nother: neither.
[11] Dresser: a sideboard or cupboard.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Dresser: a storage cabinet or sideboard.
[12] Settle: a bench.
Settle: a seat.
[13] Sampler: a pattern for needlework.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sampler: a needlework pattern.
[14] Flitch: a side of bacon.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Flitch: a strip of bacon.
[15] Ingle: chimney-corner.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ingle: fireplace corner.
[17] Stolid: dull.
[18] Embrangle: mix up.
Embrangle: mess up.
[20] True blue: genuine.
True blue: authentic.
[23] Vestry: parish meeting.
[24] Progenitors: forefathers.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Progenitors: ancestors.
[28] Choleric: inclined to anger.
[30] Forms: benches.
[31] Servants' hall: the servants' dining-room.
[32] Nether: lower.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Nether: below.
[33] Integuments: garments.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Integuments: clothing.
[34] Prisoner's base, etc.: boys' games.
[37] Footman: a man-servant in livery.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Footman: a uniformed male servant.
[38] Public schools: a name given to certain large and richly endowed schools in England which are chiefly patronized by wealthy men. They are wholly unlike the public schools of the United States. Eton, Harrow, Winchester, Rugby, and Westminster are among the best known of this class of schools.
[38] Public schools: a term used for large and well-funded schools in England that are mainly attended by affluent individuals. They are very different from public schools in the United States. Eton, Harrow, Winchester, Rugby, and Westminster are some of the most well-known examples of this type of school.
[39] Belauded: praised.
[40] Usher: an under-teacher.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Usher: a teaching assistant.
[42] Gaby: a dunce.
[44] Primum tempus: first time.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Primum tempus: first time.
[47] Humble bees: "bumble-bees."
Humble bees: "bumblebees."
[50] Phosphorus: the yellowish, inflammable substance used in making common matches—in a pure state it burns on exposure to air. Matches—called "Lucifers" or "light-bringers"—were invented in England about 1829. Previous to that time the only way of striking a light was by flint and steel, the spark being caught on a bit of tinder (half-burnt rag) which was then blown into a blaze.
[50] Phosphorus: the yellowish, flammable substance used to make regular matches—in its pure form, it ignites when exposed to air. Matches—known as "Lucifers" or "light-bringers"—were invented in England around 1829. Before that, the only way to start a fire was by using flint and steel, creating a spark that would catch on a piece of tinder (a half-burnt rag), which was then blown into flames.
[51] Rugby: a small village in Warwickshire on the river Avon, nearly in the centre of England. It is the seat of Rugby School,—one of the great public schools,—and was founded by Lawrence Sheriff, a native of the neighboring village of Brownsover, in the reign of Queen Elizabeth. The school owes its fame chiefly to Dr. Arnold, who became head master in 1827, and held the position until his death in 1842.
[51] Rugby: a small village in Warwickshire by the river Avon, almost at the center of England. It is home to Rugby School—one of the prestigious public schools—founded by Lawrence Sheriff, who was from the nearby village of Brownsover, during Queen Elizabeth's reign. The school became well-known mainly because of Dr. Arnold, who was headmaster from 1827 until his death in 1842.
[52] Doctor: Dr. Arnold.
[53] Kit: here, clothes.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Kit: here, outfits.
CHAPTER IV.
THE STAGE COACH.
"Let the steam-pot hiss till it's hot,
Give me the speed of the Tantivy trot."
"Let the steam pot hiss until it's hot,
Give me the speed of the Tantivy trot."
Coaching song by R. E. E. Warburton, Esq.
Coaching song by R. E. E. Warburton, Esq.
"Now, sir, time to get up, if you please. Tally-ho[1] coach for Leicester'll be round in half an hour, and don't wait for nobody." So spake the Boots[2] of the Peacock Inn, Islington,[3] at half-past two o'clock on the morning of a day in the early part of November, 183-, giving Tom at the same time a shake by the shoulder, and then putting down a candle and carrying off his shoes to clean.
"Now, sir, it's time to get up, if you don't mind. The coach for Leicester will be here in half an hour, so don’t wait for anyone." This is what the Boots of the Peacock Inn, Islington, said at half-past two in the morning on a day in early November, 183-, giving Tom a shake by the shoulder, then putting down a candle and taking his shoes to clean.
TOM ARRIVES IN TOWN.
Tom and his father arrived in town from Berkshire the day before, and finding, on inquiry, that the Birmingham coaches which ran from the city did not pass through Rugby, but deposited their passengers at Dunchurch, a village three miles distant on the main road, where said passengers had to wait for the Oxford and Leicester coach in the evening, or to take a post-chaise,[4] had resolved that Tom should travel down by the Tally-ho, which diverged from the main road and passed through Rugby itself. And as the Tally-ho was an early coach, they had driven out to the Peacock to be on the road.
Tom and his dad got into town from Berkshire the day before, and after asking around, they learned that the Birmingham coaches coming from the city didn’t go through Rugby. Instead, they dropped off passengers at Dunchurch, a village three miles away on the main road, where those passengers had to wait for the Oxford and Leicester coach in the evening or take a post-chaise,[4] decided that Tom should take the Tally-ho, which took a different route and went through Rugby itself. Since the Tally-ho was an early coach, they had driven out to the Peacock to be ready on the road.
Tom had never been in London, and would have liked to have stopped at the Belle Sauvage,[5] where they had been put down by the Star,[6] just at dusk, that he might have gone roving about those endless, mysterious, gas-lit streets, which, with their glare and hum and moving crowds, excited him so that he couldn't talk even. But as soon as he found that the Peacock arrangement would get him to Rugby by twelve o'clock in the day, whereas otherwise he wouldn't be there till the evening, all other plans melted away; his one absorbing aim being to become a public-school boy as fast as possible, and six hours sooner or later seeming to him of the most alarming importance.
Tom had never been to London and would have liked to stop at the Belle Sauvage,[5] where they had arrived via the Star,[6] just at dusk, so he could explore those endless, mysterious, gas-lit streets. The bright lights, buzzing noise, and bustling crowds thrilled him to the point that he couldn't even speak. But once he realized that the Peacock arrangement would get him to Rugby by noon, whereas he wouldn’t arrive until the evening otherwise, all his other plans disappeared. His only focus was to become a public-school boy as quickly as possible, and those six hours—earlier or later—felt incredibly important to him.
Tom and his father had alighted at the Peacock at about seven in the evening; and having heard with unfeigned joy the paternal order at the bar, of steaks and oyster-sauce for supper in half an hour, and seen his father seated cosily by the bright fire in the coffee-room with the paper in his hand, Tom had run out to see about him, had wondered at all the vehicles passing and repassing, and had fraternized with the boots and hostler, from whom he ascertained that the Tally-ho was a tip-top goer, ten miles an hour including stoppages, and so punctual that all the road set their clocks by her.
Tom and his dad had arrived at the Peacock around seven in the evening. After hearing with genuine excitement his dad place an order at the bar for steaks and oyster sauce for dinner in half an hour, and seeing him comfortably settled by the warm fire in the coffee room with a newspaper, Tom had gone outside to check things out. He was amazed by all the vehicles coming and going, and he chatted with the bellhop and stableman, who told him that the Tally-ho was an excellent coach, going ten miles an hour including stops, and so reliable that everyone on the road set their clocks by it.
SQUIRE BROWN'S PARTING WORDS.
Then being summoned to supper, he had regaled himself in one of the bright little boxes[7] of the Peacock coffee-room, on the beefsteak and unlimited oyster-sauce; had at first attended to the excellent advice which his father was bestowing on him and then begun nodding, from the united effects of the fire and the lecture. Till the Squire, [Pg 75] observing Tom's state, and remembering that it was nearly nine o'clock, and that the Tally-ho left at three, sent the little fellow off to the chambermaid, with a shake of the hand (Tom having stipulated in the morning before starting, that kissing should now cease between them) and a few parting words.
Then, when it was time for dinner, he treated himself in one of the cozy little booths[7] of the Peacock coffee room, enjoying beefsteak and endless oyster sauce; he initially listened to the good advice his father was giving him but soon started to nod off, thanks to the warmth of the fire and the lecture. Until the Squire, [Pg 75] noticing Tom's condition and realizing it was almost nine o'clock, with the Tally-ho leaving at three, sent the little guy off to the chambermaid with a handshake (Tom had insisted in the morning before leaving that kisses were no longer allowed between them) and a few parting words.
"And now, Tom, my boy," said the Squire, "remember you are going, at your own earnest request, to be chucked into this great school, like a young bear, with all your troubles before you,—earlier than we should have sent you perhaps. If schools are what they were in my time, you'll see a great many cruel blackguard things done, and hear a deal of foul bad talk. But never fear. You tell the truth, keep a brave and kind heart, and never listen to or say anything you wouldn't have your mother and sister hear, and you'll never feel ashamed to come home, or we to see you."
"And now, Tom, my boy," said the Squire, "remember you’re going, at your own strong request, to be thrown into this big school, like a young bear, with all your challenges ahead of you—earlier than we probably should have sent you. If schools are like they were in my day, you’ll see a lot of cruel, nasty things happening and hear plenty of foul language. But don’t worry. Just tell the truth, keep a brave and kind heart, and never listen to or say anything you wouldn’t want your mother and sister to hear, and you’ll never feel ashamed to come home, nor will we feel ashamed to see you."
The allusion to his mother made Tom feel rather choky, and he would have liked to have hugged his father well, if it hadn't been for the recent stipulation.
The mention of his mom made Tom feel pretty emotional, and he would have loved to give his dad a big hug, if it hadn't been for the recent rule.
As it was, he only squeezed his father's hand, and looked bravely up and said: "I'll try, father."
As it was, he just squeezed his dad's hand, looked up confidently, and said, "I'll try, Dad."
"I know you will, my boy. Is your money all safe?"
"I know you will, my boy. Is your money all safe?"
"Yes," said Tom, diving into one pocket to make sure.
"Yeah," said Tom, reaching into one pocket to check.
"And your keys," said the Squire.
"And your keys," said the Squire.
"All right," said Tom, diving into the other pocket.
"Okay," Tom said, reaching into the other pocket.
"Well, then, good-night. God bless you! I'll tell Boots to call you, and be up to see you off."
"Alright then, goodnight. God bless! I’ll get Boots to give you a call and come to see you off."
Tom was carried off by the chambermaid in a brown study,[8] from which he was roused in a clean little attic, [Pg 76] by that buxom[9] person calling him a little darling, and kissing him as she left the room; which indignity he was too much surprised to resent. And still thinking of his father's last words, and the look with which they were spoken, he knelt down and prayed that, come what might, he might never bring shame or sorrow on the dear folk at home.
Tom was taken away by the maid, lost in thought, from which he was awakened in a tidy little attic, by that cheerful person calling him a little darling and kissing him as she left the room; he was too surprised to feel offended. Still thinking about his father’s last words and the expression with which they were said, he knelt down and prayed that, no matter what happened, he would never bring shame or sorrow to his beloved family at home.
THE SQUIRE'S MEDITATIONS.
Indeed, the Squire's last words deserved to have their effect, for they had been the result of much anxious thought. All the way up to London he had pondered what he should say to Tom by way of parting advice; something that the boy could keep in his head ready for use. By way of assisting meditation, he had even gone the length of taking out his flint and steel and tinder, and hammering away for a quarter of an hour till he had manufactured a light for a long cheroot,[10] which he silently puffed; to the no small wonder of Coachee, who was an old friend, and an institution on the Bath road; and who always expected a talk on the prospects and doings, agricultural and social, of the whole country when he carried the Squire.
Indeed, the Squire's final words were worth their weight, as they came from a lot of anxious thought. Throughout the trip to London, he had been mulling over what to say to Tom as parting advice—something the boy could remember when he needed it. To help with his thinking, he even took out his flint, steel, and tinder, and spent about fifteen minutes making a spark for a long cheroot,[10] which he smoked in silence; much to the surprise of Coachee, who was an old buddy and a mainstay on the Bath road, and who always anticipated a discussion about the agricultural and social happenings across the country whenever he drove the Squire.
To condense the Squire's meditation, it was somewhat as follows: "I won't tell him to read his Bible, and love and serve God; if he doesn't do that for his mother's sake and teaching, he won't for mine. Shall I go into the sort of temptations he'll meet with? No, I can't do that. Never do for an old fellow to go into such things with a boy. He won't understand me. Do him more harm than good, ten to one. Shall I tell him to mind his work, and say he's sent to school to make himself a good scholar? Well, but he isn't sent to school for that,—at [Pg 77] any rate not for that mainly. I don't care a straw for Greek particles, or the digamma;[11] no more does his mother. What is he sent to school for? Well, partly because he wanted so to go. If he'll only turn out a brave, helpful, truth-telling Englishman, and a gentleman, and a Christian, that's all I want," thought the Squire; and upon this view of the case he framed the last words of advice to Tom, which were well enough suited to his purpose.
To sum up the Squire's thoughts, he considered: "I'm not going to tell him to read his Bible and love and serve God; if he hasn’t done that for his mother's sake and teachings, he won’t do it for mine. Should I dive into the temptations he'll face? No, I can't do that. It's not right for an old guy to talk about those things with a young boy. He won't get it. It would do more harm than good, for sure. Should I tell him to focus on his studies and say he's in school to become a good scholar? Well, that's not really why he's in school—at least not mainly. I couldn’t care less about Greek particles or the digamma; neither does his mother. So why is he in school? Partly because he really wanted to go. If he can just become a brave, helpful, honest Englishman, a gentleman, and a Christian, that’s all I care about,” thought the Squire; and with this in mind, he crafted his final words of advice to Tom, which fit his purpose just fine.
THE TALLY-HO.
For they were Tom's first thoughts as he tumbled out of bed at the summons of Boots, and proceeded rapidly to wash and dress himself. At ten minutes to three he was down in the coffee-room in his stockings, carrying his hat-box, coat, and comforter in his hand, and there he found his father nursing a bright fire, and a cup of hot coffee and a hard biscuit[12] on the table.
For these were Tom's first thoughts as he jumped out of bed at Boots's call and quickly got washed and dressed. At ten minutes to three, he was in the coffee room in his socks, holding his hat box, coat, and scarf in his hand, and there he found his dad tending to a bright fire, with a cup of hot coffee and a hard biscuit[12] on the table.
"Now then, Tom, give us your things here, and drink this; there's nothing like starting warm, old fellow."
"Alright, Tom, hand over your stuff and drink this; there’s nothing better than starting off warm, my old friend."
Tom addressed himself to the coffee, and prattled away while he worked himself into his shoes and his great-coat, well warmed through,—a Petersham coat with velvet collar, made tight after the abominable fashion of those days. And just as he was swallowing his last mouthful, winding his comforter round his throat, and tucking the ends into the breast of his coat, the horn sounds, Boots looks in and says, "Tally-ho, sir;" and they hear the ring and the rattle of the four fast trotters and the town-made drag[13] as it dashes up to the Peacock.
Tom focused on his coffee and chatted away while he put on his shoes and his big coat, feeling nice and warm—a Petersham coat with a velvet collar, tailored tight in the awful style of that time. Just as he swallowed his last bite, wrapped his scarf around his neck, and tucked the ends into his coat, the horn sounded. Boots peeked in and said, "Tally-ho, sir," and they heard the clattering and ringing of the four fast horses and the town-made drag as it raced up to the Peacock.
"Anything for us, Bob?" says the burly guard,[14] dropping down from behind, and slapping himself across the chest.
"Got anything for us, Bob?" says the big guard,[14] dropping down from behind and slapping his chest.
"Young genl'm'n, Rugby; three parcels, Leicester; hamper[15] o' game, Rugby" answers Ostler.
"Young gentlemen, Rugby; three packages, Leicester; hamper[15] of game, Rugby" answers Ostler.
"Good-by, father—my love at home." A last shake of the hand. Up goes Tom, the guard catching his hat-box and holding on with one hand, while with the other he claps the horn to his mouth. Toot, toot, toot! the ostlers let go their heads, the four bays plunge at the collar, and away goes the Tally-ho into the darkness, forty-five seconds from the time they pulled up; Ostler, Boots, and the Squire stand looking after them under the Peacock lamp.
"Goodbye, Dad—my love's at home." A final handshake. Up goes Tom, with the guard grabbing his hat box and holding it with one hand while blowing the horn with the other. Toot, toot, toot! The grooms release the horses, the four bay horses lunge at the harness, and the Tally-ho speeds off into the night, just forty-five seconds after they came to a stop; the groom, the boot boy, and the Squire stand watching them under the Peacock lamp.
"Sharp work!" says the Squire, and goes in again to his bed, the coach being well out of sight and hearing.
"Great job!" says the Squire, and heads back to his bed, the coach now far out of sight and earshot.
Tom stands up on the coach and looks back at his father's figure as long as he can see it, and then the guard, having disposed of his luggage, comes to an anchor, and finishes his buttonings and other preparations for facing the three hours before dawn; no joke for those who minded cold, on a fast coach in November, in the reign of his late majesty.
Tom gets up on the coach and watches his father's figure until it disappears, and then the guard, after taking care of his luggage, settles in and completes his buttoning and other preparations for the three-hour wait before dawn; not an easy task for those who didn't like the cold, on a fast coach in November, during the reign of his late majesty.
A NOVEMBER RIDE IN OLD TIMES.
I sometimes think that you boys of this generation are [Pg 79] a deal tenderer fellows than we used to be. At any rate you are much more comfortable travellers, for I see every one of you with his rug or plaid,[18] and other dodges for preserving the caloric,[19] and most of you going in those fuzzy, dusty, padded, first-class carriages.[20] It was another affair altogether, a dark ride on the top of the Tally-ho, I can tell you, in a tight Petersham coat, and your feet dangling six inches from the floor. Then you knew what cold was, and what it was to be without legs, for not a bit of feeling had you in them after the first half hour. But it had its pleasures,—the cold, dark ride. First there was the consciousness of silent endurance, so dear to every Englishman,—of standing out against something, and not giving in. Then there was the music of the rattling harness, and the ring of the horses' feet on the hard road, and the glare of the two bright lamps through the steaming hoar-frost,[21] over the leader's ears, into the darkness; and the cheery toot of the guard's horn, to warn some drowsy pikeman[22] or the ostler at the next change; and the looking forward to daylight—and last, but not least, the delight of returning sensation in your toes.
I sometimes think that you guys in this generation are a lot softer than we used to be. At least you're much more comfortable travelers, because I see all of you with your blankets or plaid, and other ways to keep warm, with most of you riding in those cozy, dusty, padded first-class carriages. It was a whole different experience, a dark ride on top of the Tally-ho, I can tell you, in a tight Petersham coat, with your feet dangling just inches from the floor. Then you really knew what cold was, and what it felt like to have no feeling in your legs, since you couldn't feel them at all after the first half hour. But it had its pleasures—the cold, dark ride. First, there was the satisfaction of silently enduring something, which every Englishman loves—standing firm against something, without giving in. Then there was the music of the rattling harness, the sound of the horses' hooves on the hard road, and the bright glow of the two lamps cutting through the steaming hoar-frost over the lead horse's ears into the darkness; and the cheerful honk of the guard's horn, warning some sleepy road worker or the stable guy at the next stop; and the anticipation of daylight—and last but not least, the joy of feeling your toes warm up again.
Then the break of dawn and the sunrise, where can they be ever seen in perfection but from a coach roof? You want motion and change and music to see them in their glory; not the music of singing men and singing women, but good silent music, which sets itself in your own head, the accompaniment of work and getting over the ground.
Then the break of dawn and the sunrise—where else can you see them perfectly but from the top of a coach? You need movement, change, and a rhythm to appreciate them fully; not the music of singing men and women, but the quiet music that plays in your own head, the backdrop of effort and getting ahead.
The Tally-ho is past St. Albans,[23] and Tom is enjoying the ride, though half frozen. The guard, who is alone with him on the back of the coach, is silent, but has muffled Tom's feet up in straw, and put the end of an oat-sack over his knees. The darkness has driven him inward, and he has gone over his little past life, and thought of all his doings and promises, and of his mother and sister, and his father's last words; and has made fifty good resolutions, and means to bear himself like a brave Brown as he is, though a young one. Then he has been forward into the mysterious boy-future, speculating as to what sort of a place Rugby is, and what they do there, and calling up all the stories of public schools which he has heard from big boys in the holidays. He is chock full of hope and life, notwithstanding the cold, and kicks his heels against the backboard, and would like to sing, only he doesn't know how his friend the silent guard might take it.
The Tally-ho has passed St. Albans,[23] and Tom is enjoying the ride, even though he's half frozen. The guard, who is alone with him in the back of the coach, is quiet but has wrapped Tom's feet in straw and draped the end of an oat sack over his knees. The darkness has turned his thoughts inward, and he has reviewed his short life, reflecting on all his actions and promises, and thinking of his mother and sister, along with his father's last words. He's made fifty good resolutions and intends to carry himself like the brave young man he is. Then he's pondered the mysterious future ahead at Rugby, wondering what it’s like and what goes on there, recalling all the stories about public schools he's heard from older boys during the holidays. Despite the cold, he's overflowing with hope and energy, kicking his heels against the backboard, and would love to sing, but he's unsure how his quiet friend, the guard, would react.
"PULLING UP."
And now the dawn breaks at the end of the fourth stage,[24] and the coach pulls up at a little road-side inn with huge stables behind. There is a bright fire gleaming through the red curtains of the bar-window, and the door is open. The coachman catches his whip into a double thong, and throws it to the ostler; the steam of the horses rises straight up into the air. He has put them along over the last two miles, and is two minutes before his time. He rolls down from the box and into the inn. The guard rolls off behind. "Now, sir," says he to Tom, "you just jump down, and I'll give you a drop of something to keep the cold out."
And now the dawn breaks at the end of the fourth stage,[24] and the coach pulls up at a small roadside inn with large stables behind it. A bright fire shines through the red curtains of the bar window, and the door is open. The coachman catches his whip into a double thong and tosses it to the stablehand; the steam from the horses rises straight up into the air. He has pushed them over the last two miles and arrives two minutes early. He climbs down from the box and enters the inn. The guard hops off after him. "Now, sir," he says to Tom, "you just jump down, and I'll get you a drink to keep the cold away."
Tom finds a difficulty in jumping, or, indeed, in finding [Pg 81] the top of the wheel with his feet, which may be in the next world, for all he feels; so the guard picks him off the coach-top, and sets him on his legs, and they stump off into the bar, and join the coachman and the other outside passengers.
Tom struggles to jump or even to find the top of the wheel with his feet, which might as well be in another world, for all he knows. So the guard lifts him off the top of the coach, sets him on his feet, and they head into the bar to join the coachman and the other passengers who were outside.
Here a fresh-looking barmaid serves them each with a glass of early purl[25] as they stand before the fire, coachman and guard exchanging business remarks. The purl warms Tom up and makes him cough.
Here a cheerful-looking barmaid serves each of them a glass of early purl[25] as they stand by the fire, with the coachman and guard chatting about work. The purl warms Tom up and makes him cough.
"Rare tackle[26] that, sir, of a cold morning," says the coachman, smiling. "Time's up." They are out again and up; coachee the last, gathering the reins into his hands and talking to Jem, the ostler, about the mare's shoulder, and then swinging himself up on to the box,—the horses dashing off in a canter before he falls into his seat. Toot-toot-tootle-too goes the horn, and away they are again, five-and-thirty miles on their road (nearly half way to Rugby, thinks Tom), and the prospect of breakfast at the end of the stage.
"Rare tackle[26] that, sir, on a chilly morning," says the coachman, smiling. "Time's up." They’re out again and on their way; coachee is the last to get ready, gathering the reins in his hands and chatting with Jem, the stablehand, about the mare's shoulder, and then swinging himself up onto the box—the horses charging off in a canter before he sits down. Toot-toot-tootle-too goes the horn, and off they go again, thirty-five miles on their route (almost halfway to Rugby, thinks Tom), with the promise of breakfast at the end of the stage.
MORNING SIGHTS AND DOINGS.
And now they begin to see, and the early life of the country-side comes out: a market cart or two, men in smock-frocks going to their work, pipe in mouth, a whiff of which is no bad smell this bright morning. The sun gets up, and the mist shines like silver gauze. They pass the hounds jogging along to a distant meet,[27] at the heels of the huntsman's hack,[28] whose face is about the color of the tails of his old pink,[29] as he exchanges greetings with [Pg 82] the coachman and guard. Now they pull up at a lodge,[30] and take on board a well-muffled-up sportsman, with his gun-case and carpet-bag. An early up-coach meets them and the coachmen gather up their horses, and pass one another with the accustomed lift of the elbow, each team doing eleven miles an hour, with a mile to spare behind, if necessary. And here comes breakfast.
And now they start to see, and the early life of the countryside unfolds: a couple of market carts, men in work clothes heading to their jobs, pipes in their mouths—bringing a pleasant scent this bright morning. The sun rises, and the mist glimmers like silver gauze. They pass the hounds jogging along to a distant meet,[27] following the huntsman's horse,[28] whose face looks about the same shade as the tails of his old pink coat,[29] as he exchanges greetings with [Pg 82] the coachman and guard. Now they stop at a lodge,[30] and pick up a well-dressed sportsman, with his gun case and carpet bag. An early coach approaches them, and the coachmen gather their horses, nodding to each other with the usual elbow lift, each team moving at eleven miles an hour, with a mile in reserve, if needed. And here comes breakfast.
"Twenty minutes here, gentlemen," says the coachman, as they pull up at half-past seven at the inn-door.
"Twenty minutes here, gentlemen," says the driver, as they arrive at half-past seven at the inn door.
BREAKFAST.
Have we not endured nobly this morning, and is not this a worthy reward for much endurance? There is the low dark wainscoted[31] room hung with sporting prints; the hat-stand (with a whip or two standing up in it belonging to bagmen,[32] who are still snug in bed) by the door; the blazing fire, with the quaint old glass over the mantel-piece, in which is stuck a large card with the lists of the meets for the week of the county hounds. The table covered with the whitest of cloths and of china, and bearing a pigeon pie, ham, round of cold boiled beef cut from a mammoth ox, and the great loaf of household bread on a wooden trencher.[33] And here comes in the stout head waiter, puffing under a tray of hot viands; kidneys and a steak, transparent rashers[34] and poached eggs, buttered toast and muffins, coffee and tea all smoking hot. The table can never hold it all; the cold meats are removed to the sideboard; they were only put on for show and to give us an appetite. And now fall on, gentlemen all. It is a well-known sporting house, and the breakfasts are famous. Two or three men in pink, on their way to the meet, [Pg 83] drop in, and are very jovial and sharp-set, as indeed we all are.
Have we not held up well this morning, and isn't this a fitting reward for our endurance? There's the dimly lit room with its dark wooden paneling, decorated with hunting prints; the hat stand by the door, adorned with a couple of whips from travelers who are still cozy in bed; the blazing fire, with the charming old glass above the mantelpiece, displaying a large card listing the week's meet times for the county hounds. The table is set with a pristine white cloth and fine china, showcasing a pigeon pie, ham, a round of cold boiled beef sliced from a giant ox, and a large loaf of homemade bread on a wooden platter. And here comes the hearty head waiter, puffing as he carries a tray of hot dishes: kidneys and steak, crispy bacon and poached eggs, buttered toast and muffins, all steaming hot. The table can't fit it all; the cold meats are moved to the sideboard, there just to entice our appetites. Now, let's dig in, gentlemen. This is a well-known sportsman's establishment, and the breakfasts are legendary. A couple of guys in pink, heading to the meet, drop in and are cheerful and hungry, just like the rest of us.
"Tea or coffee, sir?" says head waiter, coming round to Tom.
"Tea or coffee, sir?" asks the head waiter as he approaches Tom.
"Coffee, please," says Tom with his mouth full of muffin and kidneys; coffee is a treat to him, tea is not.
"Coffee, please," Tom says, his mouth full of muffin and kidneys; coffee is a special treat for him, but tea is not.
Our coachman, I perceive, who breakfasts with us, is a cold-beef man. He also eschews hot potations, and addicts himself to a tankard of ale, which is brought him by the barmaid. Sportsman looks on approvingly, and orders a ditto for himself.
Our driver, I notice, who has breakfast with us, is a cold-beef guy. He also avoids hot drinks and prefers a mug of ale, which the barmaid brings to him. The sportsman watches with approval and orders the same for himself.
Tom has eaten kidney and pigeon pie, and imbibed coffee, till his little skin is as tight as a drum; and then has the further pleasure of paying head waiter out of his own purse, in a dignified manner, and walks out before the inn-door to see the horses put to. This is done leisurely and in a highly finished manner by the ostlers, as if they enjoyed the not being hurried. Coachman comes out with his way-bill,[35] and puffing a fat cigar which the sportsman has given him. Guard emerges from the tap,[36] where he prefers breakfasting, licking round a tough-looking doubtful cheroot, which you might tie round your finger, and three whiffs of which would knock any one else out of time.
Tom has eaten kidney and pigeon pie, and downed coffee until his little skin is as tight as a drum; then he enjoys the additional pleasure of paying the head waiter from his own wallet in a dignified way before stepping out of the inn to watch the horses get hitched. The ostlers do this slowly and with great care, as if they enjoy taking their time. The coachman comes out with his way-bill,[35] puffing on a fat cigar that the sportsman gave him. The guard walks out from the bar,[36] where he prefers to have breakfast, fiddling with a tough-looking doubtful cheroot that you could tie around your finger, and three puffs of which would knock anyone else out of the loop.
The pinks[37] stand about the inn-door lighting cigars and waiting to see us start, while their hacks are led up and down the market-place on which the inn looks. They all know our sportsman, and we feel a reflected credit when we see him chatting and laughing with them.
The pinks[37] are hanging out by the inn door, lighting cigars and waiting to see us take off, while their horses are being led up and down the marketplace that the inn overlooks. They all know our sportsman, and we feel a sense of pride when we see him chatting and laughing with them.
"Now, sir, please," says the coachman; all the rest of [Pg 84] the passengers are up; the guard is locking up the hind-boot.
"Now, sir, please," says the coachman; all the other [Pg 84] passengers are awake; the guard is closing the back boot.
"A good run to you," says the sportsman to the pinks, and is by the coachman's side in no time.
"A good run to you," says the athlete to the pinks, and he's by the coach driver's side in no time.
"Let 'em go, Dick!" The ostlers fly back, drawing off the cloths from their glossy loins, and away we go through the market-place and down the High Street,[38] looking in at the first-floor[39] windows, and seeing several worthy burgesses[40] shaving thereat; while all the shop-boys who are cleaning the windows, and the house-maids who are doing the steps, stop and looked pleased as we rattle past, as if we were a part of their legitimate morning's amusement. We clear the town, and are well out between the hedgerows again as the town clock strikes eight.
"Let them go, Dick!" The stable hands step back, pulling the covers off their shiny horses, and off we go through the marketplace and down the High Street,[38] glancing at the first-floor[39] windows and seeing several respectable townspeople[40] shaving. Meanwhile, all the shop boys cleaning the windows and the maids scrubbing the steps stop and smile as we rattle by, like we’re part of their usual morning entertainment. We clear the town and are well out between the hedgerows again as the town clock chimes eight.
GUARD DISCOURSES ON RUGBY.
The sun shines almost warmly, and breakfast has oiled all springs and loosened all tongues. Tom is encouraged by a remark or two of the guard's between the puffs of his oily cheroot, and besides is getting tired of not talking. He is too full of his destination to talk about anything else; and so asks the guard if he knows Rugby.
The sun shines almost warmly, and breakfast has oiled all the springs and loosened all the tongues. Tom gets a boost from a comment or two from the guard between puffs of his oily cigar, and he's also getting tired of not talking. He's so focused on his destination that he can't think of anything else to talk about, so he asks the guard if he knows Rugby.
"Goes through it every day of my life. Twenty minutes before twelve down—ten o'clock up."
"Goes through it every day of my life. Twenty minutes before twelve down—ten o'clock up."
"What sort of a place is it, please?" says Tom.
"What kind of place is it, please?" asks Tom.
Guard looks at him with a comical expression. "Werry out-o'-the-way place, sir, no paving to streets, nor no lighting. 'Mazin' big horse and cattle fair in autumn—lasts a week—just over now. Takes town a week to get clean after it. Fairish hunting country. But slow place, sir, slow place; off the main road, you see—only three coaches [Pg 85] a day, 'an one on 'em a two-oss van,[41] more like a hearse nor[42] a coach—Regulator[43]—comes from Oxford. Young genl'm'n at school calls her Pig and Whistle, and goes up to college by her (six miles an hour) when they goes to enter. Belong to school, sir?"
Guard looks at him with a funny expression. "Really out-of-the-way place, sir, no paved streets or streetlights. There’s a huge horse and cattle fair in the fall—it lasts a week and just ended. It takes the town a week to clean up after it. Pretty decent hunting country. But it’s a slow place, sir, really slow; it’s off the main road, you see—only three coaches a day, and one of them is a two-horse van, which is more like a hearse than a coach—Regulator—comes from Oxford. A young guy at school calls it Pig and Whistle and rides it to college (six miles an hour) when they go for entry. Belong to the school, sir?" [Pg 85]
"Yes," says Tom, not unwilling for a moment that the guard should think him an old boy; but then having some qualms as to the truth of the assertion, and seeing that if he were to assume the character of an old boy he couldn't go on asking the questions he wanted, added—"that is to say, I'm on my way there. I'm a new boy."
"Yeah," says Tom, not really minding if the guard thought he was an older student; but then, feeling a bit unsure about the truth of that statement, and realizing that if he acted like an older student he couldn't keep asking the questions he wanted to, he added—"I mean, I'm actually on my way there. I'm a new student."
The guard looked as if he knew this quite as well as Tom.
The guard looked like he understood this just as well as Tom did.
Tom said he hoped they would; but he thought within himself that his fate would probably be the Pig and Whistle.[46]
Tom said he hoped they would; but he thought to himself that his fate would probably be the Pig and Whistle.[46]
PEA-SHOOTERS.
"It pays uncommon cert'nly," continues the guard.
"It definitely pays off," continues the guard.
"Werry free with their cash is the young genl'm'n. But, Lor' bless you, we gets into such rows all 'long the road, what wi' their pea-shooters,[47] and long whips and hollering, [Pg 86] and upsetting every one as comes by; I'd a sight sooner carry one or two on 'em, sir, as I may be a carryin' of you now, than a coach-load."
"Werry generous with their money is the young gentleman. But, oh bless you, we get into such trouble all along the road, what with their pea-shooters,[47] and long whips and shouting, [Pg 86] and bothering everyone who passes by; I'd much rather carry one or two of them, sir, like I'm carrying you now, than a whole coach-load."
"What do they do with the pea-shooters?" inquires Tom.
"What do they do with the pea-shooters?" asks Tom.
"Do wi' 'em! why, peppers every one's faces as we comes near, 'cept the young gals, and breaks windows wi' them, too, some on 'em shoots so hard. Now 'twas just here last June, as we was a driving up the first-day boys,[48] they was mendin' a quarter-mile of road, and there was a lot of Irish chaps, reg'lar roughs, a breaking stones. As we comes up, 'Now boys,' says young gent on the box (smart young fellow, and desper't reckless), 'here's fun! let the Pats have it about the ears.' 'God's sake, sir,' says Bob (that's my mate the coachman), 'don't go for to shoot at 'em, they'll knock us off the coach.' 'Coachee,' says young my lord, 'you ain't afraid; hoora, boys! let 'em have it.' 'Hoora!' sings out the others, and fill their mouths chuck full of peas to last the whole line. Bob, seeing as 'twas to come, knocks his hat over his eyes, hollers to his 'osses, and shakes 'em up, and away we goes up to the line on 'em, twenty miles an hour. The Pats begin to hoora, too, thinking it was a runaway, and first lot on 'em stands grinnin' and wavin' their old hats as we comes abreast on 'em; and then you'd ha' laughed to see how took aback and choking savage they looked, when they gets the peas a stinging all over 'em. But bless you, the laugh weren't all of our side, sir, by a long way. We was going so fast, and they was so took aback, that they didn't take what was up till we was half-way up the line. Then [Pg 87] 'twas 'Look out all,' surely. They howls all down the line fit to frighten you, some on 'em runs arter us and tries to clamber up behind, only we hits 'em over the fingers and pulls their hands off; one as had had it very sharp act'ly[49] runs right at the leaders, as though he'd ketch 'em by the heads, only luck'ly for him he misses his tip[50] and comes over a heap o' stones first. The rest picks up stones, and gives it us right away till we gets out of shot, the young gents holding out werry manful with the pea-shooters and such stones as lodged on us, and a pretty many there was, too. Then Bob picks hisself up again, and looks at young gent on box werry solemn. Bob'd had a rum un[51] in the ribs, which'd like to ha' knocked him off the box, or made him drop the reins. Young gent on box picks hisself up, and so does we all, and looks round to count damage. Box's head[52] cut open and his hat gone; 'nother young gent's hat gone; mine knocked in at the side, and not one on us as wasn't black and blue somewheres or another, most on 'em all over. Two pounds ten to pay for damage to paint, which they subscribed for there and then, and give Bob and me a extra half-sovereign each; but I wouldn't go down that line again not for twenty half-sovereigns." And the guard shook his head slowly, and got up and blew a clear brisk toot-toot.
"Do it! Why, it peppered everyone’s faces as we got closer, except for the young girls, and it even broke windows, some of them shot so hard. Last June, when we were driving up the first-day boys,[48] they were fixing a quarter-mile of road, and there were a lot of Irish guys, real rough ones, breaking stones. As we came up, 'Now boys,' says the young gent on the box (smart young guy, and pretty reckless), 'here’s some fun! Let’s give it to the Pats!' 'For heaven's sake, sir,' says Bob (that’s my mate the coachman), 'don’t shoot at them, they’ll knock us off the coach.' 'Coachee,' says the young lord, 'you’re not afraid; hooray, boys! Let’s give it to them.' 'Hooray!' shout the others, and stuff their mouths full of peas to last the whole trip. Bob, seeing what was about to happen, pulls his hat down over his eyes, yells to his horses, and shakes them up, and off we go towards them, twenty miles an hour. The Pats start cheering too, thinking it was a runaway, and the first group stands there grinning and waving their old hats as we come up alongside them; then you’d have laughed to see how shocked and furious they looked when the peas started stinging them all over. But believe me, the laugh wasn’t all on our side, sir, far from it. We were going so fast and they were so caught off guard that they didn’t realize what was happening until we were half-way past. Then it was 'Look out, everyone!' They howled down the line so loud it could scare you, some of them ran after us trying to climb up behind, but we hit their fingers and pulled their hands off; one who had it really sharp actually ran right at the leaders, as if he’d catch them by the heads, but luckily for him, he missed and tumbled over a pile of stones first. The rest picked up stones and threw them at us until we got out of range, while the young gents held up bravely with the pea-shooters and fought off the stones that landed on us, and there were quite a few, too. Then Bob got himself up again and looked at the young gent on the box very seriously. Bob had taken a nasty one in the ribs that nearly knocked him off the box or made him drop the reins. The young gent on the box picked himself up, and so did we all, and looked around to check the damage. The box was cut open and his hat was gone; another young gent’s hat was gone; mine was dented in on the side, and not one of us wasn’t black and blue somewhere or another, most of us all over. Two pounds ten to pay for damage to the paint, which they collected right then and there and gave Bob and me an extra half-sovereign each; but I wouldn’t go down that way again even for twenty half-sovereigns." And the guard shook his head slowly, stood up, and blew a clear brisk toot-toot.
"What fun!" said Tom, who could scarcely contain his pride at this exploit of his future schoolfellows. He longed already for the end of the half that he might join them.
"What fun!" Tom exclaimed, barely able to hold back his pride in what his future classmates had done. He was already looking forward to the end of the term so he could join them.
"'Tain't such good fun, though, sir, for the folks as meets the coach, nor for we who has to go back with it next day. Them Irishers last summer had all got stones ready for us, and was all but letting drive, and we'd got two reverend gents aboard, too. We pulled up at the beginning of the line, and pacified them, and we're never going to carry no more pea-shooters, unless they promises not to fire where there is a line of Irish chaps a stone-breaking." The guard stopped and pulled away at his cheroot, regarding Tom benignantly the while.
"That's not much fun, though, sir, for the people who see the coach, or for us who have to go back with it the next day. Those Irish last summer all had stones ready for us and were about to throw them, and we had two respected gentlemen on board, too. We stopped at the beginning of the line, calmed them down, and we're not going to carry any more pea-shooters unless they promise not to fire when there’s a line of Irish guys breaking stones." The guard paused and took a puff of his cigar, looking at Tom kindly the whole time.
"Oh, don't stop! tell us something more about the pea-shooting."
"Oh, don’t stop! Tell us more about the pea-shooting."
AN OLD YEOMAN.
"Well, there'd like to have been a pretty piece of work over it at Bicester, a while back. We was six mile from the town, when we meets an old square-headed gray-haired yeoman chap, a jogging along quite quiet. He looks up at the coach, and just then a pea hits him on the nose, and some catches his cob[53] behind and makes him dance up on his hind legs. I see'd the old boy's face flush and look plaguy awkward, and I thought we was in for somethin' ugly.
"Well, there was almost a scene at Bicester a while back. We were six miles from the town when we ran into an old, square-headed, gray-haired farmer, just jogging along quietly. He looked up at the coach, and just then a pea hit him on the nose, while someone else behind him made his horse rear up and dance on its hind legs. I saw the old guy's face flush and look really uncomfortable, and I thought we were in for something bad."
"He turns his cob's head, and rides quietly after us, just out of shot. How that ere cob did step! we never shook him off not a dozen yards in the six miles. At first the young gents was werry lively on him: but afore we got in, seeing how steady the old chap come on, they was quite quiet, and laid their heads together what they should do. Some was for fighting, some for axing his pardon. He rides into the town close after us, comes up when we stops, and says the two as shot at him must come before a magistrate; and a great crowd comes round, and we [Pg 89] couldn't get the 'osses to. But the young uns they all stand by one another, and says all or none must go, and as how they'd fight it out, and have to be carried. Just as 'twas gettin' serious, and the old boy and the mob was going to pull 'em off the coach, one little fellow jumps up and says: 'Here—I'll stay—I'm only going three miles further. My father's name's Davis, he's known about here, and I'll go before the magistrate with this gentleman.' 'What! be thee parson Davis's son?' says the old boy. 'Yes,' says the young un. 'Well, I be mortal sorry to meet thee in such company, but for thy father's sake and thine (for thee bi'st[54] a brave young chap) I'll say no more about it.' Didn't the boys cheer him, and the mob cheered the young chap—and then one of the biggest gets down, and begs his pardon werry gentlemanly for all the rest, saying as they all had been plaguy vexed from the first, but didn't like to ax his pardon till then, 'cause they felt they hadn't ought to shirk the consequences of their joke. And then they all got down, and shook hands with the old boy, and asked him to all parts of the country, to their homes, and we drives off twenty minutes behind time with cheering and hollering as if we was county members.[55] But, Lor' bless you, sir," says the guard smacking his hand down on his knee and looking full into Tom's face, "ten minutes arter they was all as bad as ever."
"He turns his horse's head and rides quietly after us, just out of sight. That old horse could really move! We never lost him for even a dozen yards over the six miles. At first, the young guys were really lively on him, but by the time we reached the town, seeing how steady the old man was riding, they got pretty quiet and huddled together, trying to figure out what to do. Some wanted to fight, and others wanted to ask for his pardon. He rides into town closely behind us, stops when we do, and says that the two who shot at him need to go before a magistrate; a large crowd gathers around us, and we couldn't get the horses to move. But the young ones all stood by each other and said that either everyone should go, or no one, insisting they would fight it out and be carried away if necessary. Just when it was getting serious, and the old man and the crowd were about to pull them off the coach, one little guy jumps up and says: 'Hey—I’ll stay—I'm only going three miles further. My father's name is Davis; he's known around here, and I'll go before the magistrate with this gentleman.' 'What! Are you Parson Davis's son?' says the old man. 'Yes,' replies the young one. 'Well, I'm really sorry to meet you in such company, but for your father’s sake and yours (because you are a brave young man), I won't say anything more about it.' Didn't the boys cheer him, and the crowd cheered the young man too—then one of the biggest guys gets down and apologizes very politely for everyone else, saying they had all been quite upset from the start but didn't want to ask for his pardon until now because they felt they shouldn’t avoid the consequences of their prank. After that, they all got down, shook hands with the old man, and invited him to visit them all over the country, and we drove off twenty minutes late with cheering and shouting as if we were county representatives. But, oh dear, sir," says the guard, smacking his hand down on his knee and looking straight into Tom's face, "ten minutes later, they were all as bad as ever."
BLOW-HARD AND HIS YARNS.
Tom showed such undisguised and open-mouthed interest in his narrations, that the old guard rubbed up his memory, and launched out into a graphic history of all the performances of the boys on the road for the last [Pg 90] twenty years. Off the road he couldn't go; the exploit must have been connected with horses or vehicles to hang in the old fellow's head. Tom tried him off his own ground once or twice, but found he knew nothing beyond, and so let him have his head, and the rest of the road bowled easily away; for old Blow-hard (as the boys called him) was a dry old file,[56] with much kindness and humor, and a capital spinner of a yarn when he had broken the neck of his day's work, and got plenty of ale under his belt.
Tom showed such obvious and wide-eyed interest in his stories that the old man brushed up his memory and launched into a detailed account of all the boys' adventures on the road over the last [Pg 90] twenty years. He couldn’t stray from the road; the story had to be about horses or vehicles for it to stick in the old guy's mind. Tom tried to steer him off-topic a couple of times but realized he knew nothing outside that realm, so he let him ramble on, and the rest of the journey passed smoothly; for old Blow-hard (as the boys called him) was a dry old stick, [56] with a lot of kindness and humor, and a great storyteller once he had finished his day’s work and had enough ale in him.
What struck Tom's youthful imagination most, was the desperate and lawless character of most of the stories. Was the guard hoaxing him? He couldn't help hoping that they were true. It's very odd how almost all English boys love danger; you can get ten to join a game, or climb a tree, or swim a stream, when there's a chance of breaking their limbs or getting drowned, for one who'll stay on level ground, or in his depth, or play quoits or bowls.[57]
What captured Tom's youthful imagination the most was the desperate and reckless nature of most of the stories. Was the guard fooling him? He couldn't help but hope they were true. It's funny how almost all English boys are drawn to danger; you can get ten of them to join a game, climb a tree, or swim a stream when there's a chance of getting hurt or drowning, compared to just one who will stay on solid ground, stick to safe depths, or play quoits or bowls.[57]
THE RUNNERS.
The guard had just finished an account of a desperate fight which had happened at one of the fairs between the drovers and the farmers with their whips, and the boys with cricket-bats and wickets,[58] which arose out of a playful but objectionable practice of the boys going round to the public houses and taking the linch-pins out of the wheels of the gigs, and was moralizing upon the way in which the Doctor, "a terrible stern man he'd heard tell," had come down upon several of the performers, "sending [Pg 91] three on 'em off next morning, each in a po-chay[59] with a parish constable," when they turned a corner and neared the milestone, the third from Rugby. By the stone two boys stood, their jackets buttoned tight, waiting for the coach.
The guard had just finished telling a dramatic story about a fight that broke out at one of the fairs between the drovers and the farmers with their whips, and the boys with cricket bats and wickets,[58] which originated from a mischievous but annoying habit of the boys going around to the pubs and removing the linchpins from the wheels of the carriages. He was reflecting on how the Doctor, "a really strict man he'd heard about," had come down hard on several of the performers, "sending three of them off the next morning, each in a carriage[59] with a parish constable," when they turned a corner and got closer to the milestone, the third one from Rugby. By the stone, two boys stood with their jackets buttoned up tight, waiting for the coach.
"Look here, sir," says the guard, after giving a sharp toot-toot, "there's two on 'em, out and out runners they be. They comes out about twice or three times a week, and spurts a mile alongside of us."
"Hey, sir," says the guard, after letting out a sharp toot-toot, "there’s two of them, real runners they are. They come out about two or three times a week and sprint a mile alongside us."
And as they came up, sure enough, away went two boys along the footpath, keeping up with the horses; the first a light, clean-made fellow going on springs, the other, stout and round shouldered, laboring in his pace, but going as dogged as a bull-terrier.
And as they approached, sure enough, two boys walked along the path, keeping up with the horses; the first was a light, well-built kid bouncing along, while the other, sturdy and round-shouldered, struggled in his stride, but was just as determined as a bulldog.
Old Blow-hard looked on admiringly. "See how beautiful that there un holds hisself together, and goes from his hips, sir," said he; "he's a 'mazin' fine runner. Now many coachmen as drives a first-rate team'd put it on and try and pass 'em. But Bob, sir, bless you, he's tender-hearted; he'd sooner pull in a bit if he see'd 'em a gettin' beat. I do b'lieve, too, as that there un'd sooner break his heart than let us go by him afore next milestone."
Old Blow-hard looked on with admiration. "See how beautifully that one carries himself and moves from his hips, sir," he said; "he's an amazing runner. Now, many coachmen driving a top-notch team would try to catch up and pass them. But Bob, sir, bless him, he's really kind-hearted; he'd rather slow down a bit if he saw them getting beaten. I truly believe, too, that that one would rather break his heart than let us go by him before the next milestone."
At the second milestone the boys pulled up short, and waved their hats to the guard, who had his watch out and shouted "4.56," thereby indicating that the mile had been done in four seconds under the five minutes. They passed several more parties of boys, all of them objects of the deepest interest to Tom, and came in sight of the town at ten minutes before twelve. Tom fetched a long breath, and thought he had never spent a pleasanter day. Before he went to bed he had quite settled that it must be the greatest day he should ever spend, and didn't alter his opinion for many a long year,—if he has yet.
At the second milestone, the boys stopped and waved their hats to the guard, who checked his watch and shouted "4:56," meaning they had covered the mile in four seconds under five minutes. They passed several more groups of boys, all of whom were incredibly interesting to Tom, and caught sight of the town ten minutes before noon. Tom took a deep breath and thought he had never had a more enjoyable day. Before going to bed, he was convinced that this had to be the best day he would ever have, and he held onto that belief for many years—if he still does.
FOOTNOTES
[4] Post-chaise: a hired carriage.
[7] Boxes: inclosed places for eating.
[9] Buxom: rosy with health, merry.
Buxom: healthy and cheerful.
[10] Cheroot: a kind of cigar.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cheroot: a type of cigar.
[11] Digamma: an ancient letter of the Greek alphabet. Greek particles are prepositions and conjunctions—hence nice or difficult points of Greek grammar.
[11] Digamma: an old letter from the Greek alphabet. Greek particles are prepositions and conjunctions—thus they represent either subtle or challenging aspects of Greek grammar.
[12] Hard biscuit: cracker.
[13] Drag: a four-horse coach.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Drag: a four-horse carriage.
[17] Portmanteau: travelling bag.
[21] Hoar-frost: frozen dew.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Hoar-frost: frozen dew.
[24] Stage: division of a journey.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Stage: part of a journey.
[26] Tackle: stuff.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Tackle: things.
[29] Old pink: a red hunting-coat.
[30] Lodge: a gentleman's house.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Lodge: a man's home.
[32] Bagmen: commercial travellers.
[33] Trencher: a large wooden plate.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Trencher: a large wooden plate.
[34] Rashers: thin slices of bacon.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Rashers: thin slices of bacon.
[36] Tap: bar-room.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Tap: pub.
[37] Pinks: huntsmen.
[38] High Street: the main street.
[41] Van: a large light-covered wagon.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Van: a large trailer.
[42] Nor: than.
[44] Half: the half year.
[45] Arter: after.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Arter: later.
[49] Act'ly: actually.
[50] Tip: here, mark.
[53] Cob: a short, stout horse.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cob: a compact, sturdy horse.
[54] Bi'st: "beest," art.
[55] County members: members of Parliament.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ County members: MPs.
[56] File: a shrewd person.
File: a clever person.
CHAPTER V.
RUGBY AND FOOT-BALL.
"—Foot and eye opposed
In dubious strife."—Scott.
"—Foot and eye against each other
In uncertain conflict."—Scott.
ARRIVAL AT RUGBY.
"And so here's Rugby, sir, at last, and you'll be in plenty of time for dinner at the School-house, as I tell'd you," said the old guard, pulling his horn out of its case, and tootle-tooing away; while the coachman shook up his horses, and carried them along the side of the school-close, round Dead-man's corner, past the school-gates, and down the High Street to the Spread Eagle; the wheelers in a spanking trot, and leaders cantering, in a style which would not have disgraced "Cherry Bob," "ramping, stamping, tearing, swearing Billy Harwood," or any other of the old coaching heroes.
"And here we are in Rugby, sir, finally, and you’ll have plenty of time for dinner at the school house, just like I told you," said the old guard, pulling his horn out of its case and tooting away; while the coachman got the horses moving, taking them along the side of the school field, around Dead-man's corner, past the school gates, and down the High Street to the Spread Eagle; the wheelers in a lively trot, and leaders cantering, in a way that would make "Cherry Bob," "ramping, stamping, swearing Billy Harwood," or any of the other legendary coaching heroes proud.
Tom's heart beat quick as he passed the great schoolfield or close, with its noble elms, in which several games at foot-ball were going on, and tried to take in at once the long line of gray buildings, beginning with the chapel, and ending with the School-house, the residence of the head-master, where the great flag was lazily waving from the highest round tower. And he began already to be proud of being a Rugby boy, as he passed the school-gates with the oriel window[1] above, and saw the boys standing [Pg 93] there, looking as if the town belonged to them, and nodding in a familiar manner to the coachman, as if any one of them would be quite equal to getting on the box and working the team down the street as well as he.
Tom's heart raced as he walked past the big school field, with its impressive elms, where several football games were happening. He took in the long line of gray buildings, starting with the chapel and ending with the School-house, the headmaster's residence, where the large flag was lazily fluttering from the tallest round tower. He felt a sense of pride in being a Rugby boy as he went through the school gates, with the oriel window above, and saw the boys standing there, looking like they owned the town, nodding casually to the coachman, as if any of them could easily hop up on the box and drive the team down the street just as well as he could.
TOM FINDS A PATRON.
One of the young heroes, however, ran out from the rest, and scrambled up behind; where, having righted himself, and nodded to the guard, with "How do, Jem?" he turned short round to Tom, and, after looking him over for a minute, began:
One of the young heroes, however, rushed out from the others and scrambled up behind; where, having got himself together, he nodded to the guard, saying, "What's up, Jem?" He then turned to Tom, and after checking him out for a minute, started:
"I say, you fellow, is your name Brown?"
"I’m asking you, is your name Brown?"
"Yes," said Tom, in considerable astonishment; glad, however, to have lighted on some one already who seemed to know him.
"Yeah," said Tom, quite surprised, but glad to have found someone who seemed to know him.
"Ah, I thought so; you know my old aunt, Miss East; she lives somewhere down your way in Berkshire. She wrote to me that you were coming to-day, and asked me to give you a lift."[2]
"Ah, I figured as much; you know my aunt, Miss East; she lives somewhere near you in Berkshire. She messaged me that you were arriving today and asked me to give you a ride." [2]
Tom was somewhat inclined to resent the patronizing air of his new friend, a boy of just about his own height and age, but gifted with the most transcendent coolness and assurance, which Tom felt to be aggravating and hard to bear, but couldn't for the life of him help admiring and envying,—especially when young my lord begins hectoring two or three long, loafing fellows, half porter, half stableman, with a strong touch of the blackguard, and in the end arranges with one of them, nicknamed Cooey, to carry Tom's luggage up to the School-house for sixpence.
Tom was a bit annoyed by the condescending attitude of his new friend, a boy about his height and age, but with a level of coolness and confidence that Tom found both frustrating and hard to ignore. Still, he couldn't help but admire and envy it—especially when the young lord started bossing around two or three laid-back guys, who were part porter and part stableman, with a hint of roughness. In the end, he managed to get one of them, called Cooey, to carry Tom's luggage up to the School-house for sixpence.
"And heark'ee, Cooey, it must be up in ten minutes, or no more jobs from me. Come along, Brown." And [Pg 94] away swaggers the young potentate, with his hands in his pockets, and Tom at his side.
"And listen up, Cooey, it has to be ready in ten minutes, or I won't be doing any more work for you. Let's go, Brown." And [Pg 94] away struts the young leader, with his hands in his pockets, and Tom beside him.
"All right, sir," says Cooey, touching his hat, with a leer and a wink at his companions.
"Sure thing, sir," says Cooey, tipping his hat with a sly grin and a wink at his friends.
"Hullo, though!" says East, pulling up, and taking another look at Tom, "this'll never do. Haven't you got a hat? We never wear caps here. Only the louts wear caps. Bless you, if you were to go into the quadrangle[3] with that thing on, I—don't know what'd happen." The very idea was quite beyond young Master East, and he looked unutterable things.
"Hellooo, though!" says East, stopping and giving Tom another look. "This can't go on. Don't you have a hat? We never wear caps here. Only the idiots wear caps. Seriously, if you went into the courtyard[3] with that on, I—who knows what would happen?" The thought was completely beyond young Master East, and he looked absolutely shocked.
Tom thought his cap a very knowing affair, but confessed that he had a hat in his hat-box; which was accordingly at once extracted from the hind-boot, and Tom equipped in his go-to-meeting roof, as his new friend called it. But this didn't quite suit his fastidious taste in another minute, being too shiny; so, as they walk up the town, they dive into Nixon's, the hatter's, and Tom is arrayed, to his utter astonishment, and without paying for it, in a regulation cat-skin[4] at seven and sixpence; Nixon undertaking to send the best hat up to the matron's room, School-house, in half an hour.
Tom thought his cap was quite stylish, but he admitted that he had a hat stashed in his hat box. This was quickly pulled out from the back of his boot, and Tom put on his “go-to-meeting” hat, as his new friend called it. However, it didn't really fit his picky taste after a minute since it was too shiny. So, while walking through town, they stopped by Nixon's, the hat store, and to Tom’s great surprise, without having to pay for it, he was outfitted in a standard cat-skin[4] that cost seven and sixpence. Nixon promised to send the best hat over to the matron's room at the School-house in half an hour.
Tom by this time began to be conscious of his new social position and dignities, and to luxuriate in the realized ambition of being a public-school boy at last, with a vested right of spoiling two seven-and-sixers in half a year.[7]
Tom was beginning to recognize his new social status and importance, and he reveled in the achievement of finally being a public school boy, with the privilege of wasting two seven-and-sixers in just six months.[7]
"You see," said his friend, as they strolled up toward the school-gates, in explanation of his conduct, "a great deal depends on how a fellow cuts up at first. If he's got nothing odd about him, and answers straightforward, and holds his head up, he gets on. Now you'll do very well as to rig, all but that cap. You see I'm doing the handsome thing by you, because my father knows yours; besides, I want to please the old lady. She gave me half-a-sov.[8] this half, and perhaps'll double it next, if I keep in her good books."[9]
"You see," said his friend as they walked toward the school gates, explaining his behavior, "a lot depends on how a guy presents himself at first. If he doesn’t have anything weird about him, answers honestly, and holds his head high, he gets along well. Now you'll look good except for that cap. I'm doing you a solid because my dad knows yours; plus, I want to keep the old lady happy. She gave me half a sovereign this time, and maybe she’ll double it next time if I stay in her good graces."
There's nothing for candor like a lower-school boy, and East was a genuine specimen,—frank, hearty and good-natured, well satisfied with himself and his position, and chock full of life and spirits, and all the Rugby prejudices and traditions which he had been able to get together in the long course of one-half year during which he had been at the School-house.
There's nothing quite as honest as a lower-school boy, and East was a true example—straightforward, cheerful, and friendly, really happy with himself and his place, full of energy and enthusiasm, along with all the Rugby biases and traditions he had managed to pick up in the six months he had been at the Schoolhouse.
And Tom, notwithstanding his bumptiousness,[10] felt friends with him at once, and began sucking in all his ways and prejudices, as fast as he could understand them.
And Tom, despite his arrogance,[10] immediately felt a connection with him, and started to absorb all his habits and biases as quickly as he could grasp them.
INTRODUCTION TO THE MATRON.
East was great in the character of cicerone;[11] he carried Tom through the great gates, where were only two or three boys. These satisfied themselves with the stock [Pg 96] questions—"You fellow, what's your name? Where do you come from? How old are you? Where do you board? and, What form[12] are you in?"—and so they passed on through the quadrangle and a small court-yard, upon which looked down a lot of little windows (belonging, as his guide informed him, to some of the School-house studies),[13] into the matron's room, where East introduced Tom to that dignitary; made him give up the key of his trunk, that the matron might unpack his linen, and told the story of the hat and of his own presence of mind; upon the relation whereof the matron laughingly scolded him, for the coolest new boy in the house; and East, indignant at the accusation of newness, marched Tom off into the quadrangle, and began showing him the schools, and examining him as to his literary attainments; the result of which was a prophecy that they would be in the same form, and could do their lessons together.
East was awesome as a guide; he took Tom through the big gates, where there were only a couple of boys. They asked the usual questions—"What's your name? Where are you from? How old are you? Where do you stay? What year are you in?"—and then they moved on through the courtyard and a small yard, which had a bunch of little windows (as his guide told him, those belonged to some of the School-house classrooms), into the matron's room, where East introduced Tom to her. He made Tom hand over the key to his trunk so the matron could unpack his clothes, and then he told the story of the hat and about how he kept his cool; upon hearing this, the matron jokingly scolded him for being the calmest new kid in the house. East, furious at being called new, took Tom to the courtyard and started showing him the classrooms while testing his academic knowledge; this led to the prediction that they would be in the same year and could study together.
EAST'S STUDY.
"And now come in and see my study; we shall have just time before dinner; and afterward, before calling-over,[14] we'll do the close."
"And now come in and see my study; we’ll have just enough time before dinner; and afterward, before roll call,[14] we’ll finish up."
Tom followed his guide through the School-house hall, which opens into the quadrangle. It is a great room, thirty feet long and eighteen high, or thereabouts, with two great tables running the whole length, and two large fire-places at the side, with blazing fires in them, at one of which some dozen boys were standing and lounging, some of whom shouted to East to stop; but he shot through [Pg 97] with his convoy,[15] and landed him in the long dark passages, with a large fire at the end of each, upon which the studies opened. Into one of these, in the bottom passage, East bolted with our hero, slamming and bolting the door behind them, in case of pursuit from the hall, and Tom was for the first time in a Rugby boy's citadel.
Tom followed his guide through the school hall, which leads into the courtyard. It’s a huge room, about thirty feet long and eighteen feet high, with two long tables running the entire length and two large fireplaces along the sides, both lit with roaring fires. A dozen boys were standing and lounging by one of the fires, some of them shouting at East to stop; but he zipped past them with his group, and they ended up in the long dark hallways, each with a large fire at the end, where the study rooms opened. East dashed into one of these in the bottom hallway, slamming and locking the door behind them just in case someone from the hall came after them, and for the first time, Tom was in a Rugby boy's fortress.
He hadn't been prepared for separate studies, and was not a little astonished and delighted with the palace in question.
He wasn't ready for separate studies and was quite surprised and thrilled by the palace in question.
It wasn't very large certainly, being about six feet long by four broad. It couldn't be called light, as there were bars and a grating to the window; which little precautions were necessary in the studies on the ground-floor looking out into the close, to prevent the exit of small boys after locking up, and the entrance of contraband articles. But it was uncommonly comfortable to look at, Tom thought. The space under the window at the further end was occupied by a square table covered with a reasonably clean and whole red and blue check table-cloth; a hard-seated sofa covered with red stuff occupied one side, running up to the end and making a seat for one, or by sitting close, for two at the table; and a good stout wooden chair afforded a seat to another boy, so that three could sit and work together. The walls were wainscoted half-way up, the wainscot being covered with green baize, the remainder with a bright-patterned paper, on which hung three or four prints, of dog's heads, Grimaldi[16] winning the Aylesbury steeple-chase,[17] Amy Robsart,[18] the reigning Waverley [Pg 98] beauty of the day, and Tom Crib[19] in a posture of defence, which did no credit to the science[20] of that hero, if truly represented. Over the door was a row of hat-pegs, and on each side book-cases with cupboards at the bottom; shelves and cupboards being filled indiscriminately with school-books, a cup or two, a mouse-trap, and candlesticks, leather straps, a fustian bag, and some curious-looking articles which puzzled Tom not a little, until his friend explained that they were climbing irons, and showed their use. A cricket-bat and small fishing-rod stood up in one corner.
It definitely wasn’t very big, measuring about six feet long and four feet wide. It couldn’t be called light since there were bars and a grating on the window; these small precautions were necessary in the ground-floor rooms looking out into the yard, to stop small boys from sneaking out after locking up and to keep forbidden items from coming in. But Tom thought it looked pretty cozy. The space under the window at the far end had a square table covered with a fairly clean and intact red and blue check tablecloth; a hard sofa covered in red fabric occupied one side, extending all the way to the end, providing seating for one person, or if sitting closely, for two at the table. A sturdy wooden chair gave another boy a spot, so three kids could sit and work together. The walls were paneled halfway up, with the wainscot covered in green felt, and the rest covered in a brightly patterned wallpaper. On the walls hung three or four prints: dog's heads, Grimaldi winning the Aylesbury steeplechase, Amy Robsart, the reigning Waverley beauty of the day, and Tom Cribb in a defensive pose, which didn’t do justice to the fighting skills of that hero, if it was accurately depicted. Above the door was a row of hat pegs, and on each side were bookcases with cupboards at the bottom; the shelves and cupboards were filled haphazardly with school books, a cup or two, a mouse trap, candlesticks, leather straps, a fustian bag, and some strange items that puzzled Tom until his friend explained they were climbing irons and showed him how to use them. A cricket bat and a small fishing rod leaned in one corner.
"OUR OWN" AND THE USE THEREOF.
This was the residence of East and another boy in the same form, and had more interest for Tom than Windsor Castle,[21] or any other residence in the British Isles. For was he not about to become the joint owner of a similar home, the first place he could call his own? One's own,—what a charm there is in the words! How long it takes boy and man to find out their worth! how fast most of us hold on to them! faster and more jealously, the nearer we are to that general home, into which we can take nothing, but must go naked as we came into the world. When shall we learn that he who multiplieth possessions multiplieth troubles, and that the one single use of things which we call our own is that they may be his who hath need of them?
This was the home of East and another boy in the same grade, and it meant more to Tom than Windsor Castle,[21] or any other house in the UK. After all, he was about to become the co-owner of a similar place, the first one he could truly call his own. His own—there's such a special feeling in those words! How long it takes for a boy and a man to realize their value! And how tightly most of us cling to them! We hold on even tighter and more protectively the closer we are to that final home, where we can take nothing with us and must go in as bare as we came into the world. When will we learn that accumulating possessions only brings more problems, and that the only real purpose of things we call our own is to help those who need them?
"And shall I have a study like this, too?" said Tom.
"And will I have a study like this one, too?" Tom asked.
"Yes, of course, you'll be chummed with some fellow on Monday, and you can sit here till then."
"Sure, you'll be hanging out with someone on Monday, and you can stay here until then."
"What nice places!"
"What great places!"
"They're well enough," answered East, patronizingly, "only uncommon cold at nights sometimes. Gower—that's my chum—and I make a fire with paper on the floor after supper generally, only that makes it so smoky."
"They're fine," East replied, sounding a bit condescending, "but it gets really cold at night sometimes. Gower—he's my buddy—and I usually make a fire with paper on the floor after dinner, but it gets super smoky."
"But there's a big fire out in the passage," said Tom.
"But there's a huge fire in the hallway," said Tom.
"Precious little we get out of that though," said East; "Jones the præpostor[22] has the study at the fire end, and he has rigged up an iron rod and green baize curtains across the passage, which he draws at night, and sits there with his door open, so he gets all the fire, and hears if we come out of our studies after eight, or make a noise. However, he's taken to sitting in the fifth-form room lately, so we do get a bit of fire now sometimes; only keep a sharp look-out that he don't catch you behind his curtain when he comes down,—that's all."
"There's not much we get out of that," East said. "Jones, the preposter, has the study at the end by the fireplace, and he's set up an iron rod with green felt curtains across the passage that he pulls shut at night. He sits there with his door open, so he gets all the heat and can hear if we come out of our studies after eight or make any noise. But lately, he's been spending time in the fifth-form room, so we do get a bit of warmth sometimes. Just make sure you don't get caught behind his curtain when he comes down—that's all."
TOM'S FIRST RUGBY DINNER.
A quarter past one now struck, and the bell began tolling for dinner, so they went into the hall and took their places, Tom at the very bottom of the second table, next to the præpostor (who sat at the end to keep order there), and East a few paces higher. And now Tom for the first time saw his future school-fellows in a body. In they came, some hot and ruddy from foot-ball or long walks, some pale and chilly from hard reading[23] in their studies, some from loitering over the fire at the pastry-cook's, dainty mortals, bringing with them pickles and sauce-bottles to help them with their dinners. And a great big-bearded man, whom Tom took for a master, began calling [Pg 100] over the names, while the great joints were being rapidly carved on the third table in the corner by the old verger[24] and the housekeeper. Tom's turn came last, and meanwhile he was all eyes, looking first with awe at the great man who sat close to him, and was helped first, and who read a hard-looking book all the time he was eating: and when he got up and walked off to the fire, at the small boys round him, some of whom were reading, and the rest talking in whispers to one another, or stealing one another's bread, or shooting pellets,[25] or digging their forks through the table-cloth. However, notwithstanding his curiosity, he managed to make a capital dinner by the time the big man called "Stand up!" and said grace.
A quarter past one just struck, and the bell started ringing for dinner, so they went into the hall and took their seats, Tom at the very end of the second table, next to the præpostor (who sat at the end to maintain order there), and East a few spots up. For the first time, Tom saw all his future classmates together. They came in, some flushed and energetic from playing football or long walks, some pale and shivery from studying hard, and others lingering by the fire at the pastry shop, bringing with them snacks and sauces to complement their meals. A big, bearded man, whom Tom assumed was a teacher, began calling out names while the old verger and the housekeeper quickly carved the large joints on the third table in the corner. Tom’s turn came last, and in the meantime, he was all eyes, staring in awe at the imposing man next to him, who was served first and read a complicated-looking book the entire time he ate. When the big man got up and walked over to the fire, the younger boys around him were either reading, whispering to each other, sneaking bites of bread, or digging their forks into the tablecloth. Despite his curiosity, Tom managed to enjoy a great dinner by the time the big man called, "Stand up!" and said grace.
As soon as dinner was over, and Tom had been questioned by such neighbors as were curious as to his birth, parentage, education, and other like matters, East, who evidently enjoyed his new dignity of patron and Mentor, proposed having a look at the close,[26] which Tom, athirst for knowledge, gladly assented to, and they went out through the quadrangle and passed the fives' court,[27] into the great play-ground.
As soon as dinner wrapped up, and Tom had answered questions from the curious neighbors about his background, family, education, and other similar topics, East, who clearly enjoyed his new role as a patron and mentor, suggested they check out the close,[26] which Tom, eager to learn, readily agreed to. They headed out through the quad and passed the fives' court,[27] into the large playground.
"That's the chapel you see," said East, "and there just behind it is the place for fights; you see it's most out of the way of the masters, who all live on the other side and don't come by here after the first lesson or callings-over. That's when the fights come off. And all this part where we are is the little side-ground, right up to the trees, and on the other side of the trees is the big side-ground, where [Pg 101] the great matches are played. And there's the island[28] in the farthest corner; you'll know that well enough next half, when there's island fagging.[29] I say, it's horrid cold! let's have a run across;" and away went East, Tom close behind him. East was evidently putting his best foot foremost, and Tom, who was mighty proud of his running, and not a little anxious to show his friend that although a new boy he was no milk-sop, laid himself down to the work in his very best style. Right across the close they went, each doing all he knew, and there wasn't a yard between them, when they pulled up at the island-moat.
"That’s the chapel you see," said East, "and just behind it is where the fights happen; it’s almost out of sight of the teachers, who all live on the other side and don't come over here after the first lesson or roll call. That’s when the fights take place. This area where we are is the little side-ground, all the way up to the trees, and on the other side of the trees is the big side-ground, where the major matches are held. And there’s the island in the farthest corner; you'll get to know that pretty well next half, when there's island fagging. I say, it’s really cold! Let’s run across;" and off went East, with Tom right behind him. East was clearly giving it his all, and Tom, who was very proud of his running and eager to show his friend that even though he was a new boy, he was no weakling, put in his best effort. They dashed across the close, each doing their best, and there wasn’t a yard between them when they stopped at the island-moat.
"I say," said East, as soon as he got his wind, looking with much increased respect at Tom, "you aren't a bad scud, not by no means. Well, I'm warm as toast now."
"I gotta say," said East, as soon as he caught his breath, looking with a lot more respect at Tom, "you’re not a bad guy, not at all. Well, I’m feeling as warm as toast now."
WHITE TROUSERS IN NOVEMBER.
"But why do you wear white trousers in November?" said Tom. He had been struck by this peculiarity in the costume of almost all the School-house boys.
"But why are you wearing white pants in November?" said Tom. He was surprised by this unusual choice in the outfits of almost all the School-house boys.
"Why, bless us, don't you know?—No, I forgot. Why, to-day's the School-house match. Our house plays the whole of the School at foot-ball.[30] And we all wear white trousers to show 'em we don't care for hacks.[31] You're in luck to come to-day. You just will see a match; and Brooke's going to let me play in quarters. That's more than he'll do for any other lower-school boy, except James, and he is fourteen."
"Why, bless us, don't you know?—No, I forgot. Today’s the School match. Our house is playing the entire School in football.[30] And we’re all wearing white trousers to show them we don’t care about hacks.[31] You're lucky to come today. You’ll definitely see a match; and Brooke’s going to let me play in quarters. That’s more than he’ll do for any other lower school boy, except for James, and he’s fourteen."
"Who is Brooke?"
"Who's Brooke?"
"Why, that big fellow who called over at dinner, to be sure. He's cock of the school, and head of the School-house side, and the best kick and charger in Rugby."
"Why, that big guy who dropped by for dinner, of course. He's the top dog at school, the leader of the School-house side, and the best kicker and horse rider in Rugby."
"Oh, but do show me where they play. And tell me about it. I love foot-ball so, and have played all my life. Won't Brooke let me play?"
"Oh, please show me where they play. And tell me about it. I love football so much and have played my whole life. Won't Brooke let me join in?"
"Not he," said East, with some indignation; "why, you don't know the rules,—you'll be a month learning them. And then it's no joke playing-up, in a match, I can tell you. Quite another thing from your private school games. Why, there's been two collar-bones broken this half, and a dozen fellows lamed. And last year a fellow had his leg broken."
"Not him," East said, a bit irritated; "you clearly don’t know the rules—you’ll spend a month figuring them out. And playing in a match is serious business, trust me. It’s totally different from the games you had at your private school. We've had two collar-bones broken this season, and a dozen guys have been injured. Last year, someone even broke their leg."
Tom listened with the profoundest respect to this chapter of accidents, and followed East across the level ground till they came to a sort of gigantic gallows of two poles eighteen feet high, fixed upright in the ground some fourteen feet apart, with a cross-bar running from one to the other at the height of ten feet or thereabouts.
Tom listened with great respect to this series of events and followed East across the flat ground until they reached a massive gallows made of two poles, eighteen feet tall, standing upright about fourteen feet apart, with a crossbar connecting the two at around ten feet high.
EAST DISCOURSETH ON FOOT-BALL.
"This is one of the goals," said East, "and you see the other across there, right opposite, under the Doctor's wall. Well, the match is for the best of three goals; whichever side kicks two goals wins: and it won't do, you see, just to kick the ball through these posts, it must go over the cross-bar; any height'll do, so long as it's between the posts. You'll have to stay in goal to touch the ball when it rolls behind the posts, because if the other side touch it they have a try at goal. Then we fellows in quarters, we play just about in front of goal here, and have to turn the ball and kick it back before the big fellows on the other side can follow it up. And in front [Pg 103] of us all the big fellows play, and that's where the scrummages are mostly."
"This is one of the goals," said East, "and you can see the other one over there, right across, under the Doctor's wall. The match is for the best of three goals; whichever side scores two goals wins. And it’s not enough to just kick the ball through these posts; it has to go over the crossbar. Any height is fine, as long as it’s between the posts. You’ll need to stay in goal to touch the ball when it rolls behind the posts, because if the other side touches it, they get a chance to score. Meanwhile, we guys in quarters play right in front of the goal here, and we have to turn the ball around and kick it back before the big guys on the other side can chase it down. And all the big guys play in front of us, which is where most of the scrums happen."
Tom's respect increased as he struggled to make out his friend's technicalities,[32] and the other set to work to explain the mysteries of "off your side," "drop-kicks," "punts," "places," and the other intricacies of the great science of foot-ball.
Tom's respect grew as he tried to understand his friend's technical terms,[32] while the other person began to clarify the mysteries of "off your side," "drop-kicks," "punts," "places," and the other complexities of the great science of football.
"But how do you keep the ball between the goals?" said he; "I can't see why it mightn't go right down to the chapel."
"But how do you keep the ball between the goals?" he said. "I can't understand why it couldn't go straight down to the chapel."
"Why, that's out of play," answered East. "You see this gravel walk running down all along this side of the playing-ground, and the line of elms opposite on the other? Well, they're the bounds. As soon as the ball gets past them, it's in touch, and out of play. And then whoever first touches it, has to knock it straight out amongst the players-up, who make two lines with a space between them, every fellow going on his own side. Aren't there just fine scrummages then! and the three trees you see there which come out into the play, that's a tremendous place when the ball hangs there, for you get thrown against the trees, and that's worse than any hack."
"That's out of bounds," East replied. "You see this gravel path that runs along this side of the playing field, and the row of elms across from it? Well, those are the boundaries. As soon as the ball goes past them, it's out of play. Then whoever touches it first has to kick it right out to the players on the field, who form two lines with a gap in between, each person sticking to their own side. There are some epic scrums then! And the three trees over there that come into play? That's a wild spot when the ball gets stuck there because you can get slammed into the trees, and that's worse than any rough tackle."
Tom wondered within himself, as they strolled back again towards the fives' court, whether the matches were really such break-neck affairs as East represented, and whether, if they were, he should ever get to like them and play-up well.
Tom wondered to himself as they walked back toward the fives' court whether the matches were really as dangerous as East claimed and if they were, whether he would ever come to enjoy them and play well.
CALLING-OVER.
He hadn't long to wonder, however, for the next minute East cried out: "Hurra; here's the punt-about—come along and try your hand at a kick." The punt-about [Pg 104] is the practice-ball, which is just brought out and kicked about anyhow from one boy to another before callings-over and dinner, and at other odd times. They joined the boys who had brought it out, all small School-house fellows, friends of East; and Tom had the pleasure of trying his skill, and performed very creditably, after first driving his foot three inches into the ground, and then nearly kicking his leg into the air, in vigorous efforts to accomplish a drop-kick after the manner of East.
He didn't have much time to wonder, though, because the next minute East shouted, "Hey, here’s the punt-about—come on and try kicking it!" The punt-about [Pg 104] is the practice ball that's just brought out and kicked around randomly from one boy to another before roll call and dinner, and at other random times. They joined the boys who had brought it out, all younger kids from the School house, friends of East; and Tom got the chance to show off his skills, doing pretty well after first driving his foot three inches into the ground and then almost kicking his leg into the air, as he tried to do a drop-kick like East.
Presently more boys and bigger came out, and boys from other houses on their way to callings-over, and more balls were sent for. The crowd thickened as three o'clock approached; and when the hour struck, one hundred and fifty boys were hard at work. Then the balls were held, the master of the week came down in cap and gown[33] to calling-over, and the whole school of three hundred boys swept into the Big School[34] to answer to their names.
Currently, more boys, including some from other houses on their way to roll call, were coming out, and more balls were being sent for. The crowd grew as three o'clock approached; and when the hour struck, one hundred and fifty boys were deep in work. Then the balls were held, and the master of the week came down in cap and gown[33] for roll call, and the entire school of three hundred boys filtered into the Big School[34] to respond to their names.
"I may come in, mayn't I?" said Tom, catching East by the arm and longing to feel one of them.
"I can come in, right?" said Tom, grabbing East by the arm and wanting to feel one of them.
"Yes, come along, nobody'll say anything. You won't be so eager to get into calling-over after a month," replied his friend; and they marched into the Big School together, and up to the further end, where that illustrious form, the lower fourth, which had the honor of East's patronage for the time-being, stood.
"Yeah, come on, nobody will say anything. You won't be so excited about calling-over after a month," his friend replied, and they headed into the Big School together, making their way to the far end, where the prestigious lower fourth, currently under East's supervision, was located.
The master mounted into the high desk by the door, and one of the præpostors of the week stood by him on the steps, the other three marching up and down the [Pg 105] middle of the school with their canes,[35] calling out "Silence, silence!" The sixth form stood close by the door on the left, some thirty in number, mostly great, big, grown men, as Tom thought, surveying them from a distance with awe. The fifth form behind them, twice their number, and not quite so big. These on the left; and on the right the lower fifth, shell,[36] and all the junior forms in order; while up the middle marched the three præpostors.
The master took his place at the high desk by the door, and one of the prefects of the week stood beside him on the steps, while the other three paced up and down the middle of the school with their canes, calling out "Silence, silence!" The sixth form gathered near the door on the left, around thirty in total, mostly tall, grown men, as Tom thought, observing them from afar with a sense of awe. The fifth form stood behind them, double their number but not quite as big. These were on the left; on the right were the lower fifth, shell, and all the junior forms lined up in order, while the three prefects marched up the middle.
Then the præpostor who stands by the master calls out the names, beginning with the sixth form; and as he calls, each boy answers "here" to his name, and walks out. Some of the sixth stop at the door to turn the whole string of boys into the close; it is a great match day, and every boy in the school will-he, nill-he,[37] must be there. The rest of the sixth go forward into the close, to see that no one escapes by any of the side gates.
Then the leader by the master calls out the names, starting with the sixth form; and as he calls each name, the boys respond "here" and step forward. Some of the sixth stop at the door to guide all the boys into the field; it’s a big match day, and every boy in the school must be there, whether they want to or not. The rest of the sixth move into the field to make sure no one slips out through the side gates.
"THEY TRUST TO OUR HONOR."
To-day, however, being the School-house match, none of the School-house præpostors stay by the door to watch for truants of their side; there is carte blanche[38] to the School-house fags to go where they like: "They trust to our honor," as East proudly informs Tom; "they know very well that no School-house boy would cut the match.[39] If he did, we'd very soon cut him,[40] I can tell you."
Today, however, since it's the Schoolhouse match, none of the Schoolhouse prefects are standing by the door to watch for any students skipping out; the Schoolhouse kids have free rein to go wherever they want: "They trust our honor," East proudly tells Tom; "they know perfectly well that no Schoolhouse boy would skip the match. If he did, we'd kick him out pretty quickly, I can tell you."
The master of the week being short-sighted, and the præpostors of the week small, and not well up to their work, the lower-school boys employ the ten minutes which [Pg 106] elapse before their names are called, in pelting one another vigorously with acorns, which fly about in all directions. The small præpostors dash in every now and then, and generally chastise some quiet, timid boy, who is equally afraid of acorns and canes, while the principal performers get dexterously out of the way; and so calling-over rolls on somehow, much like the big world, punishments lighting on wrong shoulders, and matters going generally in a queer, cross-grained way, but the end coming somehow, which is after all the great point. And now the master of the week has finished, and locked up the Big School; and the præpostors of the week come out, sweeping the last remnant of the School fags,—who had been loafing about the corners, by the fives' court, in hopes of a chance of bolting before them, into the close.
The master of the week is short-sighted, and the præpostors of the week are small and not very effective at their jobs. The younger boys use the ten minutes before their names are called to energetically throw acorns at each other, which scatter everywhere. The small præpostors occasionally rush in and usually punish some quiet, timid kid who is just as scared of acorns as he is of their canes, while the main troublemakers skillfully dodge out of the way. So the roll call continues, somewhat like the real world, with punishments hitting the wrong targets, and everything generally unfolding in a strange, chaotic manner, but somehow it all comes to an end, which is ultimately what matters. Now the master of the week has finished and locked up the Big School, and the præpostors of the week come out, chasing away the remaining school stragglers who had been hanging around the corners by the fives' court, hoping to slip away before they do.
"Hold the punt-about!" "To the goals!" are the cries, and all stray balls are impounded[41] by the authorities; and the whole mass of boys move up toward the two goals, dividing as they go into three bodies. That little band on the left, consisting of from fifteen to twenty boys, Tom amongst them, who are making for the goal under the School-house wall, are the School-house boys who are not to play-up, and have to stay in goal. The larger body moving to the island goal are the School boys in a like predicament. The great mass in the middle are the players-up, both sides mingled together; they are hanging their jackets, and all who mean real work, their hats, waistcoats, neck-handkerchiefs, and braces,[42] on the railings round the small trees; and there they go by twos and threes up to their respective grounds. There is none of the color and tastiness of get up, you will perceive, which lends such a [Pg 107] life to the present game at Rugby, making the dullest and worst fought match a pretty sight. Now, each house has its own uniform of cap and jersey, of some lively color; but at the time we are speaking of, plush caps had not yet come in, or uniforms of any sort, except the School-house white trousers, which are abominably cold to-day; let us get to work, bare-headed and girded with our plain leather strap,—but we mean business, gentlemen.
"Hold the game!" "To the goals!" are the shouts, and all stray balls are collected by the officials; the whole group of boys moves toward the two goals, splitting into three sections as they go. That small group on the left, made up of about fifteen to twenty boys, including Tom, who are heading for the goal by the School-house wall, are the School-house boys who aren't playing and have to stay in goal. The larger group heading towards the island goal are the School boys in a similar situation. The big crowd in the middle are the players, both teams mixed together; they are taking off their jackets, and those ready to really play are also removing their hats, vests, neckerchiefs, and suspenders, and hanging them on the railings around the small trees; and they head in pairs and threes to their respective positions. You’ll notice that there is none of the color and style that makes the current game at Rugby so vibrant, turning even the dullest match into a beautiful sight. Now, each house has its own uniform of cap and jersey in some bright color; but during the time we’re discussing, plush caps hadn't yet been introduced, nor any uniforms at all, except the School-house white trousers, which are freezing cold today; let’s get to work, bare-headed and tied with our plain leather strap—but we mean business, gentlemen.
OLD BROOKE'S GENERALSHIP.
And now that the two sides have fairly sundered, and each occupies its own ground, and we get a good look at them, what absurdity is this? You don't mean to say that those fifty or sixty boys, in white trousers, many of them quite small, are going to play that huge mass opposite? Indeed I do, gentlemen; they're going to try, at any rate, and won't make such a bad fight of it either, mark my word: for hasn't old Brooke won the toss, with his lucky half-penny, and got choice of goals and kick-off? The new ball you may see lie there quite by itself, in the middle, pointing toward the School or island goal; in another minute it will be well on its way there. Use that minute in remarking how the School-house side is drilled. You will see, in the first place, that the sixth form boy who has charge of goal has spread his force (the goal-keepers) so as to occupy the whole space behind the goal-posts at distances of about five yards apart; a safe and well-kept goal is the foundation of all good play. Old Brooke is talking to the captain of quarters; and now he moves away. See how that youngster spreads his men (the light brigade) carefully over the ground, half-way between their own goal and the body of their own players-up (the heavy brigade). These again play in several bodies; there is young Brooke and the bull dogs—mark them [Pg 108] well—they are the "fighting brigade," the "die-hards," larking[43] about at leap-frog to keep themselves warm, and playing tricks on one another. And on each side of old Brooke, who is now standing in the middle of the ground and just going to kick-off, you see a separate wing of players-up, each with a boy of acknowledged prowess to look to—here Warner, and there Hedge; but over all is old Brooke, absolute as he of Russia,[44] but wisely and bravely ruling over willing and worshipping subjects, a true foot-ball king. His face is earnest and careful as he glances a last time over his array, but full of pluck and hope; the sort of look I hope to see in my general when I go out to fight.
And now that the two sides have split up, each on its own turf, and we get a good look at them, what nonsense is this? You can't be serious that those fifty or sixty boys in white pants, many of them quite small, are going to take on that huge group across from them? Indeed, they are, gentlemen; they're going to give it a shot, and they won't put up such a bad fight either, mark my words: because old Brooke won the toss with his lucky half-penny and got to choose the goals and kick-off. The new ball is sitting there all by itself in the middle, pointing toward the School or island goal; in a minute, it will be well on its way there. Use that minute to notice how the School-house side is organized. You'll see, first of all, that the sixth form boy in charge of goal has spread his force (the goalkeepers) to cover the entire area behind the goalposts, about five yards apart; a safe and well-defended goal is the foundation of all good play. Old Brooke is talking to the captain of the quarters, and now he moves away. Check out how that kid carefully positions his players (the light brigade) evenly across the field, halfway between their own goal and the group of their own attackers (the heavy brigade). These, in turn, play in several groups; there's young Brooke and the bulldogs—keep an eye on them—they are the "fighting brigade," the "die-hards," goofing around at leap-frog to stay warm and playing pranks on one another. And on each side of old Brooke, who is now standing in the center of the field and just about to kick off, you see separate groups of attackers, each with a standout player to rely on—here Warner, and there Hedge; but overseeing all is old Brooke, as authoritative as the czar of Russia, but wisely and bravely leading eager and loyal supporters, a true football king. His face is serious and careful as he takes a last glance at his team, but it’s full of determination and hope; the kind of look I hope to see in my general when I head into battle.
The School side is not organized in the same way. The goal-keepers are all in lumps, anyhow and nohow; you can't distinguish between the players-up and the boys in quarters, and there is divided leadership; but with such odds in strength and weight, it must take more than that to hinder them from winning; and so their leaders seem to think, for they let the players-up manage themselves.
The School side isn't organized the same way. The goalkeepers are all grouped together randomly; you can't tell the difference between the players and the others on the sideline, and there's mixed leadership. But with the difference in strength and weight, it must take more than that to stop them from winning; and it seems their leaders believe this too, since they allow the players to manage themselves.
A SCRUMMAGE.
But now look; there is a slight move forward of the School-house wings; a shout of "Are you ready?" and loud affirmative reply. Old Brooke takes half a dozen quick steps, and away goes the ball spinning toward the School goal; seventy yards before it touches ground, and at no point above twelve or fifteen feet high, a model kick-off; and the School-house cheer and rush on; the ball is returned, and they meet it and drive it back amongst the masses of the School already in motion. Then the two sides close, and you can see nothing for minutes but a swaying crowd of boys, at one point violently agitated. That [Pg 109] is where the ball is, and there are the keen players to be met, and the glory and the hard knocks to be got. You hear the dull thud of the ball, and the shouts of "Off your side," "Down with him," "Put him over," "Bravo." This is what we call "a scrummage," gentlemen, and the first scrummage in a School-house match was no joke in the consulship of Plancus.[45]
But now look; the School-house wings are moving slightly forward; a shout of "Are you ready?" is followed by a loud "Yes!" Old Brooke takes a quick few steps, and the ball goes spinning toward the School goal; it travels seventy yards before it hits the ground, never rising more than twelve or fifteen feet off the ground—what a perfect kickoff! The School-house cheers and rushes on; the ball gets returned, and they meet it and send it back into the crowd of boys already in motion. Then the two sides close in, and for minutes you can only see a swaying mass of boys, at one spot getting really stirred up. That’s where the ball is, and that’s where the eager players are to be found, chasing glory and taking some hard hits. You hear the dull thud of the ball and the shouts of "Off your side," "Take him down," "Push him out," "Well done." This is what we call "a scrummage," folks, and the first scrummage in a School-house match was serious business back in the consulship of Plancus.[45]
But see! it has broken; the ball is driven out on the School-house side, and a rush of the School carries it past the School-house players-up. "Look out in quarters," Brooke's and twenty other voices ring out. No need to call, though; the School-house captain of quarters has caught it on the bound, dodges the foremost School-boys who are heading the rush, and sends it back with a good drop-kick well into the enemy's country. And then follows rush upon rush, and scrummage upon scrummage, the ball now driven through into the School-house quarters, and now into the School goal; for the School-house have not lost the advantage which the kick-off and a slight wind gave them at the outset, and are slightly "penning" their adversaries. You say you don't see much in it all; nothing but a struggling mass of boys, and a leathern ball, which seems to excite them all to great fury, as a red rag does a bull. My dear sir, a battle would look much the same to you, except that the boys would be men, and the balls iron; but a battle would be worth your looking at, for all that, and so is a foot-ball match. You can't be expected to appreciate the delicate strokes of play, the turns by which a game is lost and won; it takes an old player to do that, but the broad philosophy [Pg 110] of foot-ball you can understand if you will. Come along with me a little nearer, and let us consider it together.
But look! It’s broken; the ball is kicked out to the School-house side, and a rush of players from the School carries it past the School-house players. "Watch out in quarters," Brooke's voice and twenty others shout. No need to call out, though; the School-house captain has caught the ball on the bounce, dodges the group of boys charging in, and sends it back with a solid drop-kick well into the opponent’s territory. Then follows rush after rush, and scrummage after scrummage, with the ball now pushed into the School-house quarters, and then into the School goal; the School-house hasn't lost the edge that the kick-off and a slight wind gave them at the start and is slightly "penned" into the opponent’s area. You might think it looks chaotic; just a jumbled mass of boys and a leather ball that seems to drive them into a frenzy, like a red rag to a bull. My dear sir, a battle would look quite similar to you, except that the boys would be men, and the balls would be iron; but a battle would be worth your attention, just like a football match. You can’t be expected to appreciate the subtle strategies of play, the twists that lead to winning or losing; it takes an experienced player for that, but the overall philosophy of football you can grasp if you choose to. Come a little closer with me, and let’s think it through together.
HOW TO GO IN.
The ball has just fallen again where the two sides are thickest, and they close rapidly around it in a scrummage; it must be driven through now by force or skill, till it flies out on one side or the other. Look how differently the boys face it! Here come two of the bull-dogs, bursting through the outsiders; in they go, straight to the heart of the scrummage, bent on driving that ball out on the opposite side. That is what they mean to do. My sons, my sons! you are too hot; you have gone past the ball, and must struggle now right through the scrummage, and get round and back again to your own side before you can be of any further use. Here comes young Brooke; he goes in as straight as you, but he keeps his head, and backs and bends, holding himself still behind the ball, and driving it furiously when he gets the chance. Take a leaf out of his book, you young chargers. Here comes Speedicut and Flashman, the School-house bully, with shouts and great action. Won't you two come up to young Brooke, after locking up, by the School-house fire, with "Old fellow, wasn't that just a splendid scrummage by the three trees!" But he knows you and so do we. You don't really want to drive that ball through that scrummage, chancing all hurt for the glory of the School-house—but to make us think that's what you want—a vastly different thing; and fellows of your sort will never go through more than the skirts of a scrummage, where it's all push and no kicking. We respect boys who keep out of it, and don't sham going in; but you—we had rather not say what we think of you.
The ball has just fallen again where the two sides are thickest, and they quickly close around it in a mess; it needs to be pushed through now by force or skill until it pops out on one side or the other. Look how differently the boys approach it! Here come two of the bull-dogs, breaking through the outsiders; in they go, right to the center of the scramble, determined to push that ball out the other side. That’s their goal. My sons, my sons! You’re too eager; you’ve gone past the ball and now have to fight your way right through the pile and circle back to your own side before you can be any help. Here comes young Brooke; he goes in as directly as you, but he stays calm, leaning and bending, keeping himself right behind the ball, and driving it fiercely when he gets the chance. Take a lesson from him, you young hotshots. Here come Speedicut and Flashman, the School-house bully, shouting and acting grandly. Why don’t you two go up to young Brooke after practice, by the School-house fire, and say, "Old fellow, wasn't that just an awesome scramble by the three trees!" But he knows you, and so do we. You don’t really want to push that ball through the mess, risking everything for the pride of the School-house—but to make us think you do—that’s a completely different story; and guys like you will never actually get into more than the edges of a scramble, where it’s all pushing and no kicking. We respect boys who stay out of it and don’t pretend to go in; but you—we’d rather not say what we think of you.
Then the boys who are bending and watching on the [Pg 111] outside, mark them—they are most useful players, the dodgers; who seize on the ball the moment it rolls out from amongst the chargers, and away with it across to the opposite goal; they seldom go into the scrummage, but must have more coolness than the chargers; as endless as are boys' characters, so are their ways of facing or not facing a scrummage at foot-ball.
Then the boys who are bending down and watching from the [Pg 111] outside, pay attention to them—they are the most valuable players, the dodgers; they grab the ball as soon as it rolls out from the group of players and take off with it toward the opposite goal; they rarely get into the pile-up, but they need to be more composed than the other players; just as varied as boys' personalities are, so are their strategies for confronting or avoiding a pile-up in football.
YOUNG BROOKE'S RUSH.
Three quarters of an hour are gone; first winds are failing, and weight and numbers beginning to tell. Yard by yard the School-house have been driven back, contesting every inch of ground. The bull-dogs are the color of mother earth from shoulder to ankle, except young Brooke, who has a marvellous knack of keeping his legs. The School-house are being penned in their turn, and now the ball is behind their goal, under the Doctor's wall. The Doctor and some of his family are there looking on, and seem as anxious as any boy for the success of the School-house. We get a minute's breathing time before old Brooke kicks out, and he gives the word to play strongly for touch, by the three trees. Away goes the ball, and the bull-dogs after it, and in another minute there is a shout of "In touch," "Our ball." Now's your time, old Brooke, while your men are still fresh. He stands with the ball in his hand, while the two sides form in deep lines opposite one another; he must strike it straight out between them. The lines are thickest close to him, but young Brooke and two or three of his men are shifting up further, where the opposite line is weak. Old Brooke strikes it out straight and strong, and it falls opposite his brother. Hurra! that rush has taken it right through the School line, and away past the three trees, far into their quarters, and young Brooke and the bull-dogs are [Pg 112] close upon it. The School leaders rush back, shouting "Look out in goal!" and strain every nerve to catch him, but they are after the fleetest foot in Rugby. There they go straight for the School goal-posts, quarters scattering before them. One after another the bull-dogs go down, but young Brooke holds on. "He is down," No! a long stagger, but the danger is past; that was the shock of Crew, the most dangerous of dodgers. And now he is close to the School goal, the ball not three yards before him. There is a hurried rush of the School fags to the spot, but no one throws himself on the ball, the only chance, and young Brooke has touched it right under the School goal-post.
Three quarters of an hour have passed; the initial wind is fading, and the weight of numbers is starting to show. Little by little, the School-house has been pushed back, fighting for every inch of ground. The bull-dogs are the color of earthy soil from shoulder to ankle, except for young Brooke, who has an amazing ability to stay upright. The School-house is being cornered now, and the ball is behind their goal, near the Doctor's wall. The Doctor and some of his family are watching, looking just as anxious as any boy for the School-house to succeed. We get a brief moment to catch our breath before old Brooke kicks out, and he signals for a strong play towards the three trees. The ball flies away, and the bull-dogs are right after it, and in a minute, there's a shout of "In touch," "Our ball." Now’s the time, old Brooke, while your team is still fresh. He stands with the ball in his hand as both sides form deep lines facing each other; he has to kick it straight out between them. The lines are thickest near him, but young Brooke and a few of his teammates are moving up further, where the opposite line is weak. Old Brooke kicks it out straight and strong, landing it right in front of his brother. Hurrah! that rush has gone straight through the School line, and way past the three trees, deep into their area, and young Brooke and the bull-dogs are right on it. The School leaders rush back, yelling "Watch out in goal!" and push themselves to catch him, but they’re chasing the fastest runner in Rugby. They charge towards the School goal-posts, quarters scattering in front of them. One by one, the bull-dogs go down, but young Brooke keeps going. "He’s down," No! It was just a long stagger, but the danger is over; that was the push from Crew, the most skilled dodger. And now he’s close to the School goal, the ball not even three yards in front of him. The School fags rush to the spot, but no one dives for the ball, which is the only chance, and young Brooke has touched it right under the School goal-post.
The School leaders come up furious, and administer toco[46] to the wretched fags nearest at hand; they may well be angry, for it is all Lombard Street[47] to a China orange[48] that the School-house kick a goal with the ball touched in such a good place. Old Brooke, of course, will kick it out, but who shall catch and place it? Call Crab Jones. Here he comes, sauntering along with a straw in his mouth, the queerest, coolest fish in Rugby; if he were tumbled into the moon this minute, he would just pick himself up without taking his hands out of his pockets or turning a hair. But it is a moment when the boldest charger's heart beats quick. Old Brooke stands with the ball under his arm motioning the School back; he will not kick out till they are all in goal, behind the posts; they are all edging forward, inch by inch, to get nearer for the rush at Crab Jones, who stands there in front of old [Pg 113] Brooke to catch the ball. If they can reach and destroy him before he catches, the danger is over; and with one and the same rush they will carry it right away to the School-house goal. Fond[49] hope! it is kicked out and caught beautifully. Crab strikes his heel into the ground, to mark the spot where the ball was caught, beyond which the School line may not advance; but there they stand, five deep, ready to rush the moment the ball touches the ground. Take plenty of room! don't give the rush a chance of reaching you! place it true and steady! Trust Crab Jones—he has made a small hole with his heel for the ball to lie on, by which he is resting on one knee, with his eye on old Brooke. "Now!" Crab places the ball at the word, old Brooke kicks, and it rises slowly and truly as the School rush forward.
The school leaders come rushing in angrily and take it out on the closest unfortunate kids; it’s understandable they’re mad, since it’s practically guaranteed that the school will score with the ball in such a prime position. Old Brooke, of course, will kick it out, but who will catch it and place it? Here comes Crab Jones, casually strolling along with a straw in his mouth, the most relaxed guy at Rugby; if he were tossed to the moon right now, he’d just get up without taking his hands out of his pockets or breaking a sweat. But it’s a moment when even the bravest players have quickening hearts. Old Brooke stands with the ball under his arm, signaling for the school to back off; he won’t kick out until they’re all behind the posts. They inch forward, trying to get closer to rush at Crab Jones, who is in front of old Brooke, ready to catch the ball. If they can reach and stop him before he catches it, the danger is over; and with one big rush, they’ll take it to the school goal. A hopeful thought! It’s kicked out and caught perfectly. Crab digs his heel into the ground to mark the spot where the ball was caught, and the school line can’t advance past that. But there they stand, five deep, poised to rush the moment the ball touches the ground. Make sure to spread out! Don’t let the rush reach you! Place it right and steady! Trust Crab Jones—he’s made a small hole with his heel for the ball, and he’s resting on one knee, eyeing old Brooke. “Now!” Crab places the ball at the command, old Brooke kicks, and it goes up slowly and accurately as the school rushes forward.
A GOAL.
Then a moment's pause, while both sides look up at the spinning ball. There it flies, straight between the two posts, some five feet above the cross-bar, an unquestioned goal; and a shout of real genuine joy rings out from the School-house players-up, and a faint echo of it comes over the close from the goal-keepers under the Doctor's wall. A goal in the first hour—such a thing hasn't been done in the School-house match these five years.
Then there was a brief pause as both teams looked up at the spinning ball. It soared straight between the two posts, about five feet above the crossbar, a clear goal; and a shout of pure joy erupted from the School-house players, with a faint echo coming from the goalkeepers under the Doctor's wall. A goal in the first hour—something that hasn't happened in the School-house match in five years.
"Over!" is the cry; the two sides change goals, and the School-house goal-keepers come threading their way across through the masses of the School; the most openly triumphant of them, amongst whom is Tom, a School-house boy of two hours' standing, getting their ears boxed in the transit. Tom, indeed, is excited beyond measure, and it is all the sixth-form boy, kindest and safest of goal-keepers, has been able to do, to keep him from rushing [Pg 114] out whenever the ball has been near their goal. So he holds him by his side, and instructs him in the science of touching.
"Over!" is the shout; the two teams switch goals, and the School-house goalkeepers make their way through the crowd of students; the most visibly triumphant among them, including Tom, a School-house boy who just joined two hours ago, receive a few playful slaps on their way. Tom, in particular, is incredibly excited, and it’s all the sixth-form boy, the kindest and safest of goalkeepers, can do to stop him from charging out every time the ball comes near their goal. So he keeps him close and teaches him the basics of playing.
At this moment Griffith, the itinerant[50] vender of oranges from Hill Morton, enters the close with his heavy baskets; there is a rush of small boys upon the little pale-faced man, the two sides mingling together, subdued by the great Goddess Thirst, like the English and French by the streams in the Pyrenees.[51] The leaders are past oranges and apples, but some of them visit their coats, and apply innocent-looking ginger-beer bottles to their mouths. It is no ginger-beer though, I fear, and will do you no good. One short, mad rush, and then a stitch in the side, and no more honest play; that's what comes of those bottles.
At this moment, Griffith, the traveling orange vendor from Hill Morton, walks into the alley with his heavy baskets. A group of small boys rushes toward the little pale-faced man, the two sides mixing together, both subdued by their intense Thirst, just like the English and French by the rivers in the Pyrenees. The leaders have oranges and apples, but some of them check their coats and put innocent-looking ginger-beer bottles to their mouths. But it’s not really ginger beer, I’m afraid, and it won’t do you any good. One quick, frantic rush, and then a pain in the side, and no more fair play; that’s what those bottles lead to.
But now Griffith's baskets are empty, the ball is placed again midway, and the School are going to kick-off. Their leaders have sent their lumber into goal, and rated the rest soundly, and one hundred and twenty picked players-up are there, bent on retrieving the game. They are to keep the ball in front of the School-house goal, and then to drive it in by sheer strength and weight. They mean heavy play and no mistake, and so old Brooke sees; and places Crab Jones in quarters just before the goal, with four or five picked players, who are to keep the ball away to the sides, where a try at goal, if obtained, will be less dangerous than in front. He, himself, and Warner and Hedge, who have saved themselves until now, will lead the charges.
But now Griffith's baskets are empty, the ball is placed again in the middle, and the School is about to kick off. Their team leaders have sent their players into the goal and scolded the others, and one hundred and twenty chosen players are there, determined to win back the game. They are supposed to keep the ball in front of the Schoolhouse goal and then push it in with sheer strength. They plan to play hard, and old Brooke sees this; he positions Crab Jones right in front of the goal, along with four or five selected players, whose job is to keep the ball away to the sides, where a goal attempt, if made, will be less risky than straight on. He, along with Warner and Hedge, who have held back until now, will lead the attacks.
"ARE YOU READY?"
"Are you ready?" "Yes." And away comes the ball [Pg 115] kicked high in the air, to give the School time to rush on and catch it as it falls. And here they are amongst us. Meet them like Englishmen, you School-house boys, and charge them home. Now is the time to show what mettle is in you—and there shall be a warm seat by the hall fire, and honor to-night for him who does his duty in the next half-hour. And they are well met. Again and again the cloud of their players-up gathers before our goal, and comes threatening on, and Warner or Hedge, with young Brooke and the relics of the bull-dogs, break through and carry the ball back; and old Brooke ranges the field like Job's war-horse; the thickest scrummage parts asunder before his rush, like the waves before a clipper's bows; his cheery voice rings over the field, and his eye is everywhere. And if these miss the ball, and it rolls dangerously in front of our goal, Crab Jones and his men have seized it, and sent it away towards the sides with the unerring drop-kick. This is worth living for; the whole sum of school-boy existence gathered up into one straining, struggling half-hour, a half-hour worth a year of common life.
"Are you ready?" "Yes." And the ball is kicked high into the air, giving the School time to rush and catch it as it falls. Here they come. Meet them like true Englishmen, you School-house boys, and charge them home. Now's the time to show your grit—and there’ll be a warm spot by the hall fire and honor tonight for whoever does their duty in the next half hour. They're well matched. Again and again, their players gather at our goal, coming in strong, and Warner or Hedge, along with young Brooke and the remnants of the bull-dogs, break through and carry the ball back; while old Brooke strides the field like Job's war-horse. The thickest scrummage parts before his rush, like waves before a clipper's bow; his cheerful voice carries across the field, and his eyes are everywhere. If they miss the ball, and it rolls dangerously close to our goal, Crab Jones and his team grab it and send it off to the sides with an accurate drop-kick. This is what it's all about; all the moments of school-boy life summed up into one intense, exhausting half-hour—a half-hour worth a whole year of ordinary life.
EAST'S CHARGE.
The quarter to five has struck, and the play slackens for a minute before goal; but there is Crew, the artful dodger, driving the ball in behind our goal, on the island side, where our quarters are weakest. Is there no one to meet him? Yes, look at little East! the ball is just at equal distances between the two, and they rush together, the young man of seventeen, and the boy of twelve, and kick it at the same moment. Crew passes on without a stagger; East is hurled forward by the shock, and plunges on his shoulder, as if he would bury himself in the ground; but the ball rises straight into the air, and falls behind Crew's back, while the "bravos" of the School-house [Pg 116] attest the pluckiest charge of all that hard-fought day. Warner picks East up lame and half-stunned, and he hobbles back into goal, conscious of having played the man.
The clock is about to strike five, and the game slows down for a moment before the final push; but there’s Crew, the crafty player, sending the ball behind our goal on the island side, where we’re weakest. Is there no one to challenge him? Yes, look at little East! The ball is now equidistant between them, and they both rush in, the seventeen-year-old young man and the twelve-year-old boy, kicking it at the same time. Crew moves on without hesitation; East is knocked off his feet by the impact and crashes onto his shoulder, as if trying to bury himself in the ground. But the ball shoots straight up into the air and falls behind Crew's back, while the cheers from the School-house [Pg 116] celebrate the bravest charge of that hard-fought day. Warner helps East up, who is limping and a little dazed, and he hobbles back to the goal, proud of having played like a champion.
And now the last minutes are come, and the School gather for their last rush, every boy of the hundred and twenty who has a run left in him. Reckless of the defence of their own goal, on they come across the level big-side ground, the ball well down amongst them, straight for our goal, like the column of the Old Guard up the slope at Waterloo.[52] All former charges have been child's play to this. Warner and Hedge have met them, but still on they come. The bull-dogs rush in for the last time; they are hurled over or carried back, striving hand, foot, and eyelids. Old Brooke comes sweeping round the skirts of the play, and, turning short round, picks out the very heart of the scrummage, and plunges in. It wavers for a moment—he has the ball! No, it has passed him, and his voice rings out clear over the advancing tide: "Look out in the goal." Crab Jones catches it for a moment; but before he can kick, the rush is upon him and passes over him; and he picks himself up behind them with his straw in his mouth, a little dirtier, but as cool as ever.
And now the final moments have arrived, and the team gathers for their last push, every boy out of the hundred and twenty who still has some energy left. Ignoring the defense of their own goal, they race across the flat big-side field, the ball right in the middle of them, heading straight for our goal, like the Old Guard charging up the slope at Waterloo.[52] All previous attempts have been a walk in the park compared to this. Warner and Hedge have confronted them, but they keep coming. The bulldogs charge in for the last time; they are thrown aside or pushed back, fighting with everything they have. Old Brooke sweeps around the edge of the play and, making a quick turn, targets the very center of the chaos, diving in. It hesitates for a moment—he has the ball! No, it has slipped past him, and his voice rings out clearly above the advancing wave: "Watch out at the goal." Crab Jones manages to grab it for a second; but before he can kick, the rush is on him, and he gets overwhelmed; he picks himself up behind them with his straw in his mouth, a little dirtier but just as composed as ever.
The ball rolls slowly in behind the School-house goal, not three yards in front of a dozen of the biggest School players-up.
The ball rolls slowly behind the schoolhouse goal, just three yards in front of a dozen of the largest school players.
TOM'S FIRST EXPLOIT.
There stands the School-house præpostor, safest of [Pg 117] goal-keepers, and Tom Brown by his side, who has learned his trade by this time. Now is your time, Tom. The blood of all the Browns is up, and the two rush in together, and throw themselves on the ball, under the very feet of the advancing column; the præpostor on his hands and knees arching his back, and Tom all along on his face. Over them topple the leaders of the rush, shooting over the back of the præpostor, but falling flat on Tom, and knocking all the wind out of his small carcass. "Our ball," says the præpostor, rising with his prize, "but get up there, there's a little fellow under you." They are hauled and roll off him, and Tom is discovered a motionless body.
There stands the schoolhouse captain, the safest of goalkeepers, and Tom Brown by his side, who has learned his skills by now. This is your moment, Tom. The spirit of all the Browns is high, and the two rush in together, throwing themselves on the ball, right under the advancing players; the captain on his hands and knees arching his back, and Tom flat on his face. The leaders of the rush tumble over them, shooting over the captain’s back, but landing squarely on Tom and knocking the wind out of his small frame. "Our ball," says the captain, rising with his prize, "but get up there, there's a little guy under you." They are pulled off him, and Tom is found to be a motionless body.
Old Brooke picks him up. "Stand back, give him air," he says; and then, feeling his limbs, adds, "No bones broken. How do you feel, young un?"
Old Brooke picks him up. "Stand back, give him some air," he says; and then, checking his limbs, adds, "No broken bones. How are you feeling, kid?"
"Hah-hah!" gasps Tom, as his wind comes back, "pretty well, thank you—all right."
"Hah-hah!" Tom gasps as he catches his breath, "I'm good, thanks—everything’s fine."
"Who is he?" says Brooke.
"Who is he?" asks Brooke.
"Oh, it's Brown, he's a new boy; I know him," says East, coming up.
"Oh, it's Brown, he's a new guy; I know him," says East, approaching.
"Well, he is a plucky youngster, and will make a player," says Brooke.
"Well, he's a brave young guy and is going to be a player," says Brooke.
And five o'clock strikes. "No side"[53] is called, and the first day of the School-house match is over.
And five o'clock hits. "No side"[53] is called, and the first day of the School-house match is over.
FOOTNOTES
[2] Lift: assistance of any kind.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Lift: help of any kind.
[3] Quadrangle: a square piece of ground inclosed by buildings. English schools and colleges are quite generally built round a quadrangle or "quod" as it is commonly called.
[3] Quadrangle: a square area surrounded by buildings. English schools and colleges are typically constructed around a quadrangle or “quod,” as it’s often referred to.
[5] Tile: a tall silk hat.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Tile: a tall silk hat.
[8] Half-a-sov.: half a sovereign ($2.50).
[10] Bumptiousness: domineering manner.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Bumptiousness: arrogant attitude.
[11] Cicerone: guide.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cicerone: tour guide.
[12] Form: here, class.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Form: here, class.
[14] Calling-over: roll-call.
[17] Steeple-chase: a race between horsemen across country to see which can first reach a certain distant object, as a church steeple.
[17] Steeple-chase: a race between riders on horseback across open land to determine who can be the first to reach a specific distant landmark, like a church steeple.
[19] Tom Crib: a noted pugilist.
[20] Science: boxing or pugilistic science.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Science: boxing science.
[23] Reading: studying.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Reading: studying.
[24] Verger: here, the porter.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Verger: here, the gatekeeper.
[25] Pellets: wads of paper.
Pellets: paper wads.
[29] Fagging: the power given the sixth form, by authority and the custom of the school, to require the boys of the lower forms or classes to do errands, and act as servants generally. The system still has its defenders who regard it as a means of discipline.
[29] Fagging: the authority given to the sixth form, as established by the school's policies and traditions, to make younger students run errands and generally serve them. There are still supporters of this system who see it as a way to maintain discipline.
[30] Foot-ball: foot-ball is the great game at Rugby. It first became popular in America under the Rugby rules, which, though modified, are still the basis of the game as now played.
[30] Football: football is the major sport at Rugby. It initially gained popularity in America following the Rugby rules, which, although changed over time, still form the foundation of the game as it's played today.
[31] Hacks: kicks on the shins.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Hacks: shin kicks.
[33] Cap and gown: It is customary in England for holders of academic degrees to wear at times the appropriate cap and gown indicating their grade and college.
[33] Cap and gown: In England, it's traditional for people with academic degrees to wear the corresponding cap and gown that represent their level and college at certain times.
[37] Will-he, nill-he: willing or not.
[40] Cut him: drop his society.
[41] Impounded: locked up.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Impounded: locked up.
[42] Braces: suspenders.
[43] Larking: frolicking.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Larking: playing around.
[44] He of Russia: the Czar.
He of Russia: the Tsar.
[46] Toco: probably kicks and cuffs.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Toco: likely punches and slaps.
[48] China orange: a sweet orange.
[49] Fond: here, foolish.
[50] Itinerant: wandering.
[52] Waterloo: (in Belgium) the scene of the crushing defeat of the French in 1815, by the allied forces under the Duke of Wellington, by which the power of Napoleon was finally broken. The Old Guard was the emperor's favorite body of troops, and was considered irresistible.
[52] Waterloo: (in Belgium) the site of the devastating defeat of the French in 1815 by the allied forces led by the Duke of Wellington, which ultimately destroyed Napoleon's power. The Old Guard was the emperor’s favorite unit and was thought to be unbeatable.
[53] No side: a drawn game.
CHAPTER VI.
AFTER THE MATCH.
"——Some food we had."—Shakespeare.
"——Some food we had."—Shakespeare.
[Greek: "ês potos hadus."]—Theocr., Id.
[Greek: "it's a sweet drink."]—Theocr., Id.
CELEBRATING THE VICTORY.
As the boys scattered away from the ground, and East, leaning on Tom's arm and limping along, was beginning to consider what luxury they should go and buy for tea to celebrate that glorious victory, the two Brookes came striding by. Old Brooke caught sight of East and stopped, put his hand kindly on his shoulder, and said, "Bravo, youngster! you played famously. Not much the matter, I hope?"
As the boys ran off from the field, East, leaning on Tom's arm and limping a bit, started thinking about what treat they should get for tea to celebrate that amazing win when the two Brookes walked by. Old Brooke noticed East and stopped, putting his hand gently on his shoulder, saying, "Well done, kid! You played great. Hope you're not hurt too badly?"
"No, nothing at all," said East; "only a little twist from that charge."
"No, nothing at all," said East. "Just a slight shift from that charge."
"Well, mind and get all right for next Saturday;" and the leader passed on, leaving East better for those few words than all the opodeldoc[1] in England would have made him, and Tom ready to give one of his ears for as much notice. Ah! light words of those whom we love and honor, what a power ye are, and how carelessly wielded by those who can use them! Surely for these things, also, God will ask an account.
"Well, make sure you're all set for next Saturday;" and the leader moved on, leaving East feeling better from those few words than all the medicine in England would have done for him, and Tom would have given one of his ears for that kind of attention. Ah! light words from those we love and respect, how powerful you are, and how thoughtlessly used by those who can express them! Surely for these things too, God will want an explanation.
"Tea's directly after locking-up, you see," said East, hobbling along as fast as he could, "so you come along [Pg 119] down to Sally Harrowell's; that's our School-house tuck-shop,[2]—she bakes such stunning murphies, we'll have a penn'orth each for tea; come along, or they'll all be gone."
"Tea is right after locking up, you know," said East, hurrying as fast as he could, "so come down to Sally Harrowell's; that’s our school’s snack shop, [Pg 119] she makes amazing pastries, we’ll grab a penny's worth each for tea; hurry up, or they’ll all be gone."
Tom's new purse and money burnt in his pocket; he wondered, as they toddled through the quadrangle and along the street, whether East would be insulted if he suggested further extravagance, as he had not sufficient faith in a pennyworth of potatoes. At last he blurted out,—
Tom's new wallet and cash felt heavy in his pocket; he wondered, as they walked through the courtyard and down the street, if East would be offended if he proposed spending even more, since he didn't trust that a cheap bag of potatoes would be enough. Finally, he blurted out,—
"I say, East, can't we get something else besides potatoes? I've got lots of money, you know."
"I mean, East, can't we get something other than potatoes? I've got plenty of money, you know."
"Bless us, yes, I forgot," said East, "you've only just come. You see all my tin's been gone this twelve weeks; it hardly ever lasts beyond the first fortnight; and our allowances were all stopped this morning for broken windows, so I haven't got a penny. I've got a tick[3] at Sally's of course; but then I hate running it high, you see, towards the end of the half, 'cause one has to shell out for it all directly one comes back, and that's a bore."[4]
"Wow, I totally forgot," East said. "You just got here. You see, I've been out of supplies for twelve weeks; it hardly ever lasts past the first two weeks. And they stopped our allowances this morning because of broken windows, so I don't have a dime. I do have a tab at Sally's, but I really hate letting it get too high towards the end of the term because I have to pay it all back right when I return, and that's a hassle."
Tom didn't understand much of this talk, but seized on the fact that East had no money, and was denying himself some little pet luxury in consequence. "Well, what shall I buy?" said he; "I'm uncommon hungry."
Tom didn’t get much of what they were saying, but he picked up on the fact that East was short on cash and was forgoing a little indulgence because of it. “So, what should I buy?” he said. “I’m really hungry.”
"I say," said East, stopping to look at him and rest his leg, "you're a trump, Brown. I'll do the same by you next half. Let's have a pound of sausages, then; that's the best grub for tea I know of."
"I gotta say," East said, pausing to look at him and rest his leg, "you're awesome, Brown. I'll return the favor next time. Let's grab a pound of sausages then; that's the best food for tea I can think of."
"Very well," said Tom, as pleased as possible; "where do they sell them?"
"Sure thing," said Tom, feeling really happy; "where can I buy them?"
"Oh, over here, just opposite;" and they crossed the street and walked into the cleanest little front room of a small house, half parlor, half shop, and bought a pound of most particular sausages; East talking pleasantly to Mrs. Porter while she put them in paper, and Tom doing the paying part.
"Oh, over here, right across;" and they crossed the street and walked into the neat little front room of a small house, part living room, part shop, and bought a pound of special sausages; East chatting pleasantly with Mrs. Porter while she wrapped them in paper, and Tom handling the payment.
HARROWELL'S.
From Porter's they adjourned to Sally Harrowell's, where they found a lot of School-house boys waiting for the roast potatoes, and relating their own exploits in the day's match at the top of their voices. The street opened at once into Sally's kitchen, a low bricked-floored room, with large recess for fire, and chimney-corner seats. Poor little Sally, the most good-natured and much enduring of woman-kind, was bustling about with the napkin in her hand, from her own oven to those of the neighbors' cottages, up the yard at the back of the house. Stumps, her husband, a short easy-going shoemaker, with a beery, humorous eye and ponderous calves, who lived mostly on his wife's earnings, stood in a corner of the room, exchanging shots of the roughest description of repartee with every boy in turn. "Stumps, you lout, you've had too much beer again to-day." "'Twasn't of your paying for, then." "Stumps's calves are running down into his ankles; they want to get to grass." "Better be doing that, than gone altogether like yours," etc., etc. Very poor stuff it was, but it served to make time pass; and every now and then Sally arrived in the middle with a smoking tin of potatoes, which was cleared off in a few seconds, each boy as he seized his lot running off to the house with "Put me down two-penn'orth, Sally;" "Put down three penn'orth between me and Davis," etc. How [Pg 121] she ever kept the accounts so straight as she did, in her head and on her slate, was a perfect wonder.
From Porter's, they moved on to Sally Harrowell's, where a bunch of School-house boys were eagerly waiting for the roast potatoes, loudly sharing stories about their own adventures in the day's match. The street opened right into Sally's kitchen, a low room with a brick floor, a large fireplace, and cozy corner seats. Poor Sally, the most good-natured and resilient woman, was busy moving back and forth with a napkin in her hand, transferring dishes from her oven to those of the neighbors up the yard behind the house. Stumps, her husband, a short, easy-going shoemaker with a beer-filled, humorous eye and big calves, mostly lived off his wife's earnings. He stood in a corner of the room, exchanging rough banter with every boy in turn. "Stumps, you big oaf, you've had too much beer again today." "'Twasn't your treat, then." "Stumps’s calves are running down into his ankles; they’re trying to get to grass." "Better be doing that than gone completely like yours," and so on. It was pretty poor stuff, but it helped pass the time; every now and then, Sally would come in with a steaming tin of potatoes, which was devoured in seconds, with each boy grabbing his share running off to the house saying, "Put me down for two-penn'orth, Sally;" "Put down three penn'orth for me and Davis," and so on. How she managed to keep the accounts so accurate, in her head and on her slate, was truly impressive.
East and Tom got served at last, and started back for the School-house just as the locking-up bell began to ring; East on the way recounting the life and adventures of Stumps, who was a character. Amongst his other small avocations, he was the hind carrier of a sedan-chair,[5] the last of its race, in which the Rugby ladies still went out to tea, and in which, when he was fairly harnessed and carrying a load, it was the delight of small and mischievous boys to follow him and whip his calves. This was too much for the temper even of Stumps, and he would pursue his tormentors in a vindictive and apoplectic manner when released, but was easily pacified by twopence to buy beer with.
East and Tom finally got served and started back to the schoolhouse just as the locking-up bell began to ring. East was on the way, talking about the life and adventures of Stumps, who was quite a character. Among his other small jobs, he was the last hind carrier of a sedan chair, the only one left, which the Rugby ladies still used to go out for tea. When he was all harnessed up and carrying a load, it was great fun for small, mischievous boys to follow him and whip his calves. This was more than Stumps could handle, and he would chase after his tormentors in an angry, breathless way once he was free, but he could be easily calmed down with just two pence to buy some beer.
TEA AND ITS LUXURIES.
The lower-school boys of the School-house, some fifteen in number, had tea in the lower-fifth school, and were presided over by the old verger or head-porter. Each boy had a quarter of a loaf of bread and pat of butter, and as much tea as he pleased; and there was scarcely one who didn't add to this some further luxury, such as baked potatoes, a herring, sprats, or something of the sort; but few, at this period of the half-year, could live up to a pound of Porter's sausages, and East was in great magnificence upon the strength of theirs. He had produced a toasting-fork from his study, and set Tom to toast the sausages, while he mounted guard over their butter and potatoes; "'cause," as he explained, "you're a new boy, and they'll play you some trick and get our butter, but you can toast just as well as I." So Tom, in the midst of [Pg 122] three or four more urchins similarly employed, toasted his face and the sausages at the same time before the huge fire, till the latter cracked, when East from his watch-tower shouted that they were done, and then the feast proceeded, and the festive cups of tea were filled and emptied, and Tom imparted of the sausages in small bits to many neighbors, and thought he had never tasted such good potatoes or seen such jolly boys. They on their part waived all ceremony, and pegged away at the sausages and potatoes, and, remembering Tom's performance in goal, voted East's new crony a brick. After tea, and while the things were being cleared away, they gathered round the fire, and the talk on the match still went on; and those who had them to show, pulled up their trousers and showed the hacks they had received in the good cause.
The lower-school boys from the School-house, about fifteen of them, had tea in the lower-fifth classroom, overseen by the old verger or head porter. Each boy got a quarter of a loaf of bread and a pat of butter, along with as much tea as they wanted; and hardly anyone didn’t add some extra treat, like baked potatoes, a herring, sprats, or something similar. But few, at this point in the term, could afford a pound of Porter's sausages, and East was feeling pretty grand because of theirs. He had pulled out a toasting fork from his study and set Tom to toast the sausages, while he kept an eye on the butter and potatoes; "'cause," as he explained, "you're a new boy, and they'll pull a trick on you and take our butter, but you can toast just as well as I." So Tom, amidst three or four other boys doing the same thing, toasted his face and the sausages before the big fire until the sausages started to crack. East, from his lookout, yelled that they were ready, and then the feast began. The festive cups of tea were filled and emptied, and Tom shared bits of sausage with many of his neighbors, feeling he had never tasted such good potatoes or met such cheerful boys. They, for their part, skipped all formalities and dug into the sausages and potatoes, and remembering Tom's performance in the goal, decided to call East’s new friend a solid guy. After tea, while they were clearing up, they gathered around the fire, still talking about the match; those who had injuries to show pulled up their trousers to display the marks they received in the good fight.
They were soon however all turned out of the School, and East conducted Tom up to his bedroom, that he might get on clean things and wash himself before singing.
They were soon all kicked out of the School, and East took Tom up to his bedroom so he could change into clean clothes and wash himself before singing.
"What singing?" said Tom, taking his head out of his basin, where he had been plunging it in cold water.
"What singing?" Tom asked, pulling his head out of the basin where he had been dipping it in cold water.
"Well, you are jolly green," answered his friend from a neighboring basin. "Why, the last six Saturdays of every half, we sing, of course, and this is the first of them. No first lesson to do, you know, and lie in bed to-morrow morning."
"Well, you are really cheerful," replied his friend from a nearby area. "We've been singing for the last six Saturdays of every term, and this is the first one. There’s no first lesson to worry about, you know, and we can sleep in tomorrow morning."
"But who sings?"
"But who is singing?"
"Why, everybody, of course; you'll see soon enough. We begin directly after supper, and sing till bed-time. It isn't such good fun now though as in the summer half, 'cause then we sing in the little fives' court, under the library you know, and we cut about the quadrangle [Pg 123] between the songs, and it looks like a lot of robbers in a cave. And the louts[6] come and pound at the great gate, and we pound back again, and shout at them. But this half we only sing in the hall. Come along down to my study."
"Why, everyone, of course; you'll see soon enough. We start right after dinner and sing until bedtime. It isn't as much fun now as it is during the summer term, because back then we would sing in the little fives' court, under the library, and we would run around the quadrangle [Pg 123] between songs, and it looked like a group of robbers in a cave. The rowdy ones[6] come and bang on the big gate, and we bang back and shout at them. But this term we only sing in the hall. Come on down to my study."
Their principal employment in the study was to clear out East's table, removing the drawers and ornaments and table-cloth; for he lived in the bottom passage, and his table was in requisition for the singing.
Their main job in the study was to clear off East's table, taking away the drawers, decorations, and tablecloth; since he lived down the hall, his table was needed for the singing.
SUPPER.
Supper came in due course at seven o'clock, consisting of bread and cheese and beer, which was all saved for the singing; and directly afterward the fags went to work to prepare the hall. The School-house hall, as has been said, is a great long high room, with two large fires on one side, and two large iron-bound tables, one running down the middle, and the other along the wall opposite the fire-places. Around the upper fire the fags placed the tables in the form of a horse-shoe, and upon them the jugs[7] with the Saturday night's allowance of beer. Then the big boys used to drop in and take their seats, bringing their song-books with them; for although they all knew the songs by heart, it was the thing to have an old manuscript book descended from some departed hero, in which they were all carefully written out.
Supper was served at seven o'clock, featuring bread, cheese, and beer, all saved for the singing afterward. Right after that, the younger boys got to work setting up the hall. The School-house hall, as mentioned, is a long, high room with two large fires on one side and two big, iron-bound tables—one down the middle and the other along the wall opposite the fireplaces. The younger boys arranged the tables around the upper fire in a horse-shoe shape, placing the jugs with the Saturday night's beer allowance on them. Soon, the older boys started to arrive and took their seats, bringing their songbooks with them. Even though they all knew the songs by heart, it was customary to have an old manuscript book handed down from some previous hero, which contained all the songs neatly written out.
The sixth-form boys had not yet appeared; so to fill up the gap, an interesting and time-honored ceremony was gone through. Each new boy was placed on the table in turn, and made to sing a solo, under the penalty of drinking a large mug of salt and water, if he resisted or broke down. However, the new boys all sing like nightingales to-night, and the salt water is not in requisition; [Pg 124] Tom, as his part, performing the old west-country song of "The Leather Bottèl," with considerable applause. And at the half-hour down come the sixth and fifth-form boys, and take their places at the tables, which are filled up by the next biggest boys; the rest, for whom there is no room at the table, standing round outside.
The sixth-form boys hadn’t shown up yet, so to pass the time, they went through an interesting and long-standing ceremony. Each new boy took a turn being placed on the table and had to sing a solo, facing the consequence of drinking a large mug of saltwater if he refused or couldn't do it. However, all the new boys sang like nightingales tonight, and there was no need for the saltwater; [Pg 124] Tom, as his part, performed the old west-country song "The Leather Bottèl," earning a lot of applause. After a half-hour, the sixth and fifth-form boys came down and took their spots at the tables, which were filled by the next tallest boys; the rest, who didn’t have a seat at the table, stood around outside.
BROOKE'S HONORS.
The glasses and mugs are filled, and then the fugle-man[8] strikes up the old sea song:—
The glasses and mugs are filled, and then the bird-master[8] starts singing the old sea song:—
"A wet sheet and a flowing sea,
And a wind that follows fast," etc.,
"A wet sheet and a flowing sea,
And a wind that follows quickly," etc.,
which is the invariable first song in the School-house, and all the seventy voices join in, not mindful of harmony, but bent on noise, which they attain decidedly, but the general effect isn't bad. And then follow the "British Grenadiers," "Billie Taylor," "The Siege of Seringapatam," "Three Jolly Post-boys," and other vociferous songs in rapid succession, including the "Chesapeake and Shannon,"[9] a song lately introduced in honor of old Brooke; and when they come to the words:—
which is the always first song in the School-house, and all seventy voices join in, not worrying about harmony, but focused on making noise, which they definitely achieve, but the overall effect isn't bad. Then come "British Grenadiers," "Billie Taylor," "The Siege of Seringapatam," "Three Jolly Post-boys," and other loud songs in quick succession, including "Chesapeake and Shannon,"[9] a song recently added in honor of old Brooke; and when they reach the words:—
"Brave Broke he waved his sword, crying, Now, my lads, aboard,
And we'll stop their playing Yankee-doodle-dandy, oh,"
"Brave Broke waved his sword and shouted, 'Now, my friends, let's board,
And we'll put an end to their playing Yankee-doodle-dandy, oh,'
you expect the roof to come down. The sixth and fifth know that "brave Broke" of the Shannon was no sort of relation to our old Brooke. The fourth form are uncertain in their belief, but for the most part hold that old Brooke was a midshipman then on board his uncle's ship. And [Pg 125] the lower-school never doubt for a moment that it was our old Brooke who led the boarders, in what capacity they care not a straw.
you expect the roof to come down. The sixth and fifth years know that "brave Broke" of the Shannon isn’t related to our old Brooke. The fourth form is unsure in their beliefs, but mostly think that old Brooke was a midshipman serving on his uncle's ship back then. And [Pg 125] the lower-school has no doubt at all that it was our old Brooke who led the boarders, no matter what role he played.
Then Warner, the head of the house, gets up and wants to speak, but he can't, for every boy knows what's coming; and the big boys who sit at the tables pound them and cheer; and the small boys who stand behind pound one another and cheer, and rush about the hall cheering. Then silence being made, Warner reminds them of the old School-house custom of drinking the healths, on the first night of singing, of those who are going to leave at the end of the half. He sees that they know what he is going to say already—(loud cheers)—and so won't keep them, but only ask them to treat the toast as it deserves.
Then Warner, the head of the house, stands up to speak, but he can’t, because every boy knows what’s coming. The older boys sitting at the tables bang on them and cheer, while the younger boys standing behind hit each other and cheer, running around the hall. Once there’s silence, Warner reminds them of the old school tradition of toasting the health of those who are leaving at the end of the term on the first night of singing. He sees that they already know what he’s about to say—(loud cheers)—so he won’t keep them, but just asks them to give the toast the respect it deserves.
"It is the head of the eleven, the head of big-side foot-ball, their leader on this glorious day—Pater[10] Brooke!"
"It’s the head of the eleven, the leader of the big-side football team, their captain on this glorious day—Pater[10] Brooke!"
BROOKE DISCOURSETH ON UNION.
And away goes the pounding and cheering again, becoming deafening when old Brooke gets on his legs; till, a table having broken down, and all throats getting dry, silence ensues, and the hero speaks, leaning his hands on the table, and bending a little forward. No action, no tricks of oratory; plain, strong, and straight, like his play.
And the pounding and cheering start up again, getting loud when old Brooke stands up; until, a table breaks, and everyone’s throats dry up, silence falls, and the hero speaks, leaning his hands on the table and bending slightly forward. No theatrics, no fancy speeches; just plain, strong, and straightforward, like his game.
"Gentlemen of the School-house! I am very proud of the way in which you have received my name, and I wish I could say all I should like in return. But I know I sha'n't. However, I'll do the best I can to say what seems to me ought to be said by a fellow who's just going to leave, and who has spent a good slice of his life here. Eight years, it is, and eight such years as I can never hope to have again. So now I hope you'll all listen to [Pg 126] me—(loud cheers of "that we will")—for I am going to talk seriously. You're bound to listen to me, for what's the use of calling me 'pater,' and all that, if you don't mind what I say? And I am going to talk seriously, because I feel so. It's a jolly time, too, getting to the end of the half, and a goal kicked by us first day—(tremendous applause)—after one of the hardest and fiercest day's play I can remember in eight years—(frantic shoutings). The School played splendidly, too, I will say, and kept it up to the last. That last charge of theirs would have carried away a house. I never thought to see anything again of old Crab there, except little pieces, when I saw him tumbled over by it—(laughter and shouting, and great slapping on the back of Jones by the boys nearest him). Well, but we beat 'em—(cheers). Ay, but why did we beat 'em? answer me that—(shouts of "your play"). Nonsense! 'Twasn't the wind and kick-off either—that wouldn't do it. 'Twasn't because we've half a dozen of the best players in the School, as we have. I wouldn't change Warner, and Hedge, and Crab, and the young un, for any six on their side—(violent cheers). But half a dozen fellows can't keep it up for two hours against two hundred. Why is it, then? I'll tell you what I think. Its because we've more reliance on one another, more of a house feeling, more fellowship than the School can have. Each of us knows and can depend on his next-hand man better—that's why we beat 'em to-day. We've union, they've division—there's the secret—(cheers). But how's this to be kept up? How's it to be improved? That's the question. For I take it, we're all in earnest about beating the School, whatever else we care about. I know I'd sooner win two School-house matches [Pg 127] running than get the Balliol scholarship[11] any day—(frantic cheers).
"Gentlemen of the School-house! I’m really proud of how you’ve welcomed my name, and I wish I could express everything I’d like to in return. But I know I probably won’t. Still, I’ll do my best to say what seems fitting for someone who’s about to leave after spending a good part of his life here. It’s been eight years, and eight years like these I can never hope to experience again. So now I hope you’ll all listen to me—(loud cheers of "that we will")—because I’m going to talk seriously. You have to listen to me; what’s the point of calling me ‘pater’ and all that if you don’t pay attention to what I say? I’m going to talk seriously because that’s how I feel. It’s a great time, too, reaching the end of the term, and scoring a goal on our first day—(tremendous applause)—after one of the hardest and toughest games I can remember in eight years—(frantic shoutings). The School played really well, too, I must say, and kept it up until the end. That last charge from them could have taken down a house. I never thought I’d see anything more of old Crab, except bits of him, when I saw him knocked over by it—(laughter and shouting, and great slapping on the back of Jones by the boys nearest him). Well, we beat them—(cheers). But why did we win? Answer me that—(shouts of "your play"). Nonsense! It wasn’t just the wind and kick-off—that wouldn’t do it. It wasn’t because we have half a dozen of the best players in the School, although we do. I wouldn’t trade Warner, and Hedge, and Crab, and the young one, for any six on their side—(violent cheers). But half a dozen guys can’t hold up against two hundred for two hours. So why is that? I’ll tell you what I think. It’s because we rely on each other more, we have more of a house spirit, and we share a stronger fellowship than the School can have. Each of us knows and can depend on his teammate better—that’s why we beat them today. We’ve unity, they have division—there’s the secret—(cheers). But how do we maintain this? How do we improve it? That’s the question. Because I take it we all genuinely care about beating the School, regardless of anything else. I know I’d rather win two School-house matches running than get the Balliol scholarship any day—(frantic cheers)."
"Now, I'm as proud of the house as any one. I believe it's the best house in the School, out-and-out—(cheers). But it's a long way from what I want to see it. First, there's a deal of bullying going on. I know it well. I don't pry about and interfere; that only makes it more underhand, and encourages the small boys to come to us with their fingers in their eyes telling tales, and so we should be worse off than ever. It's very little kindness for the sixth to meddle generally—you youngsters, mind that. You'll be all the better foot-ball players for learning to stand it, and to take your own parts, and fight it through. But depend on it, there's nothing breaks up a house like bullying. Bullies are cowards, and one coward makes many; so good-by to the School-house match if bullying gets ahead here. (Loud applause from the small boys, who look meaningly at Flashman and other boys at the tables.) Then there's fuddling about in the public-houses, and drinking bad spirits, and punch, and such wretched stuff. That won't make good drop-kicks or chargers of you, take my word for it; and drinking isn't fine or manly, whatever some of you may think of it.
"Now, I'm as proud of this house as anyone. I truly believe it's the best house in the school, no doubt about it—(cheers). But it's far from where I want it to be. First off, there's a lot of bullying happening. I know it well. I don't snoop around and interfere; that just makes it sneakier and encourages the younger boys to come to us with their fingers in their eyes telling tales, and then we'd be worse off than ever. It's not very kind for the older boys to meddle too much—you youngsters, remember that. You'll be better football players for learning to deal with it, stand your ground, and fight through it. But trust me, nothing ruins a house like bullying. Bullies are cowards, and one coward breeds more; so say goodbye to the school house match if bullying takes hold here. (Loud applause from the younger boys, who look meaningfully at Flashman and other boys at the tables.) Then there's hanging out in the pubs, drinking cheap liquor, punch, and all that awful stuff. That won't help you become great at drop-kicks or strong players, believe me; and drinking isn't classy or manly, no matter what some of you might think."
"One other thing I must have a word about. A lot of you think and say, for I've heard you, 'there's this new Doctor[12] hasn't been here so long as some of us, and he's changing all the old customs. Rugby, and the School-house [Pg 128] especially, are going to the dogs. Stand up for the good old ways, and down with the Doctor!' Now, I'm as fond of old Rugby customs and ways as any of you, and I've been here longer than any of you, and I'll give you a word of advice in time, for I shouldn't like to see any of you getting sacked. 'Down with the Doctor,' is easier said than done. You'll find him pretty tight on his perch, I take it, and an awkwardish customer to handle in that line. Besides, now, what customs has he put down? There was the good old custom of taking the linch-pins out of the farmers' and bagmen's gigs at the fairs, and a cowardly blackguard custom it was. We all know what came of it, and no wonder the Doctor objected to it. But, come now, any of you, name a custom that he has put down."
"There's one more thing I need to talk about. A lot of you think and say—and I've heard you—that 'this new Doctor hasn't been here as long as some of us, and he's changing all the old customs. Rugby, especially the School-house, is going downhill. We should stand up for the good old ways and get rid of the Doctor!' Now, I love old Rugby customs and traditions just as much as any of you, and I've been here longer than any of you. So, let me give you some advice before any of you get kicked out. Saying 'Down with the Doctor' is easier than actually doing something about it. You'll find him pretty secure in his position, and he can be a difficult person to deal with on that front. Besides, what customs has he actually eliminated? There was the old custom of taking the linch-pins out of the farmers' and bagmen's carts at the fairs, which was a cowardly and disgraceful practice. We all know what happened because of it, so it's no surprise the Doctor opposed it. But seriously, can any of you name a custom he's actually gotten rid of?"
"The hounds," calls out a fifth-form boy, clad in a green cutaway with brass buttons and cord trousers, the leader of the sporting interest, and reputed a great rider and a keen hand generally.
"The hounds," shouts a fifth-year boy, dressed in a green cutaway with brass buttons and corduroy trousers, the leader of the sports crowd, known to be a talented rider and a skilled hand overall.
"Well, we had six or seven mangy harriers and beagles[13] belonging to the house, I'll allow, and had had them for years, and the Doctor put them down. But what good ever came of them? Only rows with all the keepers[14] for ten miles round; and big-side Hare and Hounds[15] is better fun ten times over. What else?"
"Well, we had six or seven scruffy harriers and beagles[13] that belonged to the house, I admit, and we had them for years, but the Doctor put them down. But what good did they ever do? Just arguments with all the keepers[14] for ten miles around; and the big-side Hare and Hounds[15] are way more fun. What else?"
No answer.
No response.
STANDETH UP FOR "THE DOCTOR."
"Well, I won't go on. Think it over for yourselves; you'll find, I believe, that he doesn't meddle with any one that's worth keeping. And mind now, I say again, look out for squalls, if you will go your own way, and that way isn't the Doctor's, for it'll lead to grief. You all know that I am not the fellow to back a master through thick and thin. If I saw him stopping foot-ball, or cricket, or bathing, or sparring,[16] I'd be as ready as any fellow to stand up about it. But he doesn't—he encourages them. Didn't you see him put to-day for half an hour watching us?—(loud cheers for the Doctor)—and he's a strong true man, and a wise one too, and a public-school man too. (Cheers.) And so let's stick to him, and talk no more stuff, and drink his health as the head of the house. (Loud cheers.) And now I have done blowing up, and very glad I am to have done. But it's a solemn thing to be thinking of leaving a place which one has lived in and loved for eight years; and if one can say a word for the good of the old house at such a time, why, it should be said, whether bitter or sweet. If I hadn't been proud of the house and you—ay, no one knows how proud—I shouldn't be blowing you up. And now let's get to singing. But before I sit down I must give you a toast, to be drunk with three-times-three and all the honors. It's a toast which I hope every one of us, wherever he may go hereafter, will never fail to drink when he thinks of the brave bright days of his boyhood. It's a toast which should bind us all together, and to those who've gone before, and who'll come after us here. It is the dear old School-house—the best house of the best School in England!"
"Well, I won't go on. Think it over for yourselves; you'll find, I believe, that he doesn't mess with anyone who’s worth keeping. And remember, I say again, watch out for trouble if you choose your own path, and that path isn’t the Doctor's, because it’ll lead to heartache. You all know I’m not the kind of guy to support a leader no matter what. If I saw him stopping football, or cricket, or swimming, or boxing, I'd be just as ready as anyone to stand up against it. But he doesn’t—he encourages those activities. Didn't you see him today, watching us for half an hour?—(loud cheers for the Doctor)—and he's a strong, genuine man, and a wise one too, and he comes from a public school as well. (Cheers.) So let’s stick by him, stop with the nonsense, and raise a glass to his health as the head of the house. (Loud cheers.) And now I’m done with the speech and I’m glad to be finished. But it’s a serious thing to think about leaving a place that I have lived in and loved for eight years; and if I can say something good about the old house at a time like this, then it should be said, whether it’s bitter or sweet. If I hadn’t been proud of the house and of you all—oh, no one knows how proud—I wouldn’t be standing up here. And now let’s get to singing. But before I sit down, I must toast something that should be celebrated with three cheers and all honors. It’s a toast that I hope each one of us, wherever we may go in the future, will always remember to drink when we think of the brave bright days of our youth. It’s a toast that should bring us all together, and to those who’ve come before us and those who will come after us here. It is the dear old School-house—the best house of the best School in England!"
SCHOOL IDOLATRIES.
My dear boys, old and young, you who have belonged, or do belong, to other schools and other houses, don't begin throwing my poor little book about the room, and abusing me and it, and vowing you'll read no more when you get to this point. I allow you've provocation for it. But, come now—would you, any of you, give a fig for a fellow who didn't believe in, and stand up for, his own house and his own school? You know you wouldn't. Then don't object to my cracking up the old School-house, Rugby. Haven't I a right to do it, when I'm taking all the trouble of writing this true history for all of your benefits? If you aren't satisfied, go and write the history of your own houses in your own times, and say all you know for your own schools and houses, provided it's true, and I'll read it without abusing you.
My dear boys, both old and young, whether you've been part of other schools or houses or not, please don't start tossing my little book around the room and complaining about me and it, saying you'll stop reading at this point. I understand why you might feel that way. But think about it—would any of you respect someone who didn't believe in or defend their own school and house? Of course not. So don’t complain about me praising the old School-house, Rugby. Don’t I have the right to do that when I’m putting in the effort to write this true history for all your benefit? If you aren’t happy, go ahead and write the history of your own houses in your own time, and share everything you know about your own schools and houses, as long as it’s true, and I’ll read it without criticizing you.
The last few words hit the audience in their weakest place; they had been not altogether enthusiastic at several parts of old Brooke's speech; but "the best house of the best School of England," was too much for them all, and carried even the sporting and drinking interests off their legs into rapturous applause, and (it is to be hoped) resolutions to lead a new life and remember old Brooke's words; which, however, they didn't altogether do, as will appear hereafter.
The last few words struck a chord with the audience's most vulnerable spot; they hadn't been overly enthusiastic at various points during old Brooke's speech, but "the best house of the best School of England" was too powerful for them to resist, and it even swept away the sports and drinking crowd into a frenzy of applause, and (hopefully) inspired resolutions to turn over a new leaf and remember old Brooke's words; however, they didn't fully follow through with that, as will become clear later.
But it required all old Brooke's popularity to carry down parts of his speech: especially that relating to the Doctor. For there are no such bigoted holders by established forms and customs, be they never so foolish or meaningless, as English schoolboys, at least the schoolboys of our generation. We magnified into heroes every boy who had left, and looked upon him with awe and reverence, when he revisited the place a year or so [Pg 131] afterwards, on his way to or from Oxford or Cambridge; and happy was the boy who remembered him, and sure of an audience as he expounded what he used to do and say, though it were sad enough stuff to make angels, not to say head-masters, weep.
But it took all of old Brooke's popularity to get through parts of his speech, especially the part about the Doctor. Because there are no more bigoted supporters of outdated customs and traditions, no matter how silly or pointless they may be, than English schoolboys, at least from our generation. We turned every boy who had left into a hero and looked up to him with awe and respect when he came back a year or so later on his way to or from Oxford or Cambridge; and the lucky boy was the one who remembered him and was guaranteed an audience as he talked about what he used to do and say, even if it was sad enough to make angels, not to mention headmasters, cry.
"THE DOCTOR" AND HIS WORKS.
We looked upon every trumpery little custom and habit which had obtained in the School as though it had been a law of the Medes and Persians,[17] and regarded the infringement or variation of it a sort of sacrilege. And the Doctor, than whom no man or boy had a stronger liking for old school customs, which were good and sensible, had, as has already been hinted, come into most decided collision with several which were neither the one nor the other. And as old Brooke had said, when he came into collision with boys or customs, there was nothing for them but to give in or take themselves off; because what he said had to be done, and no mistake about it. And this was beginning to be pretty clearly understood; the boys felt that there was a strong man over them, who would have things his own way; and hadn't yet learned that he was a wise and loving man also. His personal character and influence had not had time to make itself felt, except by a very few of the bigger boys with whom he came more directly in contact; and he was looked upon with great fear and dislike by the great majority even of his own house. For he had found School and School-house in a state of monstrous license and misrule, and was still employed in the necessary but unpopular work of setting up order with a strong hand.
We viewed every trivial little custom and habit that existed in the School as if it were a law set in stone, and we saw any breach or change of it as a kind of sacrilege. The Doctor, who had a greater affection for good, sensible school traditions than any man or boy, had, as mentioned earlier, strongly clashed with several customs that were neither good nor sensible. And as old Brooke used to say, when he faced off against boys or traditions, they had no choice but to either comply or leave; because what he commanded had to be done, no questions asked. This was starting to be understood clearly; the boys sensed a strong authority over them, who insisted on having things his way, and they hadn't yet realized that he was also a wise and caring man. His personal character and influence hadn't had the chance to make an impact, except on a handful of the older boys he interacted with more directly; he was regarded with significant fear and dislike by the majority, even from his own house. He had found the School and School-house in a state of chaos and mismanagement, and was still engaged in the difficult but necessary task of restoring order with a firm hand.
However, as has been said, old Brooke triumphed, and the boys cheered him, and then the Doctor. And then [Pg 132] more songs came, and the healths of the other boys about to leave, who each made a speech, one flowery, another maudlin,[18] a third prosy, and so on, which are not necessary to be here recorded.
However, as mentioned earlier, old Brooke won, and the boys cheered for him, then for the Doctor. After that, [Pg 132] more songs were sung, and they toasted the other boys who were about to leave. Each one gave a speech, some flowery, another overly sentimental,[18] and a third dull, and so on, which don’t need to be recorded here.
Half-past nine struck in the middle of the performance of "Auld Lang Syne," a most obstreperous proceeding; during which there was an immense amount of standing with one foot on the table, knocking mugs together and shaking hands, without which accompaniments it seems impossible for the youth of Britain to take part in that famous old song. The under-porter of the School-house entered during the performance, bearing five or six long wooden candlesticks, with lighted dips[19] in them, which he proceeded to stick into their holes in such part of the great tables as he could get at; and then stood outside the ring till the end of the song, when he was hailed with shouts.
Half past nine rang out in the middle of the performance of "Auld Lang Syne," which was quite a raucous event; during this time, everyone was on their feet, with one foot on the table, clinking mugs together and shaking hands. It seems that without these rituals, it's impossible for the youth of Britain to join in that famous old song. The under-porter of the School-house came in during the performance, carrying five or six long wooden candlesticks with lit candles in them, which he began to place into the holes on the large tables that he could reach. He then stood outside the circle until the song ended, at which point he was greeted with cheers.
"Bill, you old muff,[20] the half-hour hasn't struck."
"Bill, you old friend,[20] the half-hour hasn't passed yet."
"Sing us a song, old boy." "Don't you wish you may get the table?"
"Sing us a song, buddy." "Don't you hope you can get the table?"
Bill remonstrated: "Now, gentlemen, there's only ten minutes to prayers, and we must get the hall straight."
Bill urged, "Alright, guys, we only have ten minutes until prayers, and we need to tidy up the hall."
Shouts of "No, no!" and a violent effort to strike up "Billie Taylor" for the third time. Bill looked appealingly to old Brooke, who got up and stopped the noise. "Now, then, lend a hand, you youngsters, and get the tables back, clear away the jugs[21] and glasses. Bill's right. Open the windows, Warner." The boy addressed, who sat by the long ropes, proceeded to pull up the great windows, and let in a clear fresh rush of night air, which made [Pg 133] the candles flicker and gutter and the fires roar. The circle broke up, each collaring his own jug, glass, and song-book; Bill pounced on the big table, and began to rattle it away to its place outside the buttery-door. The lower-passage boys carried off their small tables, aided by their friends, while above all, standing on the great hall table, a knot of untiring sons of harmony made night doleful by a prolonged performance of "God save the King." His Majesty King William IV.[22] then reigned over us, a monarch deservedly popular amongst the boys addicted to melody, to whom he was chiefly known from the beginning of that excellent, if slightly vulgar song in which they much delighted:—
Shouts of "No, no!" and a frantic attempt to start "Billie Taylor" for the third time. Bill looked pleadingly at old Brooke, who stood up and silenced the noise. "Alright, you kids, help out and get the tables back, clear away the jugs and glasses. Bill's right. Open the windows, Warner." The boy addressed, who was sitting by the long ropes, began to pull up the large windows, letting in a fresh rush of night air that made the candles flicker and the fires roar. The circle broke up, each grabbing their own jug, glass, and songbook; Bill rushed to the big table and started to move it back to its spot by the buttery door. The younger boys took away their small tables, helped by their friends, while above all, standing on the great hall table, a group of unflagging music lovers made the night sadder with a long rendition of "God Save the King." His Majesty King William IV. then reigned over us, a monarch deservedly popular among the boys who loved music, known mainly from the beginning of that excellent, if somewhat crude song that they really enjoyed:—
"Come, neighbors all, both great and small,
Perform your duties here,
And loudly sing 'live Billy our King,'
For bating[23] the tax upon beer."
"Come, everyone, both young and old,
Do your part here,
And loudly sing 'long live our King Billy,'
For lowering the tax on beer."
LAST LOYAL STRAINS.
Others of the more learned in songs also celebrated his praises in a sort of ballad, which I take to have been written by some Irish loyalists. I have forgotten all but the chorus, which ran:—
Others who were more knowledgeable in songs also celebrated his praises in a kind of ballad, which I believe was written by some Irish loyalists. I've forgotten all except for the chorus, which went:—
"God save our good King William, be his name forever blest,
He's the father of all his people, and the guardian of all the rest."
"God keep our good King William, may his name be blessed forever,
He's the father of all his people and the protector of everyone else."
In truth we were loyal subjects in those days, in a rough way. I trust that our successors make as much of her present majesty, and, having regard to the greater refinement of the times, have adopted or written other songs equally hearty, but more civilized, in her honor.
In reality, we were devoted subjects back then, in a rugged kind of way. I hope that those who come after us appreciate her current majesty just as much, and considering the more refined times, have created or written other songs that are just as heartfelt, but more civilized, in her honor.
PRAYERS.
Then the quarter to ten struck, and the prayer-bell [Pg 134] rang. The sixth and fifth form boys ranged themselves in their school order along the wall, on either side of the great fires, the middle fifth and upper-school boys around the long table in the middle of the hall, and the lower-school boys round the upper part of the second long table, which ran down the side of the hall furthest from the fires. Here Tom found himself at the bottom of all, in a state of mind and body not at all fit for prayers, as he thought; and so tried hard to make himself serious, but couldn't for the life of him do anything but repeat in his head the choruses of some of the songs, and stare at all the boys opposite, wondering at the brilliancy of their waistcoats, and speculating what sort of fellows they were. The steps of the head-porter are heard on the stairs, and a light gleams at the door. "Hush!" from the fifth-form boys who stand there, and then in strides the Doctor, cap on head, book in one hand, and gathering up his gown in the other. He walks up the middle, and takes his post by Warner, who begins calling over the names. The Doctor takes no notice of anything, but quietly turns over his book, and finds the place, and then stands, cap in hand, and finger in book, looking straight before his nose. He knows better than any one when to look, and when to see nothing; to-night is singing-night, and there's been lots of noise and no harm done. So the Doctor sees nothing, but fascinates Tom in a horrible manner, as he stands there, and reads out the Psalm in that deep, ringing, searching voice of his. Prayers are over, and Tom still stares open-mouthed after the Doctor's retiring figure, when he feels a pull at his sleeve, and turning round, sees East.
Then the clock struck a quarter to ten, and the prayer bell [Pg 134] rang. The sixth and fifth form boys lined up in their school order along the wall, on either side of the big fireplaces, while the middle fifth and upper-school boys gathered around the long table in the center of the hall, and the lower-school boys sat at the upper end of the second long table, which ran down the side of the hall farthest from the fires. Tom found himself at the very end of the line, feeling completely unprepared for prayers, as he thought; and so he tried hard to make himself serious, but couldn't help but repeat the choruses of some songs in his head and stare at all the boys across from him, marveling at the brightness of their waistcoats and wondering what kind of guys they were. He heard the head porter’s footsteps on the stairs, and a light shone at the door. "Hush!" came the command from the fifth-form boys standing there, and then in walked the Doctor, cap on his head, book in one hand, and gathering up his gown with the other. He walked up the center, taking his place by Warner, who began calling the names. The Doctor paid no attention to anything but quietly flipped through his book to find the right spot, standing there with his cap in his hand and a finger in the book, looking straight ahead. He knows exactly when to look and when to ignore things; tonight is singing night, and there has been a lot of noise with no trouble caused. So the Doctor sees nothing, but he has a strangely captivating effect on Tom as he stands there, reading out the Psalm in that deep, resonant, commanding voice of his. Prayers finished, Tom continues to stare, mouth open, at the Doctor's retreating figure when he feels a tug at his sleeve, and turning around, he sees East.
TOSSING.
"I say, were you ever tossed in a blanket?"
"I’m asking, have you ever been thrown in a blanket?"
"No," said Tom; "why?"
"No," Tom said; "why?"
"'Cause there'll be tossing to-night, most likely, before the sixth come up to bed. So if you funk,[24] you just come along and hide, or else they'll catch you and toss you."
"'Cause there will probably be some tossing tonight before the sixth comes up to bed. So if you're scared,[24] you can just come and hide, or else they'll find you and toss you."
"Were you ever tossed? Does it hurt," inquired Tom.
"Were you ever thrown around? Does it hurt?" Tom asked.
"Oh, yes, bless you, a dozen times," said East, as he hobbled along by Tom's side up-stairs. "It doesn't hurt unless you fall on the floor. But most fellows don't like it."
"Oh, yes, thank you so much, a dozen times over," said East, as he limped along beside Tom up the stairs. "It doesn't sting unless you hit the floor. But most guys don’t like it."
They stopped at the fire-place in the top passage, where were a crowd of small boys whispering together, and evidently unwilling to go up into the bedrooms. In a minute, however, a study door opened, and a sixth-form boy came out, and off they all scuttled up the stairs, and then noiselessly dispersed to their different rooms. Tom's heart beat rather quick as he and East reached their room, but he had made up his mind.
They paused at the fireplace in the upstairs hall, where a group of little boys was huddled together, clearly reluctant to head up to their bedrooms. After a moment, a door to the study opened, and a senior student stepped out, causing all of them to dart up the stairs and quietly scatter to their respective rooms. Tom's heart raced a bit as he and East entered their room, but he had made his decision.
"I sha'n't hide, East," said he.
"I won't hide, East," he said.
"Very well, old fellow!" replied East, evidently pleased; "no more shall I—they'll be here for us directly."
"Alright, my friend!" replied East, clearly happy; "I won't wait any longer—they'll be here for us soon."
The room was a great big one, with a dozen beds in it, but not a boy that Tom could see, except East and himself. East pulled off his coat and waistcoat, and then sat on the bottom of the bed, whistling, and pulling off his boots. Tom followed his example.
The room was huge, with a dozen beds in it, but there wasn't a boy in sight except for East and Tom. East took off his coat and vest, then sat on the edge of the bed, whistling and taking off his boots. Tom did the same.
A noise and steps are heard in the passage, the door opens, and in rush four or five great fifth-form boys, headed by Flashman in his glory.
A noise and footsteps are heard in the hallway, the door swings open, and in rushes four or five big fifth-form boys, led by Flashman in all his glory.
Tom and East slept in the further corner of the room, and were not seen at first.
Tom and East were sleeping in the far corner of the room and weren't noticed at first.
"Gone to ground, eh?" roared Flashman; "push 'em out then, boys! look under the beds;" and he pulled up the [Pg 136] little white curtain of the one nearest him. "Who-o-op," he roared, pulling away at the leg of a small boy, who held on tight to the leg of the bed, and sung out lustily for mercy.
"Gone to ground, huh?" shouted Flashman. "Get them out then, guys! Check under the beds!" He yanked up the [Pg 136] little white curtain of the closest bed. "Whoa," he yelled, tugging at the leg of a small boy, who clung tightly to the bed leg and shouted loudly for mercy.
"Here, lend a hand, one of you, and help me pull out this young howling brute. Hold your tongue, sir, or I'll kill you!"
"Here, someone, help me pull out this young howling beast. Keep quiet, or I'll kill you!"
"Oh, please, Flashman, please, Walker, don't toss me! I'll fag for you, I'll do anything, only don't toss me."
"Oh, please, Flashman, please, Walker, don’t throw me away! I’ll do whatever you need, I’ll do anything, just don’t get rid of me."
"You be hanged," said Flashman, lugging the wretched boy along, "'twon't hurt you,——you! Come along! boys, here he is."
"You'll be hanged," said Flashman, dragging the miserable boy along, "it won't hurt you,——you! Come on! Boys, here he is."
"I say Flashey," sung out another one of the big boys, "drop that; you heard what old Pater Brooke said to-night. I'll be hanged if we'll toss any one against his will—no more bullying. Let him go, I say."
"I say Flashey," shouted one of the older boys, "put that down; you heard what old Pater Brooke said tonight. I won't stand for tossing anyone against their will—no more bullying. Let him go, I say."
Flashman, with an oath and a kick, released his prey, who rushed headlong under his bed again, for fear they should change their minds, and crept along underneath the other beds, till he got under that of the sixth-form boy, which he knew they daren't disturb.
Flashman, swearing and kicking, let go of his catch, who quickly darted back under his bed in case they changed their minds. He crawled along beneath the other beds until he reached the one belonging to the sixth-form boy, knowing they wouldn’t dare disturb it.
EAST AND TOM DEVOTE THEMSELVES.
"There's plenty of youngsters don't care about it," said Walker. "Here, here's Scud East—you'll be tossed, won't you, young un?" Scud was East's nickname, or "black," as we called it, gained by his fleetness of foot.
"Lots of kids don't care about it," Walker said. "Here, here's Scud East—you'll get thrown, won't you, kid?" Scud was East's nickname, or "black," as we called it, earned because he was so quick on his feet.
"Yes," said East, "if you like, only mind my foot."
"Sure," East said, "if you want, just be careful of my foot."
"And here's another who didn't hide. Hullo! new boy; what's your name, sir?"
"And here's another who didn't hide. Hey there! new kid; what's your name, man?"
"Brown."
"Brown."
"Well, Whitey Brown, you don't mind being tossed?"
"Well, Whitey Brown, you okay with being thrown around?"
"No," said Tom, setting his teeth.
"No," Tom said, gritting his teeth.
"Come along, then, boys," sung out Walker, and away [Pg 137] they all went, carrying along Tom and East, to the intense relief of four or five other small boys, who crept out from under the beds and behind them.
"Come on, then, guys," called out Walker, and off [Pg 137] they all went, taking Tom and East with them, much to the relief of four or five other little boys who crawled out from under the beds and behind them.
"What a trump Scud is!" said one. "They won't come back here now."
"What a great trick Scud is!" said one. "They won't be coming back here now."
"And that new boy, too; he must be a good plucky one."
"And that new kid, too; he must be a brave one."
"Ah, wait until he has been tossed on to the floor; see how he'll like it then!"
"Ah, just wait until he’s thrown to the floor; let’s see how he feels about it then!"
Meantime the procession went down the passage to No. 7, the largest room, and the scene of the tossing, in the middle of which was a great open space. Here they joined other parties of the bigger boys, each with a captive or two, some willing to be tossed, some sullen, and some frightened to death. At Walker's suggestion, all who were afraid were let off, in honor of Pater Brooke's speech.
Meantime, the procession moved down the hallway to Room 7, the largest room and the site of the tossing, which had a large open area in the middle. Here, they joined other groups of older boys, each with one or two people captured, some eager to be tossed, some sulking, and others terrified. At Walker's suggestion, everyone who was scared was allowed to leave, in respect for Pater Brooke's speech.
Then a dozen big boys seized hold of a blanket, dragged from one of the beds. "In with Scud, quick! there's no time to lose." East was chucked into the blanket. "Once, twice, thrice, and away!" Up he went like a shuttle-cock, but not quite up to the ceiling.
Then a dozen big boys grabbed a blanket dragged from one of the beds. "Get in with Scud, quick! There's no time to waste." East was tossed into the blanket. "Once, twice, thrice, and away!" Up he went like a shuttlecock, but not quite hitting the ceiling.
"Now, boys, with a will!" cried Walker. "Once, twice, thrice, and away!" This time he went clear up, and kept himself from touching the ceiling with his hands; and so again a third time, when he was turned out, and up went another boy. And then came Tom's turn. He lay quite still, by East's advice, and didn't dislike the "once, twice, thrice," but the "away" wasn't so pleasant. They were in good wind now, and sent him slap up to the ceiling the first time, against which his knees came rather sharply. But the moment's pause before descending was the rub, the feeling of utter helplessness, and of leaving his whole inside behind him sticking to the ceiling. Tom was very [Pg 138] near shouting to be set down, when he found himself back in the blanket, but thought of East, and didn't; and so took his three tosses without a kick or a cry, and was called a young trump for his pains.
"Alright, boys, let’s do this!" shouted Walker. "Once, twice, thrice, and away!" This time he went all the way up and managed not to touch the ceiling with his hands; and again, a third time, when he was let go, another boy went up. Then it was Tom's turn. He lay still, following East's advice, and didn’t mind the "once, twice, thrice," but the "away" part wasn’t so great. They were really getting into it now, and sent him straight up to the ceiling the first time, which knocked his knees a bit. But the brief pause before coming down was the tough part, the feeling of total helplessness, and leaving his entire insides stuck to the ceiling. Tom was very close to shouting to be let down when he found himself back in the blanket, but thought of East, so he didn’t; and he took his three tosses without a kick or a scream, earning the title of young trump for his efforts.
A BULLY'S REFINEMENTS.
He and East, having earned it, stood now looking on. No catastrophe happened, as all the captives were cool hands, and didn't struggle. This didn't suit Flashman. What your real bully likes in tossing, is when the boys kick and struggle, or hold on to one side of the blanket, and so get pitched bodily on to the floor; it's no fun to him when no one is hurt or frightened.
He and East, having earned it, stood there watching. Nothing went wrong, since all the captives stayed calm and didn’t fight back. This wasn’t what Flashman wanted. What a real bully enjoys in a tussle is when the guys kick and wrestle, or hang onto one side of the blanket, and end up being thrown onto the floor. It’s no fun for him when no one gets hurt or scared.
"Let's toss two of them together, Walker," suggested he. "What a cursed bully you are, Flashey!" rejoined the other. "Up with another one."
"Let's throw two of them together, Walker," he suggested. "What a damn bully you are, Flashey!" replied the other. "Bring on another one."
And so after all, the two boys were not tossed together. The peculiar hardship of which tossing, is that it's too much for human nature to lie still then and share troubles; and so the wretched pair of small boys struggle in the air which shall fall atop in the descent, to the no small risk of both falling out of the blanket, and the huge delight of brutes like Flashman.
And so, in the end, the two boys weren't thrown together. The strange difficulty of that tossing is that it's too much for human nature to stay still and share troubles; so the miserable little pair of boys struggle in the air to see who will land on top during the fall, risking both of them falling out of the blanket, much to the amusement of brutes like Flashman.
But now there's a cry that the præpostor of the room is coming; so the tossing stops, and all scatter to their different rooms, and Tom is left to turn in with the first day's experience of a public school to meditate upon.
But now there's a shout that the supervisor of the room is coming; so the roughhousing stops, and everyone disperses to their separate rooms, leaving Tom to reflect on his first day of experiencing a public school.
FOOTNOTES
[1] Opodeldoc: a liniment.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Opodeldoc: a topical pain reliever.
[2] Tuck-shop: cook or pastry shop.
[3] Tick: credit.
[4] Bore: an annoyance.
[7] Jugs: pitchers.
[8] Fugle-man: leader.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Fugle-man: leader.
[9] Chesapeake and Shannon: a song on the famous naval duel off Boston Harbor, in 1813, between the American frigate Chesapeake, and the British ship Shannon. The English gained the victory; but later, the Americans effectually beat them.
[9] Chesapeake and Shannon: a song about the famous naval battle near Boston Harbor in 1813, between the American frigate Chesapeake and the British ship Shannon. The British won the battle, but the Americans ultimately defeated them later on.
[11] Balliol scholarship: a scholarship in Balliol College, one of the leading colleges of Oxford. Such scholarships are frequently worth from $800 to $1000 a year.
[11] Balliol scholarship: a scholarship at Balliol College, one of the top colleges at Oxford. These scholarships are often valued between $800 and $1000 per year.
[12] Doctor: Doctor Arnold. He became head-master of Rugby in 1828. He was a power for good in every direction. He reconstructed the school system, and put the boys on their honor, never in any way questioning their word, so that it came to be a saying in the school, "that it was a shame to tell Arnold a lie; he always believes one." Perhaps no teacher in England was so beloved or had such influence.
[12] Doctor: Doctor Arnold. He became the headmaster of Rugby in 1828. He was a strong force for good in every aspect. He revamped the school system and placed trust in the boys, never doubting their word. It became a saying in the school, "that it's a shame to lie to Arnold; he always believes you." Perhaps no teacher in England was as beloved or had such influence.
[14] Keepers: game-keepers.
[15] Hare and Hounds: next to foot-ball, this is the great sport at Rugby. Several boys representing the hares, start to run a certain course, and are shortly after followed by the whole school as hounds. In some cases thirteen miles have been run in less than an hour and a half.
[15] Hare and Hounds: next to football, this is the major sport at Rugby. A few boys acting as the hares start running a specific route, shortly followed by the entire school as hounds. In some instances, they have covered thirteen miles in under an hour and a half.
[16] Sparring: boxing.
[18] Maudlin: silly.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Maudlin: overly sentimental.
[19] Dips: cheap tallow candles.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Dips: inexpensive tallow candles.
[21] Jugs: pitchers.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pitches: pitchers.
[22] William IV.: 1830 to 1837.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ William IV: 1830 to 1837.
[23] Bating: lowering.
Bating: reducing.
[24] Funk: feel afraid.
CHAPTER VII.
SETTLING TO THE COLLAR.
"Says Giles, 'Tis mortal hard to go;
But if so be's I must.
I means to follow arter he
As goes hisself the fust."—Ballad.
"Says Giles, 'It's really tough to leave;
But if I need to, I will.
I plan to follow after him
As he goes first. —Ballad.
Everybody, I suppose, knows the dreamy, delicious state in which one lies, half asleep, half awake, while consciousness begins to return, after a sound night's rest in a new place which we are glad to be in, following upon a day of unwonted excitement and exertion. There are few pleasanter pieces of life. The worst of it is that they last such a short time; for, nurse them as you will, by lying perfectly passive in mind and body, you can't make more than five minutes or so of them. After which time the stupid, obtrusive, wakeful entity[1] which we call "I," as impatient as he is stiff-necked, spite of our teeth will force himself back again, and take possession of us down to our very toes.
Everyone, I guess, knows that dreamy, enjoyable state where you lie half asleep, half awake, as your consciousness starts to come back after a good night's sleep in a new place that you're happy to be in, especially after a day full of unexpected excitement and activity. There are few things more pleasant in life. The downside is that these moments are so brief; no matter how much you try to hold on to them by lying completely still, both in mind and body, you can only stretch them to about five minutes or so. After that time, the annoying, intrusive, alert part of ourselves—what we call "I," stubborn and impatient—will push its way back in, taking control of us right down to our toes.
WAKING UP; MOVEMENTS OF BOGLE.
It was in this state that Master Tom lay at half-past seven on the morning following the day of his arrival, and from his clean little white bed watched the movements of Bogle (the generic name[2] by which the successive shoeblacks of the School-house were known), as he marched round from bed to bed, collecting the dirty shoes and boots, and depositing clean ones in their places.[3]
There he lay, half doubtful as to where exactly in the universe he was, but conscious that he had made a step in life which he had been anxious to make. It was only just light as he looked lazily out of the wide windows, and saw the tops of the great elms, and the rooks circling about, and cawing remonstrances to the lazy ones of their commonwealth, before starting in a body for the neighboring plowed fields. The noise of the room door closing behind Bogle, as he made his exit with the shoe-basket under his arm, roused him thoroughly, and he sat up in bed and looked round the room. What in the world could be the matter with his shoulders and loins? He felt as if he had been severely beaten all down his back, the natural results of his performance at his first match. He drew up his knees and rested his chin on them, and went over all the events of yesterday, rejoicing in his new life, what he had seen of it, and all that was to come.
There he lay, a bit unsure about where he was in the universe, but aware that he had taken a step in life he had been eager to make. It was just getting light as he lazily looked out of the wide windows and saw the tops of the tall elms, and the rooks circling around and cawing complaints to the lazy ones in their community before flying off together to the nearby plowed fields. The sound of the door closing behind Bogle, as he left with the shoe-basket under his arm, fully woke him up, and he sat up in bed, looking around the room. What on earth was wrong with his shoulders and lower back? He felt like he had been badly beaten all down his back, the natural result of his performance at his first match. He pulled his knees up and rested his chin on them, reflecting on all the events of yesterday, delighted with his new life, what he had experienced so far, and everything that was yet to come.
Presently one or two of the other boys roused themselves, and began to sit up and talk to one another in low tones. Then East, after a roll or two, came to an anchor, also, and, nodding to Tom, began examining his ankle.
Currently, one or two of the other boys woke up and started to sit up and quietly talk to each other. Then East, after rolling over a couple of times, settled down too, and, nodding at Tom, began checking his ankle.
"What a pull,"[4] said he, "that it's lie-in-bed morning, for I shall be as lame as a tree, I think."
"What a pull,"[4] he said, "that it's a lazy morning, because I'm going to feel as stiff as a log, I reckon."
It was Sunday morning, and Sunday lectures had not yet been established; so that nothing but breakfast intervened between bed and eleven o'clock chapel,—a gap by no means easy to fill up; in fact, though received with the correct amount of grumbling, the first lecture instituted by the Doctor shortly afterward was a great boon to the school. It was lie-in-bed, and no one was in a hurry [Pg 141] to get up, especially in rooms where the sixth-form boy was a good-tempered fellow, as was the case in Tom's room, and allowed the small boys to talk and laugh, and do pretty much what they pleased, so long as they didn't disturb him. His bed was a bigger one than the rest, standing in the corner by the fire-place, with a washing-stand and large basin by the side, where he lay in state, with his white curtains tucked in so as to form a retiring place; an awful subject of contemplation to Tom, who slept nearly opposite, and watched the great man rouse himself and take a book from under his pillow, and begin reading, leaning his head on his hand, and turning his back to the room. Soon, however, a noise of striving urchins arose, and muttered encouragements from the neighboring boys, of—"Go it, Tadpole!" "Now, young Green!" "Haul away his blanket!" "Slipper him on the hands!" Young Green and little Hall, commonly called Tadpole, from his great black head and thin legs, slept side by side far away by the door, and were forever playing one another tricks, which usually ended, as on this morning, in open and violent collision: and now, unmindful of all order and authority, there they were each hauling away at the other's bed-clothes with one hand, and with the other, armed with a slipper, belaboring whatever portion of the body of his adversary came within reach.
It was Sunday morning, and there weren't any Sunday lectures yet, so the only thing between getting out of bed and the eleven o'clock chapel was breakfast—a gap that wasn’t easy to fill. In fact, even though people grumbled just the right amount, the first lecture introduced by the Doctor shortly after was a real blessing for the school. It was all about lounging in bed, and no one was in a rush to get up, especially in rooms where the sixth-form boy was pretty easygoing, like in Tom's room, allowing the younger boys to chat and laugh and pretty much do what they wanted, as long as they didn’t disturb him. His bed was larger than the rest, set up in the corner by the fireplace, with a washstand and a big basin next to it, where he lay in comfort, with his white curtains tucked in to create a little retreat; a sight that was both awe-inspiring and perplexing for Tom, who slept nearly opposite and watched the big guy wake up, grab a book from under his pillow, and start reading, resting his head on his hand and facing away from the room. Soon enough, though, the noise of struggling little kids erupted, accompanied by encouragements from the nearby boys like, “Go for it, Tadpole!” “Come on, young Green!” “Pull his blanket off!” “Hit him with your slipper!” Young Green and little Hall, nicknamed Tadpole for his big black head and skinny legs, slept side by side by the door and were always playing tricks on each other, which usually ended, as it did that morning, in an open and chaotic clash: completely disregarding any order or authority, they were both yanking at each other's bedding with one hand while using the other, armed with a slipper, to whack any part of their opponent they could reach.
GETTING UP.
"Hold that noise, up in the corner!" called out the præpostor, sitting up and looking round his curtains; and the Tadpole and young Green sank down into their disordered beds, and then, looking at his watch, added: "Hullo, past eight!—whose turn for hot water?"
"Shut that noise, over in the corner!" shouted the præpostor, sitting up and peering around his curtains; and the Tadpole and young Green sank down into their messy beds, then, glancing at his watch, added: "Hey, it's past eight!—whose turn is it for hot water?"
(Where the præpostor was particular in his ablutions, the fags in his room had to descend in turn to the kitchen, [Pg 142] and beg or steal hot water for him; and often the custom extended further, and two boys went down every morning to get a supply for the whole room.)
(Where the supervisor was particular about his cleaning, the juniors in his room had to take turns going down to the kitchen, [Pg 142] and beg or steal hot water for him; and often the practice went further, with two boys going down every morning to get enough for the entire room.)
"East's and Tadpole's," answered the senior fag, who kept the rota.[5]
"East's and Tadpole's," replied the senior boy, who managed the schedule.[5]
"I can't go," said East; "I'm dead lame."
"I can't go," East said. "I'm really crippled."
"Well, be quick, some of you, that's all," said the great man, as he turned out of bed, and putting on his slippers, went out into the great passage which runs the whole length of the bedrooms, to get his Sunday habiliments out of his portmanteau.
"Alright, hurry up, some of you, that’s all," said the important man as he got out of bed, slipped on his slippers, and walked into the long hallway that stretches the entire length of the bedrooms to get his Sunday clothes out of his suitcase.
"Let me go for you," said Tom to East. "I should like it."
"Let me go for you," Tom said to East. "I'd like that."
"Well, thank'ee, that's a good fellow. Just pull on your trousers, and take your jug[6] and mine. Tadpole will show you the way."
"Thanks, that's a good guy. Just put on your pants and grab your jug[6] and mine. Tadpole will show you the way."
And so Tom and the Tadpole, in night-shirts and trousers, started off down-stairs, and through "Thos's hole," as the little buttery, where candles and beer and bread and cheese were served out at night, was called; across the School-house court, down a long passage, and into the kitchen; where, after some parley with the stalwart, handsome cook, who declared that she had filled a dozen jugs already, they got their hot water, and returned with all speed and great caution. As it was, they narrowly escaped capture by some privateers[7] from the fifth-form rooms, who were on the look-out for the hot-water convoys, and pursued them up to the very door of their room, making them spill half their load in the passage. "Better [Pg 143] than going down again, though," Tadpole remarked, "as we should have had to do, if those beggars had caught us."
So, Tom and the Tadpole, wearing nightshirts and pants, headed downstairs and through what they called "Thos's hole," the little buttery where they served candles, beer, bread, and cheese at night. They crossed the School-house court, walked down a long hallway, and entered the kitchen. After a bit of negotiation with the strong, good-looking cook, who insisted she had already filled a dozen jugs, they got their hot water and hurried back with caution. They nearly got caught by some upperclassmen from the fifth-form rooms who were on the lookout for hot-water deliveries and chased them right up to their room door, causing them to spill half their load in the hallway. "Better this than having to go down again," Tadpole said, "since we would have had to if those guys had caught us."
THE "CLOSE" BEFORE CHAPEL.
By the time that the calling-over bell rang, Tom and his new comrades were all down, dressed in their best clothes, and he had the satisfaction of answering "here" to his name for the first time, the præpostor of the week having put it in at the bottom of his list. And then came breakfast, and a saunter about the close and town with East, whose lameness only became severe when any fagging had to be done. And so they whiled away the time until morning chapel.
By the time the calling-over bell rang, Tom and his new friends were all downstairs, dressed in their best clothes, and he had the satisfaction of saying "here" to his name for the first time, as the præpostor of the week had added it to the bottom of the list. Then came breakfast, followed by a stroll around the close and town with East, whose lameness only really showed when there was hard work to be done. And so they passed the time until morning chapel.
It was a fine November morning, and the close soon became alive with boys of all ages, who sauntered about on the grass, or walked round the gravel-walk, in parties of two or three. East, still doing the cicerone, pointed out all the remarkable characters to Tom as they passed: Osbert, who could throw a cricket ball from the little side ground over the rook-trees to the Doctor's wall; Gray, who had got the Balliol scholarship, and, what East evidently thought of much more importance, a half-holiday for the school by his success; Thorne, who had run ten miles in two minutes over the hour; Black, who had held his own against the cock of the town in the last row with the louts; and many more heroes, who then and there walked about and were worshipped, all trace of whom has long since vanished from the scene of their fame; and the fourth-form boy who reads their names rudely cut out on old hall tables, or painted upon the big side-cupboard (if hall tables and big side-cupboards still exist), wonders what manner of boys they were. It will be the same with you who wonder, my sons, whatever your prowess may be, in cricket, or scholarship, or foot-ball. Two or three [Pg 144] years, more or less, and then the steadily advancing, blessed wave will pass over your names as it has passed over ours. Nevertheless, play your games and do your work manfully—see only that that be done, and let the remembrance of it take care of itself.
It was a beautiful November morning, and the courtyard quickly filled with boys of all ages, strolling on the grass or walking along the gravel path in pairs or groups of three. East, still playing tour guide, pointed out all the notable characters to Tom as they walked by: Osbert, who could throw a cricket ball from the little side field over the rook trees to the Doctor's wall; Gray, who had won the Balliol scholarship and, more importantly to East, secured a half-holiday for the school through his success; Thorne, who had run ten miles just over the hour mark; Black, who had held his own against the town’s champion in the last brawl with the local toughs; and many other heroes, who were there and loved at that moment, though all trace of them has long since disappeared from the scene of their glory; and the fourth-form boy who sees their names crudely carved into old hall tables or painted on the big side cupboard (if hall tables and big side cupboards still exist) wonders what kind of boys they were. It will be the same for you who wonder, my sons, no matter how skilled you may be in cricket, scholarship, or football. Just a couple of years, more or less, and then the ever-advancing, gentle tide will wash over your names just like it has over ours. Nevertheless, play your games and do your work wholeheartedly—make sure that gets done, and let the memory of it take care of itself.
MORNING AND AFTERNOON CHAPEL.
The chapel-bell began to ring at a quarter to eleven, and Tom got in early, took his place in the lowest row, and watched all the other boys come in and take their places, filling row after row; and tried to construe[8] the Greek text which was inscribed over the door with the slightest possible success, and wondering which of the masters, who walked down the chapel and took their seats in the exalted boxes at the end, would be his lord. And then came the closing of the doors, and the Doctor, in his robes, and the service, which, however, didn't impress him much, for his feeling of wonder and curiosity was too strong. And the boy on one side of him was scratching his name on the oak paneling in front, and he couldn't help watching to see what the name was, and whether it was well scratched; and the boy on the other side went to sleep and kept falling against him; and on the whole, though many boys even in that part of the School, were serious and attentive, the general atmosphere was by no means devotional; and when he got out into the close again, he didn't feel at all comfortable, or as if he had been to church.
The chapel bell started ringing at a quarter to eleven, and Tom arrived early, took his seat in the front row, and watched all the other boys come in and fill row after row. He tried to make sense of the Greek text inscribed over the door with only slight success and wondered which of the teachers, who walked down the chapel and took their seats in the elevated boxes at the end, would be his lord. Then the doors closed, and the Doctor appeared in his robes, and the service began, but it didn't impress him much because his sense of wonder and curiosity was too strong. The boy next to him was scratching his name into the oak paneling in front, and he couldn't help but watch to see what the name was and if it was well done; the boy on the other side fell asleep and kept leaning against him. Overall, even though many boys in that part of the School were serious and attentive, the general atmosphere wasn’t really devotional, and when he stepped back outside, he didn’t feel comfortable or like he had been to church at all.
But at afternoon chapel it was quite another thing. He had spent the time after dinner in writing home to his mother, and so was in a better frame of mind: and his first curiosity was over, and he could attend more to the service. As the hymn after the prayers was being [Pg 145] sung, and the chapel was getting a little dark, he was beginning to feel that he had been really worshipping. And then came that great event in his, as in every Rugby boy's life of that day,—the first sermon from the Doctor.
But at afternoon chapel, things were totally different. He had spent the time after dinner writing home to his mother, so he was feeling much better. His initial curiosity had faded, allowing him to focus more on the service. As the hymn was being sung after the prayers and the chapel started to dim, he began to feel that he was truly worshipping. Then came that big moment in his life, just like for every Rugby boy that day—his first sermon from the Doctor.
THE SERMON.
More worthy pens than mine have described that scene—the oak pulpit standing out by itself above the School seats; the tall, gallant form, the kindling eye, the voice, now soft as the low notes of a flute, now clear and stirring as the call of the light infantry bugle, of him who stood there Sunday after Sunday, witnessing and pleading for his Lord, the King of righteousness and love and glory, with whose spirit he was filled, and in whose power he spoke; the long lines of young faces, rising tier above tier down the whole length of the chapel, from the little boy's who had just left his mother to the young man's who was going out next week into the great world rejoicing in his strength. It was a great and solemn sight, and never more so than at this time of the year, when the only lights in the chapel were in the pulpit and at the seats of the præpostors of the week, and the soft twilight stole over the rest of the chapel, deepening into darkness in the high gallery behind the organ.
More skilled writers than I have depicted that scene—the oak pulpit standing alone above the school seats; the tall, impressive figure, the sparkling eyes, the voice, sometimes soft like the low notes of a flute, sometimes clear and stirring like the call of the light infantry bugle, of the man who stood there Sunday after Sunday, witnessing and advocating for his Lord, the King of righteousness, love, and glory, with whose spirit he was filled, and in whose power he spoke; the long rows of young faces, tier after tier down the entire length of the chapel, from the little boy who had just left his mother to the young man who was about to step into the wider world next week, proud of his strength. It was a grand and solemn sight, especially at this time of year, when the only lights in the chapel were in the pulpit and at the seats of the week's præpostors, while the soft twilight enveloped the rest of the chapel, deepening into darkness in the high gallery behind the organ.
But what was it, after all, which seized and held these three hundred boys, dragging them out of themselves, willing or unwilling, for twenty minutes, on Sunday afternoons? True, there always were boys scattered up and down the School, who in heart and head were worthy to hear and able to carry away the deepest and wisest words spoken. But these were a minority always, generally a very small one, often so small a one as to be countable on the fingers of your hand. What was it that moved and held us, the rest of the three hundred reckless, childish [Pg 146] boys, who feared the Doctor with our hearts, and very little besides in heaven or earth: who thought more of our sets[9] in the School than of the Church of Christ, and put the traditions of Rugby and the public opinion of boys in our daily life above the laws of God? We couldn't enter into half that we heard; we hadn't the knowledge of our own hearts or the knowledge of one another; and little enough of the faith, hope, and love needed to that end. But we listened, as all boys in their better moods will listen (ay, and men, too, for the matter of that), to a man whom we felt to be, with all his heart and soul and strength, striving against whatever was mean and unmanly and unrighteous in our little world. It was not the cold clear voice of one giving advice and warning from serene heights to those who were struggling and sinning below, but the warm living voice of one who was fighting for us and by our sides, and calling on us to help him and ourselves and one another. And so, wearily and little by little, but surely and steadily on the whole, was brought home to the young boy, for the first time, the meaning of his life: that it was no fool's or sluggard's paradise into which he had wandered by chance, but a battle-field ordained from of old, where there are no spectators, but the youngest must take his side, and the stakes are life and death. And he who roused this consciousness in them showed them at the same time, by every word he spoke in the pulpit, and by his whole daily life, how that battle was to be fought; and stood there before them their fellow-soldier and the captain of their band. The true sort of captain, too, for a boy's army, one who had no misgivings and gave no uncertain word of command, and, let who [Pg 147] would yield or make truce, would fight the fight out (so every boy felt) to the last gasp and the last drop of blood. Other sides of his character might take hold of and influence boys here and there, but it was this thoroughness and undaunted courage which more than anything else won his way to the hearts of the great mass of those on whom he left his mark, and made them believe first in him, and then in his Master.
But what was it, really, that grabbed and kept these three hundred boys, pulling them out of themselves, whether they wanted to or not, for twenty minutes on Sunday afternoons? Sure, there were always boys scattered throughout the school who were truly deserving of and capable of absorbing the deepest and wisest words spoken. But these were always a minority, often so small that you could count them on one hand. What was it that engaged and held us, the rest of the three hundred reckless, childish boys, who feared the Doctor with all our hearts and very little else in heaven or earth; who cared more about our social groups in the school than the Church of Christ, and prioritized the traditions of Rugby and what our peers thought over the laws of God? We couldn't grasp half of what we heard; we didn't understand our own hearts or those of each other, and we had little of the faith, hope, and love needed for that understanding. Yet we listened, as all boys do in their better moments (and men, too, for that matter), to a man we sensed was, with all his heart and soul and strength, battling against whatever was mean, childish, and unjust in our small world. It wasn't the cold, clear voice of someone giving distant advice and warnings from a high place to those of us who were struggling and sinning below, but the warm, living voice of someone who was fighting for us and alongside us, urging us to help him and ourselves and each other. And so, little by little, albeit wearily, but surely and steadily overall, the meaning of life was revealed to the young boy for the first time: that he hadn’t stumbled into a fool's or sluggard's paradise by chance, but onto a battlefield that had been set long ago, where there are no spectators, and the youngest must take a side, with the stakes being life and death. And the one who awakened this awareness in them showed them through every word he spoke in the pulpit, and through his daily life, how that battle was to be fought; and he stood there before them as their fellow soldier and the leader of their group. The true kind of leader for a boy's army, someone who had no doubts and gave clear commands, and, no matter who gave in or sought peace, would resolve to fight the battle to the very last breath and the last drop of blood. Other aspects of his character might have influenced boys here and there, but it was this total commitment and fearless spirit that more than anything else won the hearts of the majority he impacted, making them first believe in him, and then in his Master.
THE DOCTOR'S FIRST HOLD.
It was this quality, above all others, which moved such boys as our hero, who had nothing whatever remarkable about him except excess of boyishness; by which I mean animal life in its fullest measure, good-nature and honest impulses, hatred of injustice and meanness, and thoughtlessness enough to sink a three-decker.[10] And so, during the next two years, in which it was more than doubtful whether he would get good or evil from the school, and before any steady purpose or principle grew up in him, whatever his week's sins or shortcomings might have been, he hardly ever left the chapel on Sunday evenings without a serious resolve to stand by and follow the Doctor, and a feeling that it was only cowardice (the incarnation[11] of all other sins in such a boy's mind) which hindered him from doing so with all his heart.
It was this quality, more than any other, that influenced boys like our hero, who didn't have anything particularly special about him except for an abundance of youthful energy; I mean a zest for life at its fullest, a good-natured spirit, honest impulses, a strong dislike for injustice and meanness, and a level of thoughtlessness that could sink a battleship.[10] So, during the next two years, when it was uncertain whether he would benefit from or suffer due to the school, and before any firm purpose or principle took root in him, despite whatever mistakes or flaws he might have had that week, he rarely left the chapel on Sunday evenings without a serious intention to support and follow the Doctor, along with a feeling that only cowardice (the embodiment[11] of all other sins in a boy's mind) was stopping him from doing so wholeheartedly.
The next day Tom was duly placed in the third form, and began his lessons in a corner of the Big School.[12] He found the work very easy, as he had been well grounded and knew his grammar by heart; and, as he had no intimate companion to make him idle (East and his other School-house friends being in the lower fourth, the form [Pg 148] above him), soon gained golden opinions from his master, who said he was placed too low, and should be put out at the end of the half-year. So all went well with him in school, and he wrote the most flourishing letters home to his mother, full of his own success, and the unspeakable delights of a public school.
The next day, Tom was officially put in the third grade and started his lessons in a corner of the Big School.[12] He found the work really easy since he had a solid foundation and knew his grammar by heart. Without a close friend to distract him (East and his other school friends were in the lower fourth, the grade above him), he quickly earned high praise from his teacher, who said he was placed too low and should be moved up at the end of the term. Everything was going well for him in school, and he wrote the most enthusiastic letters home to his mother, full of his achievements and the incredible joys of attending a public school.
In the house too all went well. The end of the half-year was drawing near, which kept everybody in a good humor, and the house was ruled well and strongly by Warner and Brooke. True, the general system was rough and hard, and there was bullying in nooks and corners, bad signs for the future; but it never got further, or dared show itself openly, stalking about the passages and hall and bedrooms, and making the life of the small boys a continual fear.
In the house, everything was going smoothly. The end of the semester was approaching, which kept everyone in a good mood, and the house was well-managed and firmly run by Warner and Brooke. It's true that the overall atmosphere was tough and harsh, and there was some bullying happening in hidden spots, which were bad signs for what was to come; however, it never escalated or dared to reveal itself openly, lingering in the corridors, halls, and bedrooms, making the younger boys live in constant fear.
HOUSE-FAGGING.
Tom, as a new boy, was of right excused fagging for the first month, but in his enthusiasm for his new life this privilege hardly pleased him; and East and others of his young friends discovering this, kindly allowed him to indulge his fancy, and take their turns at night-fagging and cleaning studies. These were the principal duties of the fags in the house. From supper until nine o'clock, three fags taken in order stood in the passages, and answered any præpostor who called fag, racing to the door, the last comer having to do the work. This consisted generally of going to the buttery for beer and bread and cheese (for the great men did not sup with the rest, but had each his own allowance, in his study or the fifth-form room), cleaning candlesticks and putting in new candles, toasting cheese, and carrying messages about the house; and Tom, in the first blush of his hero-worship, felt it a high privilege to receive orders from, and be the bearer of [Pg 149] the supper of old Brooke. And besides this night-work each præpostor had three or four fags specially allotted to him, of whom he was supposed to be the guide, philosopher, and friend, and who in return for these good offices had to clean out his study every morning by turns, directly after first lesson and before he returned from breakfast. And the pleasure of seeing the great men's studies, and looking at their pictures, and peeping into their books, made Tom a ready substitute for any boy who was too lazy to do his own work. And so he gained the character of a good-natured, willing fellow, who was ready to do a turn for any one.
Tom, being a new kid, was excused from doing chores for the first month, but his excitement about starting this new chapter made that exemption less appealing. East and his other young friends noticed this and generously let him join in, taking turns with night duties and tidying up the studies. These tasks were the main responsibilities of the junior boys in the house. From supper until nine o'clock, three juniors stood in the hall in rotation and responded whenever a senior called for them, racing to the door, with the last one arriving having to complete the task. This usually involved going to the pantry for beer and bread and cheese (since the important guys didn't eat with everyone else, but had their own portions in their study or the fifth-form room), cleaning candlesticks and replacing the candles, toasting cheese, and running errands around the house. Tom, in the early excitement of his admiration for the older students, felt it was a great honor to take orders from, and deliver the supper for, old Brooke. In addition to this nighttime work, each senior had three or four juniors specifically assigned to him, whom he was expected to guide, mentor, and befriend. In return for these services, the juniors had to clean out his study each morning in rotation, right after the first lesson and before he came back from breakfast. The enjoyment of seeing the studies of the older boys, looking at their pictures, and sneaking peeks at their books made Tom a willing replacement for any boy too lazy to handle his own chores. As a result, he earned a reputation as a friendly, helpful guy who was always ready to lend a hand.
In all the games, too, he joined with all his heart, and soon became well versed in all the mysteries of foot-ball, by continual practice at the School-house little-side, which played daily.
In all the games, he threw himself into them wholeheartedly, and soon became skilled in all the intricacies of football through constant practice at the Schoolhouse little side, which played every day.
HARE AND HOUNDS.
The only incident worth recording here, however, was his first run at Hare and Hounds. On the last Tuesday but one of the half-year, he was passing through the hall after dinner, when he was hailed with shouts from Tadpole and several other fags seated at one of the long tables, the chorus of which was "Come and help us tear up scent."
The only event worth mentioning here was his first run at Hare and Hounds. On the penultimate Tuesday of the half-year, he was walking through the hall after dinner when he was called out by Tadpole and several other younger students sitting at one of the long tables, all shouting, "Come and help us tear up the scent."
Tom approached the table in obedience to the mysterious summons, always ready to help, and found the party engaged in tearing up old newspapers, copy-books, and magazines into small pieces, with which they were filling four large canvas bags.
Tom walked up to the table in response to the mysterious call, always eager to help, and saw the group busy ripping old newspapers, notebooks, and magazines into small pieces to fill four large canvas bags.
"It's the turn of our house to find scent for big-side Hare and Hounds," exclaimed Tadpole; "tear away, there's no time to lose before calling-over."
"It's our turn to find the scent for the big-side Hare and Hounds," exclaimed Tadpole; "let's go, we don't have time to waste before calling-over."
"I think it's a great shame," said another small boy, "to have such a hard run for the last day."
"I think it's a real shame," said another little boy, "to have such a tough race on the last day."
"Which run is it?" cried Tadpole.
"Which run is this?" shouted Tadpole.
"Oh, the Barby run, I hear," answered the other; "nine miles at least, and hard ground; no chance of getting in at the finish, unless you're a first-rate scud."
"Oh, I hear about the Barby run," replied the other; "it's at least nine miles on tough ground; there's no way you can finish unless you're really fast."
"Well, I'm going to have a try," said Tadpole; "it's the last run of the half."
"Well, I'm going to give it a shot," said Tadpole; "it's the last run of the half."
"I should like to try, too," said Tom.
"I'd like to give it a try, too," said Tom.
"Well, then leave your waistcoat behind, and listen at the door, after calling-over, and you'll hear where the meet is."
"Well, then leave your vest behind and listen at the door after calling out, and you'll hear where the gathering is."
After calling-over, sure enough, there were two boys at the door calling out: "Big-side Hare and Hounds meet at White Hall"; and Tom, having girded himself with a leather strap, and left all superfluous clothing behind, set off for White Hall, an old gable-ended[13] house some quarter of a mile from the town, and East, whom he had persuaded to join, notwithstanding his prophecy that they could never get in, as it was the hardest run of the year.
After the roll call, sure enough, two boys were at the door shouting, "Big-side Hare and Hounds meet at White Hall"; and Tom, having strapped on a leather belt and left behind any unnecessary clothes, set off for White Hall, an old gable-ended house about a quarter of a mile from town. He had convinced East to join him, even though East had warned that they would never make it inside, as it was the toughest run of the year.
THE MEET AND THE FIRST BURST.
At the meet they found some forty or fifty boys, and Tom felt sure, from having seen many of them run at foot-ball, that he and East were more likely to get in than they.
At the meet, they found about forty or fifty boys, and Tom felt certain, having seen many of them play football, that he and East were more likely to make the team than they were.
After a few minutes' waiting, two well-known runners, chosen for the hares, buckled on the four bags filled with scent, compared their watches with those of young Brooke and Thorne, and started off at a long, slinging trot across the fields in the direction of Barby.
After a few minutes of waiting, two familiar runners, picked to be the hares, strapped on the four bags filled with scent, checked their watches against those of young Brooke and Thorne, and took off at a long, swinging trot across the fields towards Barby.
Then the hounds clustered round Thorne, who explained shortly, "They're to have six minutes' law.[14] We run to the Cock,[15] and every one who comes in within a quarter of an hour of the hares'll be counted, if he has [Pg 151] been round Barby Church." Then came a minute's pause or so, and then the watches are pocketed, and the pack is led through the gate-way into the field which the hares had first crossed. Here they break into a trot, scattering over the field to find the first traces of the scent which the hares throw out as they go along. The old hounds make straight for the likely points, and in a minute a cry of "Forward" comes from one of them, and the whole pack quickening their pace make for the spot, while the boy who hit the scent first, and the two or three nearest to him, are over the first fence, and making play along the hedge-row in the long grass-field beyond. The rest of the pack rush at the gap already made, and scramble through, jostling one another. "Forward" again, before they are half through; the pace quickens into a sharp run, the tail hounds all straining to get up to the lucky leaders. They are gallant hares, and the scent lies thick right across another meadow and into a plowed field, where the pace begins to tell; then over a good wattle[16] with a ditch on the other side, and down a large pasture studded with old thorns, which slopes down to the first brook; the great Leicestershire[17] sheep charge away across the field as the pack comes racing down the slope. The brook is a small one, and the scent lies right ahead up the opposite slope, and as thick as ever; not a turn or a check to favor the tail hounds, who strain on, now trailing in a long line, many a youngster beginning to drag his legs heavily, and feel his heart beat like a hammer, and the bad plucked ones thinking that after all it isn't worth while to keep it up.
Then the hounds gathered around Thorne, who briefly explained, "They get a six-minute head start. We run to the Cock, and anyone who arrives within a quarter of an hour of the hares will be counted, as long as they’ve gone around Barby Church." After a short pause, the watches are put away, and the pack is led through the gateway into the field the hares first crossed. Here, they break into a trot, spreading out to pick up the first signs of the scent the hares leave behind. The older hounds head straight for the most promising areas, and in a minute, one of them lets out a loud "Forward," prompting the entire pack to quicken their pace toward the spot, while the boy who first picked up the scent and a couple of others nearby leap over the first fence and start moving along the hedge in the long grass field beyond. The remaining hounds rush toward the opening they made and scramble through, bumping into each other. "Forward" again, before they’re even halfway through; the pace picks up into a fast run, as the trailing hounds work hard to catch up with the fortunate leaders. The hares are strong, and the scent is thick all the way across another meadow and into a plowed field, where the speed begins to take its toll; then they leap over a sturdy wattle with a ditch on the other side and down a large pasture filled with old thorns that slopes down to the first brook. The big Leicestershire sheep scatter across the field as the pack races down the slope. The brook is small, and the scent is right ahead up the opposite slope, just as strong as ever; there's no turn or pause to give the trailing hounds a chance, who push on in a long line, with many of the younger ones starting to drag their legs and feel their hearts pounding heavily, while the less determined ones wonder if it's really worth continuing.
Tom, East, and the Tadpole had a good start, and are well up for such young hands, and, after rising the slope and crossing the next field, find themselves up with the leading hounds, who have overrun the scent, and are trying back; they have come a mile and a half in about eleven minutes, a pace which shows that it is the last day. About twenty-five of the original starters only show here, the rest having already given in; the leaders are busy making casts[18] into the fields on the left and right, and the others get their second winds.
Tom, East, and the Tadpole had a solid start and are holding their own for such young riders. After climbing the slope and crossing the next field, they catch up with the lead hounds, who have lost the scent and are retracing their steps. They've traveled a mile and a half in about eleven minutes, a pace that signals it's the last day. Only about twenty-five of the original participants remain here, with the others having already dropped out. The leaders are busy making casts[18] into the fields on both sides, while the rest are getting their second wind.
Then comes the cry of "Forward" again, from young Brooke, from the extreme left, and the pack settle down to work again steadily and doggedly, the whole keeping pretty well together. The scent, though still good, is not so thick; there is no need of that, for in this part of the run every one knows the line which must be taken, and so there are no casts to be made, but good downright running and fencing to be done. All who are now up mean coming in, and they come to the foot of Barby Hill without losing more than two or three more of the pack. This last straight two miles and a half is always a vantage-ground[19] for the hounds, and the hares know it well; they are generally viewed on the side of Barby Hill, and all eyes are on the look-out for them to-day. But not a sign of them appears, so now will be the hard work for the hounds, and there is nothing for it but to cast about for the scent, for it is now the hares' turn, and they may baffle the pack dreadfully in the next two miles.
Then the shout of "Forward" rings out again from young Brooke on the far left, and the group settles down to work steadily and determinedly, generally staying together. The scent is still good, though not as strong; that’s fine because everyone knows the route to take in this part of the run, so there’s no need for casting, just straight running and jumping to be done. Everyone still out here intends to finish, and they reach the bottom of Barby Hill without losing more than two or three of the pack. This last stretch of two and a half miles is always advantageous for the hounds, and the hares are well aware of it; they’re usually spotted on the side of Barby Hill, and everyone is on the lookout for them today. But there’s not a glimpse of them, so now it’ll be tough work for the hounds, and they have no choice but to search for the scent, as it’s the hares’ turn now, and they could really confuse the pack in the next two miles.
Ill fares it now with our youngsters that they are School-house boys, and so follow young Brooke, for he [Pg 153] takes the wide casts round to the left, conscious of his own powers, and loving the hard work. For if you would consider for a moment, you small boys, you would remember that the Cock, where the run ends, lies far out to the right, on the Dunchurch road, so that every cast you take to the left is so much extra work. And at this stage of the run, when the evening is closing in already, no one remarks whether you run a little cunning or not, so you should stick to those crafty hounds who keep edging away to the right, and not follow a prodigal like young Brooke, whose legs are twice as long as yours and of cast-iron, wholly indifferent to one or two miles, more or less. However, they struggle after him, panting and plunging along, Tom and East pretty close, and Tadpole, whose big head begins to pull him down, some thirty yards behind.
It’s tough for our kids these days that they’re just school boys, and so they follow young Brooke. He takes a wide route to the left, confident in his own abilities and embracing the hard work. If you think about it for a moment, you little guys would remember that the Cock, where the run ends, is way out on the right along the Dunchurch road, so every time you go left, it's just extra effort. At this point in the run, with night already closing in, no one really cares if you’re a bit sneaky or not, so you should stick with those clever hounds who keep drifting right instead of chasing after a wasteful guy like young Brooke, whose legs are twice as long as yours and made of iron, totally unfazed by an extra mile or two. But still, they chase after him, panting and struggling along, with Tom and East pretty close behind, and Tadpole, whose big head is starting to weigh him down, about thirty yards back.
THE FIRST CHECK.
Now comes a brook, with stiff clay banks, from which they can hardly drag their legs, and they hear faint cries for help from the wretched Tadpole, who has fairly stuck fast. But they have too little run left in themselves to pull up for their own brothers. Three fields more, and another check, and then "forward," called away to the extreme right.
Now a stream appears, with hard clay banks, from which they can barely pull their legs, and they hear faint cries for help from the miserable Tadpole, who is completely stuck. But they have too little energy left to help their own brothers. Three more fields, and another pause, and then "forward," called away to the far right.
The two boys' souls die within them; they can never do it. Young Brooke thinks so, too, and says, kindly: "You'll cross a lane after next field, keep down it, and you'll hit the Dunchurch road below the Cock," and then, steams away for the run in, in which he's sure to be first, as if he were just starting. They struggle on across the next field, the "forwards" getting fainter and fainter, and then ceasing. The whole hunt is out of earshot, and all hope of coming in is over.
The two boys feel hopeless; they can't go on. Young Brooke thinks the same and says kindly, "You'll cross a lane after the next field, keep going down it, and you'll reach the Dunchurch road below the Cock,” and then, he rushes off for the finish, certain he'll be first, as if he were just beginning. They push through the next field, the "forwards" getting softer and softer until they fade away completely. The entire hunt is out of earshot, and any hope of making it in is gone.
NO GO.
"Hang it all!" broke out East, as soon as he had got wind enough, pulling off his hat and mopping at his face, all spattered with dirt, and lined with sweat, from which went up a thick steam into the still, cold air. "I told you how it would be. What a thick[20] I was to come! Here we are dead beat, and yet I know we're close to the run in, if we knew the country."
"Ugh!" East exclaimed as soon as he caught his breath, taking off his hat and wiping his face, which was covered in dirt and lined with sweat that released a thick mist into the still, cold air. "I warned you how it would be. What an idiot I was for coming! Here we are completely exhausted, and yet I know we're close to the finish line if we just knew the area."
"Well," said Tom, mopping away, and gulping down his disappointment, "it can't be helped. We did our best, anyhow. Hadn't we better find this lane, and go down it as young Brooke told us?"
"Well," Tom said, wiping his brow and swallowing his disappointment, "there's nothing we can do about it. We tried our best, after all. Shouldn't we find this lane and head down it like young Brooke suggested?"
"I suppose so—nothing else for it," grunted East. "If ever I go out last day again," growl—growl—growl.
"I guess so—there's no other option," grumbled East. "If I ever go out on the last day again," growl—growl—growl.
So they tried back slowly and sorrowfully, and found the lane, and went limping down it, plashing in the cold, puddly ruts, and beginning to feel how the run had taken it out of them. The evening closed in fast, and clouded over, dark, cold, and dreary.
So they trudged back slowly and sadly, found the lane, and limped down it, splashing through the cold, puddly ruts, starting to feel how exhausting the run had been. The evening quickly closed in, becoming dark, cold, and gloomy.
CONSEQUENCES.
"I say, it must be locking-up, I should think," remarked East, breaking the silence; "it's so dark."
"I think it must be closing up," East said, breaking the silence. "It's so dark."
"What if we're late?" said Tom.
"What if we're late?" Tom asked.
"No tea, and sent up to the Doctor," answered East.
"No tea, and sent up to the Doctor," East replied.
The thought didn't add to their cheerfulness. Presently a faint halloo was heard from an adjoining field. They answered it, and stopped, hoping for some competent rustic to guide them, when over a gate some twenty yards ahead crawled the wretched Tadpole, in a state of collapse; he had lost a shoe in the brook, and had been groping in it up to his elbows in the stiff, wet clay, and a more miserable creature in the shape of a boy seldom has been seen.
The thought didn't make them any happier. Soon, they heard a faint shout from a nearby field. They responded and paused, hoping to spot a knowledgeable farmer to help them when, over a gate about twenty yards ahead, crawled the miserable Tadpole, completely worn out; he had lost a shoe in the stream and had been digging in it up to his elbows in the thick, wet mud, and a more miserable boy rarely exists.
The sight of him, notwithstanding, cheered them, for he was some degrees more wretched than they. They also cheered him, as he was no longer under the dread of passing his night alone in the fields. And so in better heart the three plashed painfully down the never-ending lane. At last it widened, just as utter darkness set in, and they came out on a turnpike road, and there paused bewildered, for they had lost all bearings, and knew not whether to turn to the right or left.
The sight of him, however, lifted their spirits because he was a bit more miserable than they were. They also encouraged him since he no longer had to worry about spending the night alone in the fields. With a lighter heart, the three of them trudged painfully down the seemingly endless lane. Finally, it opened up just as complete darkness fell, and they emerged onto a highway, stopping in confusion because they had lost all sense of direction and didn’t know whether to turn right or left.
Luckily for them they had not to decide, for lumbering along the road, with one lamp lighted, and two spavined horses in the shafts, came a heavy coach, which after a moment's suspense, they recognized as the Oxford coach, the redoubtable Pig and Whistle.
Fortunately for them, they didn't have to make a decision because, rumbling down the road with one light on and two worn-out horses in the harness, came a sturdy coach. After a moment of uncertainty, they recognized it as the Oxford coach, the famous Pig and Whistle.
It lumbered slowly up, and the boys mustering their last run, caught it as it passed, and began clambering up behind, in which exploit East missed his footing, and fell flat on his nose along the road. Then the others hailed the old scarecrow of a coachman, who pulled up and agreed to take them in for a shilling; so there they sat on the back seat, drubbing with their heels, and their teeth chattering with cold, and jogged into Rugby some forty minutes after locking-up.
It slowly creaked up, and the boys mustering their last bit of energy caught it as it passed and started climbing up behind. In the process, East lost his footing and fell flat on his face on the road. Then the others called out to the old scarecrow of a coachman, who stopped and agreed to take them for a shilling. So there they were, sitting on the back seat, kicking their heels and chattering their teeth from the cold, as they bounced into Rugby about forty minutes after closing time.
THEIR RECEPTION.
Five minutes afterward, three small, limping, shivering figures steal along through the Doctor's garden, and into the house by the servants' entrance (all the other gates have been closed long since), where the first thing they light upon in the passage is old Thomas, ambling along, candle in one hand and keys in the other.
Five minutes later, three small, limping, shivering figures sneak through the Doctor's garden and enter the house through the servants' entrance (all the other gates have been shut for a while), where the first thing they encounter in the hallway is old Thomas, walking along with a candle in one hand and keys in the other.
He stops and examines their condition with a grim smile. "Ah! East, Hall, and Brown, late for locking-up. Must go up to the Doctor's study at once."
He stops and looks at their condition with a grim smile. "Ah! East, Hall, and Brown, late for closing time. I need to head up to the Doctor's study right away."
"Well, but Thomas, mayn't we go and wash first? You can put down the time, you know."
"Well, Thomas, can't we go wash up first? You can keep track of the time, you know."
"Doctor's study d'rectly you come in—that's the orders," replied old Thomas, motioning toward the stairs at the end of the passage which led up into the Doctor's house; and the boys turned ruefully down it, not cheered by the old verger's muttered remark, "What a pickle they boys be in!" Thomas referred to their faces and habiliments, but they construed it as indicating the Doctor's state of mind. Upon the short flight of stairs they paused to hold counsel.
"Doctor's study is right there—you need to go in," replied old Thomas, pointing towards the stairs at the end of the hallway that led up to the Doctor's house; and the boys reluctantly headed down it, not comforted by the old verger's muttered comment, "What a mess those boys are in!" Thomas was talking about their faces and clothing, but they took it to mean something about the Doctor's mood. They stopped on the short flight of stairs to discuss what to do next.
"Who'll go in first?" inquires Tadpole.
"Who’s going in first?" asks Tadpole.
"You—you're the senior," answered East.
"You—you're the senior," East replied.
"Catch me—look at the state I'm in," rejoined Hall, showing the arms of his jacket. "I must get behind you two."
"Help me—check out how I'm dressed," Hall replied, pointing at the sleeves of his jacket. "I need to get behind you two."
"Well, but look at me," said East indicating the mass of clay behind which he was standing; "I'm worse than you, two to one; you might grow cabbages on my trousers."
"Well, but look at me," said East, pointing to the pile of clay he was standing behind; "I'm worse off than you, two to one; you could grow cabbages on my pants."
"That's all down below, and you can keep your legs behind the sofa," said Hall.
"Everything's down below, and you can keep your legs behind the couch," said Hall.
"Here, Brown, you're the show figure—you must lead."
"Listen, Brown, you're the main attraction—you have to take charge."
"But my face is all muddy," argued Tom.
"But my face is all muddy," Tom protested.
"Oh, we're all in one boat, for that matter; but, come on, we're only making it worse, dawdling here."
"Oh, we're all in the same boat here; but seriously, we're just making it worse by wasting time."
"Well, just give us a brush then," said Tom: and they began trying to rub off the superfluous dirt from each other's jackets, but it was not dry enough, and the rubbing made them worse; so in despair they pushed through the swing door at the head of the stairs, and found themselves in the Doctor's hall.
"Alright, just hand us a brush then," said Tom; and they started trying to wipe off the extra dirt from each other's jackets, but it wasn't dry enough, and the rubbing just made it worse. So, feeling defeated, they pushed through the swinging door at the top of the stairs and found themselves in the Doctor's hall.
"That's the library door," said East, in a whisper, pushing Tom forward. The sound of merry voices and laughter came from within, and his first hesitating knock was unanswered. But at the second, the Doctor's voice said, "Come in," and Tom turned the handle, and he, with the others behind him, sidled into the room.
"That's the library door," East said quietly, nudging Tom forward. The sounds of joyful voices and laughter echoed from inside, and his first tentative knock went unanswered. But on the second knock, the Doctor's voice called out, "Come in," and Tom turned the handle, slipping into the room with the others behind him.
The Doctor looked up from his task; he was working away with a great chisel at the bottom of a boy's sailing-boat, the lines of which he was no doubt fashioning on the model of one of Nicias's galleys.[21] Round him stood three or four children; the candles burnt brightly on a large table at the further end, covered with books and papers, and a great fire threw a ruddy glow over the rest of the room. All looked so kindly and homely,[22] and comfortable, that the boys took heart in a moment, and Tom advanced, from behind the shelter of the great sofa. The Doctor nodded to the children, who went out, casting curious and amused glances at the three young scarecrows.
The Doctor looked up from what he was doing; he was busy chiseling away at the bottom of a boy's sailing boat, which he was clearly shaping based on one of Nicias's galleys.[21] Around him stood three or four kids; the candles glowed brightly on a large table at the far end, piled with books and papers, and a roaring fire cast a warm light across the rest of the room. Everything felt so welcoming and cozy,[22] that the boys quickly gained confidence, and Tom stepped out from behind the large sofa. The Doctor nodded to the kids, who left, throwing curious and amused looks at the three young scarecrows.
THEIR EXPLANATION.
"Well, my little fellows," began the Doctor, drawing himself up with his back to the fire, the chisel in one hand and his coat-tails in the other; and his eyes twinkling as he looked them over; "what makes you so late?"
"Well, my little friends," began the Doctor, standing tall with his back to the fire, holding a chisel in one hand and his coat-tails in the other, his eyes sparkling as he looked at them, "what's causing you to be so late?"
"Please, sir, we've been out big-side Hare and Hounds, and lost our way."
"Excuse me, sir, we've been out chasing big-side Hare and Hounds, and we've lost our way."
"Hah! you couldn't keep up, I suppose?"
"Hah! I guess you couldn't keep up, right?"
"Well, sir," said East, stepping out, and not liking that the Doctor should think lightly of his running powers, "we got round Barby all right, but then—"
"Well, sir," said East, stepping out and not wanting the Doctor to underestimate his running abilities, "we made it around Barby just fine, but then—"
"Why, what a state you're in, my boy!" interrupted the Doctor, as the pitiful condition of East's garments was fully revealed to him.
"Wow, what a mess you're in, my boy!" interrupted the Doctor, as he took in the sorry state of East's clothes.
"That's the fall I got, sir, in the road," said East, looking down at himself; "the Old Pig came by—"
"That's the fall I had, sir, on the road," East said, looking down at himself; "the Old Pig came by—"
"The what?" said the Doctor.
"The what?" asked the Doctor.
"Oxford coach, sir," explained Hall.
"Oxford coach, sir," Hall explained.
"Hah! yes, the Regulator," said the Doctor.
"Hah! Yes, the Regulator," the Doctor said.
"And I tumbled on my face, trying to get up behind," went on East.
"And I fell flat on my face, trying to get up behind," East continued.
"You're not hurt, I hope?" said the Doctor.
"You're not hurt, I hope?" the Doctor asked.
"Oh, no, sir."
"Oh, no, sir."
"Well, now, run up-stairs, all three of you, and get clean things on, and then tell the housekeeper to give you some tea. You're too young to try such long runs. Let Warner know I've seen you. Good-night."
"Alright, now go upstairs, all three of you, and put on some clean clothes, then ask the housekeeper for some tea. You're too young to be doing such long runs. Let Warner know I saw you. Goodnight."
"Good-night, sir." And away scuttled the three boys in high glee.
"Good night, sir." And off the three boys rushed, full of excitement.
"What a brick, not to give us even twenty lines to learn!" said the Tadpole, as they reached their bedroom; and in half an hour afterward they were sitting by the fire in the housekeeper's room at a sumptuous tea, with cold meat, "twice as good a grub as we should have got in the hall," as the Tadpole remarked with a grin, his mouth full of buttered toast. All their grievances were forgotten, and they were resolving to go out the first big-side next half, and thinking Hare and Hounds the most delightful of games.
"What a bummer, not to give us even twenty lines to learn!" said the Tadpole as they got to their bedroom; and half an hour later, they were sitting by the fire in the housekeeper's room enjoying a lavish tea, with cold meat. "This is way better than what we would have gotten in the hall," the Tadpole said with a grin, his mouth full of buttered toast. All their complaints were forgotten, and they were planning to go out for the first big-side next half, thinking that Hare and Hounds was the most enjoyable game.
LAST DAYS.
A day or two afterward the great passage outside the bedrooms was cleared of the boxes and portmanteaus, which went down to be packed by the matron, and great games of chariot-racing, and cock-fighting, and bolstering[23] went on in the vacant space, the sure sign of a closing half-year.
A day or two later, the large hallway outside the bedrooms was cleared of the boxes and suitcases, which were taken down to be packed by the matron. Exciting games of chariot racing, cockfighting, and pillow fighting held in the empty space signaled the end of a school term.
Then came the making up of parties for the journey home, and Tom joined a party who were to hire a coach, and post with four horses to Oxford.
Then came the arrangement of groups for the trip back home, and Tom joined a group that planned to hire a coach and travel with four horses to Oxford.
Then the last Saturday on which the Doctor came round to each form to give out the prizes, and hear the masters' last report of how they and their charges had been conducting themselves; and Tom, to his huge delight, was praised, and got his remove into the lower fourth, in which all his School-house friends were.
Then, on the last Saturday when the Doctor went around to each class to hand out prizes and listen to the teachers' final reports on how the students had been behaving, Tom was thrilled to hear that he was praised and promoted to the lower fourth, where all his friends from the School-house were.
On the next Tuesday morning, at four o'clock, hot coffee was going on in the housekeeper's and matron's rooms: boys wrapped in great-coats and mufflers were swallowing hasty mouthfuls, rushing about, tumbling over luggage, and asking questions all at once of the matron; outside the School-gates were drawn up several chaises and the four-horse coach which Tom's party had chartered, the post-boys[24] in their best jackets and breeches, and a cornopean[25] player, hired for the occasion, blowing away, "A southerly wind and a cloudy day," waking all peaceful inhabitants half-way down the High Street.
On the next Tuesday morning, at four o'clock, hot coffee was being served in the housekeeper's and matron's rooms: boys wrapped in overcoats and scarves were hurriedly grabbing bites to eat, running around, tripping over luggage, and bombarding the matron with questions all at once; outside the School gates, several carriages and the four-horse coach that Tom's group had hired were waiting, the post boys in their best jackets and breeches, and a cornet player, hired for the occasion, was playing "A southerly wind and a cloudy day," waking all the sleepy residents halfway down the High Street.
Every minute the bustle and hubbub increased; porters staggered about with boxes and bags, the cornopean played louder. Old Thomas sat in his den with a great yellow bag by his side, out of which he was paying journey money to each boy, comparing by the light of a solitary dip the dirty crabbed little list in his own handwriting, with the Doctor's list, and the amount of his cash; his head was on one side, his mouth screwed up, and his spectacles dim from early toil. He had prudently locked the door, and [Pg 160] carried on his operations through the window, or he would have been driven wild and lost all his money.
Every minute, the noise and chaos grew; porters stumbled around with boxes and bags, and the cornet played louder. Old Thomas sat in his little room with a big yellow bag next to him, from which he was handing out travel money to each boy. He was comparing his scruffy, hard-to-read list with the Doctor's list and the amount of cash he had, trying to do it all by the light of a single candle. His head was tilted to one side, his mouth was pinched, and his glasses were smudged from early work. He had wisely locked the door and was managing everything through the window, or he would have gone crazy and lost all his money.
"Thomas, do be quick; we shall never catch the Highflyer[26] at Dunchurch."
"Thomas, hurry up; we’re never going to catch the Highflyer[26] at Dunchurch."
"That's your money, all right, Green."
"That's your money, for sure, Green."
"Hullo, Thomas, the Doctor said I was to have two-pound-ten; you've only given me two pound." I fear that Master Green is not confining himself strictly to truth. Thomas turns his head more on one side than ever, and spells away at the dirty list. Green is forced away from the window.
"Hellо, Thomas, the Doctor said I was supposed to get two-pound-ten; you've only given me two pounds." I worry that Master Green isn't being completely honest. Thomas tilts his head even further to one side and continues to read the dirty list. Green is pushed away from the window.
"Here, Thomas, never mind him, mine's thirty shillings." "And mine too," "And mine," shouted others.
"Forget about him, Thomas, mine's thirty shillings." "And mine too," "And mine," shouted others.
One way or another, the party to which Tom belonged all got packed and paid, and sallied out to the gates, the cornopean playing frantically, "Drops of Brandy," in allusion, probably, to the slight potations in which the musicians and post-boys had been already indulging. All luggage was carefully stowed away inside the coach and in the front and hind boots, so that not a hat-box was visible outside. Five or six small boys, with pea-shooters, and the cornopean player, got up behind; in front the big boys, mostly smoking, not for pleasure, but because they are now gentlemen at large[27]—and this is the most correct public method of notifying the fact.
One way or another, everyone in Tom's group got packed up and paid, and they marched out to the gates while the cornet played energetically, "Drops of Brandy," probably because the musicians and post-boys had already enjoyed a few drinks. All the luggage was securely stored inside the coach and in the front and back compartments, so not a single hat box was visible outside. Five or six young boys with pea-shooters and the cornet player climbed up behind; in front, the older boys mostly smoked—not for enjoyment, but because they’re now gentlemen at large[27]—and this is the most proper public way to show it.
OFF.
"Robinson's coach will be down the road in a minute; it has gone up to Bird's to pick up—we'll wait till they're close, and make a race of it," says the leader. "Now, boys, half a sovereign apiece if you beat 'em into Dunchurch by one hundred yards."
"Robinson's coach will be here in a minute; it went up to Bird's to pick someone up—we'll wait until they're close and make a race out of it," says the leader. "Now, guys, half a sovereign each if you beat them to Dunchurch by a hundred yards."
"All right, sir," shouted the grinning post-boys. Down [Pg 161] comes Robinson's coach in a minute or two with a rival cornopean, and away go the two vehicles, horses galloping, boys cheering, horns playing loud. There is a special Providence over schoolboys as well as sailors, or they must have upset twenty times in the first five miles, sometimes actually abreast of one another, and the boys on the roofs exchanging volleys of peas, now nearly running over a post-chaise which had started before them, now half-way up a bank, now with a wheel-and-a-half over a yawning ditch; and all this in a dark morning, with nothing but their own lamps to guide them. However, it is all over at last, and they have run over nothing but an old pig in Southam Street; the last peas are distributed in the Corn Market[28] at Oxford, where they arrive between eleven and twelve, and sit down to a sumptuous breakfast at the Angel, which they are made to pay for accordingly. Here the party breaks up, all going now different ways: and Tom orders out a chaise and pair as grand as a lord, though he has scarcely five shillings left in his pocket, and more than twenty miles to get home.
"All right, sir," shouted the grinning post-boys. Down [Pg 161] comes Robinson's coach in a minute or two with a rival cornet, and away go the two vehicles, horses galloping, boys cheering, horns blaring. There is a special protection over schoolboys as well as sailors, or they should have overturned twenty times in the first five miles, sometimes even side by side, with the boys on the roofs exchanging volleys of peas, now almost hitting a post-chaise that started before them, now halfway up a bank, now with a wheel-and-a-half over a gaping ditch; and all this on a dark morning, with only their own lamps to guide them. However, it is all over at last, and they have run over nothing but an old pig in Southam Street; the last peas are distributed in the Corn Market[28] at Oxford, where they arrive between eleven and twelve, and sit down to a lavish breakfast at the Angel, which they are made to pay for accordingly. Here the party breaks up, all going their separate ways: and Tom orders out a fancy chaise and pair as grand as a lord, even though he has barely five shillings left in his pocket, with more than twenty miles to get home.
DULCE DOMUM.
"Where to, sir?"
"Where to, sir?"
"Red Lion, Farringdon," says Tom, giving ostler a shilling.
"Red Lion, Farringdon," Tom says, handing the stable worker a shilling.
"All right, sir. Red Lion, Jem," to the post-boy, and Tom rattles away toward home. At Farringdon, being known to the innkeeper, he gets that worthy to pay for the Oxford horses, and forward him in another chaise at once; and so the gorgeous young gentleman arrives at the paternal mansion, and Squire Brown looks rather blue at having to pay two pounds ten shillings for the posting expenses from Oxford. But the boy's intense joy at getting [Pg 162] home, and the wonderful health he is in, and the good character he brings, and the brave stories he tells of Rugby, its doings and delights, soon mollify the Squire, and three happier people didn't sit down to dinner that day in England (it is the boy's first dinner at six o'clock at home, great promotion already), than the Squire and his wife and Tom Brown, at the end of his first half-year at Rugby.
"Okay, sir. Red Lion, Jem," to the post-boy, and Tom heads home. At Farringdon, since he knows the innkeeper, he has him pay for the Oxford horses and send him on in another carriage right away; and so the fancy young gentleman arrives at the family home, and Squire Brown looks a bit upset about having to pay two pounds ten shillings for the travel expenses from Oxford. But the boy's excitement at getting home, his great health, the good reputation he brings, and the exciting stories he shares about Rugby, its events and joys, quickly win over the Squire, and three happier people didn’t sit down to dinner that day in England (it’s the boy’s first dinner at six o’clock at home, a big deal already), than the Squire, his wife, and Tom Brown, at the end of his first term at Rugby.
FOOTNOTES
[1] Entity: being.
Entity: existence.
[2] Generic name: class name.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Generic name: class name.
[3] "No Englishman ever blacks his own shoes," said an English visitor to Mr. Lincoln. "Well, whose shoes does he black then?" was the President's reply.
[3] "No Englishman ever polishes his own shoes," an English visitor told Mr. Lincoln. "Well, whose shoes does he polish then?" was the President's response.
[4] Pull: lucky thing.
[5] Rota: list.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Rota: schedule.
[6] Jug: here, a large water-pitcher.
[8] Construe: translate.
[10] Three-decker: an old-fashioned man-of-war of the largest size.
[11] Incarnation: embodiment.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Incarnation: embodiment.
[15] The Cock: a noted inn.
[17] Leicestershire: a county joining Warwickshire.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Leicestershire: a county bordering Warwickshire.
[19] Vantage-ground: a place of advantage.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Vantage-ground: a strategic location.
[20] Thick: fool.
[22] Homely: homelike.
[23] Bolstering: fights with pillows and bolsters.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pillow fights.
[25] Cornopean: a kind of trumpet.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cornopean: a type of trumpet.
[26] Highflyer: name of a coach.
Highflyer: name of a coach.
[27] At large: free from restraint.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ At large: unrestricted.
CHAPTER VIII.
THE WAR OF INDEPENDENCE.
"They are slaves who will not choose
Hatred, scoffing, and abuse,
Rather than in silence shrink
From the truth they needs must think.
They are slaves who dare not be
In the right with two or three."
"They are slaves who won’t choose
Hatred, mockery, and abuse,
Instead of silently shrinking
From the truth they must think.
They are slaves who don’t dare to be
In the right with just two or three."
Lowell, "Stanzas on Freedom."
Lowell, "Stanzas on Freedom."
THE LOWER FOURTH.
The lower-fourth form, in which Tom found himself at the beginning of the next half-year, was the largest form in the lower school, and numbered upward of forty boys. Young gentlemen of all ages, from nine to fifteen, were to be found there, who expended such part of their energies as was devoted to Latin and Greek, upon a book of Livy, the Bucolics[1] of Virgil, and the Hecuba[2] of Euripides, which were ground out in small daily portions. The driving of this unlucky lower fourth must have been grievous work to the unfortunate master, for it was the most unhappily constituted of any in the School. Here stuck the great stupid boys, who for the life of them could never master the accidence;[3] the objects alternately of mirth and terror to the youngsters, who were daily taking them up, and laughing at them in lesson, and [Pg 164] getting kicked by them for so doing in play-hours. There were no less than three unhappy fellows in tail coats, with incipient down on their chins, whom the Doctor and the master of the form were always endeavoring to hoist into the upper school, but whose parsing and construing resisted the most well-meant shoves. Then came the mass of the form, boys of eleven and twelve, the most mischievous and reckless age of British youth, of whom East and Tom Brown were fair specimens. As full of tricks as monkeys, and of excuses as Irish women, making fun of their master, one another, and their lessons, Argus[4] himself would have been puzzled to keep an eye on them; and as for making them steady or serious for half an hour together, it was simply hopeless. The remainder of the form consisted of young prodigies of nine or ten, who were going up the school at the rate of a form a half-year, all boys' hands and wits being against them in their progress. It would have been one man's work to see that the precocious youngsters had fair play; and as the master had a good deal besides to do, they hadn't, and were forever being shoved down three or four places, their verses stolen, their books inked, their jackets whitened, and their lives otherwise made a burden to them.
The lower-fourth form, where Tom found himself at the start of the next semester, was the biggest class in the lower school, with over forty boys. Young gentlemen of all ages, from nine to fifteen, were there, dedicating whatever energy they had to Latin and Greek, focusing on a book of Livy, the Bucolics[1] of Virgil, and the Hecuba[2] of Euripides, which were tackled in small daily portions. The task of teaching this unfortunate lower fourth must have been incredibly tough for the poor master, as it was the most poorly organized class in the school. Here were the big, slow boys, who just couldn't grasp the basics; they were alternately objects of laughter and dread to the younger ones, who would tease them during lessons and then get kicked by them during break. There were at least three unfortunate guys in tail coats, with a bit of fuzz on their chins, whom the Doctor and the master of the form were always trying to move up to the upper school, but their parsing and translating resisted even the most well-intentioned attempts. Then there was the bulk of the class, boys aged eleven and twelve, the most mischievous and reckless ages of British youth, of whom East and Tom Brown were prime examples. Full of tricks like monkeys and excuses like Irish women, they made fun of their master, each other, and their lessons; even Argus[4] himself would have struggled to keep an eye on them, and trying to make them behave or focus for even half an hour was utterly hopeless. The rest of the class was made up of young prodigies, around nine or ten years old, who were moving up the school at the rate of one form per semester, facing resistance from all the older boys. It would have taken one person just to ensure that the gifted youngsters got a fair chance, but since the master had plenty of other responsibilities, they didn't, and were constantly pushed down three or four places, having their verses stolen, their books inked, their jackets dirtied, and generally having their lives made miserable.
The lower fourth, and all the forms below it, were heard in the Great School, and were not trusted to prepare their lessons before coming in, but were whipped into school three-quarters of an hour before the lessons began by their respective masters, and there, scattered about on the benches, with dictionary and grammar, hammered out their twenty lines of Virgil and Euripides in the midst [Pg 165] of Babel.[5] The masters of the lower school walked up and down the Great School together during this three-quarters of an hour, or sat in their desks reading or looking over copies, and keeping such order as was possible. But the lower fourth was just now an overgrown form, too large for any one man to attend to properly, and consequently the elysium[6] or ideal form of the young scapegraces who formed the staple[7] of it.
The lower fourth and all the groups below it were heard in the Great School, and they weren't expected to prepare their lessons before arriving. Instead, they were hurried into school three-quarters of an hour before classes started by their respective teachers. There, scattered across the benches with dictionaries and grammar books, they struggled to get through their twenty lines of Virgil and Euripides amidst the chaos. The teachers of the lower school walked up and down the Great School during this three-quarters of an hour or sat at their desks reading or reviewing papers, trying to maintain some order. However, the lower fourth had become an oversized group, too large for any one person to manage properly, leading to the idealized version of the young troublemakers who made up most of it.
Tom, as has been said, had come up from the third with a good character, but the temptations of the lower fourth soon proved too strong for him, and he rapidly fell away, and became as unmanageable as the rest. For some weeks, indeed, he succeeded in maintaining the appearance of steadiness, and was looked upon favorably by his new master, whose eyes were first opened by the following little incident.
Tom, as mentioned, had come up from the third with a good reputation, but the temptations of the lower fourth quickly became too much for him, and he soon fell off the path, becoming as unruly as everyone else. For a few weeks, he managed to keep up the appearance of being steady and was viewed positively by his new teacher, whose perspective shifted after the following small incident.
Besides the desk which the master himself occupied, there was another large unoccupied desk in the corner of the Great School, which was untenanted. To rush and seize upon this desk, which was ascended by three steps, and held four boys, was the great object of ambition of the lower-fourthers; and the contentions for the occupation of it bred such disorder, that at last the master forbade its use altogether. This of course was a challenge to the more adventurous spirits to occupy it, and as it was capacious enough for two boys to lie hid there completely, it was seldom that it remained empty, notwithstanding the veto.[8] Small holes were cut in the front, through [Pg 166] which the occupants watched the masters as they walked up and down, and as lesson-time approached, one boy at a time stole out and down the steps, as the masters' backs were turned, and mingled with the general crowd on the forms below. Tom and East had successfully occupied the desk some half-dozen times, and were grown so reckless that they were in the habit of playing small games with fives'-balls inside, when the masters were at the other end of the Big School. One day, as ill-luck would have it, the game became more exciting than usual, and the ball slipped through East's fingers, and rolled slowly down the steps, and out into the middle of the school, just as the masters turned in their walk, and faced round upon the desk. The young delinquents watched their master, through the look-out holes, marching slowly down the school straight upon their retreat, while all the boys in the neighborhood of course stopped their work to look on; and not only were they ignominiously drawn out, and caned over the hand then and there, but their characters for steadiness were gone from that time. However, as they only shared the fate of some three-fourths of the rest of the form, this did not weigh heavily upon them.
Besides the desk that the teacher used, there was another large empty desk in the corner of the Great School. The main goal for the lower-fourthers was to rush and take this desk, which could be reached by three steps and could fit four boys. The fighting over this desk created so much chaos that eventually, the teacher banned its use altogether. This ban was basically an invitation for the more daring students to occupy it anyway, and since it was big enough for two boys to hide there completely, it was rarely empty, despite the prohibition.[8] Small holes were cut in the front, allowing the boys inside to watch the teachers as they moved around, and as lesson time approached, one boy would sneak out and down the steps when the teachers weren't watching, blending in with the other students below. Tom and East had managed to take over the desk about six times, becoming so bold that they would play small games with fives'-balls inside when the teachers were at the other end of the Big School. One day, unfortunately, the game got more exciting than usual, and the ball slipped through East’s fingers, rolling slowly down the steps and into the middle of the school just as the teachers turned to face them. The young troublemakers saw their teacher walking straight toward them through the peepholes while all the nearby boys paused their work to watch. Not only were they pulled out and caned on the hand right then and there, but their reputation for being reliable was ruined from that point on. However, since they faced the same consequences as about three-quarters of the rest of the class, they didn’t let it bother them too much.
MONTHLY EXAMINATIONS.
In fact, the only occasions on which they cared about the matter were the monthly examinations, when the Doctor came round to examine their form, for one long awful hour, in the work which they had done in the preceding month. The second monthly examination came round soon after Tom's fall, and it was with anything but lively anticipations that he and the other lower-fourth boys came in to prayers on the morning of the examination day.
In fact, the only times they really cared about the subject were during the monthly exams, when the Doctor came around to test their progress for one long, grueling hour, based on the work they had completed in the previous month. The second monthly exam came up shortly after Tom's fall, and he and the other lower-fourth boys entered prayers on the morning of the exam day with anything but eager expectations.
Prayers and calling-over seemed twice as short as usual, [Pg 167] and before they could get construes of a tithe[9] of the hard passages marked in the margin of their books, they were all seated round, and the Doctor was standing in the middle, talking in whispers to the master. Tom couldn't hear a word which passed, and never lifted his eyes from his book; but he knew by a kind of magnetic instinct that the Doctor's under lip was coming out, and his eye beginning to burn, and his gown getting gathered up more and more tightly in his left hand. The suspense was agonizing, and Tom knew that he was sure on such occasions to make an example of the School-house boys. "If he would only begin," thought Tom, "I shouldn't mind."
Prayers and roll call felt way shorter than usual, [Pg 167] and before they could even get through a portion of the tough passages highlighted in their books, they were all gathered around, and the Doctor was standing in the center, whispering to the master. Tom couldn’t hear a thing that was said and didn’t take his eyes off his book; but he sensed, almost instinctively, that the Doctor’s lower lip was jutting out, his eyes were starting to burn, and his gown was being gripped tighter in his left hand. The tension was unbearable, and Tom knew that the Doctor was likely to make an example of the School-house boys. "If he would just get started," Tom thought, "I wouldn’t mind."
At last the whispering ceased, and the name which was called out was not Brown. He looked up for a moment, but the Doctor's face was too awful; Tom wouldn't have met his eye for all he was worth, and buried himself in his book again.
At last, the whispering stopped, and the name that was called out wasn't Brown. He glanced up for a moment, but the Doctor's expression was too terrifying; Tom wouldn't have looked him in the eye for anything, so he buried himself in his book again.
TRISTE LUPUS.
The boy who was called up first was a clever,[10] merry School-house boy, one of their set; he was some connection of the Doctor's and a great favorite, and ran in and out of his house as he liked, and so was selected for the first victim.
The boy who was called up first was a smart, [10] cheerful school kid, part of their group; he was somehow related to the Doctor and was a big favorite, coming and going from his house as he pleased, which is why he was chosen as the first target.
"Triste lupus stabulis,"[11] began the luckless youngster, and stammered through some eight or ten lines.
"Sad wolf in the stables,"[11] started the unfortunate young person, and stumbled through about eight or ten lines.
"There, that will do," said the Doctor, "now construe."
"That's it, that works," said the Doctor, "now translate."
On common occasions, the boy could have construed the passage well enough, probably, but now his head was gone.
On normal occasions, the boy could have understood the passage well enough, but now he was completely lost.
"Triste lupus, the sorrowful wolf," he began. A [Pg 168] shudder ran through the whole form, and the Doctor's wrath fairly boiled over; he made three steps up to the construer, and gave him a good box on the ear. The blow was not a hard one, but the boy was so taken by surprise that he started back; the form[12] caught the back of his knees, and over he went on to the floor behind. There was a dead silence over the whole school; never before and never again while Tom was at school did the Doctor strike a boy in lesson. The provocation must have been great. However, the victim had saved his form[13] for that occasion, for the Doctor turned to the top bench, and put on the best boys for the rest of the hour; and though, at the end of the lesson, he gave them all such a rating[14] as they did not forget, this terrible field-day passed over without any severe visitations in the shape of punishments or floggings. Forty young scapegraces expressed their thanks to the "sorrowful wolf," in their different ways before second lesson.
"Triste lupus, the sorrowful wolf," he started. A [Pg 168] shudder went through the entire classroom, and the Doctor's anger really boiled over; he stepped up to the student and gave him a solid slap on the ear. The hit wasn't hard, but the boy was so shocked that he stumbled back; the form[12] caught the back of his knees, and he fell onto the floor behind him. There was complete silence throughout the school; never before and never again while Tom was there did the Doctor hit a student during class. The provocation must have been significant. However, the victim had prepared for this moment, as the Doctor turned to the top bench and put the best students in charge for the rest of the hour; and even though, at the end of the lesson, he gave them all a dressing down[14] that they wouldn't forget, this terrible day passed without severe consequences like punishments or floggings. Forty mischief-makers expressed their gratitude to the "sorrowful wolf" in their own ways before the second lesson.
But a character for steadiness once gone is not easily recovered, as Tom found, and for years afterward he went up the school without it, and the masters' hands were against him and his against them. And he regarded them, as a matter of course, as his natural enemies.
But once a person's reputation for being steady is lost, it’s hard to get back, as Tom learned, and for years after that, he went through school without it, and the teachers were against him, just as he was against them. He saw them, without a second thought, as his natural enemies.
MISRULE AND ITS CAUSES.
Matters were not so comfortable either in the house as they had been, for Old Brooke left at Christmas, and one or two others of the sixth-form boys at the following Easter. Their rule had been rough, but strong and just in the main, and a higher standard was beginning to be set up; in fact, there had been a short foretaste of the good time which followed some years later. Just now, [Pg 169] however, all threatened to return into darkness and chaos again. For the new præpostors were either small young boys, whose cleverness had carried them up to the top of the school while, in strength of body and character, they were not yet fit for a share in the government; or else big fellows of the wrong sort, boys whose friendships and tastes had a downward tendency, who had not caught the meaning of their position and work, and felt none of its responsibilities. So under this no-government the School-house began to see bad times. The big fifth-form boys, who were a sporting and drinking set, soon began to usurp power, and to fag the little boys as if they were præpostors, and to bully and oppress any one who showed signs of resistance. The bigger sort of sixth-form boys just described soon made common cause with the fifth, while the smaller sort, hampered by their colleagues'[15] desertion to the enemy, could not make head against them. So the fags were without their lawful masters and protectors, and ridden over rough-shod by a set of boys whom they were not bound to obey, and whose only right over them stood in their bodily powers; and, as Old Brooke had prophesied, the house by degrees broke up into small sets and parties, and lost the strong feeling of fellowship which he set so much store by, and with it much of the prowess in games, and the lead in all school matters, which he had done so much to keep up.
Things weren't as comfortable in the house as they used to be, since Old Brooke left at Christmas, and one or two other sixth-form boys left the following Easter. Their leadership had been tough but mostly fair, and a higher standard was starting to be established; in fact, there had been a brief glimpse of the good time that followed a few years later. Right now, though, everything seemed to be heading back into darkness and chaos again. The new præpostors were either young boys, whose intelligence had helped them rise to the top of the school but who weren’t physically or mentally ready to take on leadership, or older boys of the wrong kind, whose friendships and interests dragged them down. They didn’t understand the significance of their roles and didn’t feel any responsibility towards them. As a result, without proper leadership, the School-house started to experience tough times. The older fifth-form boys, who were into sports and drinking, quickly began to seize control, treating the younger boys like their personal servants and bullying anyone who dared to resist. The larger sixth-form boys allied themselves with the fifth, while the smaller ones, held back by their teammates' betrayal to the enemy, couldn't stand up to them. So, the younger boys were left without their rightful leaders and protectors, being trampled by a group of boys they weren’t required to obey, whose only dominance came from their physical strength. As Old Brooke had predicted, the house gradually splintered into small groups and factions, losing the strong sense of camaraderie he valued so much, along with much of the skill in games and influence in school affairs that he had worked hard to maintain.
THE OLD BOY MORALIZETH THEREON.
In no place in the world has individual character more weight than at a public school. Remember this, I beseech you, all you boys who are getting into the upper forms. Now is the time, in all your lives, probably, when you may [Pg 170] have more wide influence, for good or evil, on the society you live in, than you ever can have again. Quit[16] yourselves like men, then; speak up, and strike out if necessary for whatsoever is true, and manly, and lovely, and of good report; never try to be popular, but only to do your duty and help others to do theirs, and you may leave the tone of feeling in the school higher than you found it, and so be doing good, which no living soul can measure, to generations of your countrymen yet unborn. For boys follow one another in herds like sheep, for good or evil; they hate thinking, and have rarely any settled principles. Every school, indeed, has its own traditionary standard of right and wrong, which cannot be transgressed with impunity, marking certain things as low and blackguard, and certain others as lawful and right. This standard is ever varying, though it changes only slowly, and little by little; and, subject only to such standard, it is the leading boys for the time being who give the tone to all the rest, and make the school either a noble institution for the training of Christian Englishmen, or a place where a young boy will get more evil than he would if he were turned out to make his way in London streets, or anything between these two extremes.
Nowhere in the world does individual character matter more than at a public school. Keep this in mind, I urge you, all you boys moving up to the higher grades. This is probably the time in your lives when you can have a greater influence, for better or worse, on your community than you ever will again. Act like men; speak up, and if necessary, stand up for what is true, honorable, beautiful, and commendable. Don't aim to be popular; instead, focus on doing your duty and helping others do theirs, and you may leave the school's atmosphere better than you found it, doing good that no one can measure for generations to come. Boys tend to follow each other like sheep, for better or worse; they dislike thinking and often have no settled principles. Each school has its own traditional standard of right and wrong, which cannot be violated without consequences, labeling some actions as low and disgraceful while others are seen as acceptable and right. This standard changes slowly and gradually, and it’s the leading boys at any given time who set the tone for everyone else, making the school either a noble institution for training Christian Englishmen or a place where a young boy might face more harm than he would on the streets of London, or anything in between those two extremes.
The change for the worse in the School-house, however, didn't press very heavily on our youngsters for some time; they were in a good bedroom, where slept the only præpostor left who was able to keep thorough order, and their study was in his passage; so, though they were fagged more or less, and occasionally kicked or cuffed by the bullies, they were, on the whole, well off; and the fresh, brave school-life, so full of games, adventures, and good [Pg 171] fellowship, so ready at forgetting, so capacious at enjoying, so bright at forecasting, outweighed a thousandfold their troubles with the master of their form, and the occasional ill-usage of the big boys in the house. It wasn't till some year or so after the events recorded above, that the præpostor of their room and passage left. None of the other sixth-form boys would move into their passage, and, to the disgust and indignation of Tom and East, one morning after breakfast they were seized upon by Flashman, and made to carry down his books and furniture into the unoccupied study which he had taken. From this time they began to feel the weight of the tyranny of Flashman and his friends, and, now that trouble had come home to their own doors, began to look out for sympathizers and partners amongst the rest of the fags; and meetings of the oppressed began to be held, and murmurs to arise, and plots to be laid, as to how they should free themselves and be avenged on their enemies.
The decline in the School-house didn’t hit our kids too hard for a while; they were in a decent dorm where the only prefect left could keep everything in order, and their study was in his hallway. So, even though they were worn out, and occasionally bullied by the tough kids, they were generally doing okay. The fresh, exciting school life, filled with games, adventures, and camaraderie, which was so good at forgetting troubles, enjoying life, and looking forward to the future, outweighed their issues with their teacher and the occasional rough treatment from the older boys. It wasn't until a year or so after the events mentioned earlier that their prefect left. None of the other sixth-form boys wanted to move into their hallway, and to the annoyance and anger of Tom and East, one morning after breakfast, Flashman swooped in and made them carry his books and furniture down into the empty study he had taken. From that point on, they started to feel the weight of Flashman and his friends' tyranny, and now that trouble had come knocking at their own door, they began to look for sympathizers and allies among the other kids. Meetings of the oppressed started to be held, murmurs began to spread, and plans were made on how they would free themselves and get back at their enemies.
THE SHOE BEGINS TO PINCH.
While matters were in this state, East and Tom were one evening sitting in their study. They had done their work for first lesson, and Tom was in a brown study, brooding like a young William Tell, upon the wrongs of fags in general, and his own in particular.
While things were like this, East and Tom were one evening sitting in their study. They had finished their work for the first lesson, and Tom was deep in thought, brooding like a young William Tell, about the injustices faced by younger students in general, and his own issues specifically.
"I say, Scud," said he, at last, rousing himself to snuff the candle, "what right have the fifth-form boys to fag us as they do?"
"I say, Scud," he finally said, getting up to snuff out the candle, "what right do the fifth-form boys have to boss us around like this?"
"No more right than you have to fag them," answered East, without looking up from an early number of "Pickwick,"[17] which was just coming out, and which he was luxuriously devouring, stretched on his back on the sofa.
"No more than you have the right to annoy them," East replied, without looking up from an early issue of "Pickwick,"[17] which had just come out, and which he was enjoying while lying on his back on the sofa.
Tom relapsed into his brown study, and East went on [Pg 172] reading and chuckling. The contrast of the boys' faces would have given infinite amusement to a looker-on, the one so solemn and big with mighty purpose, the other radiant and bubbling over with fun.
Tom fell back into his deep thoughts, while East continued [Pg 172] reading and laughing. The difference in the boys' expressions would have been endlessly entertaining for an observer; one was serious and focused with important goals, while the other was bright and bursting with joy.
"Do you know, old fellow, I've been thinking it over a good deal," began Tom, again.
"Hey, buddy, I've been thinking about it a lot," Tom started again.
"Oh, yes, I know, fagging you are thinking of. Hang it all—but listen here, Tom—here's fun. Mr. Winkle's horse—"
"Oh, yes, I know, that's what you're thinking about. But listen, Tom—this is hilarious. Mr. Winkle's horse—"
"And I've made up my mind," broke in Tom, "that I won't fag except for the sixth."
"And I've decided," interrupted Tom, "that I won't do any extra work except for the sixth."
"Quite right, too, my boy," cried East, putting his finger on the place and looking up; "but a pretty peck of troubles you'll get into, if you're going to play that game. However, I'm all for a strike myself, if we can get others to join—it's getting too bad."
"That's true, my boy," exclaimed East, pointing to the spot and looking up; "but you'll run into a lot of trouble if you keep playing that game. Still, I’m all for a strike myself, if we can get others to join in—it’s getting out of hand."
"Can't we get some sixth-form fellow to take it up?" asked Tom.
"Can't we get some high school student to take it on?" asked Tom.
"Well, perhaps we might; Morgan would interfere, I think. Only," added East, after a moment's pause, "you see we should have to tell him about it, and that's against school principles. Don't you remember what old Brooke said about learning to take our own parts?"
"Well, maybe we could; I think Morgan would get involved. But," East added after a brief pause, "you know we would have to tell him about it, and that's not in line with school principles. Don't you remember what old Brooke said about learning to stand up for ourselves?"
"Ah, I wish old Brooke were back again—it was all right in his time."
"Ah, I wish old Brooke was back again—it was all good in his time."
"Why, yes, you see then the strongest and best fellows were in the sixth, and the fifth-form fellows were afraid of them, and they kept good order; but now our sixth-form fellows are too small, and the fifth don't care for them, and do what they like in the house."
"Yeah, you see, the strongest and best guys were in the sixth form, and the fifth-form guys were scared of them, which kept things in order; but now our sixth-form guys are too small, and the fifth don’t care about them, so they do whatever they want in the house."
"And so we get a double set of masters," cried Tom, indignantly; "the lawful ones, who are responsible to the [Pg 173] Doctor at any rate, and the unlawful—the tyrants, who are responsible to nobody."
"And so we end up with two sets of masters," Tom exclaimed, angrily; "the lawful ones, who are accountable to the [Pg 173] Doctor at least, and the unlawful ones—the tyrants, who answer to no one."
"Down with the tyrants!" cried East; "I'm all for law and order, and hurra for a revolution!"
"Down with the tyrants!" shouted East; "I'm all for law and order, and cheers for a revolution!"
"I shouldn't mind if it were only for young Brooke now," said Tom, "he's such a good-hearted, gentlemanly fellow, and ought to be in the sixth—I'd do anything for him. But that blackguard Flashman, who never speaks to one without a kick or an oath—"
"I wouldn't care if it were just for young Brooke right now," said Tom, "he's such a good-hearted, gentlemanly guy, and he should be in the sixth—I would do anything for him. But that jerk Flashman, who never talks to anyone without a kick or a curse—"
"The cowardly brute," broke in East, "how I hate him! And he knows it too—he knows that you and I think him a coward. What a bore that he's got a study in this passage! Don't you hear them now at supper in his den? Brandy punch going, I'll bet. I wish the Doctor would come out and catch him. We must change our study as soon as we can."
"The cowardly brute," East interjected, "I can't stand him! And he knows it too—he knows that you and I think he’s a coward. What a drag that he has a study in this hallway! Can’t you hear them now at dinner in his lair? I bet they're having brandy punch. I wish the Doctor would come out and catch him. We need to move our study as soon as possible."
"Change or no change, I'll never fag for him again," said Tom, thumping the table.
"Change or no change, I'm never going to run errands for him again," said Tom, slamming his hand on the table.
THE EXPLOSION.
"Fa-a-a-ag!" sounded along the passage from Flashman's study. The two boys looked at one another in silence. It had struck nine, so the regular night fags had left duty, and they were the nearest to the supper-party. East sat up, and began to look comical, as he always did under difficulties.
"Faa-a-a-g!" echoed down the hallway from Flashman's study. The two boys exchanged glances in silence. It was nine o'clock, so the usual night shifts had ended, and they were the closest ones to the dinner gathering. East sat up and started to look funny, as he always did when faced with challenges.
"Fa-a-a-ag!" again. No answer.
"Fa-a-a-ag!" again. No response.
"Here, Brown! East! you cursed young skulks," roared out Flashman, coming to his open door, "I know you are in—no shirking."
"Hey, Brown! East! you damned kids," shouted Flashman, coming to his open door, "I know you’re in there—no hiding."
Tom stole to their door, and drew the bolts as noiselessly as he could; East blew out the candle. "Barricade the first," whispered he. "Now, Tom, mind, no surrender."
Tom quietly approached their door and slid the bolts open as silently as possible; East blew out the candle. "Block the first one," he whispered. "Now, Tom, remember, no surrender."
"Trust me for that," said Tom, between his teeth.
"Trust me on that," Tom said through clenched teeth.
THE SIEGE.
In another minute they heard the supper-party turn out and come down the passage to their door. They held their breath, and heard whispering, of which they only made out Flashman's words, "I know the young brutes are in."
In another minute, they heard the dinner party wrapping up and coming down the hallway to their door. They held their breath and listened to the whispers, catching only Flashman's words, "I know the young brats are in."
Then came summonses to open, which being unanswered, the assault commenced; luckily the door was a good strong oak one, and resisted the united weight of Flashman's party. A pause followed, and they heard a besieger remark, "They are in safe enough—don't you see how the door holds at top and bottom? so the bolts must be drawn. We should have forced the lock long ago." East gave Tom a nudge, to call attention to this scientific remark.
Then they started banging on the door, but when there was no answer, the attack began. Fortunately, the door was made of solid oak and held firm against the combined force of Flashman's group. There was a brief silence, and they heard one of the attackers say, "They're definitely safe in there—look how the door is holding at the top and bottom. The bolts must be engaged. We should have been able to force the lock by now." East nudged Tom to point out this clever observation.
Then came attacks on particular panels, one of which at last gave way to the repeated kicks; but it broke inward, and the broken pieces got jammed across, the door being lined with green baize, and couldn't easily be removed from outside; and the besieged, scorning further concealment, strengthened their defences by pressing the end of their sofa against the door. So, after one or two more ineffectual efforts, Flashman & Co. retired, vowing vengeance in no mild terms.
Then attacks focused on specific panels, one of which finally buckled under the repeated kicks; however, it collapsed inward, and the shattered pieces got stuck across the opening, with the door covered in green felt, making it hard to remove from the outside. The people inside, dismissing any further hiding, fortified their defense by pushing the end of their sofa against the door. After a couple more failed attempts, Flashman & Co. withdrew, promising revenge in no uncertain terms.
The first danger over, it only remained for the besieged to effect a safe retreat, as it was now near bed-time. They listened intently, and heard the supper-party resettle themselves, and then gently drew back first one bolt and then the other. Presently the convivial[18] noises began again steadily. "Now, then, stand by for a run," said East, throwing the door wide open, and rushing into the [Pg 175] passage, closely followed by Tom. They were too quick to be caught, but Flashman was on the lookout, and sent an empty pickle-jar whizzing after them, which narrowly missed Tom's head, and broke into twenty pieces at the end of the passage. "He wouldn't mind killing one, if he wasn't caught," said East, as they turned the corner.
The first danger was over, and all that was left for the people under siege was to make a safe escape, as it was getting close to bedtime. They listened carefully and heard the supper party settle back in, then slowly pulled back one bolt and then the other. Soon, the cheerful noises started up again steadily. "Alright, get ready to run," said East, throwing the door wide open and rushing into the [Pg 175] hallway, closely followed by Tom. They were too quick to be caught, but Flashman was on the lookout and sent an empty pickle jar flying after them, which just barely missed Tom's head and shattered into twenty pieces at the end of the hallway. "He wouldn't care about killing one if he wasn’t caught," said East as they turned the corner.
THE REBELS IN COUNCIL.
There was no pursuit, so the two turned into the hall, where they found a knot of small boys around the fire. Their story was told—the war of independence had broken out—who would join the revolutionary forces? several others present bound themselves not to fag for the fifth form at once. One or two only edged off, and left the rebels. What else could they do? "I've a good mind to go to the Doctor straight," said Tom.
There was no pursuit, so the two went into the hall, where they found a group of small boys gathered around the fire. They shared their story—the war of independence had started—who would join the revolutionary forces? Several others present promised not to be junior helpers for the fifth form right away. Only one or two slipped away and abandoned the rebels. What else could they do? "I'm seriously considering going to the Doctor right now," said Tom.
"That'll never do—don't you remember the levy[19] of the School last half?" put in another.
"That won't work—don't you remember the levy[19] of the School last half?" another person added.
In fact, the solemn assembly, a levy of the School, had been held, at which the captain of the School had got up, and, after premising[20] that several instances had occurred of matters having been reported to the masters, that this was against public morality and school tradition; that a levy of the sixth had been held on the subject, and they had resolved that the practice must be stopped at once; and given out that any boy, in whatever form, who should thenceforth appeal to a master, without having first gone to some præpostor and laid the case before him, should be thrashed publicly and sent to Coventry.[21]
In fact, the serious assembly, a gathering of the School, had been held, during which the school's captain stood up and, after stating that there had been several instances of issues reported to the teachers, explained that this was against public morals and school traditions. He mentioned that a meeting of the sixth form had been held on the matter, and they had decided that the practice needed to stop immediately. It was announced that any student, in any form, who appealed to a teacher without first going to a prefect and discussing the issue with them would be publicly punished and isolated.
A COUNSELLOR OF THE REBELS
"Well, then, let's try the sixth. Try Morgan," suggested another. "No use"—"Babbling won't do," was the general feeling.
"Well, then, let's go with the sixth. Try Morgan," suggested another. "No way"—"Talking endlessly won't help," was the common sentiment.
"I'll give you fellows a piece of advice," said a voice from the end of the hall. They all turned with a start, and the speaker got up from a bench on which he had been lying unobserved, and gave himself a shake; he was a big, loose-made fellow, with huge limbs which had grown too far through his jacket and trousers. "Don't you go to anybody at all—you just stand out; say you won't fag—they'll soon get tired of licking you. I've tried it on years ago with their forerunners."
"I've got some advice for you guys," said a voice from the end of the hall. They all jumped and turned around, and the speaker got up from a bench where he had been lying unnoticed and gave himself a shake; he was a big guy, with huge limbs that had grown too big for his jacket and pants. "Don't go to anyone at all—you just stand your ground; say you won't be their servant—they'll get tired of bothering you pretty quickly. I did it years ago with their older siblings."
"No! did you? tell us how it was," cried a chorus of voices, as they clustered round him.
"No! Did you? Tell us how it was," cried a chorus of voices as they gathered around him.
"Well, just as it is with you. The fifth form would fag us, and I and some more struck, and we beat 'em. The good fellows left off directly, and the bullies who kept on soon got afraid."
"Well, it's just like it is with you. The fifth form would wear us out, but a few of us stood up to them, and we fought back. The good guys backed off right away, and the bullies who kept going quickly got scared."
"Was Flashman here then?"
"Was Flashman here?"
"Yes! and a dirty little snivelling, sneaking fellow he was too. He never dared join us, and used to toady[22] the bullies by offering to fag for them, and peaching[23] against the rest of us."
"Yes! And he was a sneaky, whiny little guy too. He never dared to hang out with us and would suck up to the bullies by offering to do their work for them and snitching on the rest of us."
"Oh, toadies never get cut, they're too useful. Besides, he has no end of great hampers from home, with wine and game in them; so he toadied and fed himself into favor."
"Oh, sycophants never get fired; they're too valuable. Plus, he has endless supplies of great baskets from home, filled with wine and game; so he flattered and fed himself into their good graces."
"THE MUCKER."
The quarter-to-ten bell now rang, and the small boys went off up-stairs, still consulting together, and praising their new counsellor, who stretched himself out on the bench before the hall fire again. There he lay, a very queer specimen of boyhood, by name Diggs, and familiarly [Pg 177] called "The Mucker."[25] He was young for his size, and a very clever fellow, nearly at the top of the fifth. His friends at home, having regard, I suppose, to his age, and not to his size and place in the School, hadn't put him into tails;[26] and even his jackets were always too small; and he had a talent for destroying clothes, and making himself look shabby. He wasn't on terms with Flashman's set, who sneered at his dress and ways behind his back, which he knew, and revenged himself by asking Flashman the most disagreeable questions, and treating him familiarly whenever a crowd of boys were around him. Neither was he intimate with any of the other bigger boys, who were warned off by his oddnesses, for he was a very queer fellow; besides, amongst other failings, he had that of impecuniosity[27] in a remarkable degree. He brought as much money as other boys to school, but got rid of it in no time, no one knew how. And then, being also reckless, borrowed from any one, and when his debts accumulated and creditors pressed, would have an auction in the Hall of everything he possessed in the world, selling even his schoolbooks, candlestick, and study table. For weeks after one of these auctions, having rendered his study uninhabitable, he would live about in the fifth-form room and hall, doing his verses on old letter-backs and odd scraps of paper, and learning his lessons no one knew how. He never meddled with any little boy, and was popular with them, though they all looked on him with a sort of compassion, and called him "poor Diggs," not being able to resist appearances, or to disregard wholly even the sneers of their enemy Flashman. However, he seemed [Pg 178] equally indifferent to the sneers of big boys and the pity of small ones, and lived his own queer life with much apparent enjoyment to himself. It is necessary to introduce Diggs thus particularly, as he not only did Tom and East good service in their present warfare, as is about to be told, but soon afterward, when he got into the sixth, chose them for his fags, and excused them from study-fagging,[28] thereby earning unto himself eternal gratitude from them, and all who are interested in their history.
The quarter-to-ten bell rang, and the younger boys headed upstairs, still chatting and talking about their new adviser, who stretched out on the bench in front of the hall fire again. There he lay, a very unusual example of boyhood, named Diggs, and commonly known as "The Mucker."[25] He was young for his age and quite clever, nearly at the top of the fifth year. His friends at home, probably considering his age and not his size or position in school, hadn’t put him in a tailcoat;[26] and even his jackets were always too small; he had a knack for ruining clothes and making himself look shabby. He wasn't friends with Flashman's group, who mocked his clothing and behavior behind his back, which he was aware of, and he got back at them by asking Flash the most annoying questions and acting familiar when a crowd of boys was around him. He also wasn't close to any of the other older boys, who kept their distance due to his oddness; he was certainly a strange kid. Besides other issues, he had a significant problem with being broke[27] in a remarkable way. He brought as much money to school as the other boys, but spent it quickly, and nobody knew how. And then, being reckless, he borrowed from anyone available, and when his debts piled up and creditors pressured him, he'd hold an auction in the Hall to sell everything he owned in the world, even his schoolbooks, candlestick, and study table. For weeks after one of these auctions, having made his study unlivable, he'd hang out in the fifth-form room and hall, doing his homework on old letter backs and random scraps of paper, figuring out his lessons somehow. He never bothered any little kids and was liked by them, even though they all felt a bit sorry for him and called him "poor Diggs," unable to ignore appearances or completely dismiss the taunts from Flashman. However, he seemed equally indifferent to the mockery of older boys and the sympathy of younger ones, and led his own strange life with a lot of evident enjoyment. It’s important to introduce Diggs in this way, as he not only helped Tom and East a lot in their current struggles, as will be explained soon, but later, when he entered the sixth year, chose them as his fags and exempted them from study-fagging,[28] thus earning their eternal gratitude and that of anyone interested in their story.
THE WAR RAGES.
And seldom had small boys more need of a friend, for the morning after the siege the storm burst upon the rebels in all its violence. Flashman laid wait, and caught Tom before second lesson, and receiving a point blank "No" when told to fetch his hat, seized him and twisted his arm, and went through the other methods of torture in use. "He couldn't make me cry, tho'," as Tom said triumphantly to the rest of the rebels, "and I kicked his shins well, I know." And soon it crept out that a lot of the fags were in league, and Flashman excited his associates to join him in bringing the young vagabonds to their senses; and the house was filled with constant chasings, and sieges, and lickings of all sorts; and in return, the bullies' beds were pulled to pieces, and drenched with water, and their names written upon the walls with every insulting epithet which the fag invention could furnish. The war in short raged fiercely; but soon, as Diggs had told them, all the better fellows in the fifth gave up trying to fag them, and public feeling began to set against Flashman and his two or three intimates, and they were obliged to keep their doings more secret, but, being thorough bad fellows, missed no opportunity of [Pg 179] torturing in private. Flashman was an adept in all ways, but above all in the power of saying cutting and cruel things, and could often bring tears to the eyes of boys in this way, which all the thrashings in the world wouldn't have wrung from them.
And rarely did little boys need a friend more than they did that morning after the siege when the storm hit the rebels with full force. Flashman lay in wait and caught Tom before the second lesson. When Tom flatly refused to fetch his hat, Flashman seized him, twisted his arm, and employed various other methods of torture. "He couldn't make me cry, though," Tom said triumphantly to the other rebels, "and I kicked his shins good, I know." Soon, it became known that many of the younger boys were in cahoots, and Flashman rallied his friends to help him discipline the young troublemakers. The house was filled with constant chases, sieges, and all sorts of beatings. In retaliation, the bullies’ beds were dismantled, soaked with water, and their names were scrawled on the walls with every insulting term that the younger boys could come up with. The conflict was intense; however, as Diggs had warned them, all the decent guys in the fifth year stopped trying to bully them, and public sentiment began to turn against Flashman and his two or three friends. They were forced to keep their actions more hidden, but being truly nasty, they seized every chance to torment others in private. Flashman was skilled in many ways, but especially in delivering sharp and cruel remarks, often bringing tears to the eyes of boys in a way that no amount of physical punishment could achieve.
And as his operations were being cut short in other directions, he now devoted himself chiefly to Tom and East, who lived at his own door, and would force himself into their study whenever he found a chance, and sit there, sometimes alone, and sometimes with a companion, interrupting all their work, and exulting in the evident pain which every now and then he could see he was inflicting on one or the other.
And as his activities were being limited in other areas, he now focused primarily on Tom and East, who lived right next door. He would invite himself into their study whenever he could, sitting there sometimes alone and other times with a friend, interrupting all their work and taking pleasure in the clear discomfort he was causing one or the other of them from time to time.
The storm had cleared the air for the rest of the house, and a better state of things now began than there had been since old Brooke had left; but an angry, dark spot of thunder-cloud still hung over the end of the passage, where Flashman's study and that of East and Tom lay.
The storm had freshened the atmosphere throughout the house, and an improvement in the situation now began, unlike anything that had happened since old Brooke had left; however, a threatening, dark patch of storm cloud still lingered at the end of the hallway, where Flashman's study and those of East and Tom were located.
He felt that they had been the first rebels, and that the rebellion had been to a great extent successful; but what above all stirred the hatred and bitterness of his heart against them was that, in the frequent collisions which there had been of late, they had openly called him coward and sneak,—the taunts were too true to be forgiven. While he was in the act of thrashing them they would roar out instances of his funking at foot-ball, or shirking some encounter with a lout of half his own size. These things were all well enough known in the house, but to have his own disgrace shouted out by small boys, to feel that they despised him, to be unable to silence them by any amount of torture, and to see the open laugh and sneer of his own associates (who were looking on, and [Pg 180] took no trouble to hide their scorn from him, though they neither interfered with his bullying nor lived a bit the less intimately with him) made him beside himself. Come what might, he would make those boys' lives miserable. So the strife settled down into a personal affair between Flashman and our youngsters; a war to the knife, to be fought out in the little cockpit[29] at the end of the bottom passage.
He believed they were the first rebels and that the rebellion had been mostly successful; but what really fueled his hatred and bitterness towards them was that, during the frequent clashes lately, they had openly called him a coward and a sneak—the insults were too true to forgive. While he was beating them up, they would shout out examples of him backing down at football or avoiding a fight with a guy half his size. Everyone in the house already knew about these things, but having younger boys announce his disgrace, feeling their contempt, being powerless to silence them no matter how much he tortured them, and witnessing the open laughter and sneers from his own peers (who were watching and made no effort to hide their disdain, even though they didn’t intervene in his bullying and continued to hang out with him) drove him to madness. No matter what, he was determined to make those boys' lives miserable. Thus, the conflict turned into a personal battle between Flashman and the kids; a fight to the end, to be played out in the little arena at the end of the bottom passage.
THE WEAK TO THE WALL.
Flashman, be it said, was about seventeen years old, and big and strong of his age. He played well at all games where pluck wasn't much wanted, and managed generally to keep up appearances where it was; and having a bluff, off-hand manner, which passed for heartiness, and considerable powers of being pleasant when he liked, went down with the school in general for a good fellow enough. Even in the School-house, by dint of his command of money, the constant supply of good things which he kept up, and his adroit toadyism, he had managed to make himself not only tolerated, but rather popular amongst his own contemporaries; although young Brooke scarcely spoke to him, and one or two others of the right sort showed their opinion of him whenever a chance offered. But the wrong sort happened to be in the ascendant just now, and so Flashman was a formidable enemy for small boys. This soon became plain enough. Flashman left no slander unspoken, and no deed undone which could in any way hurt his victims, or isolate them from the rest of the house. One by one most of the other rebels fell away from them, while Flashman's cause prospered, and several other fifth-form boys began to look black at them and ill-treat them as they passed about the house. By keeping out of bounds, or at all events out of the house and [Pg 181] quadrangle, all day, and carefully barring themselves in at night, East and Tom managed to hold on without feeling very miserable; but it was as much as they could do. Greatly were they drawn then toward old Diggs, who, in an uncouth way, began to take a good deal of notice of them, and once or twice came to their study when Flashman was there, who immediately decamped in consequence. The boys thought that Diggs must have been watching.
Flashman was about seventeen, big and strong for his age. He played well in games where bravery wasn’t really needed and usually managed to keep up appearances when it was. With his bold, casual attitude that passed for friendliness and his considerable ability to be enjoyable when he wanted to, he was generally seen as a decent guy by the rest of the school. Even in the School-house, thanks to his money, the constant supply of treats he provided, and his skillful flattery, he managed to become not just tolerated but somewhat popular among his peers; although young Brooke barely spoke to him, and a few others of the right kind showed their disapproval whenever they could. However, the wrong crowd happened to be in control at the moment, making Flashman a serious threat to the younger boys. This soon became clear enough. Flashman spread rumors mercilessly and did everything he could to hurt his victims or separate them from the rest of the house. One by one, most of the other rebels drifted away from them, while Flashman’s influence grew, and several other fifth-form boys began to glare at them and mistreat them as they walked around the house. By staying out of bounds, or at least away from the house and the [Pg 181] quadrangle all day, and carefully shutting themselves in at night, East and Tom managed to cope without feeling too miserable, but it was a struggle. They were very drawn to old Diggs, who, in his awkward way, began to take a lot of notice of them and came to their study a couple of times when Flashman was there, who quickly left as a result. The boys thought that Diggs must have been keeping an eye on them.
DIGGS'S BANKRUPTCY.
When, therefore, about this time, an auction was one night announced to take place in the Hall, at which, amongst the superfluities of other boys, all Diggs's Penates[30] for the time being were going to the hammer, East and Tom laid their heads together, and resolved to devote their ready cash (some four shillings sterling[31]) to redeem such articles as that sum would cover. Accordingly, they duly attended to bid, and Tom became the owner of two lots of Diggs's things: Lot 1, price one-and-threepence, consisting (as the auctioneer remarked) of a "valuable assortment of old metals," in the shape of a mouse-trap, a cheese-toaster without a handle, and a sauce-pan;[32] Lot 2, a villanous dirty table-cloth and green-baize curtain: while East, for one-and-sixpence purchased a leather paper-case, with a lock but no key, once handsome, but now much the worse for wear. But they had still the point to settle, of how to get Diggs to take the things without hurting his feelings. This they solved by leaving them in his study, which was never locked when he was out. Diggs, who had attended the auction, remembered who had bought the lots and came to their study soon after, and [Pg 182] sat silent for some time, cracking his great red finger-joints. Then he laid hold of their verses,[33] and began looking over and altering them, and at last got up, and turning his back to them, said: "You're uncommon good-hearted little beggars,[34] you two—I value that paper-case; my sister gave it me last holidays—I won't forget;" and so tumbled out into the passage, leaving them somewhat embarrassed, but not sorry that he knew what they had done.
When an auction was announced one night in the Hall, where among the extra stuff from other boys, all of Diggs's belongings were being sold, East and Tom put their heads together and decided to spend their cash (around four shillings) to buy back whatever they could afford. So they went to the auction, and Tom ended up winning two lots of Diggs's items: Lot 1, costing one-and-threepence, which the auctioneer described as a "valuable assortment of old metals," including a mouse trap, a cheese toaster without a handle, and a saucepan; Lot 2 was a filthy tablecloth and a green baize curtain. Meanwhile, East purchased a leather paper case with a lock but no key for one-and-sixpence; it used to be nice but was now pretty worn out. But they still needed to figure out how to give Diggs his things back without hurting his feelings. They decided to leave the items in his study, which was always unlocked when he was out. Diggs had been at the auction and remembered who had bought the lots, so he came to their study shortly after and sat quietly for a while, cracking his big red knuckles. Then he picked up their poems and started looking them over and changing some things, and eventually he got up, turned his back to them, and said, "You two are really kind-hearted little guys—I value that paper case; my sister gave it to me last holiday—I won’t forget," and then he hurried out into the hallway, leaving them a bit awkward but not unhappy that he knew what they had done.
THE DERBY LOTTERY.
The next morning was Saturday, the day on which the allowances of one shilling a week were paid, an important event to spendthrift youngsters; and great was the disgust amongst the small fry, to hear that all the allowances had been impounded for the Derby[35] lottery. That great event in the English year, the Derby, was celebrated at Rugby in those days by many lotteries. It was not an improving custom, I own, gentle reader, and led to making books[36] and betting, and other objectionable results; but when our great Houses of Palaver[37] think it right to stop the nation's business on that day, and many of the members bet heavily themselves, can you blame us boys for following the example of our betters?—at any rate we did follow it. First, there was the Great School lottery, where the first prize was six or seven pounds; then each house had one or more separate lotteries. These were all nominally[38] voluntary, no boy being compelled to put in [Pg 183] his shilling who didn't choose to do so; but besides Flashman, there were three or four other fast sporting young gentlemen in the School-house, who considered subscription a matter of duty and necessity, and so to make their duty come easy to the small boys, quietly secured the allowances in a lump when given out for distribution, and kept them. It was no use grumbling—so many fewer tartlets and apples were eaten and fives'-balls bought on that Saturday; and after locking-up, when the money would otherwise have been spent, consolation was carried to many a small boy, by the sound of the night-fags shouting along the passages, "Gentlemen sportsmen of the School-house, the lottery's going to be drawn in the Hall." It was pleasant to be called a gentleman sportsman—also to have a chance of drawing a favorite horse.[39]
The next morning was Saturday, the day when the weekly allowance of one shilling was handed out, a big deal for the spendthrift kids. So, you can imagine their disappointment when they learned that all the allowances had been taken for the Derby lottery. The Derby, a major event in the English calendar, was marked at Rugby back then by various lotteries. I admit, it wasn’t exactly a great influence, gentle reader, leading to gambling and other questionable activities; but when our esteemed leaders decide it's right to halt the nation's activities for that day and many of them gamble heavily themselves, can you really blame us boys for following their example?—and follow it we did. First was the Great School lottery, where the top prize was six or seven pounds; then each house had its own lotteries. These were all technically voluntary, no boy was forced to put in his shilling if he didn’t want to; but besides Flashman, there were three or four other sporty young gentlemen in the School-house who felt it was their duty to participate. They also made it easy for the younger boys by collecting all the allowances at once when they were distributed. Complaining was pointless—fewer tartlets and apples were consumed and fewer fives' balls were bought that Saturday; and after lock-up, when the money would have otherwise been spent, many a young boy was consoled by hearing the night-fags shouting down the hall, “Gentlemen sportsmen of the School-house, the lottery's about to be drawn in the Hall.” It was nice to be called a gentleman sportsman—and to have a chance of drawing a favorite horse.
The Hall was full of boys, and at the head of one of the long tables stood the sporting interest, with a hat before them in which were the tickets folded up. One of them then began calling out a list of the house; each boy as his name was called drew a ticket from the hat and opened it; and most of the bigger boys, after drawing, left the Hall directly to go back to their studies or the fifth-form room. The sporting interest had all drawn blanks, and they were sulky accordingly; neither of the favorites had yet been drawn, and it had come down to the upper fourth. So now, as each small boy came up and drew his ticket, it was seized and opened by Flashman, or some others of the standers-by. But no great favorite is drawn until it comes to the Tadpole's turn, and he shuffles up, [Pg 184] and draws, and tries to make off, but is caught, and his ticket is opened like the rest.
The Hall was packed with boys, and at the head of one of the long tables stood the group focused on the game, with a hat in front of them containing the folded tickets. One of them then started calling out the names from a list; each boy, when his name was called, took a ticket from the hat and opened it. Most of the older boys, after drawing their tickets, left the Hall immediately to return to their studies or the fifth-form room. The group focused on the game had all drawn blanks, and they were feeling grumpy about it; neither of the favorites had been drawn yet, and it had come down to the upper fourth. So now, as each younger boy came up to draw his ticket, it was grabbed and opened by Flashman or some of the others hanging around. But no major favorite is drawn until it’s the Tadpole's turn. He shuffles up, [Pg 184] draws, and tries to sneak away, but he's caught, and his ticket is opened like the others.
"Here you are! Wanderer! third favorite," shouts the opener.
"Here you go! Wanderer! third favorite," shouts the opener.
"I say, just give me my ticket, please," remonstrates Tadpole.
"I’m telling you, just give me my ticket, please," Tadpole insists.
"Hullo, don't be in a hurry," breaks in Flashman, "what'll you sell Wanderer for now?"
"Helloo, don’t rush," interrupts Flashman, "how much will you sell Wanderer for now?"
"I don't want to sell," rejoins Tadpole.
"I don’t want to sell," replies Tadpole.
"Oh, don't you? Now listen, you young fool—you don't know anything about it; the horse is no use to you. He won't win, but I want him as a hedge.[40] Now I'll give you half-a-crown[41] for him." Tadpole holds out, but between threats and cajoleries[42] at length sells half for one-shilling-and-sixpence, about a fifth of its fair market value; however, he is glad to realize anything, and as he wisely remarks: "Wanderer mayn't win, and the tizzy[43] is safe anyhow."
"Oh, don't you? Look, you young idiot—you don't know anything about this; the horse is no good to you. He won't win, but I want him as a backup.[40] I'm willing to give you half a crown[41] for him." Tadpole hesitates, but after some threats and flattery[42] he finally sells half for one shilling and sixpence, about a fifth of its fair market value; however, he's just happy to get something, and as he wisely notes: "Wanderer might not win, and the prize[43] is safe anyway."
TOM DRAWS THE FAVORITE.
East presently comes up, and draws a blank. Soon after comes Tom's turn; his ticket, like the others, is seized and opened. "Here you are then," shouts the opener, holding it up: "Harkaway! By Jove, Flashy, your young friend's in luck."
East comes up now and draws a blank. Soon it's Tom's turn; his ticket, like the others, is taken and opened. "Here you go," shouts the person opening it, holding it up: "Harkaway! Wow, Flashy, your young friend's lucky."
"Give me the ticket," says Flashman with an oath, leaning across the table with open hand, and his face black with rage.
"Give me the ticket," Flashman says with an oath, leaning across the table with his hand open and his face twisted in rage.
"Wouldn't you like it?" replies the opener, not a bad fellow at the bottom, and no admirer of Flashman. "Here, [Pg 185] Brown, catch hold," and he hands the ticket to Tom, who pockets it; whereupon Flashman makes for the door at once, that Tom and the ticket may not escape, and there keeps watch until the drawing is over, and all the boys are gone, except the sporting set of five or six, who stay to compare books, make bets and so on; Tom, who doesn't choose to move while Flashman is at the door, and East, who stays by his friend, anticipating trouble.
"Wouldn't you like that?" replies the opener, a decent guy at heart, and not a fan of Flashman. "Here, [Pg 185] Brown, take this," and he hands the ticket to Tom, who pockets it; then Flashman heads straight for the door to make sure Tom and the ticket don't escape, and he keeps watch there until the drawing is finished and all the guys have left, except for the group of five or six who stick around to compare notes, place bets, and so on; Tom, who doesn't want to move while Flashman is at the door, and East, who stays close to his friend, expecting trouble.
The sporting set now gathered around Tom. Public opinion wouldn't allow them actually to rob him of his ticket, but any humbug or intimidation by which he could be driven to sell the whole or part at an under value was lawful.
The sports crowd now gathered around Tom. Public opinion wouldn’t let them actually take his ticket, but any trick or pressure that could make him sell all or part of it for less than it was worth was fair game.
"Now, young Brown, come, what'll you sell me Harkaway for? I hear he isn't going to start. I'll give you five shillings for him," begins the boy who had opened the ticket. Tom, remembering his good deed, and moreover in his forlorn state wishing to make a friend, is about to accept the offer, when another cries out, "I'll give you seven shillings." Tom hesitated and looked from one to the other.
"Now, young Brown, come on, how much do you want for Harkaway? I hear he’s not going to race. I’ll give you five shillings for him," starts the boy who opened the ticket. Tom, recalling his good deed, and feeling a bit lonely, wants to make a friend, so he's about to take the offer when another shouts, "I’ll give you seven shillings." Tom hesitated and looked from one to the other.
"No, no!" said Flashman, pushing in, "leave me to deal with him; we'll draw lots for it afterward. Now, sir, you know me—you'll sell Harkaway to us for five shillings, or you'll repent it."
"No, no!" Flashman said, pushing in, "let me handle this; we'll sort it out later. Now, sir, you know who I am—you'll sell Harkaway to us for five shillings, or you'll regret it."
"I won't sell a bit of him," answered Tom shortly.
"I won't sell any part of him," Tom replied curtly.
"You hear that now!" said Flashman, turning to the others. "He's the coxiest[44] young blackguard in the house—I always told you so. We're to have all the trouble and risk of getting up the lotteries for the benefit of such fellows as he."
"You hear that now!" said Flashman, turning to the others. "He's the cockiest[44] young scoundrel in the house—I always said that. We're going to have all the trouble and risk of running the lotteries for the benefit of guys like him."
Flashman forgets to explain what risks they ran, but he speaks to willing ears. Gambling makes boys selfish and cruel as well as men.
Flashman forgets to mention the risks they faced, but he talks to an eager audience. Gambling turns boys into selfish and cruel individuals, just like it does to men.
"That's true—we always draw blanks," cried one. "Now, sir, you shall sell half, at any rate."
"That's right—we always come up empty," shouted one. "Now, sir, you will sell at least half."
"I won't," said Tom, flushing up to his hair, and lumping them all in his mind with his sworn enemy.
"I won't," Tom said, his face turning bright red, grouping them all in his mind with his sworn enemy.
ROASTING A FAG.
"Very well, then, let's roast him," cried Flashman, and catches hold of Tom by the collar; one or two of the boys hesitate, but the rest join in. East seizes Tom's arm and tries to pull him away, but he is knocked back by one of the boys, and Tom is dragged along struggling. His shoulders are pushed against the mantle-piece, and he is held by main force before the fire. Poor East, in more pain even than Tom, suddenly thinks of Diggs, and darts off to find him. "Will you sell now for ten shillings?" says one boy who is relenting.
"Alright then, let's roast him," shouted Flashman, grabbing Tom by the collar. A couple of the boys hesitated, but the others jumped in. East grabbed Tom's arm and tried to pull him away, but one of the boys pushed him back, and Tom was dragged along, struggling. His shoulders were shoved against the mantle, and he was held tightly before the fire. Poor East, feeling even more pain than Tom, suddenly thought of Diggs and rushed off to find him. "Will you sell him now for ten shillings?" asked one boy who was starting to back down.
Tom only answers by groans and struggles.
Tom just responds with groans and struggles.
"I say, Flashey, he has had enough," says the same boy, dropping the arm he holds.
"I think that's enough, Flashey," says the same boy, letting go of the arm he's holding.
"No, no, another turn'll do it," answers Flashman. But poor Tom is done already, turns deadly pale, and his head falls forward on his breast, just as Diggs, in frantic excitement, rushes into the Hall with East at his heels.
"No, no, another turn will do it," Flashman replies. But poor Tom is already finished, turns deathly pale, and his head drops forward onto his chest, just as Diggs, in a frantic rush, bursts into the Hall with East following closely behind.
"You cowardly brutes!" is all he can say as he catches Tom from them and supports him to the Hall table. "Good God! he's dying. Here, get some cold water—run for the housekeeper."
"You cowardly brutes!" is all he can say as he pulls Tom away from them and helps him to the dining table. "Good God! He's dying. Someone, get some cold water—run for the housekeeper."
Flashman and one or two others slink away; the rest, ashamed and sorry, bend over Tom or run for water, while East darts off for the housekeeper. Water comes, and they throw it on his hands and face, and he begins to [Pg 187] come to. "Mother!"—the words came feebly and slowly—"it's very cold to-night." Poor old Diggs is blubbering like a child. "Where am I?" goes on Tom, opening his eyes. "Ah! I remember now," and he shut his eyes again and groaned.
Flashman and a couple of others slip away; the rest, feeling ashamed and sorry, lean over Tom or rush to get water, while East hurries off to find the housekeeper. Water arrives, and they splash it on his hands and face, and he starts to come to. "Mom!"—the words come out weakly and slowly—"it's really cold tonight." Poor old Diggs is crying like a kid. "Where am I?" Tom continues, opening his eyes. "Oh! I remember now," and he closes his eyes again and groans.
"I say," is whispered, "we can't do any more good, and the housekeeper will be here in a minute," and all but one steal away; he stays with Diggs, silent and sorrowful, and fans Tom's face.
"I say," is whispered, "we can't do any more good, and the housekeeper will be here in a minute," and all but one sneak away; he stays with Diggs, quiet and sad, and fans Tom's face.
The housekeeper comes in with strong salts, and Tom soon recovers enough to sit up. There is a smell of burning; she examines his clothes, and looks up inquiringly. The boys are silent.
The housekeeper comes in with strong salts, and Tom soon recovers enough to sit up. There’s a smell of something burning; she checks his clothes and looks up with a questioning expression. The boys are quiet.
"How did he come so?" No answer.
"How did he arrive like this?" No response.
"There's been some bad work here," she adds, looking very serious, "and I shall speak to the Doctor about it." Still no answer.
"There's been some bad work here," she adds, looking very serious, "and I’ll talk to the Doctor about it." Still no answer.
"Hadn't we better carry him to the sick-room?" suggests Diggs.
"Shouldn't we take him to the sick room?" suggests Diggs.
"Oh, I can walk now," says Tom; and, supported by East and the housekeeper, goes to the sick-room. The boy who held his ground is soon amongst the rest, who are all in fear of their lives. "Did he peach?" "Does she know about it?"
"Oh, I can walk now," says Tom; and, supported by East and the housekeeper, heads to the sick room. The boy who stood his ground quickly joins the others, who are all scared for their lives. "Did he snitch?" "Does she know about it?"
"Not a word—he's a staunch little fellow." And pausing a moment, he adds: "I'm sick of this work: what brutes we've been!"
"Not a word—he's a tough little guy." And after a moment's pause, he adds: "I'm fed up with this work: what animals we've been!"
Meantime Tom is stretched on the sofa in the housekeeper's room, with East by his side, while she gets wine and water and other restoratives.
In the meantime, Tom is lying on the sofa in the housekeeper's room, with East sitting next to him, while she fetches wine, water, and other refreshments.
"Are you much hurt, dear old boy?" whispered East.
"Are you hurt badly, my dear friend?" whispered East.
"Only the back of my legs," answered Tom. They are [Pg 188] indeed badly scorched, and part of his trousers burnt through. But soon he is in bed with cold bandages. At first he feels broken, and thinks of writing home and getting taken away; and the verse of a hymn he had learned years ago sings through his head, and he goes to sleep, murmuring:—
"Only the back of my legs," Tom replied. They are [Pg 188] really badly burned, and part of his pants are burnt through. But soon he's in bed with cold bandages. At first, he feels shattered and considers writing home to ask to be picked up; and the lyrics of a hymn he learned years ago play in his mind, and he drifts off to sleep, murmuring:—
LAST DAYS OF THE WAR.
But after a sound night's rest, the old boy-spirit comes back again. East comes in reporting that the whole house is with him, and he forgets everything except their old resolve, never to be beaten by that bully Flashman.
But after a good night's sleep, the old boyish spirit comes back. East arrives, saying that the whole house is with him, and he forgets everything except their old determination, never to let that bully Flashman win.
Not a word could the housekeeper extract from either of them; and though the Doctor knew all that she knew that morning, he never knew any more.
Not a word could the housekeeper get out of either of them; and even though the Doctor knew everything she knew that morning, he never found out anything more.
I trust and believe that such scenes are not possible now at school, and that lotteries and betting-books have gone out; but I am writing of schools as they were in our time, and must give the evil with the good.
I trust and believe that scenes like that don't happen at school anymore, and that lotteries and betting books are a thing of the past; but I'm writing about schools as they were in our time, and I have to include both the bad and the good.
FOOTNOTES
[3] Accidence: the rudiments of grammar.
[7] Staple: principal part.
Staple: main part.
[9] Tithe: a tenth.
[10] Clever: bright, smart.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Clever: smart, sharp.
[12] Form: here, bench.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Form: here, seating.
[13] Form: here, class.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Class: here, course.
[14] Rating: scolding.
Rating: reprimand.
[15] Colleagues: associates.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Colleagues: coworkers.
[16] Quit: acquit, behave.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Quit: clear, act.
[20] Premising: saying to begin with
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Premising: to start off
[23] Peaching: telling.
Peaching: snitching.
[25] The Mucker: the sloven.
[26] Tails: a tail coat.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Tails: a tuxedo jacket.
[27] Impecuniosity: want of money.
[28] Study-fagging: clearing up his study-room.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Study-fagging: tidying up his study.
[31] Sterling: English money.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sterling: British currency.
[33] Verses: Latin verses.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Verses: Latin poetry.
[34] Beggars: here, fellows.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Beggars: hey, guys.
[38] Nominally: in name only.
[39] Drawing a favorite horse: the names of the horses running at the Derby were written on folded slips of paper, and those who drew the winning names got the prizes.
[39] Drawing a favorite horse: the names of the horses racing at the Derby were written on folded pieces of paper, and those who picked the winning names received the prizes.
[42] Cajoleries: coaxing by flatteries.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cajoleries: flattery-based coaxing.
[44] Coxiest: most conceited, impudent.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Coxiest: most arrogant, disrespectful.
[45] Job iii. 17.
CHAPTER IX.
A CHAPTER OF ACCIDENTS.
"Wherein I [speak] of most disastrous chances,
Of moving accidents by flood and field,
Of hairbreadth 'scapes."—Shakespeare.
"Wherein I talk about the most disastrous events,
Of accidents in water and on land,
Of narrow escapes."—Shakespeare.
TOM DISCLOSES NOTHING.
When Tom came back into school after a couple of days in the sick-room, he found matters much changed for the better, as East had led him to expect. Flashman's brutality had disgusted most of his intimate friends, even, and his cowardice had once more been made plain to the house; for Diggs had encountered him on the morning after the lottery, and after high words on both sides had struck him, and the blow was not returned. However, Flashey was not unused to this sort of thing, and had lived through as awkward affairs before, and, as Diggs had said, fed and toadied himself back into favor again. Two or three of the boys who had helped to roast Tom came up and begged his pardon, and thanked him for not telling anything. Morgan sent for him, and was inclined to take the matter up warmly, but Tom begged him not to do it; to which he agreed, on Tom's promising to come to him at once in the future,—a promise which I regret to say he didn't keep. Tom kept Harkaway all to himself, and won the second prize in the lottery, some thirty shillings, which he and East contrived to spend in about three days, in the purchase of pictures for their study, two new bats and a [Pg 190] cricket-ball, all the best that could be got, and a supper of sausages, kidneys, and beef-steak pies to all the rebels. Light come, light go; they wouldn't have been comfortable with money in their pockets in the middle of the half.[1]
When Tom returned to school after a few days in the sickroom, he found things had improved a lot, just like East had predicted. Flashman's cruelty had disgusted most of his closest friends, and his cowardice was once again clear to everyone; Diggs had run into him the morning after the lottery, and after some heated words exchanged, he hit him, but Flashman didn’t hit back. However, Flashman was no stranger to this kind of situation and had gotten through awkward moments like this before, and, as Diggs had mentioned, he managed to charm his way back into everyone’s good graces. A couple of the boys who had joined in teasing Tom approached him to apologize and thanked him for not spilling the beans. Morgan called for him and was ready to take the matter seriously, but Tom asked him not to; Morgan agreed, provided Tom promised to come to him right away in the future—a promise he unfortunately didn’t keep. Tom kept Harkaway all to himself and won second prize in the lottery, about thirty shillings, which he and East managed to spend in just three days on buying pictures for their study, two new bats, and a cricket ball, all top-notch stuff, plus a dinner of sausages, kidneys, and beef-steak pies for all the rebels. Easy come, easy go; they wouldn’t have felt comfortable with money in their pockets in the middle of the term.
RULE BREAKING.
The embers of Flashman's wrath, however, were still smouldering, and burst out every now and then in sly blows and taunts, and they both felt that they hadn't quite done with him yet. It wasn't long, however, before the last act of that drama came, and with it the end of bullying for Tom and East at Rugby. They now often stole out into the Hall at nights, incited thereto, partly by the hope of finding Diggs there and having a talk with him, partly by the excitement of doing something which was against the rules; for, sad to say, both of our youngsters, since their loss of character for steadiness in their form, had got into the habit of doing things which were forbidden, as a matter of adventure; just in the same way, I should fancy, as men fall into smuggling, and for the same sort of reasons,—thoughtlessness in the first place. It never occurred to them to consider why such and such rules were laid down; the reason was nothing to them, and they only looked upon rules as a sort of challenge from the rule-makers, which it would be rather bad pluck in them not to accept; and then again, in the lower parts of the school they hadn't enough to do. The work of the form they could manage to get through pretty easily, keeping a good enough place to get their regular yearly remove; and not having much ambition beyond this, their whole superfluous steam was available for games and scrapes. Now, one rule of the house which it was a [Pg 191] daily pleasure of all such boys to break, was that after supper all fags, except the three on duty in the passages, should remain in their own studies until nine o'clock; and if caught about the passages or Hall, or in one another's studies, they were liable to punishments or caning. The rule was stricter than its observance; for most of the sixth spent their evenings in the fifth-form room, where the library was, and the lessons were learnt in common. Every now and then, however, a præpostor would be seized with a fit of district visiting, and would take a tour of the passages and Hall, and the fags' studies. Then, if the owner were entertaining a friend or two, the first kick at the door and ominous[2] "Open here" had the effect of the shadow of a hawk over a chicken-yard; every one cut to cover[3]—one small boy diving under the sofa, another under the table, while the owner would hastily pull down a book or two and open them, and cry out in a meek voice: "Hullo, who's there?" casting an anxious eye round, to see that no protruding leg or elbow could betray the hidden boys. "Open, sir, directly; it's Snooks." "Oh, I'm very sorry; I didn't know it was you, Snooks;" and then with well-feigned zeal, the door would be opened, young Hopeful praying that that beast Snooks mightn't have heard the scuffle caused by his coming. If a study was empty, Snooks proceeded to draw[4] the passages and Hall to find the truants.
The embers of Flashman's anger were still smoldering and flared up now and then with sneaky punches and jabs, and they both felt that they hadn't quite finished dealing with him yet. However, it wasn't long before the final act of that drama arrived, bringing an end to the bullying for Tom and East at Rugby. They often snuck out into the Hall at night, partly motivated by the hope of finding Diggs there to chat with, and partly by the thrill of doing something against the rules. Unfortunately, both of these boys, after losing their reputation for being reliable in their class, had started to engage in forbidden activities as a form of adventure; similar to how some men might turn to smuggling, driven by thoughtlessness. They never bothered to think about why certain rules existed; the reasoning behind them didn't concern them, and they saw rules as challenges from the rule-makers that it would be cowardly not to accept. Additionally, in the lower parts of the school, they didn’t have enough to keep them busy. They could get through their classwork easily enough, maintaining a good enough position to advance each year; lacking ambition beyond this, all their extra energy went into games and mischief. One rule that brought daily joy to those boys to break was that after supper, all fags, except the three on duty in the hallways, should stay in their studies until nine o'clock; if caught roaming the hallways or Hall, or in each other's studies, they risked punishment or a beating. The rule was stricter in theory than in practice, as most of the sixth-formers spent their evenings in the fifth-form room, where the library was, and where lessons were done together. However, every now and then, a præpostor would get the urge to do rounds, checking the hallways and Hall, and the fags' studies. If the occupant had a friend or two over, the first knock on the door and the ominous "Open up!" felt like a hawk hovering over a chicken coop; everyone scrambled for cover—one small boy diving under the sofa, another under the table, while the owner frantically pulled down a couple of books, opened them, and called out in a meek voice: "Hullo, who's there?" anxiously checking to ensure no visible leg or elbow could give away the hidden boys. "Open up, immediately; it's Snooks." "Oh, I'm really sorry; I didn't realize it was you, Snooks," and then with exaggerated eagerness, the door would be opened, young Hopeful hoping that that jerk Snooks hadn't noticed the commotion caused by his arrival. If a study was empty, Snooks went on to search the hallways and Hall to find the runaways.
THE BRUISED WORM WILL TURN.
Well, one evening, in forbidden hours, Tom and East were in the Hall. They occupied the seats before the fire nearest the door, while Diggs sprawled, as usual, before [Pg 192] the further fire. He was busy with a copy of verses, and East and Tom were chatting together in whispers, by the light of the fire, and splicing a favorite old fives'-bat which had sprung.[5] Presently a step came down the bottom passage; they listened a moment, assured themselves that it wasn't a præpostor, and then went on with their work, and the door swung open, and in walked Flashman. He didn't see Diggs, and thought it a good chance to keep his hand in; and as the boys didn't move for him, struck one of them, to make them get out of his way.
One evening, during times they weren’t supposed to be out, Tom and East were in the Hall. They sat in the seats by the fire closest to the door, while Diggs lounged, as usual, by the far fire. He was working on a piece of poetry, and East and Tom were quietly chatting in the firelight, repairing a favorite old fives' bat that had broken. Presently, they heard footsteps coming down the hallway; they paused for a moment, confirmed it wasn’t a præpostor, and then resumed their work. The door swung open, and Flashman walked in. He didn’t notice Diggs and saw a good opportunity to assert himself; since the boys didn’t move for him, he pushed one of them to make them get out of his way.
"What's that for?" growled the assaulted one.
"What's that for?" growled the person who was attacked.
"Because I choose. You've no business here; go to your study."
"Because I choose to. You shouldn't be here; go back to your study."
"You can't send us."
"You can't send us."
"Can't I? Then I'll thrash you if you stay," said Flashman, savagely.
"Can't I? Then I'll beat you up if you stick around," Flashman said aggressively.
"I say, you two," said Diggs, from the end of the Hall, rousing up and resting himself on his elbow, "you'll never get rid of that fellow till you lick him. Go in at him, both of you—I'll see fair play."
"I say, you two," said Diggs from the end of the hall, propping himself up on his elbow, "you'll never get rid of that guy until you beat him. Go after him, both of you—I'll make sure it's fair."
ACCOUNTS SQUARED WITH FLASHMAN.
Flashman was taken aback, and retreated two steps. East looked at Tom. "Shall we try?" said he. "Yes," said Tom, desperately. So the two advanced on Flashman, with clenched fists and beating hearts. They were about up to his shoulder, but tough boys of their age, and in perfect training; while he, though strong and big, was in poor condition from his monstrous habit of stuffing and want of exercise. Coward as he was, however, Flashman couldn't swallow such an insult as this; besides, he was confident of having easy work, and so faced the boys, saying, "You impudent young blackguards!" Before he [Pg 193] could finish his abuse they rushed in on him, and began pummelling at all of him which they could reach. He hit out wildly and savagely, but the full force of his blows didn't tell; they were too near him. It was long odds, though, in point of strength, and in another minute Tom went plunging backward over the form, and Flashman turned to demolish East with a savage grin. But now Diggs jumped down from the table on which he had seated himself. "Stop there," shouted he, "the round's over—half a minute time allowed."
Flashman was caught off guard and took two steps back. East looked at Tom. "Should we give it a shot?" he asked. "Yeah," Tom replied desperately. So the two of them moved toward Flashman, fists clenched and hearts racing. They were about shoulder height to him, but they were tough boys for their age and in great shape, while he, despite being strong and tall, was out of shape from his excessive eating and lack of exercise. As cowardly as he was, Flashman couldn't let such an insult slide; plus, he was sure it would be easy to handle, so he faced the boys and exclaimed, "You arrogant little brats!" Before he could finish his insult, they charged at him and began hitting him wherever they could reach. He swung wildly and brutally, but his punches didn’t have much impact because they were too close. It was a long shot in terms of strength, and soon enough, Tom went tumbling backward over the bench, leaving Flashman free to target East with a menacing grin. But just then, Diggs jumped off the table where he had been sitting. "Hold on," he shouted, "the round's over—half a minute to rest."
"What the——is it to you?" faltered Flashman, who began to lose heart.
"What the heck is it to you?" faltered Flashman, who started to lose confidence.
"I'm going to see fair, I tell you," said Diggs, with a grin, and snapping his great red fingers; "'tisn't fair for you to be fighting one of them at a time. Are you ready, Brown? Time's up."
"I'm going to see fair, I tell you," said Diggs, grinning and snapping his big red fingers; "it's not fair for you to be fighting one of them at a time. Are you ready, Brown? Time's up."
The small boys rushed in again. Closing they saw was their best chance, and Flashman was wilder and more flurried than ever; he caught East by the throat, and tried to force him back on the iron-bound table; Tom grasped his waist, and remembering the old throw he had learned in the Vale from Harry Winburn, crooked his leg inside Flashman's, and threw his weight forward. The three tottered for a moment, then over they went on to the floor, Flashman striking his head against a form in the Hall.
The little boys rushed in again. They realized closing was their best shot, and Flashman was more chaotic and panicked than ever; he grabbed East by the throat and tried to push him back onto the iron-bound table. Tom wrapped his arms around Flashman’s waist, and remembering the old throw he learned in the Vale from Harry Winburn, he hooked his leg inside Flashman's and leaned forward. The three of them wobbled for a moment, then they all went down to the floor, with Flashman hitting his head against a bench in the Hall.
PENALTIES OF WAR.
The two youngsters sprang to their legs, but he lay there still. They began to be frightened. Tom stooped down, and then cried out, scared out of his wits, "He's bleeding awfully; come here, East, Diggs—he's dying!"
The two kids jumped to their feet, but he just lay there. They started to get scared. Tom bent down and then shouted, terrified, "He's bleeding a lot; come here, East, Diggs—he's dying!"
"Not he," said Diggs, getting leisurely off the table; "it's all sham—he's only afraid to fight it out."
"Not him," said Diggs, casually getting off the table; "it's all a facade—he's just scared to confront it."
East was as frightened as Tom. Diggs lifted Flashman's head, and he groaned.
East was as scared as Tom. Diggs lifted Flashman's head, and he groaned.
"What's the matter?" shouted Diggs.
"What's wrong?" shouted Diggs.
"My skull's fractured," sobbed Flashman.
"My skull's broken," sobbed Flashman.
"Oh, let me run for the housekeeper," cried Tom. "What shall we do!"
"Oh, let me go get the housekeeper," Tom exclaimed. "What are we going to do!"
"Fiddlesticks! it's nothing but the skin broken," said the relentless Diggs, feeling his head. "Cold water and a bit of rag's all he'll want."
"Fiddlesticks! It's just a broken skin," said the persistent Diggs, feeling his head. "Cold water and a bit of cloth is all he needs."
"Let me go," said Flashman, surlily, sitting up; "I don't want your help."
"Let me go," Flashman said grumpily as he sat up. "I don't need your help."
"We're really very sorry," began East.
"We're really sorry," East began.
"Hang your sorrow," answered Flashman, holding his handkerchief to the place; "you shall pay for this, I can tell you, both of you." And he walked out of the Hall.
"Hang your sorrow," replied Flashman, pressing his handkerchief to the spot; "you two will pay for this, trust me." Then he walked out of the Hall.
"He can't be very bad," said Tom, with a deep sigh, much relieved to see his enemy march so well.
"He can't be that bad," said Tom, with a deep sigh, feeling much relieved to see his enemy march so confidently.
"Not he," said Diggs, "and you'll see you won't be troubled with him any more. But, I say, your head's broken too—your collar is covered with blood."
"Not him," said Diggs, "and you'll see you won't have to deal with him anymore. But I have to say, your head's hurt too—your collar is covered in blood."
"Is it, though?" said Tom, putting up his hand; "I didn't know it."
"Is it, though?" Tom said, raising his hand. "I didn't know that."
"Well, mop it up, or you'll have your jacket spoilt. And you have got a bad eye, Scud; you'd better go and bathe it well in cold water."
"Well, clean it up, or you'll ruin your jacket. And you've got a nasty eye, Scud; you should go and soak it in cold water."
"Cheap enough, too, if we've done with our old friend Flashey," said East, as they made up-stairs to bathe their wounds.
"Pretty cheap, too, if we’re done with our old friend Flashey," said East, as they went upstairs to clean their wounds.
They had done with Flashman in one sense, for he never laid finger on either of them again; but whatever harm a spiteful heart and venomous tongue could do them, he took care should be done. Only throw dirt [Pg 195] enough, and some of it is sure to stick; and so it was with the fifth form and the bigger boys in general, with whom he associated more or less, and they not at all. Flashman managed to get Tom and East into disfavor, which did not wear off for some time after the author of it had disappeared from the School world. This event, much prayed for by the small fry in general, took place a few months after the above encounter. One fine summer evening, Flashman had been regaling himself on gin-punch, at Brownsover; and having exceeded his usual limits, started home uproarious. He fell in with a friend or two coming back from bathing, proposed a glass of beer, to which they assented, the weather being hot, and they thirsty souls, and unaware of the quantity of drink which Flashman had already on board. The short result was, that Flashey became beastly drunk; they tried to get him along, but couldn't; so they chartered[6] a hurdle[7] and two men to carry him. One of the masters came upon them and they naturally enough fled. The flight of the rest raised the master's suspicions, and the good angel of the fags incited him to examine the freight, and, after examination, to convoy the hurdle himself up to the School-house; and the Doctor, who had long had his eye on Flashman, arranged for his withdrawal next morning.
They had moved on from Flashman in one way, since he never laid a finger on either of them again; but whatever damage a spiteful heart and sharp tongue could inflict, he made sure it was done. Just throw enough dirt, and some of it is bound to stick; and that was how it was with the fifth form and the older boys in general, with whom he mingled a bit, while Tom and East did not at all. Flashman succeeded in getting Tom and East into trouble, which didn't fade away for some time after he had vanished from the School scene. This event, eagerly anticipated by the younger students, happened a few months later. One lovely summer evening, Flashman had been enjoying gin-punch at Brownsover; after drinking more than usual, he started home in high spirits. He ran into a friend or two coming back from swimming, suggested grabbing a beer, and they agreed, given the hot weather and their thirst, unaware of how much Flashman had already consumed. The outcome was that Flashman got incredibly drunk; they tried to help him along, but couldn’t manage it, so they hired a hurdle and two guys to carry him. One of the teachers saw them and, understandably, they ran off. The flight of the others raised the teacher's suspicions, and the good instinct of the younger students motivated him to check the load, and after looking it over, he decided to escort the hurdle himself back to the School-house; and the Doctor, who had long been keeping an eye on Flashman, arranged for his expulsion the next morning.
FATE OF LIBERATORS.
The evil that men, and boys, too, do, lives after them. Flashman was gone, but our boys, as hinted above, still felt the effects of his hate. Besides, they had been the movers of the strike against unlawful fagging. The cause was righteous,—the result had been triumphant to a great extent; but the best of the fifth, even those who had [Pg 196] never fagged the small boys, or had given up the practice cheerfully, couldn't help feeling a small grudge against the first rebels. After all, their form had been defied—on just grounds, no doubt; so just indeed, that they had at once acknowledged the wrong, and remained passive in the strife; had they sided with Flashman and his set, the rebels must have given way at once. They couldn't help, on the whole, being glad that they had so acted, and that the resistance had been successful against such of their own form as had shown fight; they felt that law and order had gained thereby, but the ringleaders they couldn't quite pardon at once. "Confoundedly coxy those young rascals will get, if we don't mind," was the general feeling.
The bad things that men and boys do stick around. Flashman was gone, but our boys, as mentioned earlier, still felt the impact of his hatred. Plus, they were the ones who led the strike against unfair bullying. The cause was just—the outcome had been largely successful; but the best of the fifth, even those who had never bullied the younger boys or had given up the habit willingly, couldn't help but feel a bit resentful toward the first rebels. After all, their group had been challenged—rightfully so, no doubt; so right that they immediately recognized the injustice and stayed out of the conflict; if they had backed Flashman and his crew, the rebels would have had to back down right away. Overall, they were glad they acted as they did, and that the resistance succeeded against some of their own who fought back; they felt that law and order had won, but they couldn't fully forgive the ringleaders right away. "Those young troublemakers are going to get too big for their britches if we’re not careful," was the general sentiment.
So it is, and must be always, my dear boys. If the Angel Gabriel were to come down from heaven, and head a successful rise against the most abominable and unrighteous vested interest[8] which this poor old world groans under, he would most certainly lose his character for many years, probably for centuries, not only with the upholders of said vested interest, but with the respectable mass of the people whom he had delivered. They wouldn't ask him to dinner, or let their names appear with his in the papers; they would be very careful how they spoke of him in the Palaver[9] or at their clubs. What can we expect, then, when we have only poor gallant blundering men like Kossuth, Garibaldi, Mazzini[10] and righteous causes which do not triumph in their hands,—men who have holes enough in their armor, God knows, easy to be hit by respectabilities sitting in their lounging [Pg 197] chairs, and having large balances[11] at their bankers? But you are brave, gallant boys, who hate easy chairs, and have no balances or bankers. You only want to have your heads set straight, to take the right side; so bear in mind that majorities, especially respectable ones, are nine times out of ten in the wrong, and that if you see a man or a boy striving earnestly on the weak side, however wrong-headed or blundering he may be, you are not to go and join the cry against him. If you can't join him and help him, and make him wiser, at any rate remember that he has found something in the world which he will fight and suffer for, which is just what you have got to do for yourselves; and so think and speak of him tenderly.
So it is, and always will be, my dear boys. If the Angel Gabriel came down from heaven and led a successful uprising against the most dreadful and unjust vested interests that this poor old world suffers under, he would probably lose his reputation for many years, maybe even centuries, not just with the defenders of those vested interests, but also with the respectable masses he had liberated. They wouldn’t invite him to dinner, or let their names be associated with his in the papers; they would be very careful about how they talked about him in conversations or at their clubs. What can we expect, then, when we have only brave, flawed men like Kossuth, Garibaldi, Mazzini fighting righteous causes that don’t succeed in their hands—men who have enough chinks in their armor, as God knows, making them easy targets for respectable people sitting in their comfortable chairs and with hefty bank accounts? But you are brave, noble boys who dislike comfort and don’t have those bank accounts. You just want to understand the truth and choose the right side; so keep in mind that majorities, especially respectable ones, are wrong nine times out of ten, and that if you see a man or a boy fighting hard for the weaker side, however misguided or clumsy he may be, you shouldn’t join the crowd against him. If you can’t support him and help him become wiser, at least remember that he has discovered something in the world that he is willing to fight and suffer for, which is exactly what you need to do for yourselves; so think of him kindly and speak of him with compassion.
THE ISHMAELITES.
So East, and Tom, the Tadpole, and one or two more, became a sort of young Ishmaelites,[12] their hands against every one, and every one's hand against them. It has been already told how they got to war with the masters and the fifth form, and with the sixth it was much the same. They saw the præpostors cowed by or joining with the fifth, and shirking their own duties; so they didn't respect them, and rendered no willing obedience. It had been one thing to clean out studies for sons of heroes like old Brooke, but was quite another to do the like for Snooks and Green, who had never faced a good scrummage at foot-ball, and couldn't keep the passages in order at night. So they only slurred through their fagging just well enough to escape a licking, and not always that, and got the character of sulky, unwilling fags. In the fifth-form room, after supper, when such matters were often discussed and arranged, their names were forever coming up.
So East, Tom, the Tadpole, and a couple of others became like young outcasts, with everyone against them and them against everyone. It's already been mentioned how they clashed with the older students in the fifth form, and the sixth form was pretty much the same. They saw the prefects either being bullied by the fifth form or siding with them and avoiding their own responsibilities; so they didn’t respect them and didn’t obey willingly. It was one thing to clean out study rooms for sons of esteemed people like old Brooke, but it was a whole different story for Snooks and Green, who had never faced a real challenge in football and couldn’t keep the hallways in order at night. So they just barely completed their chores well enough to avoid being punished, and not always that, earning a reputation as grumpy, unwilling helpers. In the fifth form room after dinner, where such matters were often talked about and sorted out, their names kept coming up.
"I say, Green," Snooks began one night, "isn't that new boy, Harrison, your fag?"
"I say, Green," Snooks started one night, "isn't that new kid, Harrison, your friend?"
"Yes, why?"
"Yeah, why?"
"Oh, I know something of him at home, and should like to excuse him; will you swop?"
"Oh, I know a bit about him at home, and I'd like to excuse him; will you trade?"
"Who will you give me?"
"Who will you get me?"
"Well, let's see; there's Willis, Johnson—No, that won't do. Yes, I have it, there's young East; I'll give you him."
"Well, let’s see; there’s Willis, Johnson—No, that won’t work. Yes, I’ve got it, there’s young East; I’ll give you him."
"Don't you wish you may get it?" replied Green. "I'll give you two for Willis, if you like?"
"Don't you wish you could get it?" replied Green. "I'll trade you two for Willis, if you want?"
"Who then?" asks Snooks.
"Who then?" Snooks asks.
"Hall and Brown."
"Hall & Brown."
"Wouldn't have 'em as a gift."
"Wouldn't take them as a gift."
"Better than East, though, for they aren't quite so sharp," said Green, getting up and leaning his back against the mantel-piece; he wasn't a bad fellow, and couldn't help not being able to put down the unruly fifth form. His eye twinkled as he went on. "Did I ever tell you how the young vagabond sold me[13] last half?"
"Better than East, though, because they're not quite as harsh," said Green, standing up and leaning against the mantel. He wasn't a bad guy and just couldn't control the wild fifth form. His eye glinted as he continued, "Did I ever tell you how the young troublemaker sold me[13] the last half?"
"No—how?"
"No—how?"
"Well, he never half cleaned my study out, only just stuck the candlesticks in the cupboard, and swept the crumbs on to the floor. So at last I was mortal angry, and had him up, and made him go through the whole performance under my eyes: the dust the young scamp made nearly choked me, and showed that he hadn't swept the carpet before. Well, when it was all finished: 'Now, young gentleman,' says I, 'mind, I expect this to be done every morning—floor swept, table-cloth taken off and [Pg 199] shaken, and everything dusted.' 'Very well,' grunts he. Not a bit of it, though—I was quite sure in a day or two that he never took the table-cloth off even. So I laid a trap for him; I tore up some paper and put half a dozen bits on my table one night, and the cloth over them as usual. Next morning, after breakfast, up I came, pulled off the cloth, and sure enough there was the paper, which fluttered down on to the floor. I was in a towering rage. 'I've got you now,' thought I, and sent for him, while I got out my cane. Up he came, as cool as you please, with his hands in his pockets. 'Didn't I tell you to shake my table-cloth every morning?' roared I. 'Yes,' says he. 'Did you do it this morning?' 'Yes.' 'You young liar! I put these pieces of paper on the table last night, and if you'd taken the table-cloth off you'd have seen them, so I'm going to give you a good licking.' Then my youngster takes one hand out of his pocket, and just stoops down and picks up two of the bits of paper, and holds them out to me. There was written on each, in great round text: 'Harry East, his mark.' The young rogue had found my trap out, taken away my paper, and put some of his there, every bit ear-marked.[14] I'd a great mind to lick him for his impudence, but, after all, one has no right to be laying traps, so I didn't. Of course I was at his mercy till the end of the half, and in his weeks my study was so frowzy[15] I couldn't sit in it."
"Well, he never really cleaned out my study; he just shoved the candlesticks in the cupboard and swept the crumbs onto the floor. So I finally got really angry, called him in, and made him go through the whole process right in front of me: the dust the little rascal created nearly choked me, proving he hadn’t swept the carpet before. When it was all done, I said, 'Now, young man, I expect this to be done every morning—sweep the floor, take off the tablecloth and shake it, and dust everything.' 'Sure,' he grunted. But not a chance—I was pretty sure within a couple of days that he hadn’t even taken the tablecloth off. So I set a trap for him; I tore up some paper and left half a dozen bits on my table one night, with the cloth on top as usual. The next morning, after breakfast, I went upstairs, pulled off the cloth, and sure enough, there was the paper, which fluttered down to the floor. I was furious. 'I’ve got you now,' I thought, and called for him while I got my cane. He came up as cool as you like, with his hands in his pockets. 'Didn’t I tell you to shake my tablecloth every morning?' I yelled. 'Yeah,' he replied. 'Did you do it this morning?' 'Yep.' 'You little liar! I put these pieces of paper on the table last night, and if you’d taken the tablecloth off, you would have seen them, so I'm going to give you a good beating.' Then the little guy took one hand out of his pocket, bent down, picked up two pieces of paper, and held them out to me. Each one had written on it, in big round letters: 'Harry East, his mark.' The little rogue had figured out my trap, taken my paper, and replaced it with his, all clearly marked. I almost whipped him for his cheek, but in the end, it’s not right to set traps, so I didn’t. Of course, I was at his mercy until the end of the term, and during his weeks my study became so musty I couldn't even sit in it."
"They spoil one's things so, too," chimed in a third boy. "Hall and Brown were night-fags last week; I called fag, and gave them my candlesticks to clean; away they went, [Pg 200] and didn't appear again. When they'd had time enough to clean them three times over I went out to look after them. They weren't in the passages, so down I went into the Hall where I heard music, and there I found them sitting on the table, listening to Johnson, who was playing the flute, and my candlesticks stuck between the bars well into the fire, red hot, clean spoiled; they've never stood straight since, and I must get some more. However, I gave them both a good licking; that's one comfort."
"They really mess up your stuff, too," added another boy. "Hall and Brown were my helpers last week; I called for them, and gave them my candlesticks to clean; off they went, [Pg 200] and never came back. After they had enough time to clean them three times, I went out to check on them. They weren't in the hallways, so I went down to the Hall where I heard music, and there they were sitting on the table, listening to Johnson playing the flute, with my candlesticks wedged between the bars right in the fire, glowing red hot, completely ruined; they’ve never stood straight since, and I need to buy new ones. Still, I gave them both a good beating; that's one positive thing."
MISFORTUNE THICKENS.
Such were the sort of scrapes they were always getting into; and so, partly by their own faults, partly from circumstances, partly from the faults of others, they found themselves outlaws,[16] ticket-of-leave men,[17] or what you will in that line; in short, dangerous parties, and lived the sort of hand-to-mouth, wild, reckless life, which such parties have to put up with. Nevertheless, they never quite lost favor with young Brooke, who was now the cock of the House,[18] and just getting into the sixth; and Diggs stuck to them like a man, and gave them store of good advice, by which they never in the least profited.
They were always getting into trouble like this; and so, partly due to their own mistakes, partly because of circumstances, and partly because of others' mistakes, they ended up as outlaws,[16] ticket-of-leave men,[17] or whatever you want to call it; basically, they were dangerous individuals and lived a hand-to-mouth, wild, reckless life that comes with that lifestyle. Still, they never completely lost favor with young Brooke, who was now the leader of the House,[18] and just moving up to the sixth grade; and Diggs stuck by them like a loyal friend, offering them plenty of good advice, though they never took any of it.
And even after the House mended, and law and order had been restored, which soon happened after young Brooke and Diggs got into the sixth, they couldn't easily or at once return into the paths of steadiness, and many of the old wild out-of-bounds habits stuck to them as firmly as ever. While they had been quite little boys, the scrapes they got into in the School hadn't much mattered to any one; but now they were in the upper school, all wrong-doers from which were sent up straight to the [Pg 201] Doctor at once; so they began to come under his notice; and as they were a sort of leaders in a small way amongst their own contemporaries, his eye, which was everywhere, was upon them.
And even after the House was fixed and law and order had been restored—which happened pretty quickly after young Brooke and Diggs got to sixth grade—they couldn’t easily or immediately get back on a steady path. Many of their old reckless habits clung to them just as firmly as ever. When they were still little boys, the trouble they caused at school didn't matter much to anyone; but now that they were in middle school, anyone caught breaking the rules was sent straight to the [Pg 201] Doctor right away. So, they started to catch his attention, and since they were kind of leaders among their peers, his watchful eye, which was everywhere, was on them.
It was a toss-up[19] whether they turned out well or ill, and so they were just the boys who caused the most anxiety to such a master. You have been told of the first occasion on which they were sent up to the Doctor, and the remembrance of it was so pleasant, that they had much less fear of him than most boys of their standing had. "It's all his looks," Tom used to say to East, "that frightens fellows; don't you remember, he never said anything to us my first half-year, for being an hour late for locking up?"
It was uncertain whether things would end up well or badly, and so they were the boys who created the most anxiety for a teacher. You've heard about the first time they were sent to the Doctor, and the memory of it was so pleasant that they were much less afraid of him than most boys their age were. "It's just his appearance," Tom used to tell East, "that scares the other guys; don’t you remember, he never said a word to us my first half-year for being an hour late when locking up?"
The next time Tom came before him, however, the interview was of a very different kind. It happened just about the time at which we have now arrived, and was the first of a series of scrapes into which our hero now managed to tumble.
The next time Tom faced him, though, the interview was completely different. It took place around the time we’ve reached now and was the first in a series of troubles that our hero got himself into.
THE AVON.
The river Avon at Rugby is a slow and not a very clear stream, in which chub, dace, roach, and other coarse fish are (or were) plentiful enough, together with a fair sprinkling of small jack,[20] but no fish worth sixpence either for sport or food. It is, however, a capital river for bathing, as it has many nice small pools and several good reaches[21] for swimming, all within about a mile of one another, and at an easy twenty minutes' walk from the School. This mile of water is rented, or used to be rented, for bathing purposes, by the Trustees of the School, for the boys. The foot-path to Brownsover[22] [Pg 202] crosses the river by "the Planks," a curious old single-plank bridge, running for fifty or sixty yards into the flat meadows on each side of the river, for in the winter there are frequent floods. Above the Planks were the bathing-places for the smaller boys,—Sleath's, the first bathing-place where all new boys had to begin, until they had proved to the bathing-men (three steady individuals who were paid to attend daily through the summer to prevent accidents) that they could swim pretty decently, when they were allowed to go on to Anstey's, about one hundred and fifty yards below. Here there was a hole about six feet deep and twelve feet across, over which the puffing urchins struggled to the opposite side, and thought no small beer of themselves for having been out of their depths. Below the Planks came larger and deeper holes, the first of which was Wratislaw's, and the last Swift's, a famous hole ten or twelve feet deep in parts, and thirty yards across, from which there was a fine swimming reach right down to the mill. Swift's was reserved for the sixth and fifth forms, and had a spring-board[23] and two sets of steps; the others had one set of steps each, and were used indifferently by all the lower boys, though each House addicted itself more to one hole than to another. The School-house at this time affected[24] Wratislaw's hole, and Tom and East, who had learnt to swim like fishes, were to be found there as regular as the clock through the summer always twice, and often three times a day.
The River Avon at Rugby is a slow and not very clear stream, where chub, dace, roach, and other coarse fish are (or used to be) quite abundant, along with a fair number of small pike, but no fish worth sixpence for sport or food. However, it's a great river for swimming, as there are many nice small pools and several good stretches for swimming, all within about a mile of one another, and just a short twenty-minute walk from the School. This mile of water used to be rented by the Trustees of the School for the boys to swim in. The footpath to Brownsover crosses the river by "the Planks," a unique old single-plank bridge that stretches fifty or sixty yards into the flat meadows on each side of the river, as there are frequent floods in the winter. Above the Planks were the swimming spots for the younger boys—Sleath's, the first bathing spot where all new boys had to start, until they proved to the lifeguards (three reliable individuals who were paid to attend daily through the summer to prevent accidents) that they could swim decently, after which they were allowed to move on to Anstey's, about one hundred and fifty yards downstream. Here, there was a hole about six feet deep and twelve feet wide, over which the puffing kids struggled to reach the other side, feeling quite proud of themselves for being in water over their heads. Below the Planks were larger and deeper holes, starting with Wratislaw's, and ending with Swift's, a well-known spot that is ten or twelve feet deep in some parts and thirty yards wide, from which there was a nice swimming stretch all the way down to the mill. Swift's was reserved for the sixth and fifth forms and had a springboard and two sets of steps; the others each had one set of steps and were used interchangeably by all the younger boys, though each House tended to prefer one hole over another. At that time, the School-house favored Wratislaw's hole, and Tom and East, who had learned to swim like fish, could be found there as regularly as clockwork throughout the summer, always twice, and often three times a day.
DISPUTED RIGHTS OF FISHING.
Now the boys either had, or fancied they had, a right also to fish at their pleasure over the whole of this part of [Pg 203] the river, and would not understand that the right (if any) only extended to the Rugby side. As ill-luck would have it, the gentleman who owned the opposite bank, after allowing it for some time without interference, had ordered his keepers[25] not to let the boys fish on his side; the consequence of which had been, that there had been first wranglings and then fights between the keepers and boys; and so keen had the quarrel become, that the landlord and his keepers, after a ducking had been inflicted on one of the latter, and a fierce fight ensued thereon, had been up to the Great School at calling-over to identify the delinquents, and it was all the Doctor himself and five or six masters could do to keep the peace. Not even his authority could prevent the hissing, and so strong was the feeling, that the four præpostors of the week walked up the school with their canes, shouting s-s-s-s-i-lenc-c-c-c-e at the top of their voices. However, the chief offenders for the time were flogged and kept in bounds, but the victorious party had brought a nice hornet's nest about their ears. The landlord was hissed at the School-gates as he rode past, and when he charged his horse at the mob of boys, and tried to thrash them with his whip, was driven back by cricket-bats and wickets, and pursued with pebbles and fives'-balls; while the wretched keepers' lives were a burden to them, from having to watch the water so closely.
Now the boys either thought they had, or actually believed they had, the right to fish whenever they wanted all along this part of the river, and they couldn’t grasp that any right (if there was one) only applied to the Rugby side. As luck would have it, the gentleman who owned the opposite bank, after initially letting it go without interference, had instructed his keepers not to let the boys fish on his side; this led to arguments and then fights between the keepers and the boys. The conflict escalated so much that the landlord and his keepers, after one of them got dunked and a fierce fight broke out as a result, went up to the Great School during calling-over to identify the troublemakers. It took all the Doctor himself and five or six masters to maintain order. Not even his authority could stop the hissing, and the sentiment was so strong that the four præpostors of the week marched up the school with their canes, yelling s-s-s-s-i-lenc-c-c-c-e at the top of their lungs. However, the main offenders were whipped and kept in bounds, but the winning side had stirred up a nice hornet's nest for themselves. The landlord was booed at the School gates as he rode past, and when he charged his horse at the group of boys and tried to whip them, he was pushed back by cricket bats and wickets, and chased with pebbles and fives'-balls; while the poor keepers had miserable lives, needing to keep such a close watch on the water.
The School-house boys of Tom's standing, one and all as a protest against this tyranny and cutting short of their lawful amusements, took to fishing in all ways, and especially [Pg 204] by means of night-lines. The little tackle-maker[26] at the bottom of the town would soon have made his fortune had the rage lasted, and several of the barbers began to lay in fishing-tackle. The boys had this great advantage over their enemies, that they spent a large portion of the day in nature's garb by the river side, and so, when tired of swimming, would get out on the other side and fish, or set night-lines, till the keepers hove in sight, and then plunge in and swim back and mix with the other bathers, and the keepers were too wise to follow across the stream.
The schoolboys like Tom, all united against this unfairness and interruption of their rightful fun, took up fishing in every way possible, especially using night-lines. The little tackle shop at the bottom of the town would have made a fortune if the craze had continued, and several of the barbers started stocking up on fishing gear. The boys had a big advantage over their foes since they spent a lot of time by the river in their natural clothes. So, when they got tired of swimming, they would get out on the other side to fish or set night-lines until the keepers appeared, and then they would dive back in and swim over to mingle with the other swimmers. The keepers were smart enough not to follow them across the stream.
CHAFFING A KEEPER.
While things were in this state, one day Tom and three or four others were bathing at Wratislaw's, and had, as a matter of course, been taking up and resetting night-lines. They had all left the water, and were sitting or standing about at their toilets, in all costumes from a shirt upward, when they were aware of a man in a velveteen shooting-coat approaching from the other side. He was a new keeper, so they didn't recognize or notice him, till he pulled up right opposite and began:—
While things were like this, one day Tom and three or four others were swimming at Wratislaw's and had been casually setting up and taking down night-lines. They had all left the water and were getting dressed, wearing everything from a shirt up, when they noticed a man in a velveteen shooting jacket coming toward them from the other side. He was a new gamekeeper, so they didn't recognize or pay attention to him until he stopped right in front of them and started:—
"I see'd some of you young gentlemen over this side a fishing just now."
"I saw some of you young guys over here fishing just now."
"Hullo, who are you? what business is that of yours, old Velveteens?"[27]
"Helloo, who are you? What’s it to you, old Velveteens?"[27]
"I'm the new under-keeper, and master's told me to keep a sharp look out on all o' you young chaps. And I tells 'ee I mean business, and you'd better keep on your own side, or we shall fall out."
"I'm the new under-keeper, and the master has told me to keep a close watch on all of you young guys. And I’m serious about this, so you’d better stay on your own side or we’ll have some trouble."
"Well, that's right, Velveteens—speak out and let's know your mind at once."
"Alright, Velveteens—speak up and let us know what you're thinking right away."
"Look here, old boy," cried East, holding up a miserable [Pg 205] coarse fish or two and a small jack, "would you like to smell 'em, and see which bank they lived under?"
"Hey there, buddy," shouted East, lifting up a couple of rough fish and a small pike, "want to take a whiff and see which bank they came from?"
"I'll give you a bit of advice, keeper," shouted Tom, who was sitting in his shirt paddling with his feet in the river; "you'd better go down there to Swift's where the big boys are; they're beggars[28] at setting lines, and'll put you up to a wrinkle or two for catching the five-pounders." Tom was nearest to the keeper, and that officer, who was getting angry at the chaff, fixed his eyes on our hero, as if to take note of him for future use. Tom returned his gaze with a steady stare, and then broke into a laugh, and struck into the middle of a favorite School-house song:—
"I'll give you some advice, keeper," shouted Tom, who was sitting in his shirt, paddling his feet in the river. "You should head down to Swift's where the older kids are; they're pros at setting lines and can teach you a trick or two for catching the big fish." Tom was closest to the keeper, and that officer, getting annoyed by the teasing, focused his eyes on our hero as if to remember him for later. Tom met his gaze with a steady stare, then burst out laughing and jumped into the chorus of a popular school song:—
"As I and my companions
Were setting of a snare,
The gamekeeper was watching us,
For him we did not care:
For we can wrestle and fight, my boys,
And jump out anywhere,
For it's my delight of a likely[29] night
In the season of the year."
"As my friends and I
We're setting a trap.
The gamekeeper was watching us,
But we didn't care about him.
Because we can wrestle and fight, my guys,
And get away anywhere,
Because I love a good[29] night
During this time of year.
The chorus was taken up by the other boys with shouts of laughter, and the keeper turned away with a grunt, but evidently bent on mischief. The boys thought no more of the matter.
The other boys joined in the laughter, and the keeper turned away with a grunt, clearly looking for trouble. The boys didn’t think about it anymore.
But now came on the May-fly season; the soft, hazy summer weather lay sleepily along the rich meadows by Avon side, and the green and gray flies flickered with their graceful lazy up-and-down flight over the reeds and the water and the meadows, in myriads upon myriads. The May-flies must surely be the lotus-eaters[30] of the [Pg 206] ephemeræ;[31] the happiest, laziest, carelessest fly that dances and dreams out his few hours of sunshiny life by English rivers.
But now the May-fly season arrived; the gentle, hazy summer weather rested lazily over the lush meadows by the Avon, and the green and gray flies flitted with their graceful, lazy up-and-down flight over the reeds, the water, and the meadows, in endless swarms. The May-flies must surely be the lotus-eaters[30] of the [Pg 206] ephemeræ;[31] the happiest, laziest, most carefree flies that dance and dream away their brief hours of sunny life by English rivers.
Every little pitiful coarse fish in the Avon was on the alert for the flies, and gorging his wretched carcass with hundreds daily, the gluttonous rogues! and every lover of the gentle craft was out to avenge the poor May-flies.
Every little sad coarse fish in the Avon was on the lookout for the flies, and stuffing its sorry body with hundreds every day, the greedy little thieves! And every fan of the gentle hobby was out to take revenge for the poor May-flies.
THE RETURN MATCH WITH VELVETEENS.
So one fine Thursday afternoon, Tom having borrowed East's new rod, started by himself to the river. He fished for some time with small success: not a fish would rise at him; but as he prowled along the bank, he was presently aware of mighty ones feeding in a pool on the opposite side, under the shade of a huge willow tree. The stream was deep here, but some fifty yards below was a shallow, for which he made off hot-foot:[32] and forgetting landlords, keepers, solemn prohibitions of the Doctor, and everything else, pulled up his trousers, plunged across, and in three minutes was creeping along on all-fours toward the clump of willows.
So one fine Thursday afternoon, Tom, having borrowed East's new fishing rod, set off alone to the river. He fished for a while with little success: not a single fish would bite; but as he wandered along the bank, he soon noticed some big ones feeding in a pool on the other side, under the shade of a huge willow tree. The water was deep here, but about fifty yards downstream was a shallow area, which he quickly headed for: [32] and forgetting about landlords, keepers, the serious warnings from the Doctor, and everything else, rolled up his trousers, jumped in, and in three minutes was crawling on all fours toward the cluster of willows.
It isn't often that great chub, or any other coarse fish, are in earnest about anything, but just then they were thoroughly bent on feeding, and in half an hour Master Tom had deposited three thumping fellows at the foot of the giant willow. As he was baiting for a fourth pounder, and just going to throw in again, he became aware of a man coming up the bank not one hundred yards off. Another look told him that it was the under-keeper. Could [Pg 207] he reach the shallow before him? No, not carrying his rod. Nothing for it but the tree, so Tom laid his bones to it, shinning up as fast as he could, and dragging up his rod after him. He had just time to reach and crouch along a huge branch some ten feet up, which stretched out over the river, when the keeper arrived at the clump. Tom's heart beat fast as he came under the tree; two steps more and he would have passed, when, as ill-luck would have it, the gleam on the scales of the dead fish caught his eye, and he made a dead point at the foot of the tree. He picked up the fish one by one; his eye and touch told him that they had been alive and feeding within the hour. Tom crouched lower along the branch, and heard the keeper beating the clump. "If I could only get the rod hidden," thought he, and began gently shifting it to get it alongside of him: "willow-trees don't throw out straight hickory shoots twelve feet long, with no leaves, worse luck?" Alas! the keeper catches the rustle, and then a sight of the rod, and then of Tom's hand and arm.
It doesn't happen often that big chub or any other coarse fish are serious about anything, but at that moment, they were definitely focused on feeding, and in just half an hour, Tom had caught three hefty ones at the base of the giant willow. As he was getting ready to bait for a fourth and about to cast his line again, he noticed a man coming along the bank less than a hundred yards away. A closer look revealed it was the under-keeper. Could he make it to the shallow spot before him? No, not with his rod. There was nothing else to do but climb the tree, so Tom got to work, quickly scrambling up while dragging his rod along with him. Just in time, he reached and crouched along a massive branch about ten feet up that extended over the river when the keeper arrived at the thicket. Tom's heart raced as the man approached the tree; two more steps and he would have passed by, but, as luck would have it, the shine off the scales of the dead fish caught his eye, and he stopped dead in his tracks at the foot of the tree. He picked up the fish one by one; he could tell by sight and touch that they had been alive and feeding within the last hour. Tom crouched lower on the branch, hearing the keeper searching through the thicket. "If only I could hide the rod," he thought, starting to gently shift it closer to him: "willow trees don’t grow straight hickory shoots twelve feet long without any leaves, what bad luck?" Unfortunately, the keeper noticed the rustling, then caught sight of the rod, and finally Tom's hand and arm.
"Oh, be up ther' be ee?" says he, running under the tree. "Now you come down this minute."
"Oh, are you up there?" he says, running under the tree. "Now come down this instant."
"Treed at last," thinks Tom, making no answer, and keeping as close as possible, but working away at the rod, which he takes to pieces: "I'm in for it, unless I can starve him out." And then he begins to meditate getting along the branch for a plunge, and scramble to the other side; but the small branches are so thick, and the opposite bank so difficult, that the keeper will have lots of time to get round by the ford before he can get out, so he gives that up. And now he hears the keeper beginning to scramble up the trunk. That will never do; so he scrambles [Pg 208] himself back to where his branch joins the trunk, and stands with lifted rod.
"Treed at last," Tom thinks, staying quiet and trying to stay close while he fiddles with the rod, taking it apart: "I'm in trouble unless I can wait him out." Then he starts to think about moving along the branch for a jump and climbing over to the other side; but the small branches are so dense, and the other bank so tough to navigate, that the keeper will have plenty of time to get around by the ford before he can escape, so he abandons that idea. Now he hears the keeper starting to climb up the trunk. That won’t work; so he scrambles back to where his branch connects to the trunk and stands ready with his raised rod.
"Hullo, Velveteens! mind your fingers if you come any higher!"
"Helloo, Velveteens! Watch your fingers if you go any higher!"
The keeper stops and looks, and then with a grin says: "Oh, be you, be it, young measter? Well, here's luck. Now I tells ee to come down at once, and 't'll be best for ee."
The keeper stops and looks, and then with a grin says: "Oh, is that you, young master? Well, here's to good luck. Now I'm telling you to come down at once, and it'll be best for you."
"Thank'ee, Velveteens, I'm very comfortable," said Tom, shortening the rod in his hand, and preparing for battle.
"Thanks, Velveteens, I'm really comfortable," said Tom, shortening the rod in his hand and getting ready for battle.
"Werry well, please yourself," says the keeper, descending, however, to the ground again, and taking his seat on the bank; "I bean't in no hurry, so you may take your time. I'll learn ee to gee[33] honest folks names afore I've done with ee."
"Werry well, suit yourself," says the keeper, going back down to the ground and sitting on the bank; "I'm not in any rush, so take your time. I'll teach you to give honest people's names before I'm done with you."
"My luck as usual," thinks Tom; "what a fool I was to give him a black.[34] If I'd called him 'keeper,' now, I might get off. The return match[35] is all his way."
"My luck as usual," thinks Tom; "what a fool I was to give him a black. If I'd called him 'keeper' instead, I might have gotten away with it. The rematch is totally in his favor."
VELVETEENS' REVENGE.
The keeper quietly proceeded to take out his pipe, fill and light it, keeping an eye on Tom, who now sat disconsolately across the branch, looking at keeper,—a pitiful sight for men and fishes. The more he thought of it, the less he liked it. "It must be getting near second calling-over," thinks he. Keeper smokes on stolidly. "If he takes me up, I shall be flogged safe enough. I can't sit here all night. Wonder if he'll rise at silver."[36]
The keeper quietly took out his pipe, filled it, and lit it, while keeping an eye on Tom, who sat sadly across the branch, looking at the keeper—a pitiful sight for both men and fish. The more he thought about it, the less he liked it. "It must be getting close to the second calling-over," he thought. The keeper smoked on, unmoved. "If he catches me, I’ll definitely get punished. I can’t sit here all night. I wonder if he’ll bite for silver."[36]
"I say, keeper," said he meekly, "let me go for two bob?"[37]
"I say, keeper," he said quietly, "can I go for two bucks?"[37]
"Not for twenty neither," grunts his persecutor.
"Not even for twenty," grumbles his tormentor.
And so they sat on till long past second calling-over, and the sun came slanting in through the willow branches, and telling of locking-up near at hand.
And so they sat there long after the second call, and the sun shone through the willow branches, signaling that it was almost time to wrap things up.
"I'm coming down, keeper," said Tom at last, with a sigh, fairly tired out. "Now, what are you going to do?"
"I'm coming down, keeper," Tom finally said with a sigh, feeling pretty worn out. "So, what are you going to do?"
"Walk ee up to school, and give ee over to the Doctor; them's my orders," says Velveteens, knocking the ashes out of his fourth pipe, and standing up and shaking himself.
"Walk you up to school, and hand you over to the Doctor; that's my orders," says Velveteens, knocking the ashes out of his fourth pipe, standing up, and shaking himself.
"Very good," said Tom; "but hands off, you know. I'll go with you quietly, so no collaring or that sort of thing."
"Sounds great," Tom said. "But keep your hands to yourself, okay? I'll go with you calmly, so no grabbing or anything like that."
Keeper looked at him a minute—"Werry good," said he, at last; and so Tom descended, and wended his way drearily by the side of the keeper up to the School-house, where they arrived just at locking-up. As they passed the School-gates, the Tadpole and several others who were standing there caught the state of things, and rushed out, crying, "Rescue!" but Tom shook his head, so they only followed to the Doctor's gate, and went back sorely puzzled.
Keeper stared at him for a moment—“Alright,” he finally said; and so Tom went down and trudged alongside the keeper toward the School-house, arriving just as they were locking up. As they walked past the School gates, the Tadpole and a few others who were hanging around noticed what was happening and rushed out, shouting, “Rescue!” but Tom shook his head, so they just followed him to the Doctor's gate and then turned back, very confused.
How changed and stern the Doctor seemed from the last time that Tom was up there, as the keeper told the story, not omitting to state how Tom had called him blackguard names. "Indeed, sir," broke in the culprit, "it was only Velveteens." The Doctor only asked one question.
How different and serious the Doctor looked from the last time Tom was there, as the keeper recounted the story, not forgetting to mention how Tom had called him disgraceful names. "Honestly, sir," interrupted the guilty one, "it was just Velveteens." The Doctor only asked one question.
"You know the rule about the banks, Brown?"
"You know the rule about the banks, Brown?"
"Yes, sir."
"Yes, sir."
"Then wait for me to-morrow, after the first lesson."
"Then wait for me tomorrow, after the first lesson."
"I thought so," muttered Tom.
"I thought so," Tom muttered.
"And about the rod, sir?" went on the keeper. "Master's told we as we might have all the rods—"
"And what about the rod, sir?" the keeper continued. "The master told us we could have all the rods—"
"Oh, please, sir," broke in Tom, "the rod isn't mine." The Doctor looked puzzled, but the keeper, who was a good-hearted fellow, and melted at Tom's evident distress, gave up his claim. Tom was flogged next morning, and a few days afterward met Velveteens, and presented him with a half a crown for giving up the rod claim, and they became sworn friends; and I regret to say that Tom had many more fish from under the willow that May-fly season, and was never caught again by Velveteens.
"Oh, come on, sir," interrupted Tom, "the rod isn't mine." The Doctor looked confused, but the keeper, who was a kind guy and softened at Tom's clear distress, backed down. Tom got whipped the next morning, and a few days later ran into Velveteens and gave him a half a crown for dropping the rod issue, and they became best friends. Unfortunately, I have to say that Tom caught many more fish from under the willow that May-fly season and was never caught again by Velveteens.
MORE SCRAPES.
It wasn't three weeks before Tom, and now East by his side, were again in the awful presence. This time, however, the Doctor was not so terrible. A few days before, they had been fagged at fives to fetch the balls that went off the Court. While standing watching the game, they saw five or six nearly new balls hit on the top of the School. "I say, Tom," said East, when they were dismissed, "couldn't we get those balls somehow?"
It wasn't three weeks before Tom, along with East, found themselves back in that awful situation. This time, though, the Doctor wasn't as frightening. A few days earlier, they had been exhausted playing fives, running to fetch the balls that went off the Court. While they were watching the game, they spotted five or six nearly new balls on top of the School. "Hey, Tom," East said when they were let go, "do you think we could get those balls somehow?"
"Let's try, anyhow."
"Let's give it a shot."
So they reconnoitered the walls carefully, borrowed a coal-hammer from old Stumps, bought some big nails, and after one or two attempts scaled the School, and possessed themselves of huge quantities of fives'-balls. The place pleased them so much that they spent all their spare time there scratching and cutting their names on the top of every tower; and at last, having exhausted all other places, finished up with inscribing H. East, T. Brown, on the minute-hand of the great clock. In the doing of which, they held the minute-hand, and disturbed the clock's economy. So next morning, when masters and boys came trooping down to prayers, and entered the quadrangle, the injured minute-hand was indicating three minutes to the hour. They all pulled up, and took their [Pg 211] time. When the hour struck, doors were closed, and half the School late. Thomas being set to make inquiry, discovers their names on the minute-hand, and reports accordingly; and they are sent for, a knot of their friends making derisive and pantomimic allusions to what their fate will be, as they walk off.
So they carefully surveyed the walls, borrowed a coal-hammer from old Stumps, bought some large nails, and after a few tries, climbed up the School and took a huge stash of fives'-balls. They liked the place so much that they spent all their free time there, scratching and carving their names on the tops of every tower. Eventually, after running out of places to leave their mark, they ended up inscribing H. East, T. Brown on the minute-hand of the big clock. While doing this, they held the minute-hand, which messed with the clock's functioning. So the next morning, when teachers and students came rushing down for prayers and entered the quadrangle, the malfunctioning minute-hand showed three minutes till the hour. Everyone stopped and took their [Pg 211] time. When the hour struck, the doors were closed, and half the School was late. Thomas was asked to find out what happened, discovered their names on the minute-hand, and reported back; they were summoned while a group of their friends made mock and theatrical gestures about what would happen to them as they walked away.
But the Doctor, after hearing their story, doesn't make much of it, and only gives them thirty lines of Homer to learn by heart, and a lecture on the likelihood of such exploits ending in broken bones.
But the Doctor, after hearing their story, doesn’t think much of it and gives them only thirty lines of Homer to memorize, along with a talk about how likely such adventures are to end in broken bones.
THE DOCTOR REIGNING.
Alas! almost the next day was one of the great fairs in the town; and as several rows and other disagreeable accidents had of late taken place on these occasions, the Doctor gives out, after prayers in the morning, that no boy is to go down into the town. Wherefore East and Tom, for no earthly pleasure except that of doing what they are told not to do, start away, after second lesson, and making a short circuit through the fields, strike a back lane which leads into the town, go down it, and run plump upon one of the masters as they emerge into the High Street. The master in question, though a very clever, is not a righteous man; he has already caught several of his own pupils, and gives them lines to learn, while he sends East and Tom, who are not his pupils, up to the Doctor; who, on learning that they had been at prayers in the morning, flogs them soundly.
Unfortunately, the very next day was one of the big fairs in town, and since there had been several rows and other unpleasant incidents at these events lately, the Doctor announced after morning prayers that no boy was allowed to go into town. So, East and Tom, just to enjoy doing what they were told not to do, sneaked away after the second lesson, took a quick detour through the fields, found a back lane that led into town, went down it, and ran right into one of the masters as they emerged onto the High Street. This particular master, though very smart, isn't a just man; he has already caught several of his own students and made them write lines, while he sends East and Tom, who aren't his students, up to the Doctor, who, upon discovering that they had been at morning prayers, gave them a good flogging.
The flogging did them no good at the time, for the injustice of their captor was rankling in their minds; but it was just the end of the half, and on the next evening but one Thomas knocks at their door, and says the Doctor wants to see them. They look at one another in silent dismay. What can it be now? Which of their countless [Pg 212] wrong-doings can he have heard of officially? However, it's no use delaying, so up they go to the study. There they find the Doctor, not angry, but very grave. "He has sent for them to speak to them very seriously before they go home. They have each been flogged several times in the half-year for direct and wilful breaches of rules. This cannot go on. They are doing no good to themselves or others, and now they are getting up in the School, and have influence. They seem to think that rules are made capriciously, and for the pleasure of the masters; but this is not so, they are made for the good of the whole School, and must and shall be obeyed. Those who thoughtlessly or wilfully break them, will not be allowed to stay at the School. He should be sorry if they had to leave, as the School might do them both much good, and wishes them to think very seriously in the holidays over what he has said. Good-night."
The punishments didn’t help them at the time, because the unfairness of their captor was bothering them; but it was just the end of the term, and the next evening, Thomas knocks on their door and says the Doctor wants to see them. They look at each other, silently worried. What could it be this time? Which of their many wrongdoings has he heard about? However, there’s no point in delaying, so they head to the study. There they find the Doctor, not angry, but very serious. "He has called them in to talk very seriously before they go home. They have each been punished several times during the term for deliberate and willful rule-breaking. This can’t continue. They’re not helping themselves or others, and now they’re moving up in the School and have influence. They seem to think that the rules are made just for the fun of the masters, but that’s not true; they’re meant for the benefit of everyone in the School and must be followed. Those who carelessly or deliberately break them will not be allowed to stay at the School. He would be sorry if they had to leave, as the School could do them both a lot of good, and he wants them to think very seriously over the holidays about what he has said. Good night."
And so the two hurry off horribly scared; the idea of having to leave has never crossed their minds and is quite unbearable.
And so the two rush off, really scared; the thought of having to leave has never even occurred to them and is completely unbearable.
As they go out they meet at the door old Holmes, a sturdy, cheery præpostor of another house, who goes in to the Doctor; and they hear his genial, hearty greeting of the new-comer, so different to their own reception, as the door closes, and return to their study with heavy hearts, and tremendous resolves to break no more rules.
As they head out, they bump into old Holmes, a strong and cheerful head of another house, who goes in to see the Doctor. They hear his warm, friendly greeting for the newcomer, which is so different from the way they were received, as the door shuts. They go back to their study feeling down and determined not to break any more rules.
Five minutes afterward the master of their form, a late arrival and a model young master, knocks at the Doctor's study-door. "Come in!" and as he enters the Doctor goes on to Holmes—"you see I do not know anything of the case officially; and if I take any notice of it at all, I must publicly expel the boy. I don't wish to do that, for [Pg 213] I think there is some good in him. There's nothing for it but a good sound thrashing." He paused to shake hands with the master, which Holmes does also, and then prepares to leave.
Five minutes later, the head of their form, a late arrival and a great role model, knocks on the Doctor's study door. "Come in!" As he enters, the Doctor continues to talk to Holmes—"You see, I don’t officially know anything about this case; and if I acknowledge it, I’ll have to expel the boy publicly. I really don’t want to do that because I believe there’s some good in him. There’s no choice but to give him a good solid punishment." He stops to shake hands with the master, which Holmes does too, and then gets ready to leave.
"I understand. Good-night, sir."
"I understand. Good night, sir."
"Good-night, Holmes. And remember," added the Doctor, emphasizing the words, "a good sound thrashing before the whole house."
"Good night, Holmes. And remember," the Doctor added, emphasizing his words, "a good solid beating in front of everyone."
The door closed on Holmes; and the Doctor, in answer to the puzzled look of his lieutenant, explained shortly.
The door closed on Holmes, and the Doctor, in response to his lieutenant's confused expression, briefly explained.
"A gross case of bullying. Wharton, the head of the house, is a very good fellow, but slight and weak, and severe physical pain is the only way to deal with such a case; so I have asked Holmes to take it up. He is very careful and trustworthy, and has plenty of strength. I wish all the sixth had as much. We must have it here, if we are to keep order at all."
"A clear case of bullying. Wharton, the head of the house, is a decent guy, but he's small and weak, and the only way to handle this situation is with a strong response; so I’ve asked Holmes to get involved. He’s careful and reliable, and he’s got plenty of strength. I wish all the sixth-formers had as much. We need to tackle this here if we want to maintain any order."
Now, I don't want any wiseacres[38] to read this book; but if they should, of course they will prick up their long ears, and howl, or rather bray, at the above story. Very good, I don't object; but what I have to add for you boys is this, that Holmes called a levy of his house after breakfast next morning, made them a speech on the case of bullying in question, and then gave the bully a "good sound thrashing"; and that years afterward, that boy sought out Holmes and thanked him, saying it had been the kindest act which had ever been done to him, and the turning-point in his character; and a very good fellow he became, and a credit to his School.
Now, I don't want any know-it-alls[38] reading this book; but if they do, they’ll definitely listen up and make a fuss about the story above. That’s fine by me; but what I want to tell you guys is that Holmes called a meeting at his house the next morning after breakfast, gave a speech about the bullying situation, and then gave the bully a "good, solid beating." Years later, that boy came back to find Holmes and thanked him, saying it was the kindest thing anyone had ever done for him and the turning point in his character; he turned out to be a really good guy and a pride to his school.
After some other talk between them, the Doctor said, [Pg 214] "I want to speak to you about two boys in your form, East and Brown; I have just been speaking to them. What do you think of them?"
After some more conversation, the Doctor said, [Pg 214] "I want to talk to you about two boys in your class, East and Brown; I just spoke with them. What do you think of them?"
"Well, they are not hard workers, and very thoughtless and full of spirits—but I can't help liking them. I think they are sound good fellows at the bottom."
"Well, they're not hard workers, and they're pretty careless and full of energy—but I can’t help liking them. I think they’re really good guys at heart."
"I am glad of it. I think so, too. But they make me very uneasy. They are taking the lead a good deal amongst the fags in my house, for they are very active, bold fellows. I should be sorry to lose them, but I sha'n't let them stay if I don't see them gaining character and manliness. In another year they may do great harm to all the younger boys."
"I’m glad about that. I think so too. But they make me really uneasy. They’re taking the lead a lot among the younger boys in my house because they’re very active and bold. I would hate to lose them, but I won’t let them stay if I don’t see them gaining character and maturity. In another year, they could do a lot of damage to all the younger boys."
"Oh, I hope you won't send them away," pleaded their master.
"Oh, I hope you won't send them away," their master pleaded.
"Not if I can help it. But now I never feel sure, after any half-holiday, that I sha'n't have to flog one of them next morning, for some foolish, thoughtless scrape. I quite dread seeing either of them."
"Not if I can help it. But now I never feel certain, after any break, that I won't have to punish one of them the next morning for some silly, thoughtless mistake. I really dread seeing either of them."
They were both silent for a minute. Presently the Doctor began again:—
They were both quiet for a minute. Then the Doctor started speaking again:—
"They don't feel that they have any duty or work to do in the School, and how is one to make them feel it?"
"They don't think they have any responsibilities or tasks to do in the school, so how can we make them feel otherwise?"
"I think if either of them had some little boy to take care of, it would steady him. Brown is the more reckless of the two, I should say; East wouldn't get into so many scrapes without him."
"I think if either of them had a little boy to look after, it would ground him. Brown is definitely the more reckless of the two; East wouldn't get into as much trouble without him."
"Well," said the Doctor, with something like a sigh, "I'll think of it." And they went on to talk of other subjects.
"Well," said the Doctor, with what seemed like a sigh, "I'll think about it." And they continued discussing other topics.
FOOTNOTES
[1] The half: the half-year.
The half: six months.
[2] Ominous: foretelling evil.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ominous: predicting bad things.
[5] Sprung: become strained or cracked.
Sprung: become strained or cracked.
[6] Chartered: hired.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Chartered: employed.
[7] Hurdle: a framework of twigs.
Hurdle: a framework of branches.
[10] Kossuth, etc.: patriots and reformers.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Kossuth, etc.: activists and reformers.
[12] Ishmaelites: outcasts.
[15] Frowzy: dirty, slovenly.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Frowzy: messy, unkempt.
[20] Small jack: young pike.
[21] Reaches: straight pieces of water.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Reaches: direct stretches of water.
[22] Brownsover: a neighboring village.
Brownsover: a nearby village.
[24] Affected: preferred.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Impact: preferred.
[25] Keepers: gamekeepers employed on all great estates to protect the game and fish. In England, game and fish, except in navigable waters, are the private property of the land-owners.
[25] Keepers: gamekeepers hired on large estates to safeguard the game and fish. In England, game and fish, except in navigable waters, are the private property of the landowners.
[26] Tackle-maker: one who makes fishing-tackle.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Tackle-maker: someone who makes fishing gear.
[28] Beggars: here, wonderful chaps.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Beggars: great guys here.
[29] Likely: suitable; convenient.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Likely: appropriate; easy.
[30] Lotus-eaters: the lotus was a plant fabled by the ancients to make strangers who ate of it forget their native land and lead a dreamy, happy, careless life. See Homer's Odyssey, IX., and Tennyson's poem, "The Lotus-eaters."
[30] Lotus-eaters: the lotus was a plant that ancient stories claimed could make people who ate it forget their homeland and live a blissful, carefree life. See Homer's Odyssey, IX., and Tennyson's poem, "The Lotus-eaters."
[32] Hot-foot: with all haste.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Hot-foot: in a hurry.
[33] Gee: give.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Gee: to give.
[34] Black: a nickname.
Black: a nickname.
[37] Bob: a shilling.
Tom Brown's School Days.
PART II.
"I hold it truth, with him who sings
To one clear harp in divers tones,
That men may rise on stepping stones
Of their dead selves to higher things."
"I believe, like the one who sings
To one clear harp in various tones,
That people can move beyond their past selves.
To reach greater heights."
Tennyson's "In Memoriam."
Tennyson's "In Memoriam"
CHAPTER I.
HOW THE TIDE TURNED.
"Once to every man and nation, comes the moment to decide.
In the strife of Truth with Falsehood, for the good or evil side.
"At some point, every person and every nation has to make a choice.
In the conflict between Truth and Falsehood, for the side of good or evil.
Then it is the brave man chooses, while the coward stands aside,
Doubting in his abject spirit, till his Lord is crucified."—Lowell.
Then it's the brave man who steps up, while the coward hangs back,
Doubting in his weak spirit, until his Lord is crucified."—Lowell.
The turning-point in our hero's school career had now come, and the manner of it was as follows: On the evening of the first day of the next half-year, Tom, East, and another School-house boy, who had just been dropped at the Spread Eagle by the old Regulator, rushed into the matron's room in high spirits, such as all real boys are in when they first get back, however fond they may be of home.
The turning point in our hero's school life had now arrived, and here’s how it happened: On the evening of the first day of the new term, Tom, East, and another schoolboy, who had just been dropped off at the Spread Eagle by the old Regulator, burst into the matron's room excitedly, just like all real boys do when they first return, no matter how much they love home.
"Well, Mrs. Wixie," shouted one, seizing on the methodical, active little dark-eyed woman, who was busy stowing away the linen of the boys who had already [Pg 216] arrived into their several pigeon-holes, "here we are again, you see, as jolly as ever. Let us help you put the things away."
"Well, Mrs. Wixie," shouted one, grabbing the organized, energetic little dark-eyed woman, who was busy putting away the boys' linen that had already [Pg 216] arrived into their designated spots, "here we are again, as cheerful as ever. Let us help you put everything away."
WHO'S COME BACK?
"And, Mary," cried another (she was called indifferently by either name), "who's come back? Has the Doctor made old Jones leave? How many new boys are there?"
"And, Mary," shouted another (she was referred to by either name), "who's back? Did the Doctor make old Jones leave? How many new boys are there?"
"Am I and East to have Gray's study? You know you promised to get it for us if you could," shouted Tom.
"Are East and I going to get Gray's study? You know you promised to get it for us if you could," Tom shouted.
"And am I to sleep in Number 4?" roared East.
"And am I supposed to sleep in Number 4?" East yelled.
"How's old Sam, and Bogle, and Sally?"
"How's old Sam, Bogle, and Sally?"
"Bless the boys!" cried Mary, at last getting in a word, "Why, you'll shake me to death. There, now do go away up to the housekeeper's room and get your suppers; you know I haven't time to talk—you'll find plenty more in the house. Now, Master East, do let those things alone—you're mixing up three new boys' things." And she rushed at East, who escaped round the open trunks holding up a prize.
"Bless the boys!" Mary shouted, finally managing to say something. "You'll shake me to death! Now, go on up to the housekeeper's room and get your dinners; I really don't have time to chat—you’ll find plenty more inside. Now, Master East, please leave those things alone—you’re mixing up three new boys' stuff." And she dashed towards East, who dodged around the open trunks, holding up a prize.
"Hullo, look here, Tommy," shouted he, "here's fun!" and he brandished above his head some pretty little nightcaps, beautifully made and marked, the work of loving fingers in some distant country home. The kind mother and sisters, who sewed that delicate stitching with aching hearts, little thought of the trouble they might be bringing on the young head for which they were meant. The little matron was wiser, and snatched the caps from East before he could look at the name on them.
"Helloo, check this out, Tommy," he shouted, "this is fun!" and he waved some lovely little nightcaps over his head, beautifully made and labeled, crafted by loving hands in some faraway home. The kind mother and sisters, who stitched that delicate work with heavy hearts, never imagined the trouble they might cause for the young person they were intended for. The little woman was smarter and grabbed the caps from East before he could see the names on them.
"Now, Master East, I shall be very angry if you don't go," said she; "there is some capital cold beef and pickles up stairs, and I won't have you old boys in my room first night."
"Now, Master East, I'm going to be really annoyed if you don’t go," she said; "there’s some great cold beef and pickles upstairs, and I won’t have you old guys in my room on the first night."
"Hurrah for the pickles! Come along, Tommy; come along, Smith. We shall find out who the young count is, I'll be bound; I hope he'll sleep in my room. Mary's always vicious first week."
"Hooray for the pickles! Come on, Tommy; come on, Smith. We'll find out who the young count is, I’m sure; I hope he’ll stay in my room. Mary is always unpleasant the first week."
THE SADDLE IS PUT ON TOM.
As the boys turned to leave the room, the matron touched Tom's arm, and said, "Master Brown, please stop a minute, I want to speak to you."
As the boys started to leave the room, the matron touched Tom's arm and said, "Tom, can you please hold on for a minute? I need to talk to you."
"Very well, Mary. I'll come in a minute; East, don't finish the pickles—"
"Alright, Mary. I'll be in just a minute; East, don’t finish the pickles—"
"Oh, Master Brown," went on the little matron, when the rest had gone, "you're to have Gray's study, Mrs. Arnold says. And she wants you to take in this young gentleman. He's a new boy, and thirteen years old, though he doesn't look it. He's very delicate, and has never been from home before. And I told Mrs. Arnold I thought you'd be kind to him, and see that they don't bully him at first. He's put into your form, and I've given him the bed next to yours in Number 4; so East can't sleep there this half."
"Oh, Master Brown," the little matron continued after everyone else had left, "you're going to have Gray's study, Mrs. Arnold says. And she wants you to welcome this young gentleman. He’s a new student, and he’s thirteen years old, although he doesn’t look it. He’s really fragile and has never been away from home before. I told Mrs. Arnold I thought you’d be nice to him and help make sure he isn’t bullied at first. He’s assigned to your class, and I've given him the bed next to yours in Room 4, so East can’t sleep there this half."
Tom was rather put about by this speech. He had got the double study which he coveted, but here were conditions attached which greatly moderated his joy. He looked across the room, and in the far corner of the sofa was aware of a slight pale boy, with large blue eyes and light fair hair, who seemed ready to shrink through the floor. He saw at a glance that the little stranger was just the boy whose first half-year at a public school would be misery to himself if he were left alone, or constant anxiety to any one who meant to see him through his troubles. Tom was too honest to take in the youngster and then let him shift for himself; and if he took him as his chum instead of East, where were all his pet plans of making [Pg 218] night-lines and slings, and plotting expeditions to Brownsover Mills and Caldecott's Spinney? East and he had made up their minds to get this study, and then every night from locking-up till ten they would be together to talk about fishing, read Marryat's novels,[1] and sort birds' eggs. And this new boy would most likely never go out of the close, and would be afraid of wet feet, and always getting laughed at, and called Molly, or Jenny, or some derogatory[2] feminine nickname.
Tom was pretty thrown by this speech. He had gotten the double study he wanted, but now there were conditions attached that seriously dampened his excitement. He glanced across the room and noticed a skinny, pale boy in the far corner of the sofa, with big blue eyes and light hair, who looked like he wanted to disappear into the floor. Tom realized right away that this little guy would have a miserable first half-year at public school if left on his own, or would cause constant anxiety for anyone trying to help him through it. Tom was too honest to take the kid under his wing and then abandon him; and if he took this boy as his friend instead of East, what would happen to all his plans to make [Pg 218] night-lines and slings, and to plan outings to Brownsover Mills and Caldecott's Spinney? He and East had decided to get this study, and then every night from lock-up until ten, they would be together to talk about fishing, read Marryat's novels,[1] and collect bird eggs. This new boy would probably never leave the close, would be scared of getting his feet wet, and would constantly get teased and called names like Molly or Jenny or some other insulting[2] feminine nickname.
The matron watched him for a moment, and saw what was passing in his mind, and so, like a wise negotiator, threw in an appeal to his warm heart. "Poor little fellow," said she, in almost a whisper, "his father's dead, and he's got no brothers. And his mamma, such a kind, sweet lady, almost broke her heart at leaving him this morning; and she said one of his sisters was like to die of decline, and so—"
The matron watched him for a moment and understood what was going through his mind, so, like a savvy negotiator, she made a heartfelt appeal. “Poor little guy,” she said in almost a whisper, “his dad is dead, and he has no brothers. And his mom, such a kind, sweet lady, was nearly heartbroken leaving him this morning; she mentioned that one of his sisters is likely dying from an illness, and so—”
"Well, well," burst in Tom, with something like a sigh at the effort. "I suppose I must give up East. Come along, young un. What's your name? We'll go and have some supper and then I'll show you our study."
"Well, well," Tom exclaimed, almost sighing with the effort. "I guess I have to give up on East. Come on, kid. What’s your name? Let’s go grab some dinner, and then I’ll show you our study."
"His name's George Arthur," said the matron, walking up to him with Tom, who grasped his little delicate hand as the proper preliminary to making a chum of him, and felt as if he could have blown him away. "I've had his books and things put into the study, which his mamma has had new papered, and the sofa covered, and new green-baize curtains over the door." (The diplomatic matron threw this in, to show that the new boy was [Pg 219] contributing largely to the partnership comforts.) "And Mrs. Arnold told me to say," she added, "that she should like you both to come up to tea with her. You know the way, Master Brown, and the things are just gone up, I know."
"His name's George Arthur," said the matron, walking up to him with Tom, who took his small delicate hand as a proper way to make a friend, and felt like he could have blown him away. "I've put his books and stuff in the study, which his mom has newly wallpapered, with the sofa covered and new green curtains over the door." (The diplomatic matron added this to show that the new boy was [Pg 219] contributing a lot to the shared comforts.) "And Mrs. Arnold asked me to tell you," she continued, "that she'd like you both to come up for tea with her. You know the way, Master Brown, and the snacks just went up, I’m sure."
TEA WITH THE DOCTOR.
Here was an announcement for Master Tom! He was to go up to tea the first night, just as if he were a sixth or fifth form boy, and of importance in the school world, instead of the most reckless young scapegrace amongst the fags. He felt himself lifted on to a higher social and moral platform at once. Nevertheless, he couldn't give up without a sigh the idea of the jolly supper in the housekeeper's room with East and the rest, and a rush round to all the studies of his friends afterward, to pour out the deeds and wonders of the holidays, to plot fifty plans for the coming half-year, and to gather news of who had left, and what new boys had come, who had got who's study, and where the new præpostors slept. However, Tom consoled himself with thinking that he couldn't have done all this with the new boy at his heels, and so marched off along the passages to the Doctor's private house with his young charge in tow, in monstrous good humor with himself and all the world.
Here was an announcement for Master Tom! He was set to go for tea the first night, just like a sixth or fifth form boy, important in the school community, instead of being the most reckless young troublemaker among the younger students. He felt like he was instantly elevated to a higher social and moral level. Still, he couldn't help but sigh at the thought of the fun supper in the housekeeper's room with East and the others, followed by a rush to all his friends' studies to share the stories and adventures of the holidays, come up with a hundred plans for the upcoming term, and find out who had left, who the new boys were, who got which study, and where the new prefects were sleeping. However, Tom reassured himself that he wouldn't have been able to do all this with the new boy tagging along, so he confidently marched down the hall to the Doctor's private house with his young charge in tow, feeling great about himself and everything around him.
It is needless, and would be impertinent, to tell how the two young boys were received in that drawing-room. The lady who presided there is still living, and has carried with her to her peaceful home in the North the respect and love of all those who ever felt and shared that gentle and high-bred hospitality. Ay, many is the brave heart now doing its work and bearing its load in country curacies, London chambers, under the Indian sun, and in Australian towns and clearings, which looks back with [Pg 220] fond and grateful memory to that School-house drawing-room, and dates much of its highest and best training to the lessons learnt there.
It’s unnecessary and a bit rude to describe how the two young boys were welcomed in that drawing-room. The woman who hosted them is still alive and has taken with her to her peaceful home in the North the respect and affection of everyone who experienced and appreciated that warm and refined hospitality. Many courageous individuals currently going about their duties and facing challenges in country parishes, London offices, under the Indian sun, and in Australian towns and clearings, often look back fondly and gratefully at that School-house drawing-room and credit much of their best training to the lessons learned there.
Besides Mrs. Arnold and one or two of the elder children, there were one of the young masters, young Brooke, who was now in the sixth, and had succeeded to his brother's position and influence, and another sixth-form boy, talking together before the fire. The master and young Brooke, now a great strapping fellow six feet high, eighteen years old, and powerful as a coal-heaver, nodded kindly to Tom, to his intense glory, and then went on talking; the other did not notice them. The hostess, after a few kind words, which led the boys at once and insensibly to feel at their ease, and to begin talking to one another, left them with her own children while she finished a letter. The young ones got on fast and well, Tom holding forth about a prodigious pony he had been riding out hunting, and hearing stories of the winter glories of the lakes,[3] when tea came in, and immediately after the Doctor himself.
Besides Mrs. Arnold and a couple of the older kids, there was one of the young guys, young Brooke, who was now in the sixth year and had taken over his brother's position and influence, along with another sixth-form boy, chatting by the fire. The teacher and young Brooke, now a tall, strong guy six feet high, eighteen years old, and as powerful as a coal worker, nodded kindly to Tom, which made him feel really proud, and then continued their conversation; the other boy didn't pay them any attention. The hostess, after saying a few kind words that made the boys feel comfortable and start talking to each other, left them with her own kids while she finished writing a letter. The younger ones got along quickly and well, with Tom excitedly sharing stories about an incredible pony he had been riding while hunting, and hearing tales of the winter beauty of the lakes,[3] when tea was served, followed shortly by the Doctor himself.
How frank, and kind, and manly was his greeting to the party by the fire! It did Tom's heart good to see him and young Brooke shake hands and look one another in the face; and he didn't fail to remark that Brooke was nearly as tall and quite as broad as the Doctor. And his cup was full, when in another moment his master turned to him with another warm shake of the hand, and, seemingly oblivious of all the late scrapes which he had been getting into, said: "Ah, Brown, you here! I hope you left your father and all well at home?"
How open, kind, and genuine was his greeting to the group by the fire! It really made Tom happy to see him and young Brooke shake hands and look each other in the eye; he couldn’t help but notice that Brooke was almost as tall and just as broad as the Doctor. And he felt completely satisfied when, a moment later, his master turned to him with another warm handshake and, seemingly forgetting all the recent troubles he had been in, said: “Ah, Brown, you’re here! I hope you left your dad and everyone else at home doing well?”
"Yes, sir, quite well."
"Yes, sir, very well."
"And this is the little fellow who is to share your study. Well, he doesn't look as we should like to see him. He wants some Rugby air, and cricket. And you must take him some good long walks, to Bilton Grange, and Caldecott's Spinney, and show him what a pretty little country we have about here."
"And this is the little guy who will be joining you in your studies. Well, he doesn’t look quite like we’d want him to. He needs some fresh Rugby air and cricket. And you should take him on some good long walks to Bilton Grange and Caldecott's Spinney, and show him how beautiful the countryside is around here."
Tom wondered if the Doctor knew that his visits to Bilton Grange were for the purpose of taking rooks' nests (a proceeding strongly discountenanced by the owner thereof), and those to Caldecott's Spinney were prompted chiefly by the conveniences for setting night-lines. What didn't the Doctor know? And what a noble use he always made of it! He almost resolved to abjure rookpies and night-lines forever. The tea went merrily off, the Doctor now talking of holiday doings, and then of the prospects of the half-year, what chance there was for the Balliol scholarship, whether the eleven[4] would be a good one. Everybody was at his ease, and everybody felt that he, young as he might be, was of some use in the little school-world, and had a work to do there.
Tom wondered if the Doctor knew that his visits to Bilton Grange were to take rooks' nests (something the owner strongly disapproved of), and that his trips to Caldecott's Spinney were mainly for the convenience of setting night-lines. What didn't the Doctor know? And how noble he always was in using that knowledge! He almost decided to give up rook pies and night-lines for good. The tea was lively, with the Doctor chatting about holiday plans and then about the upcoming half-year, discussing the chances for the Balliol scholarship and whether the eleven[4] would be strong. Everyone felt relaxed, and everyone sensed that, despite being young, he had some value in the little school community and had work to do there.
Soon after tea the Doctor went off to his study, and the young boys a few minutes afterward took their leave, and went out of the private door which led from the Doctor's house into the middle passage.
Soon after tea, the Doctor headed to his study, and a few minutes later, the young boys said their goodbyes and exited through the private door that led from the Doctor's house into the middle passage.
ARTHUR'S DEBUT.
At the fire, at the further end of the passage, was a crowd of boys in loud talk and laughter. There was a sudden pause when the door opened, and then a great shout of greeting as Tom was recognized marching down the passage.
At the fire, at the far end of the hallway, a group of boys was chatting loudly and laughing. There was a brief silence when the door opened, followed by a big shout of excitement as Tom was spotted making his way down the hallway.
"Hullo, Brown, where do you come from?"
"Hellо, Brown, where are you from?"
"Oh, I've been to tea with the Doctor," says Tom, with great dignity.
"Oh, I've had tea with the Doctor," says Tom, with great dignity.
"My eye!" cried East. "Oh, so that's why Mary called you back; and you didn't come to supper. You lost something,—that beef and pickles was no end good."
"My eye!" exclaimed East. "Oh, so that's why Mary called you back; and you didn't come to dinner. You missed out on something—you should have tried that beef and pickles, it was really good."
"I say, young fellow," cried Hall, detecting Arthur, and catching him by the collar, "what's your name? Where do you come from? How old are you?"
"I say, kid," yelled Hall, spotting Arthur and grabbing him by the collar, "what's your name? Where are you from? How old are you?"
Tom saw Arthur shrink back, and look scared as all the group turned to him, but thought it best to let him answer, just standing by his side to support in case of need.
Tom saw Arthur pull back and look frightened as the whole group turned to him, but he thought it was better to let Arthur speak, just standing by his side to offer support if needed.
"Arthur, sir. I come from Devonshire."
"Arthur, sir. I’m from Devon."
"Don't call me 'sir,' you young muff. How old are you?"
"Don't call me 'sir,' you young punk. How old are you?"
"Thirteen."
"13."
"Can you sing?"
"Can you sing?"
The poor boy was trembling and hesitating. Tom struck in—"You be hanged, Tadpole. He'll have to sing, whether he can or not, Saturday twelve weeks, and that's long enough off yet."
The poor kid was shaking and unsure. Tom jumped in—"Screw you, Tadpole. He'll have to sing, whether he can or not, Saturday twelve weeks from now, and that's still quite a while away."
"Do you know him at home, Brown?"
"Do you know him at home, Brown?"
"No; but he's my chum in Gray's old study, and it's near prayer-time, and I haven't had a look at it yet. Come along, Arthur."
"No; but he's my buddy in Gray's old study, and it's almost prayer-time, and I haven't checked it out yet. Come on, Arthur."
Away went the two, Tom longing to get his charge safe under cover, where he might advise him on his deportment.
Away went the two, Tom eager to get his charge safely under cover, where he could give him advice on his behavior.
"What a queer chum for Tom Brown," was the comment at the fire; and it must be confessed so thought Tom himself, as he lighted his candle, and surveyed the new [Pg 223] green-baize curtains and the carpet and sofa with much satisfaction.
"What a strange friend for Tom Brown," was the comment by the fire; and it must be admitted that Tom thought the same as he lit his candle and looked over the new [Pg 223] green-baize curtains and the carpet and sofa with great satisfaction.
"I say, Arthur, what a brick your mother is to make us so cozy! But look here now; you must answer straight up when the fellows speak to you, and don't be afraid. If you're afraid, you'll get bullied. And don't you say you can sing; and don't you ever talk about home, or your mother and sisters."
"I mean, Arthur, your mom is really great for making us feel so comfortable! But listen, you need to respond honestly when the guys talk to you, and don’t be scared. If you’re scared, you’ll get picked on. And don’t mention that you can sing; also, don’t ever bring up home, or your mom and sisters."
Poor little Arthur looked ready to cry.
Poor little Arthur looked like he was about to cry.
"But please," said he, "mayn't I talk about—about home to you?"
"But please," he said, "can’t I talk about—about home with you?"
"Oh, yes, I like it. But don't talk to boys you don't know, or they'll call you home-sick, or mamma's darling, or some such stuff. What a jolly desk! is that your's? And what stunning binding! why, your school-books look like novels."
"Oh, yes, I like it. But don’t talk to boys you don’t know, or they’ll call you homesick or mama’s favorite or something like that. What a great desk! Is that yours? And what amazing binding! Wow, your school books look like novels."
And Tom was soon deep in Arthur's goods and chattels, all new and good enough for a fifth-form boy, and hardly thought of his friends outside till the prayer-bell rang.
And Tom quickly got engrossed in Arthur's things, all new and suitable for a fifth-form boy, barely thinking about his friends outside until the prayer bell rang.
I have already described the School-house prayers; they were the same on the first night as on the other nights, save for the gaps caused by the absence of those boys who came late, and the line of new boys who stood altogether at the further table,—of all sorts and sizes, like young bears with all their trouble to come, as Tom's father had said to him when he was in the same position. He thought of it as he looked at the line, and poor little slight Arthur standing with them, and as he was leading him up-stairs to Number 4, directly after prayers, and showing him his bed. It was a huge, high, airy room, with two large windows looking on to the School close. There were twelve beds in the room; the one in the furthest corner by the [Pg 224] fire-place occupied by the sixth-form boy who was responsible for the discipline of the room, and the rest by boys in the lower fifth and other junior forms, all fags (for the fifth-form boys, as has been said, slept in rooms by themselves). Being fags, the eldest of them was not more than about sixteen years old, and were all bound to be up and in bed by ten; the sixth-form boys came to bed from ten to a quarter-past (at which time the old verger came round to put the candles out), except when they sat up to read.
I've already talked about the School-house prayers; they were the same on the first night as on the others, except for the gaps left by the boys who showed up late, and the group of new boys who were all standing together at the far table—various types, like young bears with their problems ahead, just as Tom's father had said when he was in the same situation. He thought about this as he looked at the group, and at poor little fragile Arthur standing with them. After the prayers, he led him upstairs to Room 4 and showed him his bed. It was a big, bright room with two large windows facing the School yard. There were twelve beds in total; the one in the far corner by the fireplace belonged to the sixth-form boy in charge of maintaining order in the room, while the others were occupied by boys from the lower fifth and other junior classes—all fags (since, as mentioned, the fifth-form boys had their own rooms). Being fags, the oldest among them was only about sixteen, and they had to be up and in bed by ten; the sixth-form boys usually went to bed between ten and a quarter past, at which point the old verger came around to extinguish the candles, unless they stayed up to read.
LESSON NO. 1.
Within a few minutes, therefore, of their entry, all the other boys who slept in Number 4 had come up. The little fellows went quietly to their own beds, and began undressing and talking to each other in whispers; while the elder, amongst whom was Tom, sat chatting about on one another's beds, with their jackets and waistcoats off. Poor little Arthur was overwhelmed with the novelty of his position. The idea of sleeping in the room with strange boys had clearly never crossed his mind before, and was as painful as it was strange to him. He could hardly bear to take his jacket off; however, presently, with an effort, off it came, and then he paused and looked at Tom, who was sitting at the bottom of his bed talking and laughing.
Within a few minutes of their arrival, all the other boys who slept in Number 4 had come upstairs. The little guys quietly went to their own beds, started undressing, and whispered to each other. Meanwhile, the older boys, including Tom, lounged around on each other’s beds with their jackets and vests off. Poor little Arthur was overwhelmed by how new this experience was. The thought of sleeping in a room with unfamiliar boys clearly hadn’t crossed his mind before, and it felt both strange and uncomfortable to him. He could hardly bring himself to take off his jacket; however, after a moment of hesitation, he finally did. Then, he paused and looked at Tom, who was sitting at the foot of his bed, chatting and laughing.
"Please, Brown," he whispered, "may I wash my face and hands?"
"Please, Brown," he whispered, "can I wash my face and hands?"
"Of course, if you like," said Tom, staring; "that's your washhand-stand under the window, second from your bed. You'll have to go down for more water in the morning if you use it all." And on he went with his talk, while Arthur stole timidly from between the beds out to his washhand-stand, and began his ablutions, thereby [Pg 225] drawing for a moment on himself the attention of the room.
"Sure, if that’s what you want," said Tom, staring; "that’s your sink under the window, the second one from your bed. You’ll have to go downstairs for more water in the morning if you use it all." And he continued talking while Arthur nervously slipped out from between the beds over to his sink and started washing up, briefly drawing the room’s attention to himself.
On went the talk and laughter. Arthur finished his washing and undressing, and put on his night-gown. He then looked round more nervously than ever. Two or three of the little boys were already in bed, sitting up with their chins on their knees. The light burned clear, the noise went on. It was a trying moment for the poor little lonely boy; however, this time he didn't ask Tom what he might or might not do, but dropped on his knees by his bedside, as he had done every day from his childhood, to open his heart to Him who heareth the cry and beareth the sorrows of the tender child, and the strong man in agony.
The conversation and laughter continued. Arthur finished washing up and getting undressed, then put on his nightgown. He looked around more nervously than ever. Two or three of the little boys were already in bed, sitting up with their chins on their knees. The light shone brightly, and the noise persisted. It was a tough moment for the poor little lonely boy; however, this time he didn’t ask Tom what he could or couldn’t do but instead dropped to his knees by his bedside, just as he had done every day since he was a child, to open his heart to Him who hears the cries and carries the sorrows of both the gentle child and the strong man in pain.
Tom was sitting at the bottom of his bed unlacing his boots, so that his back was toward Arthur, and he didn't see what had happened, and looked up in wonder at the sudden silence. Then two or three boys laughed and sneered, and a big brutal fellow, who was standing in the middle of the room, picked up a slipper, and shied it at the kneeling boy, calling him a snivelling young shaver. Then Tom saw the whole and the next moment the boot he had just pulled off flew straight at the head of the bully, who had just time to throw up his arm and catch it on his elbow.
Tom was sitting at the edge of his bed, untying his boots, with his back towards Arthur, so he didn't see what happened. He looked up in surprise at the sudden silence. Then two or three boys laughed and mocked him, and a big, tough guy standing in the middle of the room picked up a slipper and threw it at the kneeling boy, calling him a whiny little brat. That’s when Tom saw everything, and in the next moment, the boot he had just taken off flew straight at the bully's head, who just had enough time to raise his arm and catch it on his elbow.
"Confound you, Brown, what's that for?" roared he, stamping with pain.
"What's that for, Brown?" he yelled, stomping in pain.
"Never mind what I mean," said Tom, stepping on to the floor, every drop of blood in his body tingling; "if any fellow wants the other boot, he knows how to get it."
"Forget what I mean," said Tom, stepping onto the floor, every drop of blood in his body buzzing; "if anyone wants the other boot, they know how to get it."
What would have been the result is doubtful, for at this moment the sixth-form boy came in, and not another [Pg 226] word could be said. Tom and the rest rushed into bed and finished their unrobing there, and the old verger, as punctual as the clock, had put out the candle in another minute, and toddled on to the next room, shutting their door with his usual "Goodnight, gen'lm'n."
What would have happened is unclear, because at that moment the sixth-form boy walked in, and not another [Pg 226] word could be said. Tom and the others jumped into bed and finished undressing there. The old verger, as timely as ever, blew out the candle in a minute and shuffled on to the next room, closing their door with his usual "Goodnight, gentlemen."
There were many boys in the room by whom that little scene was taken to heart before they slept. But sleep seemed to have deserted the pillow of poor Tom. For some time his excitement, and the flood of memories which chased one another through his brain, kept him from thinking or resolving. His head throbbed, his heart leaped, and he could hardly keep himself from springing out of bed and rushing about the room. Then the thought of his own mother came across him, and the promise he had made at her knee, years ago, never to forget to kneel by his bedside, and give himself up to his Father, before he laid his head on the pillow, from which it might never rise; and he lay down gently and cried as if his heart would break. He was only fourteen years old.
There were many boys in the room who took that little scene to heart before they went to sleep. But poor Tom struggled to find rest. For a while, his excitement and the whirlwind of memories racing through his mind made it hard for him to think or make decisions. His head pounded, his heart raced, and he could barely stop himself from jumping out of bed and running around the room. Then he thought of his mother and the promise he had made at her knee years ago—to never forget to kneel by his bedside and surrender himself to his Father before laying down his head on the pillow, from which he might never rise; and he lay down gently and cried as if his heart would break. He was only fourteen years old.
It was no light act of courage in those days, my dear boys, for a little fellow to say his prayers publicly, even at Rugby. A few years later, when Arnold's manly piety had begun to leaven the school, the tables turned; before he died, in the School-house at least, and I believe in the other house, the rule was the other way. But poor Tom had come to school in other times. The first few nights after he came he did not kneel down because of the noise, but sat up in bed till the candle was out, and then stole out and said his prayers, in fear lest some one should find him out. So did many another poor little fellow. Then he began to think that he might just as well say his prayers in bed, and then that it didn't matter whether he was [Pg 227] kneeling, or sitting, or lying down. And so it had come to pass with Tom, as with all who will not confess their Lord before men; and for the last year he had probably not said his prayers in earnest a dozen times.
It was no small act of bravery back then, my dear boys, for a young kid to say his prayers out loud, even at Rugby. A few years later, when Arnold's strong faith began to influence the school, things changed; by the time he passed away, at least in the School-house, and I think in the other house too, the rule was switched. But poor Tom had started school during a different era. The first few nights after arriving, he didn’t kneel down because of the noise, but sat up in bed until the candle went out, and then quietly snuck out to say his prayers, afraid someone would catch him. Many other poor little kids did the same. Then he started to think he could just as well say his prayers in bed, and eventually figured it didn’t matter whether he was kneeling, sitting, or lying down. And so it happened with Tom, as it does with everyone who won't acknowledge their Lord in front of others; for the last year, he had probably only said his prayers sincerely a dozen times.
Poor Tom! the first and bitterest feeling which was like to break his heart was the sense of his own cowardice. The vice of all others which he loathed was brought in and burned in on his own soul. He had lied to his mother, to his conscience, to his God. How could he bear it? And then the poor little weak boy, whom he had pitied and almost scorned for his weakness, had done that which he, braggart as he was, dared not do. The first dawn of comfort came to him in swearing to himself that he would stand by that boy through thick and thin, and cheer him, and help him, and bear his burdens, for the good deed done that night. Then he resolved to write home next day and tell his mother all, and what a coward her son had been. And then peace came to him as he resolved, lastly, to bear his testimony next morning. The morning would be harder than the night to begin with, but he felt that he could not afford to let one chance slip. Several times he faltered, for the devil showed him first all his old friends calling him "Saint" and "Square-toes," and a dozen hard names, and whispered to him that his motives would be misunderstood, and he would only be left alone with the new boy; whereas it was his duty to keep all means of influence, that he might do good to the largest number. And then came the more subtle temptation, "Shall I not be showing myself braver than others by doing this? Have I any right to begin it now? Ought I not rather to pray in my own study, letting other boys know that I do so, and trying to lead them to do it, while [Pg 228] in public at least I should go on as I have done?" However, his good angel was too strong that night, and he turned on his side and slept, tired of trying to reason, but resolved to follow the impulse which had been so strong, and in which he had found peace.
Poor Tom! The first and most painful feeling that was about to break his heart was the realization of his own cowardice. The very vice he hated most was burning inside his soul. He had lied to his mother, to his conscience, and to his God. How could he handle it? Then, the poor little weak boy he had pitied and even scorned for his fragility had done what he, despite his bravado, hadn’t dared to do. The first glimmer of comfort came when he vowed to stand by that boy no matter what, to encourage him, help him, and share his burdens for the good deed done that night. He decided to write home the next day and confess everything to his mother about what a coward her son had been. And then peace came to him when he resolved, finally, to bear testimony the next morning. The morning would be harder than the night to start with, but he felt he couldn’t let this chance slip away. Several times he hesitated, as the devil showed him his old friends calling him "Saint" and "Square-toes," and a bunch of other harsh names, whispering that his motives would be misunderstood, leaving him alone with the new boy; whereas it was his duty to maintain influence so he could do good for the most people. Then came the more subtle temptation, "Am I not showing more bravery than others by doing this? Do I have any right to start now? Shouldn’t I rather pray in my own room, letting other boys know and trying to lead them to do the same while in public I continue as I have?" However, his good angel was too strong that night, and he turned on his side and slept, exhausted from trying to reason, but resolved to follow the strong impulse that had given him peace.
TOM LEARNS HIS LESSON.
Next morning he was up and washed and dressed, all but his jacket and waistcoat, just as the ten minutes' bell began to ring, and then in the face of the whole room knelt down to pray. Not five words could he say—the bell mocked him; he was listening for every whisper in the room—what were they all thinking of him? He was ashamed to go on kneeling, ashamed to rise from his knees. At last, as it were from his inmost heart, a still small voice seemed to breathe forth the words of the publican,[5] "God be merciful to me a sinner!" He repeated them over and over, clinging to them as for his life, and rose from his knees comforted and humbled, and ready to face the whole world. It was not needed; two other boys besides Arthur had already followed his example, and he went down to the Great School with a glimmering of another lesson in his heart,—the lesson that he who has conquered his own coward spirit has conquered the whole outward world; and that other one which the old prophet learnt in the cave in Mount Horeb, when he hid his face, and the still small voice asked: "What doest thou here, Elijah?"[6] that however we may fancy ourselves alone on the side of good, the King and Lord of men is nowhere without his witnesses; for in every society, however seemingly corrupt and godless, there are those who have not bowed the knee to Baal.[7]
The next morning, he got up, washed, and got dressed, except for his jacket and waistcoat, just as the ten-minute bell started to ring. In front of everyone in the room, he knelt down to pray. He couldn’t say more than five words—the bell seemed to mock him; he was straining to hear every whisper around him—what were they all thinking about him? He felt embarrassed to keep kneeling and embarrassed to get up. Finally, from deep within his heart, a still small voice seemed to utter the words of the publican, "God be merciful to me a sinner!" He repeated them over and over, holding on to them as if his life depended on it, and he rose from his knees feeling comforted and humbled, ready to face the world. It turned out he didn’t need to; two other boys besides Arthur had already followed his lead, and he walked down to the Great School with a new lesson in his heart—the lesson that whoever has overcome their own cowardice has conquered the entire external world; and the other lesson learned by the old prophet in the cave on Mount Horeb, when he hid his face, and the still small voice asked: "What doest thou here, Elijah?"—that no matter how alone we might feel on the side of good, the King and Lord of men is never without his witnesses; because in every society, no matter how corrupt or godless it may seem, there are those who haven’t bowed the knee to Baal.
He found, too, how greatly he had exaggerated the effect to be produced by his act. For a few nights there was a sneer or a laugh when he knelt down, but this passed off soon, and one by one all the other boys but three or four followed the lead. I fear that this was in some measure due to the fact that Tom could probably have thrashed any boy in the room except the præpostor; at any rate, every boy knew that he would try upon very slight provocation, and didn't choose to run the risk of a hard fight because Tom Brown had taken a fancy to say his prayers. Some of the small boys of Number 4 communicated the new state of things to their chums, and in several other rooms the poor little fellows tried it on; in one instance or so, where the præpostor heard of it and interfered very decidedly, with partial success; but in the rest, after a short struggle, the confessors were bullied or laughed down, and the old state of things went on for some time longer. Before either Tom Brown or Arthur left the School-house, there was no room in which it had not become the regular custom. I trust it is so still, and that the old heathen state of things has gone out forever.
He realized how much he had exaggerated the impact of his actions. For a few nights, there were some sneers or laughs when he knelt down, but that passed quickly, and one by one, all but three or four other boys followed his lead. I worry that this was partly because Tom could probably have beaten up any boy in the room except the præpostor; at the very least, everyone knew he would try at the slightest provocation, and they didn't want to risk a tough fight just because Tom Brown decided to say his prayers. Some of the younger boys from Number 4 shared the news with their friends, and several other rooms saw the little guys giving it a try; in one or two cases, where the præpostor found out and stepped in decisively, it had some success. But in most places, after a brief struggle, those who confessed were bullied or laughed at, and the old way continued for a while longer. By the time either Tom Brown or Arthur left the School-house, it had become the norm in every room. I hope that it still is, and that the old uncivilized ways have disappeared for good.
FOOTNOTES
[2] Derogatory: here, contemptuous; belittling.
Derogatory: contemptuous; belittling.
[6] Elijah: see 1 Kings xix. 9.
CHAPTER II.
THE NEW BOY.
"And Heaven's rich instincts in him grew,
As effortless as woodland nooks
Send violets up and paint them blue."—Lowell.
"And Heaven's rich instincts in him grew,
As effortlessly as forest corners
Send up violets and color them blue."—Lowell.
TOM'S RESPONSIBILITIES.
I do not mean to recount all the little troubles and annoyances which thronged upon Tom at the beginning of this half-year, in his new character of bear-leader to a gentle little boy straight from home. He seemed to himself to have become a new boy again, without any of the long-suffering and meekness indispensable for supporting that character with moderate success. From morning till night he had the feeling of responsibility on his mind; and, even if he left Arthur in their study or in the close for an hour, was never at ease till he had him in sight again. He waited for him at the doors of the school after every lesson and every calling-over; watched that no tricks were played him and none but the regulation questions asked; kept his eye on his plate at dinner and breakfast, to see that no unfair depredations were made upon his viands; in short, as East remarked, cackled after him like a hen with one chick.
I don’t want to go over all the little problems and annoyances that piled up for Tom at the start of this semester, taking on the role of mentor to a sweet little boy just away from home. He felt like he was a new kid again, but without any of the patience and humility needed to pull off that role successfully. From morning to night, he was weighed down by the sense of responsibility; even if he left Arthur in their study or outside for just an hour, he couldn’t relax until he saw him again. He waited for him at the school doors after every lesson and attendance check; made sure no one played tricks on him and that he only faced the standard questions; kept an eye on his plate at lunch and breakfast to ensure no one unfairly snatched his food; in short, as East pointed out, he followed him around like a hen with one chick.
Arthur took a long time thawing, too, which made it all the harder work; was sadly timid; scarcely ever spoke unless Tom spoke to him first; and, worst of all, would agree with him in everything, the hardest thing in the [Pg 231] world for a Brown to bear. He got quite angry sometimes, as they sat together of a night in their study, at this provoking habit of agreement, and was on the point of breaking out a dozen times with a lecture upon the propriety of a fellow having a will of his own and speaking out, but managed to restrain himself by the thought that he might only frighten Arthur, and the remembrance of the lesson he had learnt from him on his first night at Number 4. Then he would resolve to sit still, and not say a word till Arthur began; but he was always beat at that game, and had presently to begin talking in despair, fearing lest Arthur might think he was vexed at something if he didn't, and dog-tired of sitting tongue-tied.
Arthur took a long time to warm up, which made it even tougher; he was really shy, hardly ever spoke unless Tom talked to him first, and, worst of all, he agreed with everything Tom said, which was the hardest thing in the world for a Brown to handle. He would get pretty frustrated sometimes, as they sat together at night in their study, at this annoying habit of always agreeing, and was about to break out with a lecture about how a guy should have his own opinions and speak up, but he held back, thinking it might just scare Arthur, and remembering the lesson he learned from him on his first night at Number 4. So, he resolved to stay quiet and not say anything until Arthur started, but he always lost that battle and soon found himself talking in despair, worried that Arthur might think he was upset if he didn’t say something, and totally tired of sitting there in silence.
It was hard work! But Tom had taken it up, and meant to stick to it, and go through with it, so as to satisfy himself; in which resolution he was much assisted by the chaffing of East and his other friends, who began to call him "dry-nurse," and otherwise to break their small wit on him. But when they took other ground, as they did every now and then, Tom was sorely puzzled.
It was tough work! But Tom had committed to it and planned to see it through to make himself happy. His friends, especially East, helped him a lot by teasing him and calling him "dry-nurse," along with other jokes. However, whenever they changed the topic, as they sometimes did, Tom was really confused.
EAST'S ADVICE.
"Tell you what, Tommy," East would say, "you'll spoil young Hopeful with too much coddling. Why can't you let him go about by himself, and find his own level? He'll never be worth a button, if you go on keeping him under your skirts."
"Listen, Tommy," East would say, "you're going to spoil young Hopeful with all that pampering. Why can't you just let him figure things out on his own and find his place? He'll never amount to anything if you keep him tied to you like this."
"Well, but he isn't fit to fight his own way yet; I'm trying to get him to do it every day—but he's very odd. Poor little beggar! I can't make him out a bit. He isn't a bit like anything I've ever seen or heard of—he seems all over nerves; anything you say seems to hurt him like a cut or a blow."
"Well, he’s not ready to handle things on his own yet; I try to get him to do it every day—but he’s really strange. Poor little guy! I can’t figure him out at all. He’s nothing like anything I’ve ever seen or heard of—he seems so sensitive; anything you say seems to sting him like a cut or a blow."
"That sort of boy's no use here," said East; "he'll only [Pg 232] spoil. Now, I'll tell you what to do, Tommy. Go and get a nice large band-box made, and put him in with plenty of cotton-wool, and a pap-bottle,[1] labelled 'with care—this side up,' and send him back to mamma."
"That kind of boy isn't needed here," said East; "he'll just get messed up. Now, here’s what you should do, Tommy. Go and get a nice big box made, put him in there with lots of cotton wool, and a baby bottle labeled 'with care—this side up,' then send him back to his mom."
"I think I shall make a hand of him, though," said Tom, smiling, "say what you will. There's something about him, every now and then, which shows me he's got pluck somewhere in him. That's the only thing, after all, that'll wash,[2] isn't it, old Scud? But how to get at it and bring it out?"
"I think I can make something of him, though," said Tom, smiling, "no matter what you say. There's something about him that occasionally shows me he's got some courage in him. That's the only thing that really matters, right, old Scud? But how do I get to it and bring it out?"
Tom took one hand out of his breeches' pocket and stuck it in his back hair for a scratch, giving his hat a tilt over his nose, his one method of invoking wisdom. He stared at the ground with a ludicrously puzzled look, and presently looked up and met East's eyes. That young gentleman slapped him on the back, and then put his arm around his shoulders, as they strolled through the quadrangle together. "Tom," said he, "blest if you aren't the best old fellow ever was—I do like to see you go into a thing. Hang it, I wish I could take things as you do, but I never can get higher than a joke. Everything's a joke. If I was going to be flogged next minute, I should be in a blue funk,[3] but I couldn't help laughing at it for the life of me."
Tom pulled one hand out of his pants pocket and scratched his head, tilting his hat down over his nose, his usual way of looking wise. He stared at the ground with a hilariously confused expression, then looked up and met East's gaze. That young man slapped him on the back and then put his arm around his shoulders as they walked through the courtyard together. "Tom," he said, "I swear you’re the best guy ever—I really like how you approach things. Honestly, I wish I could tackle things like you do, but I can never see past the joke. Everything's a joke to me. If I were about to be punished in a minute, I’d be really nervous,[3] but I couldn’t help laughing at it no matter what."
"Brown and East, you go and fag for Jones on the great fives'-court."
"Brown and East, go and serve as second in command for Jones on the big fives' court."
"Hullo, though, that's past a joke," broke out East, springing at the young gentleman who addressed them, and catching him by the collar. "Here, Tommy, catch hold of him t'other side before he can holla."
"Helloo, that's not funny," East exclaimed, leaping at the young man who was speaking to them and grabbing him by the collar. "Hey, Tommy, grab him from the other side before he can yell."
AN EPISODE.
The youth was seized, and dragged struggling out of the quadrangle into the School-house hall. He was one of the miserable little pretty, white-handed, curly-headed boys, petted and pampered by some of the big fellows, who wrote their verses for them, taught them to drink, and use bad language, and did all they could to spoil them for everything in this world and the next. One of the avocations in which these young gentlemen took particular delight was in going about and getting fags for their protectors, when those heroes were playing any game. They carried about pencil and paper with them, putting down the names of all the boys they sent, always sending five times as many as were wanted, and getting all those thrashed who didn't go. The present youth belonged to a house which was very jealous of the School-house, and always picked out School-house fags when he could find them. However, this time he'd got the wrong pig by the ear. His captors slammed the great door of the hall, and East put his back against it, while Tom gave the prisoner a shake-up, took away his list, and stood him up on the floor, while he proceeded leisurely to examine that document.
The kid was grabbed and pulled, struggling, out of the courtyard and into the Schoolhouse hallway. He was one of those miserable, pretty, fair-skinned, curly-haired boys who were fussed over and spoiled by some of the bigger guys, who wrote their poems for them, taught them how to drink, and use profanity, and did everything they could to ruin them for life in this world and the next. One of the hobbies these young men particularly enjoyed was going around and getting younger students for their protectors when those “heroes” were playing games. They carried around pencil and paper, jotting down the names of all the boys they sent, always sending five times as many as needed, and punishing those who didn't go. The current kid belonged to a house that was very competitive with the Schoolhouse and always targeted Schoolhouse fags whenever he could find them. However, this time he had the wrong person. His captors slammed the big door of the hall, and East pressed his back against it while Tom gave the prisoner a shake, took his list, and stood him up on the floor as he leisurely examined that document.
"Let me out! let me go!" screamed the boy in a furious passion. "I'll go and tell Jones this minute, and he'll give you both the biggest thrashing you ever had."
"Let me out! Let me go!" yelled the boy, filled with rage. "I'll go tell Jones right now, and he'll give you both the biggest beating you've ever had."
"Pretty little dear," said East, patting the top of his hat; "listen to him, Tom. Nicely brought-up young man, isn't he, though?"
"Pretty little dear," said East, tapping the top of his hat. "Listen to him, Tom. He's quite the well-mannered young man, isn't he?"
"Let me alone——you," roared the boy, foaming with rage, and kicking at East, who quietly tripped him up, and deposited him on the floor in a place of safety.
"Leave me alone—you," the boy shouted, fuming with anger, and kicked at East, who calmly tripped him and set him down on the floor in a safe spot.
"Gently, young fellow," said he, "'tisn't improving [Pg 234] for little whippersnappers like you to be indulging in such language; so you stop that, or you'll get something you won't like."
"Gently, young man," he said, "it's not good for little kids like you to be using that kind of language; so cut it out, or you'll end up with something you won't enjoy."
"I'll have you both licked when I get out, that I will," rejoined the boy, beginning to snivel.
"I'll have both of you taken down when I get out, I promise," the boy replied, starting to whimper.
"Two can play at that game, mind you," said Tom, who had finished his examination of the list. "Now you just listen here. We've just come across the fives'-court, and Jones has four fags there already, two more than he wants. If he'd wanted us to change, he'd have stopped us himself. And here, you little blackguard, you've got seven names down on your list besides ours, and five of them School-house." Tom walked up to him and jerked him on to his legs; he was by this time whining like a whipped puppy.
"Two can play that game, you know," said Tom, having finished looking over the list. "Now listen up. We've just reached the fives' court, and Jones has four guys there already, which is two more than he needs. If he wanted us to switch, he would have told us himself. And you, little rascal, have seven names on your list besides ours, five of which are from School-house." Tom walked over to him and pulled him to his feet; by this point, he was whining like a beaten puppy.
"Now just listen to me. We aren't going to fag for Jones. If you tell him you've sent us, we'll each of us give you such a thrashing as you'll remember." And Tom tore up the list and threw the pieces into the fire.
"Now just listen to me. We're not going to mess around for Jones. If you tell him you sent us, we'll each give you a beating you'll remember." And Tom ripped up the list and threw the pieces into the fire.
"And mind you, too," said East, "don't let me catch you again sneaking about the School-house, and picking up our fags. You haven't got the sort of hide to take a sound licking kindly;" and he opened the door and sent the young gentleman flying into the quadrangle, with a parting kick.
"And just so you know," said East, "don’t let me catch you sneaking around the Schoolhouse again and picking up our fags. You don’t have the kind of skin to take a beating well;" and he opened the door and sent the young guy flying into the courtyard with a final kick.
"Nice boy, Tommy," said East, shoving his hands into his pockets and strolling to the fire.
"Good kid, Tommy," said East, putting his hands in his pockets and walking over to the fire.
"Worst sort we breed," responded Tom, following his example. "Thank goodness no big fellow ever took to petting me."
"Worst kind we produce," replied Tom, mirroring his behavior. "Thank goodness no big guy ever decided to mess with me."
"You'd never have been like that," said East. "I should like to have put him in a museum: Christian young [Pg 235] gentleman, nineteenth century, highly educated. Stir him up with a long pole, Jack, and hear him swear like a drunken sailor! He'd make a respectable public open its eyes, I think."
"You wouldn't have acted like that," East said. "I wish I could have put him in a museum: a Christian young gentleman from the nineteenth century, well-educated. Give him a poke with a long stick, Jack, and listen to him curse like a sailor! I think he’d definitely shock a respectable audience."
"Think he'll tell Jones?" said Tom.
"Do you think he'll tell Jones?" Tom asked.
"No," said East. "Don't care if he does."
"No," East said. "I don't care if he does."
"Nor I," said Tom; and they went back to talk about Arthur.
"Me neither," said Tom; and they went back to discussing Arthur.
The young gentleman had brains enough not to tell Jones, reasoning that East and Brown, who were noted as some of the toughest fags in the school, wouldn't care three straws for any licking Jones might give them, and would be likely to keep their words as to passing it on with interest.
The young man was smart enough not to tell Jones, thinking that East and Brown, who were known as some of the toughest guys in the school, wouldn’t care at all about any beating Jones might give them, and would probably keep their promise to spread the word with interest.
LESSON NO. 2.
After the above conversation, East came a good deal to their study, and took notice of Arthur; and soon allowed to Tom that he was a thorough little gentleman, and would get over his shyness all in good time; which much comforted our hero. He felt every day, too, the value of having an object in his life, something that drew him out of himself; and, it being the dull time of the year, and no games going about which he much cared, was happier than he had ever yet been at school, which was saying a great deal.
After that conversation, East started visiting their study more often and paid attention to Arthur. He soon told Tom that Arthur was a real gentleman and would eventually overcome his shyness, which really comforted our hero. Every day, he felt the importance of having a purpose in his life, something that helped him focus outward instead of inward. Since it was the dull time of year and there weren’t any games he cared much about, he was happier than he had ever been at school, and that was quite a statement.
The time which Tom allowed himself away from his charge was from locking-up till supper-time. During this hour or hour and a half he used to take his fling, going round to the studies of all his acquaintance, sparring or gossiping in the hall, now jumping the old iron-bound tables, or carving a bit of his name on them, then joining in some chorus of merry voices; in fact, blowing off his steam, as we should now call it.
The time Tom gave himself away from his responsibilities was from locking up until dinner. During that hour or so, he would let loose, visiting the rooms of all his friends, sparring or chatting in the hall, jumping over the old heavy tables, or carving a bit of his name into them, then joining in some lively chorus; in short, blowing off steam, as we would say today.
This process was so congenial[4] to his temper, and Arthur showed himself so pleased at the arrangement, that it was several weeks before Tom was ever in their study before supper. One evening, however, he rushed in to look for an old chisel, or some corks, or other article essential to his pursuit for the time being, and, while rummaging about in the cupboards, looked up for a moment, and was caught at once by the figure of poor little Arthur. The boy was sitting with his elbows on the table, and his head leaning on his hands, and before him an open book, on which his tears were falling fast. Tom shut the door at once, and sat down on the sofa by Arthur, putting his arm round his neck.
This process was so pleasant to his temperament, and Arthur seemed so happy with the arrangement, that it took several weeks before Tom ever came into their study before dinner. One evening, though, he hurried in to look for an old chisel, some corks, or something else he needed for his current project. While searching through the cupboards, he looked up for a moment and immediately noticed poor little Arthur. The boy was sitting with his elbows on the table, his head resting on his hands, and in front of him, an open book where his tears were falling fast. Tom quickly shut the door and sat down on the sofa next to Arthur, putting his arm around his shoulder.
"Why, young un! what's the matter?" said he, kindly. "You aren't unhappy, are you?"
"What's wrong, kid?" he asked gently. "You're not feeling down, are you?"
"Oh, no, Brown," said the little boy, looking up with great tears in his eyes; "you are so kind to me, I'm very happy."
"Oh, no, Brown," the little boy said, looking up with big tears in his eyes. "You're so nice to me, I'm really happy."
"Why don't you call me Tom? lots of boys do that I don't like half so much as I do you. What are you reading, then? Hang it, you must come about with me, and not mope yourself," and Tom cast down his eyes on the book, and saw it was the Bible. He was silent for a minute, and thought to himself, "Lesson Number 2, Tom Brown;" and said, gently:—
"Why don't you call me Tom? A lot of boys do, and I don't like them nearly as much as I like you. What are you reading? Come on, you have to hang out with me and not just sit around," and Tom looked down at the book and saw it was the Bible. He was quiet for a moment, thinking to himself, "Lesson Number 2, Tom Brown;" and said gently:—
"I'm very glad to see this, Arthur, and ashamed that I don't read the Bible more myself. Do you read it every night before supper, while I'm out?"
"I'm really glad to see this, Arthur, and I feel ashamed that I don't read the Bible more often myself. Do you read it every night before dinner, while I'm out?"
"Yes."
"Yep."
"Well, I wish you'd wait till afterward, and then we'd read together. But, Arthur, why does it make you cry?"
"Well, I wish you would wait until after, and then we could read together. But, Arthur, why does it make you cry?"
"Oh, it isn't that I'm unhappy. But at home, while my father was alive, we always read the lessons[5] after tea; and I love to read them over now, and try to remember what he said about them. I can't remember all, and I think I scarcely understand a great deal of what I do remember. But it all comes back to me so fresh that I can't help crying sometimes to think that I shall never read them again with him."
"Oh, it’s not that I'm unhappy. But at home, when my dad was alive, we always read the lessons[5] after tea, and I love to go over them now, trying to recall what he said about them. I can’t remember everything, and I barely understand a lot of what I do remember. But it all comes back to me so vividly that I can’t help but cry sometimes thinking about how I’ll never read them with him again."
ARTHUR'S HOME.
Arthur had never spoken of his home before, and Tom hadn't encouraged him to do so, as his blundering schoolboy reasoning made him think that Arthur would be softened and less manly for thinking of home. But now he was fairly interested, and forgot all about chisels and bottled beer; while with very little encouragement Arthur launched into his home history, and the prayer-bell put them both out sadly when it rang to call them to the hall.
Arthur had never talked about his home before, and Tom hadn't pushed him to, as his clumsy schoolboy logic made him believe that thinking about home would make Arthur softer and less manly. But now he was genuinely interested, forgetting all about chisels and bottled beer; with just a bit of encouragement, Arthur started sharing his family history, and the prayer-bell sadly interrupted them both when it rang to call them to the hall.
From this time Arthur constantly spoke of his home, and, above all, of his father, who had been dead about a year, and whose memory Tom soon got to love and reverence almost as much as his own son did.
From this time on, Arthur frequently talked about his home, and especially about his father, who had passed away about a year ago. Tom quickly grew to love and respect his memory almost as much as Arthur did.
Arthur's father had been the clergyman of a parish in the Midland Counties,[6] which had risen into a large town during the war,[7] and upon which the hard years which followed had fallen with fearful weight. The trade had been half ruined; and then came the old sad story of masters reducing their establishments, men turned off, and wandering about, hungry and wan in body, and fierce in soul, from the thought of wives and children starving at home, and the last sticks of furniture going to the [Pg 238] pawnshop: children taken from school, and lounging about the dirty streets and courts,[8] too listless almost to play, and squalid in rags and misery. And then the fearful struggle between the employers and men; lowerings of wages, strikes, and the long course of oft-repeated crime, ending every now and then with a riot, a fire, and the county yeomanry.[9] There is no need here to dwell upon such tales; the Englishman into whose soul they have not sunk deep is not worthy the name; you English boys for whom this book is meant (God bless your bright faces and kind hearts!) will learn it all soon enough.
Arthur's father had been the pastor of a parish in the Midland Counties,[6] which had grown into a large town during the war,[7] and the tough years that followed weighed heavily on it. The local industry had been nearly destroyed; then came the all-too-familiar story of employers cutting back, people losing their jobs, wandering around, hungry and worn out, and angry at the thought of their wives and children starving at home, with the last bits of furniture being taken to the [Pg 238]pawnshop: kids pulled out of school, just hanging around the dirty streets and alleys,[8] almost too tired to play, and wearing rags in their misery. Then there was the awful conflict between employers and workers; wage cuts, strikes, and a long cycle of repeated crimes, sometimes ending in riots, fires, and the county militia.[9] There's no need to focus on these stories here; any Englishman who hasn't been deeply affected by them isn't worthy of the name. You English boys for whom this book is intended (God bless your cheerful faces and kind hearts!) will learn all about it soon enough.
Into such a parish and state of society Arthur's father had been thrown at the age of twenty-five, a young married parson, full of faith, hope and love. He had battled with it like a man, and had lots of fine Utopian[10] ideas about the perfectibility of mankind, glorious humanity and such-like knocked out of his head: and a real wholesome Christian love for the poor, struggling, sinning men, of whom he felt himself one, and with and for whom he spent fortune, and strength and life, driven into his heart. He had battled like a man, and gotten a man's reward. No silver teapots or salvers,[11] with flowery inscriptions, setting forth his virtues and the appreciation of a genteel parish; no fat living or stall,[12] for which he never looked, and didn't care; no sighs and praises of comfortable dowagers[13] and well got-up young women who worked him slippers, sugared his tea, and adored him as [Pg 239] "a devoted man"; but a manly respect, wrung from the unwilling souls of men who fancied his order their natural enemies; the fear and hatred of every one who was false or unjust in the district, were he master or man; and the blessed sight of women and children daily becoming more human and more homely,[14] a comfort to themselves and to their husbands and fathers.
Into such a parish and social environment, Arthur's father found himself at twenty-five, a young married priest brimming with faith, hope, and love. He fought against it like a true warrior, and had a bunch of grand Utopian ideas about the perfectibility of humanity and glorious society knocked out of him. Instead, he developed a genuine, wholesome Christian love for the struggling, flawed individuals he felt kinship with—and he dedicated his fortune, strength, and life to them, driven by deep compassion. He fought like a man and received a man’s rewards. No silver teapots or trays, with flowery inscriptions celebrating his virtues and the appreciation of a genteel parish; no comfortable living or prestigious position that he never sought or cared about; no sighs and praises from cozy widows and well-dressed young women who brought him slippers, sweetened his tea, and worshipped him as "a dedicated man"; but a genuine respect earned from the unwilling hearts of those who saw his office as their natural adversary; the fear and disdain of everyone false or unjust in the area, whether master or servant; and the gratifying sight of women and children gradually becoming more humane and homely, bringing comfort to themselves and their husbands and fathers.
These things of course took time, and had to be fought for with toil and sweat of brain and heart, and with the life-blood poured out. All that, Arthur[15] had laid his account to give, and took as a matter of course; neither pitying himself, nor looking on himself as a martyr, when he felt the wear and tear making him feel old before his time, and the stifling air of fever-dens telling on his health. His wife seconded him in everything. She had been rather fond of society, and much admired and run after before her marriage; and the London world to which she had belonged pitied poor Fanny Evelyn when she married the young clergyman, and went to settle in that smoky hole, Turley, a very nest of Chartism[16] and Atheism, in a part of the country which all the decent families had had to leave for years. However, somehow or other she didn't seem to care. If her husband's living[17] had been amongst green fields and near pleasant neighbors, she would have liked it better,—that she never pretended to deny. But there they were; the air wasn't bad, after all; the people were very good sort of people,—civil to you if [Pg 240] you were civil to them, after the first brush; and they didn't expect to work miracles, and convert them all off-hand into model Christians. So he and she went quietly among the folk, talking to and treating them just as they would have done people of their own rank. They didn't feel that they were doing anything out of the common way, and so were perfectly natural and had none of that condescension or consciousness of manner which so out-rages the independent poor. And thus they gradually won respect and confidence; and after sixteen years he was looked up to by the whole neighborhood as the just man, the man to whom masters and men could go in their strikes, and in all their quarrels and difficulties, and by whom the right and true word would be said without fear or favor. And the women had come round to take her advice, and go to her as a friend in all their troubles, while all the children worshipped the ground she trod on.
These things obviously took time and required hard work and dedication, along with a lot of sacrifices. Arthur had fully accepted this and took it in stride; he neither pitied himself nor saw himself as a martyr, even when he felt the exhaustion making him age prematurely and the unhealthy environment affecting his health. His wife supported him completely. She had been quite social and admired before their marriage, and the London society she belonged to felt sorry for poor Fanny Evelyn when she married the young clergyman and moved to that smoky place, Turley, a hotspot for Chartism and Atheism, in an area that decent families had avoided for years. However, she didn't seem to mind much. If her husband’s parish had been in a nicer location with pleasant neighbors, she would have preferred it—that much she was honest about. But they were where they were; the air wasn’t too bad, after all; the locals were good people—polite if you were polite to them after the initial introduction—and they didn’t expect anyone to work miracles and turn them into ideal Christians overnight. So they both mingled with the community, talking to and treating people just as they would anyone of their own status. They didn’t feel like they were doing anything extraordinary, which allowed them to be completely natural and avoid the condescension or self-awareness that often offends the proud poor. Gradually, they earned respect and trust; after sixteen years, he was regarded by the entire neighborhood as the just man, the person to whom both workers and employers could turn during strikes and disputes, someone who would always speak the truth without fear or favoritism. The women sought her advice and turned to her as a friend in all their troubles, while the children adored her.
They had three children, two daughters and a son, little Arthur, who came between his sisters. He had been a very delicate boy from his childhood; they thought he had a tendency to consumption, and so he had been kept at home and taught by his father, who had made a companion of him, and from whom he had gained good scholarship, and a knowledge of, and an interest in, many subjects which boys in general never come across till they are many years older.
They had three kids: two daughters and a son, little Arthur, who was the middle child. He had been a fragile boy since childhood; they suspected he might have a tendency towards tuberculosis, so he was kept at home and educated by his father. His father had made him a companion, and from him, Arthur gained a solid education and an interest in many subjects that most boys usually don’t encounter until they’re much older.
Just as he reached his thirteenth year, and his father had settled that he was strong enough to go to school; and, after much debating with himself, had resolved to send him there, a desperate fever broke out in the town; most of the other clergy, and almost all the doctors, ran [Pg 241] away; the work fell with tenfold weight on those who stood to their work. Arthur and his wife both caught the fever, of which he died in a few days, and she recovered, having been able to nurse him to the end, and store up his last words. He was sensible to the last, and calm and happy, leaving his wife and children with fearless trust for a few years in the hands of the Lord and Friend who had lived and died for him, and for whom he, to the best of his power, had lived and died. His widow's mourning was deep and gentle; she was more affected by the request of the Committee of a Free-thinking club, established in the town by some of the factory hands (which he had striven against with might and main, and nearly suppressed), that some of their number might be allowed to help bear the coffin, than by anything else. Two of them were chosen, who with six laboring men, his own fellow-workmen and friends, bore him to his grave,—a man who had fought the Lord's fight even unto the death. The shops were closed and the factories shut that day in the parish, yet no master stopped the day's wages; but for many a year afterward the towns-folk felt the want of that brave, hopeful, loving parson, and his wife, who had lived to teach them mutual forbearance and helpfulness, and had almost at last given them a glimpse of what this old world would be, if people would live for God and each other, instead of for themselves.
As he turned thirteen, his father decided he was strong enough to start school. After much internal debate, he finally chose to send him there, but then a severe fever swept through the town. Most of the other clergy and nearly all the doctors fled. The burden fell heavily on those who stayed. Arthur and his wife both contracted the fever; he died within a few days, while she recovered after caring for him until the end and remembering his last words. He remained aware and calm, leaving his wife and children with unwavering faith in the Lord and Friend who had lived and died for him, and for whom he had tried to live and die as best as he could. His widow’s grief was deep yet gentle; she was more touched by a request from the Committee of a Free-thinking club formed by some factory workers (which he had fought hard to suppress) to allow a few of their members to help carry the coffin than by anything else. Two of them were chosen, and along with six laborers, his fellow workers and friends, they carried him to his grave—a man who had fought the Lord's battle to the end. The shops were closed, and the factories shut down that day in the parish, but no employer withheld the wages. For many years afterward, the townsfolk missed that brave, hopeful, loving pastor and his wife, who had taught them mutual understanding and support, and had almost given them a glimpse of what this old world could be if people lived for God and for each other, instead of for themselves.
What has all this to do with our story? Well, my dear boys, let a fellow go on in his own way, or you won't get anything out of him worth having. I must show you what sort of a man it was who had brought up little Arthur, or else you won't believe in him, which I am resolved you shall do; and you won't see how he, the timid, weak boy, [Pg 242] had points in him from which the bravest and strongest recoiled, and made his presence and example felt from the first on all sides, unconsciously to himself, and without the least attempt at proselytizing.[18] The spirit of his father was in him, and the Friend to which his father had left him did not neglect the trust.
What does all this have to do with our story? Well, my dear boys, let a guy do his own thing, or you won't get anything worth having out of him. I have to show you what kind of man raised little Arthur, or you won't believe in him, which I’m determined you will; and you won’t see how he, the timid, weak boy, had qualities that made even the bravest and strongest step back, making his presence and example felt everywhere from the start, without him even realizing it, and without the slightest effort to convert anyone.[18] His father's spirit was in him, and the friend his father entrusted him to took that responsibility seriously.
RESULTS OF LESSON NO. 2.
After supper that night, and almost nightly for years afterwards, Tom and Arthur, and by degrees East occasionally, and sometimes one, sometimes another of their friends, read a chapter of the Bible together, and talked it over afterwards. Tom was at first utterly astonished, and almost shocked, at the sort of way in which Arthur read the book, and talked about the men and women whose lives were there told. The first night they happened to fall on the chapters about the famine in Egypt,[19] and Arthur began talking about Joseph[20] as if he were a living statesman; just as he might have talked about Lord Grey and the Reform Bill;[21] only that they were much more living realities to him. The book was to him, Tom saw, the most vivid and delightful history of real people, who might do right or wrong, just like any one who was walking about in Rugby,—the Doctor, or the masters, or the sixth-form boys. But the astonishment soon passed off, the scales seemed to drop from his eyes, and the book became at once and forever to him the great human and divine book, and the men and women, whom he had looked upon as something quite different from himself, became his friends and counsellors.
After dinner that night, and almost every night for years after, Tom, Arthur, and eventually East sometimes, along with various friends, would read a chapter from the Bible together and discuss it afterward. At first, Tom was completely shocked and almost taken aback by how Arthur read the book and talked about the people whose stories were told in it. The first night they ended up on the chapters about the famine in Egypt, and Arthur began discussing Joseph as if he were a current politician, just as he might have talked about Lord Grey and the Reform Bill, except that those figures felt more real to him. Tom realized that to Arthur, the book was the most vivid and engaging account of real people who could choose to do right or wrong, just like anyone he saw around Rugby—the Doctor, the teachers, or the sixth-form boys. But his surprise quickly faded, and he started to see things differently; the book became for him the ultimate human and divine text, and the men and women he had viewed as completely separate from himself became his friends and guides.
TOM IS STIFF-NECKED.
For our purposes, however, the history of one night's reading will be sufficient, which must be told here, now we are on the subject, though it didn't happen till a year afterwards, and long after the events recorded in the next chapter of our story.
For our purposes, though, the history of one night's reading will be enough, and it needs to be mentioned now that we're on the topic, even though it didn't happen until a year later, and well after the events described in the next chapter of our story.
Arthur, Tom, and East were together one night, and read the story of Naaman coming to Elisha to be cured of his leprosy.[22] When the chapter was finished, Tom shut his Bible with a slap.
Arthur, Tom, and East were hanging out one night, reading the story of Naaman visiting Elisha to get healed from his leprosy.[22] When they finished the chapter, Tom closed his Bible with a bang.
"I can't stand that fellow Naaman," said he, "after what he'd seen and felt, going back and bowing himself down in the house of Rimmon, because his effeminate scoundrel of a master did it. I wonder Elisha took the trouble to heal him. How he must have despised him!"
"I can't stand that guy Naaman," he said, "after everything he's seen and felt, going back and bowing down in the house of Rimmon just because his weak scoundrel of a master did it. I wonder why Elisha even bothered to heal him. He must have really looked down on him!"
"Yes, there you go off as usual; with a shell on your head," struck in East, who always took the opposite side to Tom; half from love of argument, half from conviction. "How do you know he didn't think better of it? how do you know his master was a scoundrel? His letter doesn't look like it, and the book doesn't say so."
"Yeah, there you go again, as usual; with a shell on your head," interjected East, who always took the opposite side from Tom; partly out of a love for debate, partly out of conviction. "How do you know he didn't change his mind? How do you know his master was a crook? His letter doesn’t suggest that, and the book doesn’t say so."
"I don't care," rejoined Tom; "why did Naaman talk about bowing down, then, if he didn't mean to do it? He wasn't likely to get more in earnest when he got back to court and away from the prophet."
"I don't care," Tom replied; "so why did Naaman mention bowing down if he didn't actually intend to do it? He probably wouldn't be more serious about it when he got back to court and away from the prophet."
"Well, but Tom," said Arthur, "look what Elisha says to him: 'Go in peace.' He wouldn't have said that if Naaman had been in the wrong."
"Well, but Tom," Arthur said, "look at what Elisha says to him: 'Go in peace.' He wouldn't have said that if Naaman had been in the wrong."
"I don't see that that means more than saying: 'You're not the man I took you for.'"
"I don't think that means anything more than saying: 'You're not the person I thought you were.'"
"No, no, that won't do at all," said East; "read the [Pg 244] words fairly, and take men as you find them. I like Naaman, and think he was a very fine fellow."
"No, no, that doesn’t work at all," said East; "read the [Pg 244] words honestly, and accept people as they are. I like Naaman, and I think he was a really great guy."
"I don't," said Tom, positively.
"I don't," Tom said firmly.
"Well I think East is right," said Arthur; "I can't see but what it's right to do the best you can, though it mayn't be the best absolutely. Every man isn't born to be a martyr."
"Well, I think East is right," Arthur said. "I can't see why it wouldn't be right to do your best, even if it may not be the absolute best. Not everyone is meant to be a martyr."
"Of course, of course," said East; "but he's on one of his pet hobbies. How often have I told you, Tom, that you must drive a nail where it'll go."
"Sure, sure," said East; "but he's on one of his favorite rants. How many times have I told you, Tom, that you need to hit a nail where it'll actually go?"
"And how often have I told you," rejoined Tom, "that it'll always go where you want, if you only stick to it and hit hard enough. I hate half measures and compromises."
"And how often have I told you," said Tom, "that it will always go where you want if you just stay focused and hit hard enough. I can't stand half measures and compromises."
"Yes, he's a whole hog man, is Tom. Must have the whole animal, hair and teeth, claws and tail," laughed East. "Sooner have no bread, any day, than half the loaf."
"Yeah, Tom's all or nothing. He wants the whole thing, hair, teeth, claws, and tail," East laughed. "I'd rather do without bread any day than just have half a loaf."
"I don't know," said Arthur; "it's rather puzzling; but aren't most right things got by proper compromises? I mean where the principle isn't given up."
"I don’t know," Arthur said. "It’s pretty confusing; but aren’t most good outcomes achieved through proper compromises? I mean when the principle isn’t sacrificed."
THE BROWN COMPROMISE.
"That's just the point," said Tom; "I don't object to a compromise where you don't give up your principle."
"That's exactly the point," Tom said. "I don't have a problem with a compromise as long as you don’t abandon your principles."
"Not you," said East, laughingly. "I know him of old, Arthur, and you'll find him out some day. There isn't such a reasonable fellow in the world, to hear him talk. He never wants anything but what's right and fair; only when you come to settle what's right and fair, it's everything that he wants, and nothing that you want. And that's his idea of a compromise. Give me the Brown compromise when I'm on his side."
"Not you," East said with a laugh. "I've known him for a long time, Arthur, and you'll figure him out eventually. You won’t meet a more reasonable guy, if you just listen to him. He only cares about what's right and fair; but when it’s time to decide what’s right and fair, it’s always everything he wants and nothing you want. That’s his idea of a compromise. Give me the Brown compromise when I'm on his side."
"Now, Harry," said Tom, "no more chaff—I'm serious. Look here—this is what makes my blood tingle;" [Pg 245] and he turned over the pages of his Bible and read: "Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar,[23] we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up." He read the last verse twice, emphasizing the nots, and dwelling on them as if they gave him actual pleasure, and were hard to part with.
"Now, Harry," said Tom, "no more joking—I'm serious. Look, this is what gets me excited;" [Pg 245] and he flipped through the pages of his Bible and read: "Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego answered the king and said, 'O Nebuchadnezzar, we don't need to defend ourselves in this matter. If it’s true, our God whom we serve can save us from the blazing furnace, and he will rescue us from your hand, O king. But even if he doesn't, know this, O king: we will not serve your gods or worship the golden statue you have set up.'" He read the last part twice, stressing the nots and lingering on them as if they brought him real joy and were hard to let go of.
They were silent a minute, and then Arthur said: "Yes, that's a glorious story, but it doesn't prove your point, Tom, I think. There are times when there is only one way, and that the highest; and then the men are found to stand in the breach."
They were quiet for a minute, and then Arthur said, "Yeah, that's a great story, but I don’t think it proves your point, Tom. Sometimes there's only one way to go, and that's the best one; and that's when people step up."
"There's always a highest way, and it's always the right one," said Tom. "How many times has the Doctor told us that in his sermons in the last year, I should like to know?"
"There's always a higher way, and it's always the right one," Tom said. "How many times has the Doctor mentioned that in his sermons over the past year, I'd like to know?"
"Well, you aren't going to convince us, is he, Arthur? No Brown compromise to-night," said East, looking at his watch. "But it's past eight, and we must go to first lesson. What a bore!"
"Well, you aren't going to convince us, are you, Arthur? No Brown compromise tonight," said East, checking his watch. "But it's past eight, and we have to go to the first lesson. What a drag!"
So they took down their books and fell to work; but Arthur didn't forget, and thought long and often over the conversation.
So they took out their books and got to work; but Arthur didn’t forget, and he thought about the conversation a lot for a long time.
FOOTNOTES
[1] Pap-bottle: a nursing-bottle.
Pap-bottle: a baby bottle.
[2] Wash: stand; hold its colors.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Wash: stand; keep its colors.
[4] Congenial: agreeable.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Congenial: friendly.
[5] Lessons: here, portions of Scripture.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Lessons: here, excerpts from the Bible.
[6] Midland Counties: the central counties.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Midland Counties: the central counties.
[10] Utopian: fanciful.
[11] Salver: a tray.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Salver: a serving tray.
[14] Homely: fond of home; domestic.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Homely: loving home; domestic.
[15] Arthur: here, young Arthur's father.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Arthur: young Arthur's dad.
[16] Chartism: the principles of a political party which demanded universal suffrage and other radical reforms. The chartists were regarded much as the anarchists are now.
[16] Chartism: the principles of a political party that demanded universal voting rights and other radical reforms. The chartists were viewed much like how people see anarchists today.
[17] Living: parish.
Living: parish.
[19] See Genesis xli.
[20] See Genesis xxxvii.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Genesis 37.
[22] See 2 Kings, Chapter V.
[23] See Daniel iii.
CHAPTER III.
ARTHUR MAKES A FRIEND.
"Let Nature be your teacher:
Sweet is the lore which Nature brings;
Our meddling intellect
Mis-shapes the beauteous forms of things
We murder to dissect—
Enough of Science and of Art;
Close up those barren leaves;
Come forth, and bring with you a heart
That watches and receives."—Wordsworth.
"Let Nature be your teacher:
Nature's lessons are truly beautiful;
Our intrusive intellect
Distorts the lovely shapes of things;
We kill to analyze—
Enough of Science and Art;
Shut those empty books;
Step outside, and bring a heart
That observes and accepts."—Wordsworth.
TROUBLES OF A BOY-PHILOSOPHER.
About six weeks after the beginning of the half, as Tom and Arthur were sitting one night before supper beginning their verses, Arthur suddenly stopped, and looked up, and said: "Tom, do you know anything of Martin?"
About six weeks into the semester, while Tom and Arthur were sitting one night before dinner starting their verses, Arthur suddenly paused, looked up, and said, "Tom, do you know anything about Martin?"
"Yes," said Tom, taking his hand out of his back hair, and delighted to throw his Gradus ad Parnassum[1] on to the sofa; "I know him pretty well. He's a very good fellow, but as mad as a hatter. He's called Madman, you know. And never was such a fellow for getting all sorts of rum[2] things about him. He tamed two snakes last half, and used to carry them about in his pocket, and I'll be bound he's got some hedge-hogs and rats in his cupboard now, and no one knows what besides."
"Yeah," said Tom, running his hand through his messy hair and happily tossing his Gradus ad Parnassum[1] onto the sofa; "I know him pretty well. He’s a great guy, but a total weirdo. They call him Madman, you know. And you wouldn’t believe the bizarre stuff he gets into. He tamed two snakes last semester and used to carry them around in his pocket, and I bet he's got some hedgehogs and rats in his cupboard now, plus who knows what else."
"I should like very much to know him," said Arthur; "he was next to me in the form to-day, and he'd lost his book and looked over mine, and he seemed so kind and gentle that I liked him very much."
"I would really like to get to know him," said Arthur; "he was sitting next to me in class today, and he lost his book and looked at mine. He seemed so kind and gentle that I liked him a lot."
"Ah, poor old Madman, he's always losing his books," said Tom, "and getting called up and floored because he hasn't got them."
"Ah, poor old Madman, he’s always misplacing his books," said Tom, "and getting called out and overwhelmed because he doesn’t have them."
"I like him all the better," said Arthur.
"I like him even more," Arthur said.
"Well, he's great fun, I can tell you," said Tom, throwing himself back on the sofa, and chuckling at the remembrance. "We had such a game with him one day last half. He had been trying chemical experiments and kicking up horrid stenches for some time in his study, till I suppose some fellow told Mary, and she told the Doctor. Anyhow, one day, a little before dinner, when he came down from the library, the Doctor, instead of going home, came striding into the Hall. East and I and five or six other fellows were at the fire, and preciously we stared, for he doesn't come in like that once a year, unless it is a wet day and there's a fight in the Hall. 'East,' says he, 'just come and show me Martin's study.' 'Oh, here's a game,' whispered the rest of us, and we all cut up-stairs after the Doctor, East leading. As we got into the New Row, which was hardly wide enough to hold the Doctor and his gown, click, click, click, we heard in the old Madman's den. Then that stopped all of a sudden, and the bolts went to like fun; the Madman knew East's step, and thought there was going to be a siege.
"Well, he's a lot of fun, I can tell you," said Tom, flopping back on the sofa and chuckling at the memory. "We had an amazing time with him one day last term. He had been doing chemical experiments and creating awful smells in his study for a while, until I guess some guy told Mary, and she told the Doctor. Anyway, one day, just before dinner, when he came down from the library, instead of going home, the Doctor walked straight into the Hall. East, a few other guys, and I were by the fire, and we stared, because he doesn’t walk in like that once a year unless it's raining and there's a fight in the Hall. 'East,' he says, 'come show me Martin's study.' 'Oh, this is great,' we all whispered, and we raced upstairs after the Doctor, with East in the lead. As we got to the New Row, which was barely wide enough for the Doctor and his gown, we heard click, click, click from the old Madman's den. Then that suddenly stopped, and the bolts rattled like crazy; the Madman recognized East's footsteps and thought there was going to be a siege."
"'It's the Doctor, Martin. He's here, and wants to see you,' sings out East.
"'It's the Doctor, Martin. He's here and wants to see you,' calls out East."
"Then the bolts went back slowly, and the door opened, and there was the old Madman standing, looking [Pg 248] precious scared; his jacket off, his shirt-sleeves up to his elbows, and his long skinny arms all covered with anchors, and arrows, and letters, tattooed in with gunpowder like a sailor-boy's, and a stench fit to knock you down coming out. 'Twas all the Doctor could do to stand his ground, and East and I, who were looking in under his arms, held our noses tight. The old magpie was standing on the window-sill, all his feathers drooping, and looking disgusted and half-poisoned.
Then the bolts slowly slid back, and the door opened, revealing the old Madman who stood there, looking pretty scared; his jacket was off, his shirt sleeves rolled up to his elbows, and his long, skinny arms were covered in tattoos of anchors, arrows, and letters, all done with gunpowder like a sailor’s, and a smell strong enough to knock you down was coming out. It took all the Doctor had to keep his ground, while East and I, peering under his arms, held our noses tightly. The old magpie was perched on the window sill, all its feathers drooping, looking disgusted and half-poisoned.
"'What can you be about, Martin?' says the Doctor; 'you really musn't go on in this way—you're a nuisance to the whole passage.'
"'What are you doing, Martin?' says the Doctor; 'you really can't keep acting like this—you're bothering everyone in the hallway.'"
"'Please, sir, I was only mixing up this powder; there isn't any harm in it;' and the Madman seized nervously on his pestle and mortar, to show the Doctor the harmlessness of his pursuits, and went on pounding; click, click, click. He hadn't given six clicks before, puff! up went the whole into a great blaze, away went the pestle and mortar across the study, and back we tumbled into the passage. The magpie[3] fluttered down into the court, swearing, and the Madman danced out, howling, with his fingers in his mouth. The Doctor caught hold of him, and called to us to fetch some water. 'There, you silly fellow,' said he, quite pleased, though, to find he wasn't much hurt, 'you see you don't know the least what you are doing with all these things; and now, mind, you must give up practising chemistry by yourself.' Then he took hold of his arm and looked at it, and I saw he had to bite his lip, and his eyes twinkled; but he said, quite gravely, 'Here, you see, you've been making all these foolish [Pg 249] marks on yourself, which you can never get out, and you'll be very sorry for it in a year or two. Now come down into the housekeeper's room, and let us see if you are hurt.' And away went the two, and we all stayed and had a regular turn-out of the den, till Martin came back with his hand bandaged and turned us out. However, I'll go and see what he's after, and tell him to come in after prayers to supper." And away went Tom to find the boy in question, who dwelt in a little study by himself in New Row.
“‘Please, sir, I was just mixing up this powder; it’s harmless;’ and the Madman nervously grabbed his pestle and mortar to show the Doctor that his activities were safe, and continued pounding; click, click, click. He hadn’t made it six clicks before, puff! the whole thing burst into flames, and the pestle and mortar went flying across the study, sending us tumbling back into the hallway. The magpie[3] fluttered down into the courtyard, cursing, while the Madman danced out, howling, with his fingers in his mouth. The Doctor grabbed him and called for us to bring some water. ‘There, you silly fellow,’ he said, quite pleased to see he wasn’t badly hurt, ‘you see, you don’t have any idea what you’re doing with all this stuff; and now, remember, you must stop practicing chemistry on your own.’ Then he took hold of his arm to examine it, and I noticed he had to bite his lip to hold back laughter, but he said, very seriously, ‘Look, you’ve made all these ridiculous marks on yourself that you can never get rid of, and you’ll regret it in a year or two. Now, let’s go to the housekeeper’s room and see if you’re hurt.’ And off they went, while the rest of us stayed behind and did a thorough clean-out of the den until Martin returned with his hand bandaged and kicked us out. Anyway, I’ll go check on what he’s doing and tell him to come in for supper after prayers.” And off went Tom to find the boy, who lived alone in a small study on New Row.
The aforesaid Martin whom Arthur had taken such a fancy for was one of those unfortunates who were at that time of day (and are, I fear, still) quite out of their places at a public school. If we knew how to use our boys, Martin would have been seized upon and educated as a natural philosopher. He had a passion for birds, beasts, and insects, and knew more of them and their habits than any one in Rugby, except perhaps the Doctor, who knew everything. He was also an experimental chemist on a small scale, and had made unto himself an electric machine, from which it was his greatest pleasure and glory to administer small shocks to any small boys who were rash enough to venture into his study. And this was by no means an adventure free from excitement; for, besides the probability of a snake dropping on to your head, or twining lovingly up your leg, or a rat getting into your breeches' pocket in search of food, there was the animal and chemical odor to be faced, which always hung about the den, and the chance of being blown up in some of the many experiments which Martin was always trying, with the most wonderful results in the shape of explosions and smells that mortal [Pg 250] boy ever heard of. Of course, poor Martin, in consequence of his pursuits, had become an Ishmaelite in the house. In the first place, he half poisoned all his neighbors, and they in turn were always on the look-out to pounce upon any of his numerous live stock and drive him frantic by enticing his pet old magpie out of his window into a neighboring study, and making the disreputable old bird drunk on toast soaked in beer and sugar. Then Martin, for his sins, inhabited a study looking into a small court some ten feet across, the window of which was completely commanded by those of the studies opposite in the sick-room row, these latter being at a slightly higher elevation. East and another boy of an equally tormenting and ingenious turn of mind, now lived exactly opposite, and had expended huge pains and time in the preparation of instruments of annoyance for the behoof of Martin and his live colony. One morning an old basket made its appearance, suspended by a short cord, outside Martin's window, in which were deposited an amateur nest[4] containing four young, hungry jackdaws, the pride and glory of Martin's life for the time being, and which he was currently asserted to have hatched upon his own person. Early in the morning and late at night he was to be seen half out of window, administering to the varied wants of his callow[5] brood. After deep cogitation,[6] East and his chum had spliced a knife on to the end of a fishing rod; and having watched Martin out, had, after half an hour's severe sawing, cut the string by which the basket was suspended, and tumbled it on to the pavement below, with hideous remonstrance from the [Pg 251] occupants. Poor Martin, returning from his short absence, collected the fragments and replaced his brood (except one whose neck had been broken in the descent) in their old location, suspending them this time by string and wire twisted together, defiant of any sharp instrument which his persecutors could command. But, like the Russian engineers at Sebastopol,[7] East and his chum had an answer for every move of the adversary; and the next day had mounted a gun in the shape of a pea-shooter upon the ledge of their window, trained so as to bear exactly upon the spot which Martin had to occupy while tending his nurslings. The moment he began to feed, they began to shoot; in vain did the enemy himself invest in a pea-shooter, and endeavor to answer the fire while he fed the young birds with his other hand; his attention was divided, and his shots flew wild, while every one of theirs told on his face and hands, and drove him into howlings and imprecations. He had been driven to ensconce[8] the nest in a corner of his already too well-filled den.
The aforementioned Martin, whom Arthur had taken a liking to, was one of those unfortunate kids who were out of place at a public school back then (and I fear still are). If we knew how to use our boys wisely, Martin would have been nurtured and educated as a budding scientist. He had a deep love for birds, animals, and insects, and knew more about them and their habits than anyone else in Rugby, except perhaps the Doctor, who seemed to know everything. He was also a small-scale experimental chemist and had built an electric machine, from which he took great pleasure in giving small shocks to any younger boys who dared to enter his study. This was no ordinary adventure; aside from the chance of a snake dropping onto your head or curling up your leg, or a rat sneaking into your pocket in search of snacks, there was always the lingering animal and chemical smell that surrounded the place, along with the risk of getting blown up from the numerous experiments Martin was constantly conducting, often resulting in explosions and odors that no boy had ever experienced before. Naturally, poor Martin had become an outsider in his house because of his interests. First, he almost poisoned all his neighbors, and in return, they were always looking to pounce on any of his many pets, driving him crazy by luring his beloved old magpie out of his window into a nearby study and getting the disreputable bird drunk on toast soaked in beer and sugar. For his part, Martin had a study overlooking a small courtyard about ten feet wide, the window of which was completely visible from the opposite studies in the sick-room row, which were slightly elevated. East and another boy with an equally tormenting and clever disposition lived directly across from him and had spent a lot of time preparing ways to annoy Martin and his little colony. One morning, an old basket appeared, hanging by a short cord outside Martin's window, filled with an amateur nest containing four young, hungry jackdaws, the pride and joy of Martin’s life at that moment, which he was said to have hatched himself. Early in the morning and late at night, he could be seen half out of the window, taking care of the various needs of his hatchlings. After some deep thought, East and his friend had spliced a knife onto a fishing rod; once they saw Martin leave, they spent half an hour sawing until they cut the string suspending the basket, dropping it onto the pavement below, much to the distress of the occupants inside. Poor Martin, returning from his brief absence, gathered the pieces and put his brood back (except for one that had broken its neck in the fall) in their original spot, this time suspending them with string and wire twisted together, defying any sharp tool his tormentors could find. But, like the Russian engineers at Sebastopol, East and his friend had a counter for every move of theirs; the next day, they had set up a pea-shooter on their window ledge, aimed directly at the spot where Martin had to stand while feeding his young ones. As soon as he started feeding them, they began to shoot; it was useless for Martin to try to use a pea-shooter of his own to retaliate while also feeding the birds with his other hand. His attention was divided, and his shots went wild while every one of theirs hit him on the face and hands, making him howl and curse. He was forced to hide the nest in a corner of his already cluttered den.
THE PHILOSOPHER'S DEN.
The door was barricaded by a set of ingenious bolts of his own invention, for the sieges were frequent by the neighbors when any unusually ambrosial[9] odor spread itself from the den to the neighboring studies. The door-panels were in a normal[10] state of smash, but the frame of the door resisted all besiegers, and behind it the owner carried on his varied pursuits; much in the same state of mind, I should fancy, as a border-farmer[11] lived in, in the [Pg 252] days of the old moss-troopers,[12] when his hold might be summoned or his cattle carried off at any minute of night or day.
The door was reinforced with a set of clever bolts he had created himself, since neighbors often laid siege whenever a particularly delicious smell wafted from his workshop into their homes. The door panels were usually in a state of disrepair, but the doorframe held strong against all attackers, allowing the owner to continue with his various activities; much like a border farmer back in the day of the old raiders, who had to stay alert, knowing his place could be attacked or his livestock stolen at any hour.
"Open, Martin, old boy—it's only I, Tom Brown."
"Hey, Martin, it's just me, Tom Brown."
"Oh, very well, stop a moment." One bolt went back. "You're sure East isn't there?"
"Oh, fine, hold on for a second." One bolt slid back. "Are you sure East isn't around?"
"No, no, hang it, open." Tom gave a kick, the other bolt creaked, and he entered the den.
"No, no, come on, open." Tom kicked, the other bolt creaked, and he went into the den.
Den indeed it was, about five feet six inches long by five wide, and seven feet high. About six tattered schoolbooks, and a few chemical books, taxidermy,[13] Stanley on Birds, and an odd volume of Bewick,[14] the latter in much better preservation, occupied the top shelves. The other shelves, where they had not been cut away and used by the owner for other purposes, were fitted up for the abiding-places of birds, beasts and reptiles. There was no attempt at carpet or curtain. The table was entirely occupied by the great work of Martin, the electric machine, which was covered carefully with the remains of his table-cloths. The jackdaw cage occupied one wall, and the other was adorned by a small hatchet, a pair of climbing-irons, and his tin candle-box, in which he was for the time being endeavoring to raise a hopeful young family of field-mice. As nothing should be let to lie useless, it was well that the candle-box was thus occupied, for candles Martin never had. A pound was issued to him weekly as to the other boys, but as candles were [Pg 253] available capital, and easily exchangeable for birds' eggs or young birds, Martin's pound invariably found its way in a few hours to Howlett, the bird-fancier's,[15] in the Bilton road, who could give a hawk's or nightingale's egg or young linnet in exchange. Martin's ingenuity was therefore forever on the rack to supply himself with a light; just now he had hit upon a grand invention, and the den was lighted by a flaring cotton-wick issuing from a ginger-beer bottle full of some doleful composition. When light altogether failed him, Martin would loaf about by the fires in the passages or Hall, after the manner of Diggs, and try to do his verses or learn his lines by the fire-light.
The den was about five feet six inches long, five feet wide, and seven feet high. The top shelves contained around six worn-out schoolbooks, a few chemistry books, taxidermy, [13] Stanley on Birds, and an odd volume of Bewick,[14] the latter being in much better condition. The other shelves, where they hadn't been cut away and used for other things by the owner, were set up to house birds, beasts, and reptiles. There was no carpet or curtains. The table was completely taken up by Martin's big project, the electric machine, which was carefully covered with scraps of his tablecloths. A jackdaw cage took up one wall, while the other wall displayed a small hatchet, a pair of climbing irons, and his tin candle box, where he was currently trying to raise a hopeful family of field mice. Since nothing should go to waste, it was good that the candle box was being used this way because Martin never had any candles. He was given a pound weekly like the other boys, but since candles were a valuable resource and easily swapped for birds' eggs or young birds, Martin's pound would quickly find its way within a few hours to Howlett, the bird fancier,[15] on Bilton Road, who could trade a hawk's or nightingale's egg or a young linnet in exchange. Martin's creativity was constantly challenged to find a way to get light; at the moment, he had come up with a brilliant idea, using a flaring cotton wick coming from a ginger beer bottle full of some unfortunate mixture. When he completely ran out of light, Martin would hang around the fires in the passageways or Hall, just like Diggs, trying to do his verses or learn his lines by the firelight.
THE INVITATION.
"Well, old boy, you haven't got any sweeter in the den this half. How that stuff in the bottle smells! Never mind, I'm not going to stop, but you come up after prayers to our study; you know young Arthur; we've got Gray's study. We'll have a good supper and talk about birds' nesting."
"Well, buddy, you haven't gotten any sweeter in here this time. That stuff in the bottle smells awful! Anyway, I’m not going to quit, but you should come up to our study after prayers; you know young Arthur; we’ve got Gray's study. We'll have a nice dinner and chat about bird nesting."
Martin was evidently highly pleased at the invitation, and promised to be up without fail.
Martin was clearly very happy about the invitation and promised he would definitely be there.
As soon as prayers were over, and the sixth and fifth form boys had withdrawn to the aristocratic seclusion of their own rooms, and the rest, or democracy, had sat down to their supper in the Hall, Tom and Arthur, having secured their allowances of bread and cheese, started on their feet to catch the eye of the præpostor of the week, who remained in charge during supper, walking up and down the Hall. He happened to be an easy-going fellow, so they got a pleasant nod to their "Please may I go out?" [Pg 254] and away they scrambled to prepare for Martin a sumptuous banquet. This, Tom had insisted on, for he was in great delight on the occasion; the reason of which delight must be expounded. The fact was that this was the first attempt at a friendship of his own which Arthur had made, and Tom hailed it as a grand step. The ease with which he himself became hail-fellow-well-met with anybody, and blundered into and out of twenty friendships a half-year, made him sometimes sorry and sometimes angry at Arthur's reserve and loneliness. True, Arthur was always pleasant, and even jolly, with any boys who came with Tom to their study; but Tom felt that it was only through him, as it were, that his chum associated with others, and that but for him Arthur would have been dwelling in a wilderness. This increased his consciousness of responsibility; and though he hadn't reasoned it out and made it clear to himself, yet somehow he knew that this responsibility, this trust which he had taken on him without thinking about it, head-over-heels in fact, was the centre and turning-point of his school-life, that which was to make him or mar him; his appointed work and trial for the time being. And Tom was becoming a new boy, though with frequent tumbles in the dirt and perpetual hard battle with himself, and was daily growing in manfulness and thoughtfulness, as every high-couraged and well-principled boy must, when he finds himself for the first time consciously at grips with self and the devil. Already he could turn almost without a sigh from the School-gates, from which had just scampered off East and three or four others of his own particular set, bound for some jolly lark not quite according to law, and involving probably a row with louts, keepers, or [Pg 255] farm-laborers, the skipping dinner or calling-over, over some of Phoebe Jennings' beer and a very possible flogging at the end of all as a relish. He had quite got over the stage in which he would grumble to himself; "Well, hang it, it's very hard of the Doctor to have saddled me with Arthur. Why couldn't he have chummed him with Fogey, or Tompkin, or any of the fellows who never do anything but walk round the close, and finish their copies the first day they're set?" But although all this was past, he longed, and felt that he was right in longing, for more time for the legitimate pastimes of cricket, fives, bathing and fishing within bounds, in which Arthur could not yet be his companion; and he felt that when the young un (as he now generally called him) had found a pursuit and some other friend for himself, he should be able to give more time to the education of his own body with a clear conscience.
As soon as the prayers were done, and the sixth and fifth form boys had retreated to the elite privacy of their own rooms, the rest of the students, in their collective innocence, sat down to eat in the Hall. Tom and Arthur, having grabbed their share of bread and cheese, got up to catch the attention of the præpostor of the week, who was supervising supper and walking up and down the Hall. He happened to be an easy-going guy, so they received a friendly nod in response to their “Can I go out, please?” [Pg 254] and off they went to prepare an extravagant feast for Martin. Tom insisted on this, feeling really happy about the occasion; the reason for his joy needs explaining. This was actually Arthur's first real attempt at making a friend, and Tom saw it as a significant milestone. He found it easy to connect with anyone and easily made multiple friendships throughout the year, which sometimes made him feel frustrated and sad about Arthur's shyness and isolation. Sure, Arthur was always friendly and even cheerful with any boys who visited their study with Tom; but Tom sensed that it was only through him that his friend interacted with others, and that without him, Arthur would be completely alone. This made Tom feel more responsible; although he didn’t consciously think it through, he understood that this responsibility, this trust he had unwittingly taken on, was the main focus of his school experience, something that could define him positively or negatively; his important task for now. Tom was becoming a new person, even with frequent falls and constant internal struggles, and was growing more mature and thoughtful each day, as any good-natured and principled boy does when he first faces his inner conflicts. He could now almost effortlessly turn away from the school gates, where East and a few others from his group had just rushed off, heading for some mischievous adventure that likely didn’t follow the rules, probably leading to trouble with locals or farm workers, potentially missing dinner or roll call, over some of Phoebe Jennings' beer and possibly ending in a punishment as a final thrill. He had moved past the stage of grumbling to himself, “Well, it’s really unfair of the Doctor to have stuck me with Arthur. Why couldn’t he have paired him with Fogey, or Tompkin, or any of the guys who just stroll around and finish their work on the first day?” But even though all that was behind him, he still wished, and felt justified in wishing, for more time for the proper activities like cricket, fives, swimming, and fishing that Arthur couldn’t join him in yet; he felt that once the younger guy (as he now typically called him) found his own hobby and another friend, he could spend more time enjoying sports and working on his own physical fitness with a clear conscience.
TOM'S WORK.
And now what he so wished for had come to pass; he almost hailed it as a special providence (as indeed it was, but not for the reasons he gave for it—what providences are?) that Arthur should have singled out Martin of all fellows for a friend. "The old Madman is the very fellow," thought he; "he will take him scrambling over half the country after birds' eggs and flowers, make him run and swim and climb like an Indian, and not teach him a word of anything bad, or keep him from his lessons. What luck!" And so, with more than his usual heartiness, he dived into his cupboard and hauled out an old knucklebone of ham, and two or three bottles of beer, together with the solemn pewter[16] only used on state occasions; while [Pg 256] Arthur, equally elated at the easy accomplishment of his first act of volition[17] in the joint establishment, produced from his side a bottle of pickles and a pot of jam, and cleared the table. In a minute or two the noise of the boys coining up from supper was heard, and Martin knocked and was admitted, bearing his bread and cheese, and the three fell to with hearty good-will upon the viands, talking faster than they ate, for all shyness disappeared in a moment before Tom's bottled beer and hospitable ways. "Here's Arthur a regular young town-mouse, with a natural taste for the woods, Martin, longing to break his neck climbing trees, and with a passion for young snakes."
And now what he had really wanted had happened; he almost saw it as a special blessing (which it was, but not for the reasons he claimed—what blessings are?). Arthur had chosen Martin out of all the guys to be his friend. "The old Madman is just the guy," he thought; "he'll take him trekking all over the place after bird eggs and flowers, make him run and swim and climb like a pro, and won't teach him anything bad or keep him from his studies. What luck!" So, feeling more enthusiastic than usual, he dove into his cupboard and pulled out an old leftover ham bone, along with a couple of bottles of beer and the fancy pewter[16] that was only used on special occasions; while [Pg 256] Arthur, just as excited about successfully making his first decision in their shared home, pulled out a bottle of pickles and a jar of jam and cleared the table. In a minute or two, they heard the noise of the boys coming up from dinner, and Martin knocked and came in, bringing his bread and cheese, and the three of them eagerly dug into the food, chatting faster than they could eat, as all shyness vanished in an instant thanks to Tom's beer and friendly atmosphere. "Here's Arthur, a real young city mouse, with a natural love for the outdoors, and Martin, eager to break his neck climbing trees and with a thing for young snakes."
THE SUPPER.
"Well, I say," spurted out Martin, eagerly, "will you come to-morrow, both of you, to Caldecott's Spinney, then? for I know of a kestrel's nest,[18] up a fir-tree—I can't get at it without help; and Brown, you can climb against any one."
"Well, I say," Martin exclaimed eagerly, "will you both come to Caldecott's Spinney tomorrow? I know where there's a kestrel's nest,[18] nestled in a fir tree—I can't reach it without help; and Brown, you can climb better than anyone."
"Oh, yes, do let us go," said Arthur; "I never saw a hawk's nest, nor a hawk's egg."
"Oh, yes, let's go," said Arthur; "I've never seen a hawk's nest or a hawk's egg."
"You just come down to my study, then, and I'll show you five sorts," said Martin.
"You just come down to my study, and I'll show you five kinds," said Martin.
"Ay, the old Madman has got the best collection in the house, out and out," said Tom; and then Martin, warming with unaccustomed good cheer and the chance of a convert, launched out into a proposed birds'-nesting campaign, betraying all manner of important secrets; a golden-crested wren's nest near Butlins's Mound, a moor-hen that was sitting on nine eggs in a pond down the Barby road, and a kingfisher's nest in a corner of the old canal above Brownsover Mill. He had heard, he said, that no one [Pg 257] had ever got a kingfisher's nest out perfect, and that the British Museum or the Government, or somebody had offered £100 to any one who could bring them a nest and eggs not damaged. In the middle of which astounding announcement, to which the others were listening with open ears, and already considering the application of the £100, a knock came at the door, and East's voice was heard craving admittance.
"Yeah, the old Madman has the best collection in the house, hands down," said Tom; and then Martin, feeling unusually cheerful and seeing a chance to convert someone, started talking about a plan for bird-nesting, revealing all sorts of important secrets: a golden-crested wren's nest near Butlins's Mound, a moorhen sitting on nine eggs in a pond down the Barby road, and a kingfisher's nest in a corner of the old canal above Brownsover Mill. He mentioned that he had heard nobody had ever gotten a kingfisher's nest out in perfect condition, and that the British Museum or the Government—or someone—had offered £100 to anyone who could bring them an undamaged nest and eggs. Just as he made that amazing announcement, which had the others listening intently and already thinking about the £100, there was a knock at the door, and East's voice was heard asking to come in.
"There's Harry," said Tom; "we'll let him in—I'll keep him steady, Martin. I thought the old boy would smell out the supper."
"There's Harry," said Tom; "we'll let him in—I'll keep him steady, Martin. I thought the old guy would figure out the dinner."
The fact was that Tom's heart had already smitten him for not asking his "fidus Achates"[19] to the feast, although only an extempore[20] affair; and, though prudence and the desire to get Martin and Arthur together alone at first had overcome his scruples, he was now heartily glad to open the door, broach another bottle of beer, and hand over the old ham-knuckle to the searching of his friend's pocket-knife.
The truth was that Tom’s heart was already troubled for not inviting his close friend to the party, even though it was just a casual get-together; and although his common sense and the wish to initially have Martin and Arthur alone together had pushed aside his doubts, he was now really happy to open the door, start another bottle of beer, and let his friend search the old ham with his pocket knife.
"Ah, you greedy vagabonds!" said East, with his mouth full, "I knew there was something going on when I saw you cut off out of the Hall so quick with your suppers."
"Ah, you greedy wanderers!" East said, his mouth full. "I knew something was up when I saw you rush out of the Hall so quickly with your dinners."
"Well, old Madman, and how goes the birds'-nesting campaign? How's Howlett? I expect the young rooks'll be out in another fortnight, and then my turn comes."
"Well, old Madman, how’s the bird-nesting project going? How's Howlett? I expect the young rooks will be out in another two weeks, and then it’ll be my turn."
"There'll be no young rooks fit for pies for a month yet; shows how much you know about it," rejoined Martin, who, though very good friends with East, regarded him with considerable suspicion for his propensity to practical jokes.
"There won't be any young rooks ready for pies for another month; that shows how much you know about it," replied Martin, who, even though he was good friends with East, looked at him with a fair amount of suspicion because of his tendency for practical jokes.
"Scud knows nothing and cares for nothing but grub and mischief," said Tom; "but young rook-pie, specially [Pg 258] when you've had to climb for the rooks, is very pretty eating. However, I say, Scud, we're all going after a hawk's nest to-morrow, in Caldecott's Spinney; and if you'll come and behave yourself, we'll have a stunning climb."
"Scud doesn't know anything and doesn't care about anything except food and trouble," Tom said. "But young rook pie, especially after you've worked hard to get the rooks, is really delicious. Anyway, I say, Scud, we're all going after a hawk's nest tomorrow in Caldecott's Spinney; and if you come along and act right, we'll have an amazing climb."
"And a bathe in Aganippe.[21] Hooray! I'm your man."
"And a bath in Aganippe.[21] Hooray! I'm your guy."
"No; no bathing in Aganippe; that's where our betters go."
"No, no bathing in Aganippe; that's where our superiors go."
"Well, well, never mind. I'm for the hawk's nest and anything that turns up."
"Alright, forget it. I'm headed for the hawk's nest and whatever else comes my way."
And, his hunger appeased, East departed to his study; "that sneak Jones," as he informed them, who had just got into the sixth, and occupied the next study, having instituted a nightly visitation upon East and his chum, to their no small discomfort.
And, feeling satisfied, East left for his study; "that sneak Jones," as he told them, who had just made it to sixth form and was in the next study, had been paying them nightly visits, which caused East and his friend no small amount of discomfort.
When he was gone, Martin rose to follow, but Tom stopped him. "No one goes near New Row," said he, "so you may just as well stop here and do your verses, and then we'll have some more talk. We'll be no end quiet; besides, no præpostor comes here now—we havn't been visited once this half."
When he left, Martin got up to follow, but Tom stopped him. "No one goes near New Row," he said, "so you might as well stay here and work on your verses, and then we can talk some more. It'll be nice and quiet; besides, no prefect comes here now—we haven't been visited once this half."
So the table was cleared, the cloth restored, and the three fell to work with Gradus and dictionary upon the morning's Vulgus.
So the table was cleared, the cloth was put back on, and the three got to work with Gradus and the dictionary on the morning's Vulgus.
They were three very fair examples of the way in which such tasks were done at Rugby, "in the consulship of Plancus."[22] And doubtless the method is little changed, for there is nothing new under the sun, especially at schools.
They were three great examples of how such tasks were done at Rugby, "in the consulship of Plancus."[22] And surely the method hasn’t changed much, because there’s nothing new under the sun, especially in schools.
VULGUSES.
Now be it known unto all you boys who are at schools which do not rejoice in the time-honored institution of [Pg 259] the Vulgus (commonly supposed to have been established by William of Wykeham[23] at Winchester, and imported to Rugby by Arnold, more for the sake of the lines which were learnt by heart with it, than for its own intrinsic[24] value, as I've always understood), that it is a short exercise, in Greek or Latin verse, on a given subject, the minimum[25] number of lines being fixed for each form. The master of the form gave out at fourth lesson on the previous day the subject for next morning's Vulgus, and at first lesson each boy had to bring his Vulgus ready to be looked over; and with the Vulgus, a certain number of lines from one of the Latin or Greek poets then being construed in the form had to be got by heart. The master at first lesson called up each boy in the form in order, and put him on in the lines. If he couldn't say them, or seem to say them, by reading them off the master's or some other boy's book who stood near, he was sent back, and went below all the boys who did so say or seem to say them; but in either case his Vulgus was looked over by the master, who gave and entered in his book, to the credit or discredit of the boy, so many marks as the composition merited. At Rugby, Vulgus and lines were the first lesson every other day in the week, or Tuesdays, Thursdays and Saturdays; and as there were thirty-eight weeks in the school year, it is obvious to the meanest capacity that the master of each form had to set one hundred and fourteen subjects every year, two hundred and twenty-eight every two years, and so on. Now to persons of moderate invention this was a considerable task, and human nature being prone to repeat itself, it [Pg 260] will not be wondered that the master gave the same subjects sometimes over again after a certain lapse of time. To meet and rebuke this bad habit of the masters, the schoolboy mind, with its accustomed ingenuity, had invented an elaborate[26] system of tradition. Almost every boy kept his own Vulgus, written out in a book, and these books were duly handed down from boy to boy, till (if the tradition has gone on till now) I suppose the popular boys, in whose hands bequeathed Vulgus-books have accumulated, are prepared with three or four Vulguses on any subject in heaven or earth, or in "more worlds than one," which an unfortunate master can pitch upon. At any rate, such lucky fellows had generally one for themselves and one for a friend in my time. The only objection to the traditionary method of doing your Vulguses was, the risk that the successions might have become confused, and so that you and another follower of traditions should show up the same identical Vulgus some fine morning; in which case, when it happened, considerable grief was the result—but when did such risk hinder boys or men from short cuts and pleasant paths?
Now, listen up, boys who attend schools that don’t honor the long-standing practice of the Vulgus (which many believe was started by William of Wykeham at Winchester and brought to Rugby by Arnold, mostly for the sake of the lines memorized with it rather than its own inherent value, as I’ve always understood). It’s a brief exercise in Greek or Latin verse on a given topic, with a set minimum number of lines for each grade. The form master announced the topic for the next morning's Vulgus during the fourth lesson the day before, and at first lesson, each boy had to bring his Vulgus ready for review. In addition to the Vulgus, a specific number of lines from one of the Latin or Greek poets being translated in class also had to be memorized. During the first lesson, the master would call each boy in order and would ask him to recite the lines. If he couldn’t recite them or seemed to struggle while reading from the master’s or another nearby boy’s book, he was sent back and moved down below those who could recite properly; however, regardless of this, the master reviewed the Vulgus, giving the boy a certain number of marks based on how well his composition was done. At Rugby, Vulgus and lines were the first lesson every other day of the week, on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays; and since there were thirty-eight weeks in the school year, it’s clear to anyone that the form master had to assign one hundred and fourteen topics each year, two hundred and twenty-eight every two years, and so forth. For someone with moderate creativity, this was quite a task, and since human nature tends to repeat itself, it's no surprise that the master sometimes reused topics after some time had passed. To counteract this unfortunate habit of the masters, the clever mind of a schoolboy devised an intricate tradition system. Almost every boy kept his own Vulgus written in a notebook, and these books were passed down from boy to boy, until (if the tradition has continued to this day) I suppose the popular boys, who have inherited stacks of Vulgus notebooks, are prepared with three or four Vulguses on any topic under the sun, or in "more worlds than one," that a hapless master might pick. At least in my time, those fortunate guys usually had one for themselves and one for a friend. The only downside of the traditional way of doing Vulguses was the chance that the copies could get mixed up, resulting in you and another tradition adherent both presenting the exact same Vulgus one fine morning; when that happened, it caused quite a bit of trouble—but when has such a risk ever stopped boys or men from taking shortcuts and following easier paths?
THE SCIENCE OF VERSE-MAKING.
Now in the study that night, Tom was the upholder of the traditionary method of Vulgus doing. He carefully produced two large Vulgus books, and began diving into them, and picking out a line here, and an ending there (tags, as they were vulgarly called), till he had gotten all that he thought he could make fit. He then proceeded to patch his tags together with the help of his Gradus, producing an incongruous[27] and feeble result of eight elegiac[28] [Pg 261] lines, the minimum quantity for his form, and finishing up with two highly moral lines extra, making ten in all, which he cribbed[29] entire from one of his books, beginning, "O genus humanum,"[30] and which he himself must have used a dozen times before, whenever an unfortunate or wicked hero, of whatever nation or language under the sun, was the subject. Indeed, he began to have great doubts whether the master wouldn't remember them, and so only threw them in as extra lines, because in any case they would call off attention from the other tags, and if detected, being extra lines, he wouldn't be sent back to do two more in their place, while if they passed muster again he would get marks for them.
Now in the study that night, Tom was sticking to the traditional way of doing things. He carefully pulled out two big Vulgus books and started digging through them, picking out a line here and an ending there (tags, as they were commonly called), until he had gathered all that he thought he could use. He then began to piece his tags together with the help of his Gradus, producing an awkward and weak result of eight elegiac lines, the minimum required for his class, and finished up with two extra highly moral lines, bringing the total to ten, which he copied word for word from one of his books, starting with "O genus humanum," and which he must have used a dozen times before, whenever an unfortunate or wicked hero, from any nation or language, was the topic. In fact, he started to worry that the teacher might remember them, so he added them as extra lines, thinking it would distract from the other tags, and if he got caught, being extras, he wouldn’t have to do two more to replace them, while if they went unnoticed he would get credit for them.
The second method pursued by Martin may be called the dogged, or prosaic, method. He, no more than Tom, took any pleasure in the task, but having no old Vulgus books of his own, or any one's else, could not follow the traditionary method, for which, too, as Tom remarked, he hadn't the genius. Martin then proceeded to write down eight lines in English, of the most matter-of-fact kind, the first that came into his head; and to convert these, line by line, by main force of Gradus and dictionary, into Latin that would scan.[31] This was all he cared for, to produce eight lines with no false quantities[32] or concords;[33] whether the words were apt, or what the sense was, mattered nothing; and, as the article was all new, not a line beyond the [Pg 262] minimum did the followers of the dogged method ever produce.
The second method Martin used could be called the stubborn or straightforward method. He, just like Tom, found no joy in the task, but since he didn’t have any old Vulgus books of his own or anyone else's, he couldn’t follow the traditional approach, which, as Tom pointed out, he also lacked the talent for. Martin then went ahead and wrote down eight lines in English, the most straightforward ones that popped into his head; and he turned these, line by line, through sheer effort with a thesaurus and dictionary, into Latin that would rhyme. This was all that interested him: producing eight lines with no incorrect quantities or agreements; whether the words were suitable or what the meaning was didn’t matter at all; and since it was all new material, the followers of the stubborn method never produced more than the bare minimum.
The third, or artistic method, was Arthur's. He considered first what point in the character or event which was the subject could most neatly be brought out within the limits of a Vulgus; trying always to get his idea into the eight lines, but not binding himself to ten or even twelve lines if he couldn't do this. He then set to work, as much as possible without Gradus or other help, to clothe his idea in appropriate Latin or Greek, and would not be satisfied till he had polished it well up with the aptest and most poetic words and phrases he could get at.
The third method, or artistic approach, belonged to Arthur. He first considered which aspect of the character or event in question could be effectively highlighted within the constraints of a Vulgus. He always aimed to express his idea in eight lines but wasn't strict about sticking to ten or even twelve lines if that didn't work. He then set to work, trying as much as possible to do it without a thesaurus or any other help, to express his idea in fitting Latin or Greek. He wouldn't be satisfied until he had refined it using the most suitable and poetic words and phrases he could find.
A fourth method indeed was used in the school, but of too simple a kind to require comment. It may be called the vicarious[34] method, obtained amongst big boys of lazy or bullying habits, and consisted simply in making clever boys whom they could thrash do their whole Vulgus for them, and construe it to them afterward; which latter is a method not to be encouraged, and which I strongly advise you all not to practise. Of the others, you will find the traditionary most troublesome, unless you can steal the Vulguses whole (experto crede),[35] and that the artistic method pays the best, both in marks and other ways.
A fourth method was indeed used in the school, but it was too simple to warrant much discussion. This method can be referred to as the vicarious[34] method, which was utilized by older boys with lazy or bullying tendencies. It simply involved having smarter boys, whom they could intimidate, do their entire Vulgus for them and then explain it to them afterward. This latter approach is not advisable, and I strongly recommend that you all avoid practicing it. Of the other methods, you will find the traditional one to be the most challenging unless you can manage to steal the Vulguses entirely (experto crede),[35] and the artistic method yields the best results, both in grades and other ways.
MARTIN'S DEN.
The Vulguses being finished by nine o'clock, and Martin having rejoiced above measure in the abundance of light, and of Gradus and dictionary, and other conveniences almost unknown to him for getting through the work, and having been pressed by Arthur to come and do his verses [Pg 263] there whenever he liked, the three boys went down to Martin's den, and Arthur was initiated into the lore of birds' eggs, to his great delight. The exquisite coloring and forms astonished and charmed him who had scarcely even seen any but a hen's egg or an ostrich's, and by the time he was lugged away to bed he had learned the names of at least twenty sorts, and dreamed of the glorious perils of tree climbing, and that he had found a roc's[36] egg in the island as big as Sindbad's[37] and clouded like a titlark's, in blowing[38] which, Martin and he had nearly been drowned in the yolk.
The Vulguses were done by nine o'clock, and Martin, feeling extremely happy with the abundance of light, as well as Gradus and the dictionary, and other resources he had rarely used to finish the work, was encouraged by Arthur to come and do his verses there whenever he wanted. The three boys headed to Martin's den, and Arthur was introduced to the world of birds' eggs, which filled him with joy. The beautiful colors and shapes amazed and captivated him, having hardly seen anything besides a hen's egg or an ostrich's. By the time he was taken to bed, he had learned the names of at least twenty different types, and was dreaming of the thrilling adventures of climbing trees, believing he had found a roc's egg on an island, as big as Sindbad's and marked like a titlark's, in which Martin and he had almost drowned in the yolk.
FOOTNOTES
[2] Rum: queer.
[5] Callow: unfledged; without feathers.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Callow: immature; without experience.
[6] Cogitation: thought.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cogitation: thinking.
[10] Normal: usual; regular.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Normal: typical; standard.
[12] Moss-troopers: so called from the mosses or bogs on the border; plunderers who infested the border. They sometimes summoned the farmers to open the doors of their "holds" (fortified houses), to them.
[12] Moss-troopers: named after the mosses or marshes on the border; they were thieves who roamed the area. Sometimes, they forced farmers to open the doors of their "holds" (fortified houses) for them.
[16] Pewter: pewter mugs and plates.
Pewter: pewter mugs and plates.
[17] Volition: will.
[18] Kestrel: a bird of the hawk kind.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Kestrel: a type of hawk.
[19] Fidus Achates: faithful friend.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Fidus Achates: loyal friend.
[20] Extempore: off-hand.
[23] William of Wykeham: the founder of Winchester College, the oldest of the great public schools of England. Here Dr. Arnold fitted for Oxford.
[23] William of Wykeham: the founder of Winchester College, the oldest of the major public schools in England. This is where Dr. Arnold prepared for Oxford.
[24] Intrinsic: inward, real, true.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Intrinsic: internal, genuine, authentic.
[25] Minimum: least.
Minimum: least.
[27] Incongruous: ill-fitting.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Incongruous: mismatched.
[29] Cribbed: stole, copied.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cribbed: stole, copied.
[36] Roc: a monstrous, imaginary bird.
CHAPTER IV.
THE BIRD-FANCIERS.
"I have found out a gift for my fair,
I have found where the wood-pigeons breed:
But let me the plunder forbear,
She would say 'twas a barbarous deed."—Rowe.
"I've discovered a gift for my love,
I found where the wood pigeons nest:
But I’ll hold back from taking it,
She would say it's a cruel thing to do."—Rowe.
"And now, my lad, take them five shilling,
And on my advice in future think;
So Billy pouched them all so willing,
And got that night disguised in drink."—M S. Ballad.
"And now, my boy, take this five shillings,
And in the future, take my advice into account;
So Billy gladly pocketed it all,
"And that night, I got drunk while in disguise." — M S. Ballad.
TOM PUT OUT.
The next morning at first lesson Tom was turned back in his lines, and so had to wait till the second round, while Martin and Arthur said theirs all right and got out of school at once. When Tom got out and ran down to breakfast at Harrowell's they were missing, and Stumps informed him that they had swallowed down their breakfast and gone off together,—where, he couldn't say. Tom hurried over his own breakfast, and went first to Martin's study and then to his own, but no signs of the missing boys were to be found. He felt half angry and jealous of Martin,—where could they be gone?
The next morning in the first lesson, Tom was called back in line, so he had to wait until the second round, while Martin and Arthur said theirs without a hitch and left school right away. When Tom finally got out and rushed down to breakfast at Harrowell's, they were gone, and Stumps told him that they had quickly eaten their breakfast and left together—he had no idea where to. Tom hurried through his own breakfast and went to Martin's study first and then to his own, but there were no signs of the missing boys. He felt a mix of anger and jealousy towards Martin—where could they have gone?
He learnt second lesson with East and the rest in no very good temper, and then went out into the quadrangle. About ten minutes before school Martin and Arthur arrived in the quadrangle breathless, and catching sight of him, Arthur rushed up all excitement and with a bright glow on his face.
He learned his second lesson with East and the others in a pretty bad mood, and then went out into the courtyard. About ten minutes before school, Martin and Arthur showed up in the courtyard, out of breath, and when Arthur spotted him, he ran over, full of excitement and with a big smile on his face.
"Oh, Tom, look here," cried he, holding out three moor-hen's eggs; "we have been down the Barby road to the pool Martin told us of last night, and just see what we've got."
"Oh, Tom, check this out," he exclaimed, holding out three moor-hen eggs. "We went down the Barby road to the pool Martin told us about last night, and look what we found."
Tom wouldn't be pleased, and only looked out for something to find fault with.
Tom wouldn't be happy and was just looking for something to criticize.
"Why, young un," said he, "what have you been after? You don't mean to say you've been wading?"
"Why, kid," he said, "what have you been up to? You can't be serious that you've been wading?"
The tone of reproach made poor little Arthur shrink up in a moment and look piteous, and Tom, with a shrug of his shoulders, turned his anger on Martin.
The tone of disapproval made poor little Arthur shrink and look pitiful, and Tom, with a shrug of his shoulders, directed his anger at Martin.
"Well, I didn't think, Madman, that you'd have been such a muff as to let him be getting wet through at this time of day. You might have done the wading yourself."
"Well, I didn't think, Madman, that you'd be so foolish as to let him get soaked at this time of day. You could have done the wading yourself."
"So I did, of course, only he would come in, too, to see the nest. We left six eggs in; they'll be hatched in a day or two."
"So I did, of course, but he wanted to come in too to see the nest. We left six eggs in there; they'll hatch in a day or two."
"Hang the eggs!" said Tom; "a fellow can't turn his back for a moment, but all his work's undone. He'll be laid up for a week for this precious lark, I'll be bound."
"Hang the eggs!" said Tom; "you can't turn your back for a second without all your work falling apart. I know I'll be stuck with this mess for a week because of this silly prank."
"Indeed, Tom, now," pleaded Arthur, "my feet aren't wet, for Martin made me take off my shoes, stockings and trousers."
"Seriously, Tom, now," Arthur begged, "my feet aren't wet because Martin made me take off my shoes, socks, and pants."
"But they are wet and dirty, too—can't I see?" answered Tom, "and you'll be called up and floored[1] when the master sees what a state you're in. You haven't looked at second lesson, you know." Oh, Tom, you old humbug! you to be upbraiding any one with not learning his lessons. If you hadn't been floored yourself now at first lesson, do you mean to say you wouldn't have been [Pg 266] with them? and you've taken away all poor little Arthur's joy and pride in his first birds' eggs, and he goes and puts them down in the study, and takes down his books with a sigh, thinking he has done something horribly wrong, whereas he has learnt on in advance much more than will be done at second lesson.
"But they are wet and dirty too—can’t you see?" answered Tom, "and you’ll get into trouble when the master sees what kind of state you're in. You haven't even looked at the second lesson, you know." Oh, Tom, you old hypocrite! Who are you to criticize someone for not learning their lessons? If you hadn't flunked the first lesson yourself, do you really think you wouldn't be in the same boat as them? And you’ve taken away all of little Arthur's joy and pride in his first birds' eggs. He puts them down in the study and takes out his books with a sigh, thinking he's done something horribly wrong, while actually, he has learned a lot more than what will be covered in the second lesson.
But the old Madman hasn't, and gets called up and makes some frightful shots, losing about ten places, and all but getting floored. This somewhat appeases Tom's wrath, and by the end of the lesson he has regained his temper. And afterward in their study he begins to get right again, as he watches Arthur's intense joy at seeing Martin blowing the eggs and glueing them carefully on to bits of cardboard, and notes the anxious, loving looks which the little fellow casts sidelong at him. And then he thinks, "What an ill-tempered beast I am! Here's just what I was wishing for last night come about, and I'm spoiling it all," and in another five minutes has swallowed the last mouthful of his bile,[2] and is repaid by seeing his little sensitive plant expand again, and sun itself in his smiles.
But the old Madman hasn’t, and gets called up and makes some terrible shots, dropping about ten spots and almost getting knocked down. This somewhat calms Tom’s anger, and by the end of the lesson, he’s regained his composure. Later, in their study, he starts to feel better as he watches Arthur’s intense happiness at seeing Martin blowing on the eggs and carefully gluing them onto pieces of cardboard, and he notices the worried, loving glances the little guy casts at him. Then he thinks, “What a grumpy jerk I am! Here’s exactly what I was hoping for last night happening, and I’m ruining it all,” and within another five minutes, he has swallowed the last bit of his anger,[2] and he’s rewarded by watching his little sensitive plant bloom again, basking in his smiles.
After dinner the Madman is busy with the preparations for their expedition, fitting new straps on to his climbing-irons, filling large pill-boxes with cotton-wool, and sharpening East's small axe. They carry all their munitions[3] into calling-over, and directly afterward, having dodged such præpostors as are on the look-out for fags at cricket, the four set off at a smart trot down the Lawford footpath straight for Caldecott's Spinney and the hawk's nest.
After dinner, the Madman is busy getting ready for their trip, adjusting new straps on his climbing gear, filling large pillboxes with cotton, and sharpening East's small axe. They take all their supplies into the calling-over, and right after that, avoiding the prefects who are searching for underclassmen at cricket, the four of them set off at a brisk jog down the Lawford footpath straight to Caldecott's Spinney and the hawk's nest.
BIRDS'-NESTING.
Martin leads the way in high feather.[4] It is quite a [Pg 267] new sensation to him getting companions, and he finds it very pleasant, and means to show them all manner of proofs of his science and skill. "Brown and East may be better at cricket and foot-ball and games," thinks he, "but out in the fields and woods see if I can't teach them something." He has taken the leadership already, and strides away in front, with his climbing-irons strapped under one arm, his pecking-bag[5] under the other, and his pockets and hat full of pill-boxes, cotton-wool, and other et ceteras.[6] Each of the others carries a pecking-bag, and East his hatchet.
Martin is feeling very proud.[4] It's a completely new experience for him to have friends, and he finds it really enjoyable, planning to show them all sorts of demonstrations of his knowledge and skills. "Brown and East might be better at cricket and football and other games," he thinks, "but just wait until we’re out in the fields and woods—I’ll show them a thing or two." He’s already taken charge and is walking ahead, with his climbing gear under one arm, his pecking bag[5] under the other, and his hat and pockets stuffed with pill boxes, cotton wool, and other supplies.[6] Each of the others is carrying a pecking bag, and East has his hatchet.
When they had crossed three or four fields without a check, Arthur began to lag, and Tom seeing this shouted to Martin to pull up a bit: "We aren't out Hare and Hounds—what's the good of grinding on at this rate?"
When they had crossed three or four fields without stopping, Arthur started to fall behind, and Tom, noticing this, shouted to Martin to slow down a bit: "We're not in a Hare and Hounds race—what's the point of pushing on like this?"
"There's the spinney," said Martin, pulling up on the brow of a slope, at the bottom of which lay Lawford brook, and pointing to the top of the opposite slope; "the nest is in one of those high fir-trees at this end. And down by the brook there, I know of a sedge-bird's nest; we'll go and look at it coming back."
"There's the small woodland," Martin said, pulling up on the top of a slope, at the bottom of which lay Lawford brook, and pointing to the top of the opposite slope; "the nest is in one of those tall fir trees at this end. And down by the brook there, I know of a sedge bird's nest; we'll check it out on the way back."
"Oh, come on, don't let us stop," said Arthur, who was getting excited at the sight of the wood; so they broke into a trot again, and were soon across the brook, up the slope, and into the spinney. Here they advanced as noiselessly as possible, lest keepers or other enemies should be about, and stopped at the foot of a tall fir, at the top of which Martin pointed out with pride the kestrel's nest, the object of their quest.
"Oh, come on, don’t let us hold you back," said Arthur, getting excited at the sight of the woods. They started trotting again and soon crossed the stream, climbed the slope, and entered the thicket. Here, they moved as quietly as they could, for fear that gamekeepers or other dangers might be around, and stopped at the base of a tall fir tree, where Martin proudly pointed out the kestrel’s nest at the top, the goal of their search.
"Oh, where! which is it?" asks Arthur, gaping up in [Pg 268] the air, and having the most vague idea of what it would be like.
"Oh, where! Which one is it?" asks Arthur, staring up into the air, having only the faintest idea of what it would be like.
"There, don't you see!" said East, pointing to a lump of mistletoe[7] in the next tree, which was a beech; he saw that Martin and Tom were busy with the climbing-irons, and couldn't resist the temptation of hoaxing. Arthur stared and wondered more than ever.
"There, can’t you see!" said East, pointing to a clump of mistletoe[7] in the nearby beech tree. He noticed that Martin and Tom were occupied with the climbing gear and couldn’t resist the urge to pull a prank. Arthur stared, feeling more confused than ever.
"Well, how curious! it doesn't look a bit like I expected," said he.
"Well, how interesting! It doesn't look at all like I thought it would," he said.
"Very odd birds, kestrels," said East, looking waggishly at his victim who was still star-gazing.
"Very strange birds, kestrels," said East, looking playfully at his target who was still gazing at the stars.
"But I thought it was in a fir-tree?" objected Arthur.
"But I thought it was in a fir tree?" Arthur protested.
"Ah, don't you know? that's a new sort of fir which old Caldecott brought from the Himalayas."
"Hey, did you know? That’s a new kind of fir that old Caldecott brought back from the Himalayas."
"Really," said Arthur; "I'm glad I know that—how unlike our firs they are! They do very well, too, here, don't they? the spinney's full of them."
"Really," said Arthur. "I’m glad to know that—how different they are from our fir trees! They grow really well here, don’t they? The woods are full of them."
"What's that humbug he's telling you?" cried Tom, looking up, having caught the word Himalayas, and suspecting what East was after.
"What's that nonsense he's telling you?" yelled Tom, looking up after hearing the word Himalayas and guessing what East was up to.
"Only about this fir," said Arthur, putting his hand on the stem of the beech.
"Only about this fir," said Arthur, placing his hand on the trunk of the beech.
"Fir!" shouted Tom; "why, you don't mean to say, young un, you don't know a beech when you see one?"
"Fir!" shouted Tom. "Come on, you can't be serious, kid; you don't recognize a beech tree when you see one?"
Poor little Arthur looked terribly ashamed, and East exploded in laughter which made the wood ring.
Poor little Arthur looked really embarrassed, and East burst out laughing, making the woods echo.
"I've hardly ever seen any trees," faltered Arthur.
"I’ve barely seen any trees," Arthur said hesitantly.
"What a shame to hoax him, Scud!" cried Martin. "Never mind, Arthur you shall know more about trees than he does in a week or two."
"What a shame to trick him, Scud!" shouted Martin. "Don't worry, Arthur, you'll know more about trees than he does in a week or two."
"And isn't that the kestrel's nest, then?" asked Arthur.
"And isn't that the kestrel's nest, then?" Arthur asked.
"That! why that's a piece of mistletoe. There's the nest, that lump of sticks up in this fir."
"That! That's a piece of mistletoe. There's the nest, that clump of sticks up in this fir."
"Don't believe him, Arthur," struck in the incorrigible East. "I just saw an old magpie go out of it."
"Don't believe him, Arthur," chimed in the unrepentant East. "I just saw an old magpie fly out of it."
Martin did not deign to reply to this sally, except by a grunt, as he buckled the last buckle of his climbing-irons; and Arthur looked reproachfully at East without speaking.
Martin didn't bother to respond to this jab, only grunting as he fastened the last buckle on his climbing gear; and Arthur shot a disapproving look at East without saying a word.
But now came the tug of war. It was a very difficult tree to climb until the branches were reached, the first of which was some fourteen feet up, for the trunk was too large at the bottom to be swarmed;[8] in fact, neither of the boys could reach more than half round it with their arms. Martin and Tom, both of whom had irons on, tried it without success at first; the fir bark broke away where they stuck the irons in as soon as they leaned any weight on their feet, and the grip of their arms wasn't enough to keep them up; so, after getting up three or four feet, down they came slithering[9] to the ground, barking their arms and faces. They were furious, and East sat by laughing and shouting at each failure: "Two to one on the old magpie!"
But now came the struggle. It was a tough tree to climb until they reached the branches, the lowest of which was about fourteen feet up, since the trunk was too thick at the bottom to get a good grip; in fact, neither of the boys could wrap their arms around it more than halfway. Martin and Tom, both of whom had spikes on, tried it but failed at first; the fir bark ripped away wherever they inserted the spikes as soon as they put any weight on their feet, and their arm strength wasn't enough to hold them up. So, after climbing three or four feet, they came tumbling down to the ground, scraping their arms and faces. They were furious, while East sat nearby laughing and shouting at each failure: "Two to one on the old magpie!"
"We must try a pyramid," said Tom at last. "Now, Scud, you lazy rascal, stick yourself against the tree!"
"We should try a pyramid," Tom finally said. "Now, Scud, you lazy troublemaker, lean against the tree!"
"I dare say! and have you standing on my shoulders with the irons on: what do you think my skin's made of?" However, up he got, and leaned against the tree, putting his head down and clasping it with his arms as far as he could. "Now, then, Madman," said Tom, "you next."
"I can't believe it! And here you are, standing on my shoulders with those heavy shackles: what do you think my skin is made of?" Still, he got up and leaned against the tree, bowing his head and wrapping his arms around it as tightly as he could. "Alright, then, Madman," Tom said, "you're up next."
"No, I'm lighter than you, you go next." So Tom got on East's shoulders, and grasped the tree above, and [Pg 270] then Martin scrambled up on to Tom's shoulders, amidst the totterings and the groanings of the pyramid, and, with a spring which sent his supporters howling to the ground, clasped the stem some ten feet up, and remained clinging; for a moment or two they thought he couldn't get up, but then, holding on with arms and teeth, he worked first one iron, then the other firmly into the bark, got another grip with his arms, and in another minute had hold of the lowest branch.
"No, I'm lighter than you, you go next." So Tom climbed onto East's shoulders and grabbed onto the tree above, and [Pg 270] then Martin scrambled up onto Tom's shoulders, causing the whole pyramid to wobble and groan. With a leap that sent his supporters crashing to the ground, he grabbed the trunk about ten feet up and held on tight. For a moment, they thought he wouldn't make it, but then, gripping with his arms and teeth, he managed to work one foot, then the other, firmly into the bark. He got a better grip with his arms, and in a minute, he had hold of the lowest branch.
"All up with old magpie now," said East; and, after a minute's rest, up went Martin, hand over hand, watched by Arthur with fearful eagerness.
"All finished with the old magpie now," said East; and, after a minute's break, up went Martin, hand over hand, watched by Arthur with anxious excitement.
"Isn't it very dangerous?" said he.
"Isn't that really dangerous?" he asked.
"Not a bit," answered Tom; "you can't hurt if you only get a good hand-hold. Try every branch with a good pull before you trust it, and then up you go."
"Not at all," replied Tom; "you can't get hurt if you just find a solid grip. Test each branch with a strong pull before you rely on it, and then you'll be good to go."
Martin was now amongst the small branches close to the nest, and away dashed the old bird, and soared up above the trees, watching the intruder.
Martin was now among the small branches near the nest, and the old bird took off, soaring above the trees while keeping an eye on the intruder.
"All right—four eggs!" shouted he.
"Alright—four eggs!" he shouted.
"Take' em all!" shouted East; "that'll be one apiece."
"Take them all!" shouted East; "that'll be one each."
"No, no! leave one, and then she won't care," said Tom.
"No, no! Leave one, and then she won't care," Tom said.
We boys had an idea that birds couldn't count, and were quite content as long as you left one egg. I hope it is so.
We guys thought that birds couldn't count, and we were pretty happy as long as you left one egg. I hope that's true.
Martin carefully put one egg into each of his boxes and the third into his mouth, the only other place of safety, and came down like a lamp-lighter. All went well till he was within ten feet of the ground, when, as the trunk enlarged, his hold got less and less firm, and at last down he came with a run, tumbling on to his back on the turf, [Pg 271] spluttering and spitting out the remains of the great egg, which had broken by the jar of his fall.
Martin carefully placed one egg in each of his boxes and the third in his mouth, the only other safe spot, and climbed down like a lamplighter. Everything was fine until he was about ten feet from the ground, when the trunk got wider, making his grip less secure, and eventually he fell with a thud, landing on his back on the grass, [Pg 271] sputtering and spitting out the bits of the big egg that had cracked from the impact of his fall.
"Ugh, ugh! something to drink—ugh! it was addled,"[10] spluttered he, while the wood rang again with the merry laughter of East and Tom.
"Ugh, ugh! I need something to drink—ugh! it's all messed up,"[10] he sputtered, as the wood echoed once more with the cheerful laughter of East and Tom.
Then they examined the prizes, gathered up their things, and went off to the brook, where Martin swallowed huge draughts of water to get rid of the taste; and they visited the sedge-bird's[11] nest, and from thence struck across the country in high glee, beating[12] the hedges and brakes as they went along; and Arthur at last, to his intense delight, was allowed to climb a small hedge-row oak for a magpie's nest with Tom, who kept all around him like a mother, and showed him where to hold and how to throw his weight; and though he was in a great fright, didn't show it; and was applauded by all for his lissomeness.
Then they checked out the prizes, gathered their stuff, and headed to the brook, where Martin gulped down large swigs of water to wash away the taste. They visited the sedge-bird's nest, then dashed across the countryside in high spirits, trampling through hedges and underbrush as they went. Arthur, finally thrilled, was allowed to climb a small hedge-row oak for a magpie's nest with Tom, who stayed close like a protective parent and showed him how to grip and balance his weight. Even though he was really scared, he didn’t let it show; everyone cheered for his agility.
They crossed a road soon afterward, and there close to them lay a heap of charming pebbles.
They crossed a road shortly after, and right beside them was a pile of lovely pebbles.
PECKING.
"Look here," shouted East, "here's luck! I've been longing for some good honest pecking this half hour. Let's fill the bags, and have no more of this foozling[13] birds'-nesting."
"Check this out," shouted East, "this is amazing! I've been craving some good honest searching for the last half hour. Let’s fill the bags and stop wasting time with this silly bird-nesting."
No one objected, so each boy filled the fustian bag he carried full of stones; they crossed into the next field, Tom and East taking one side of the hedges, and the other two the other side. Noise enough they made [Pg 272] certainly, but it was too early in the season for the young birds, and the old birds were too strong on the wing for our young marksmen, and flew out of shot after the first discharge. But it was great fun, rushing along the hedgerows, and discharging stone after stone at blackbirds and chaffinches,[14] though no result in the shape of slaughtered birds was obtained; and Arthur soon entered into it, and rushed to head back the birds, and shouted, and threw, and tumbled into ditches and over and through hedges, as wild as the Madman himself.
No one objected, so each boy filled the canvas bag he had with stones; they crossed into the next field, Tom and East taking one side of the hedges, and the other two taking the opposite side. They definitely made enough noise, but it was too early in the season for the young birds, and the older birds were too quick for our young hunters, flying out of range after the first shot. But it was a lot of fun running along the hedgerows and throwing stone after stone at blackbirds and chaffinches, though they didn’t hit any birds. Arthur was soon caught up in the excitement, rushing to scare the birds, shouting, throwing, and tumbling into ditches and over and through hedges, as wild as a madman himself.
Presently the party, in full cry after an old blackbird (who was evidently used to the thing and enjoyed the fun, for he would wait till they came close to him and then fly on for forty yards or so; and with an impudent flicker of his tail, dart into the depths of the quickset),[15] came beating down a high double hedge, two on each side.
Currently, the group, fully engaged in the chase after an old blackbird (who clearly knew the game and was having a good time, as he would wait until they got close and then fly about forty yards away; with a cheeky flick of his tail, he would dart into the thicket),[15] came trudging down a tall double hedge, two people on each side.
"There he is again;" "Head him;" "Let drive;" "I had him there;" "Take care where you're throwing, Madman;" the shouts might have been heard a quarter of a mile off. They were heard some two hundred yards off by a farmer and two of his shepherds, who were doctoring sheep in a fold in the next field.
"There he is again;" "Get him;" "Let it fly;" "I had him there;" "Watch where you're throwing, Madman;" the shouts could have been heard a quarter of a mile away. They were heard about two hundred yards away by a farmer and two of his shepherds, who were tending to sheep in a fold in the next field.
WHAT IS LARCENY?
Now the farmer in question rented a house and yard situated at the end of the field in which the young bird-fanciers had arrived, which house and yard he didn't occupy or keep any one else in. Nevertheless, like a brainless and unreasoning Briton, he persisted in maintaining on the premises a large stock of cocks, hens, and other poultry. Of course all sorts of depredators visited the [Pg 273] place from time to time; foxes and gipsies wrought havoc in the night; while in the day-time, I regret to have to confess, that visits from the Rugby boys, and consequent disappearances of ancient and respectable fowls, were not unfrequent. Tom and East had during the period of their outlawry visited the barn in question for felonious[16] purposes, and on one occasion had conquered and slain a duck there and borne away the carcass triumphantly, hidden in their handkerchiefs. However, they were sickened of the practice by the trouble and anxiety which the wretched duck's body caused them. They carried it to Sally Harrowell's, in hopes of a good supper; but she, after examining it, made a long face, and refused to dress or have anything to do with it.
Now, the farmer in question rented a house and yard located at the end of the field where the young bird enthusiasts had arrived. He didn’t live there or keep anyone else in it. Still, like a mindless and thoughtless Brit, he stubbornly kept a large number of roosters, hens, and other poultry on the premises. Naturally, various predators came by from time to time; foxes and gypsies wreaked havoc at night, while during the day, I regret to say, visits from the Rugby boys and the subsequent disappearances of old and respectable birds were not uncommon. Tom and East had, during their time as outlaws, visited that barn for their criminal activities, and on one occasion, they had successfully captured and killed a duck, taking the carcass away triumphantly, hidden in their handkerchiefs. However, they soon grew tired of the trouble and worry that the poor duck's body caused them. They brought it to Sally Harrowell’s, hoping for a nice dinner, but she took one look at it, made a long face, and refused to prepare it or have anything to do with it.
THE TROUBLESOME DUCK.
Then they took it into their study, and began plucking it themselves; but what to do with the feathers, where to hide them?
Then they took it into their study and started plucking it themselves, but what should they do with the feathers, and where could they hide them?
"Good gracious, Tom, what a lot of feathers a duck has!" groaned East, holding a bag full in his hand, and looking disconsolately at the carcass, not yet half plucked.
"Wow, Tom, look at all the feathers a duck has!" groaned East, holding a bag full in his hand and staring sadly at the carcass, which was not even half plucked.
"And I do think he's getting high,[17] too, already," said Tom, smelling at him cautiously, "so we must finish him up soon."
"And I really think he's getting high,[17] too, already," said Tom, sniffing at him carefully, "so we need to wrap this up soon."
"Yes, all very well, but how are we to cook him? I'm sure I'm not going to try it on in the hall or passages; we can't afford to be roasting ducks about, our character's too bad."
"Yeah, that's all good, but how are we actually going to cook him? There's no way I'm going to try it in the hall or the corridors; we can't risk roasting ducks around here, our reputation's already too messed up."
"I wish we were rid of the brute," said Tom, throwing him on the table in disgust. And after a day or two [Pg 274] more it became clear that got rid of he must be; so they packed him and sealed him up in brown paper, and put him in the cupboard of an unoccupied study, where he was found in the holidays by the matron, a grewsome body.
"I wish we could get rid of the thug," said Tom, tossing him onto the table in disgust. A day or two later, it became obvious that he had to go; so they wrapped him up in brown paper and sealed him, putting him in the cupboard of an empty study, where he was discovered during the holidays by the matron, a gruesome person.
They had never been duck-hunting there since, but others had, and the bold yeoman was very sore on the subject, and bent on making an example of the first boys he could catch. So he and his shepherds crouched behind the hurdles, and watched the party who were approaching all unconscious.
They had never gone duck hunting there since, but others had, and the determined farmer was really upset about it, eager to set an example with the first boys he could catch. So he and his shepherds crouched behind the barriers and watched the group who were coming close, completely unaware.
Why should that old guinea-fowl be lying out in the hedge just at this particular moment of all the year? Who can say? Guinea-fowls always are—so are all other things, animals, and persons—requisite for getting one into scrapes, always ready when any mischief can come of them. At any rate, just under East's nose popped out the old guinea-hen, scuttling along and shrieking: "Come back, come back," at the top of her voice. Either of the other three might perhaps have withstood the temptation, but East first lets drive the stone he has in his hand at her, then rushes to turn her into the hedge again. He succeeds, and then they are all at it for dear life, up and down the hedge in full cry, the "Come back, come back," getting shriller and fainter every minute.
Why is that old guinea fowl lying in the hedge right now, of all times in the year? Who knows? Guinea fowls are always around—just like everything else, animals, and people—perfect for getting someone into trouble, always ready when mischief is in the air. Anyway, right in front of East, the old guinea hen pops out, darting along and yelling, "Come back, come back," at the top of her lungs. Either of the other three might have resisted the temptation, but East throws a stone he has in his hand at her, then rushes to chase her back into the hedge. He manages to do it, and then they're all at it, dashing up and down the hedge, with the "Come back, come back" getting higher and fainter every minute.
Meantime, the farmer and his men steal over the hurdles and creep down the hedge toward the scene of action. They are almost within a stone's throw of Martin, who is pressing the unlucky chase hard, when Tom catches sight of them, and sings out: "Louts, 'ware[18] louts, your side! Madman, [Pg 275] look ahead!" and then catching hold of Arthur, hurries him away across the fields towards Rugby as hard as they can tear. Had he been by himself, he would have stayed to see it out with the others, but now his heart sinks, and all his pluck goes. The idea of being led up to the Doctor with Arthur for bagging fowls, quite unmans and takes half the run out of him.
Meanwhile, the farmer and his men quietly make their way over the fences and creep down the hedge toward the action. They’re almost close enough to throw a stone at Martin, who is chasing the unfortunate target hard, when Tom spots them and yells, “You idiots, watch out for your side! Crazy man, look ahead!” He then grabs Arthur and rushes him away across the fields toward Rugby as fast as they can run. If he had been alone, he would have stuck around to see how it went with the others, but now he feels a sense of dread, and all his courage fades. The thought of being taken to the Doctor with Arthur for poaching chickens completely unnerves him and drains his energy.
RUNNING FOR A CONVOY.
However, no boys are more able to take care of themselves than East and Martin; they dodge the pursuers, slip through a gap, and come pelting after Tom and Arthur, whom they catch up in no time; the farmer and his men are making a good run about a field behind. Tom wishes to himself that they had made off in any other direction, but now they are all in for it together and must see it out. "You won't leave the young un, will you?" says he, as they haul poor little Arthur, already losing wind from the fright, through the next hedge. "Not we," is the answer from both. The next hedge is a stiff one; the pursuers gain horribly on them, and they only just pull Arthur through, with two great rents in his trousers, as the foremost shepherd comes up on the other side. As they start into the next field, they are aware of two figures walking down the footpath in the middle of it, and recognize Holmes and Diggs taking a constitutional.[19] Those good-natured fellows immediately shout "On." "Let's go to them and surrender," pants Tom. Agreed. And in another minute the four boys, to the great astonishment of those worthies, rush breathless up to Holmes and Diggs, who pull up to see what is the matter; and then the whole is explained by the appearance of the [Pg 276] farmer and his men, who unite their forces and bear down on the knot of boys.
However, no boys are better at taking care of themselves than East and Martin; they dodge the pursuers, slip through a gap, and sprint after Tom and Arthur, catching up with them quickly. The farmer and his crew are making a good run around a field behind. Tom wishes they had run off in any other direction, but now they’re all in this together and have to stick it out. "You won't leave the kid behind, will you?" he asks as they pull scared little Arthur, who’s already losing steam from the fright, through the next hedge. "Of course not," they both reply. The next hedge is tricky; the pursuers are gaining on them fast, and they just manage to pull Arthur through, with two big tears in his trousers, just as the first shepherd comes up on the other side. As they head into the next field, they see two figures walking down the footpath in the middle of it and recognize Holmes and Diggs out for a walk.[19] Those good-hearted guys immediately shout, "On." "Let’s go to them and give up," gasps Tom. Sounds good. In another minute, the four boys, to the great surprise of Holmes and Diggs, rush over breathless, prompting them to stop and see what’s going on. Then everything gets explained by the arrival of the farmer and his men, who unite their forces and descend on the group of boys.
There is no time to explain, and Tom's heart beats frightfully quick, as he ponders: "Will they stand by us?"
There’s no time to explain, and Tom’s heart is racing as he wonders, “Will they stand by us?”
The farmer makes a rush at East, and collars him; and that young gentleman, with unusual discretion, instead of kicking his shins, looks appealingly at Holmes, and stands still.
The farmer charges at East and grabs him; and that young man, showing surprising judgment, instead of kicking him, looks at Holmes for help and stays put.
"Hullo there, not so fast," says Holmes, who is bound to stand up for them till they are proved in the wrong. "Now, what's all this about?"
"Helloo there, not so fast," says Holmes, who is determined to defend them until they're proven wrong. "Now, what's going on here?"
"I've got the young varmint at last, have I?" pants the farmer; "why, they've been a-skulking about my yard and stealing my fowls, that's where 'tis; and if I doan't have they flogged for it, every one on 'em, my name ain't Thompson."
"I finally caught that young troublemaker, didn't I?" the farmer gasps. "They’ve been sneaking around my yard and stealing my chickens, that’s where they are; and if I don’t get them punished for it, every single one of them, then my name isn’t Thompson."
A DEBATE.
Holmes looks grave, and Diggs's face falls. They are quite ready to fight, no boys in the school more so; but they are præpostors, and understand their office; and can't uphold unrighteous causes.
Holmes looks serious, and Diggs's expression dims. They're both ready to fight, more than any boys in school; but they're leaders and know their responsibilities; they can't support unjust causes.
"I haven't been near his old barn this half," cries East.
"I haven't been near his old barn this whole time," cries East.
"Nor I," "Nor I," chime in Tom and Martin.
"Neither do I," "Neither do I," join in Tom and Martin.
"Now, Willum, didn't you see 'em there last week?"
"Hey, Willum, didn’t you see them there last week?"
"Ees,"[20] seen 'em, sure enough," says Willum, grasping a prong he carried, and preparing for action.
"Ees,"[20] I've seen them, no doubt about it," says Willum, gripping a prong he carried and getting ready for action.
Holmes has had time to meditate. "Now, sir," says he to Willum, "you see you can't remember what you have seen, and I believe the boys."
Holmes has had time to think. "Now, sir," he says to Willum, "you see you can't remember what you saw, and I trust the boys."
"I doan't care," blusters the farmer, "they was arter my fowls to-day; that's enough for I. Willum, you catch hold o' t'other chap. They've been a-sneaking about this two hours, I tells ee!" shouted he, as Holmes stands between Martin and Willum, "and have druv a matter of a dozen young pullets pretty nigh to death."
"I don't care," the farmer shouts, "they were after my chickens today; that's enough for me. Willum, you grab the other guy. They've been sneaking around for the last two hours, I tell you!" he yelled, as Holmes stood between Martin and Willum, "and they've driven about a dozen young hens almost to death."
"Oh, there's a whacker!" cried East; "we haven't been within a hundred yards of his barn; we haven't been up here above ten minutes, and we've seen nothing but a tough old guinea-hen, who ran like a greyhound."
"Oh, there's a whacker!" shouted East; "we haven't even been a hundred yards from his barn; we’ve only been up here for about ten minutes, and all we've seen is a tough old guinea-hen that ran away like a greyhound."
"Indeed, that's all true, Holmes, upon my honor," added Tom; "we weren't after his fowls; guinea-hen ran out of the hedge under our feet, and we've seen nothing else."
"Honestly, that's all true, Holmes, I swear," Tom added; "we weren't after his birds; a guinea-hen ran out of the bushes right in front of us, and we didn't see anything else."
"Drat their talk! Thee catch hold o' t'other, Willum, and come along wi' un."
"Ugh, enough of their chatter! You grab the other one, Will, and come along with them."
"Farmer Thompson," said Holmes, warning off Willum and the prong with his stick, while Diggs faced the other shepherd, cracking his fingers like pistol-shots, "now listen to reason. The boys haven't been after your fowls, that's plain."
"Farmer Thompson," Holmes said, waving off Willum and the prong with his stick, while Diggs confronted the other shepherd, cracking his fingers like gunshots, "now hear me out. The boys haven't touched your chickens, that's clear."
"Tells ee I seed 'em. Who be you, I should like to know?"
"Tells me I saw them. Who are you, if you don't mind me asking?"
"Never you mind, farmer," answered Holmes. "And now I'll just tell you what it is—you ought to be ashamed of yourself for leaving all that poultry about, with no one to watch it, so near the School. You deserve to have it all stolen. So if you choose to come up to the Doctor with them, I shall go with you, and tell him what I think of it."
"Don't worry about it, farmer," Holmes replied. "Now let me tell you something—you should be ashamed of yourself for leaving all that poultry lying around with no one to keep an eye on it, especially so close to the School. You deserve to have it all stolen. So if you want to go up to the Doctor with them, I'll come with you and tell him what I think."
The farmer began to take Holmes for a master; besides, he wanted to get back to his flock. Corporal punishment was out of the question, the odds were too great; so he began to hint at paying for the damage. Arthur jumped at this, offering to pay anything, and the farmer immediately valued the guinea-hen at half a sovereign.
The farmer started to see Holmes as the boss; plus, he wanted to return to his flock. Physical punishment wasn’t an option, the chances were too slim; so he started suggesting that they could settle by paying for the damages. Arthur eagerly agreed, offering to pay anything, and the farmer quickly valued the guinea-hen at half a sovereign.
"Half a sovereign!" cried East, now released from the farmer's grip; "well, that is a good one! the old hen isn't hurt a bit, and she's seven years old, I know, and as tough as whipcord; she couldn't lay another egg to save her life."
"Half a sovereign!" exclaimed East, now free from the farmer's hold; "well, that's a good one! The old hen isn't hurt at all, and I know she's seven years old and as tough as can be; she couldn't lay another egg to save her life."
It was at last settled that they should pay the farmer two shillings and his man one shilling, and so the matter ended, to the unspeakable relief of Tom, who hadn't been able to say a word, being sick at heart at the idea of what the Doctor would think of him; and now the whole party of boys marched off down the woodpath toward Rugby. Holmes, who was one of the best boys in the school, began to improve the occasion. "Now, you youngsters," said he, as he marched along in the middle of them, "mind this: you're very well out of this scrape. Don't you go near Thompson's barn again, do you hear?"
It was finally decided that they would pay the farmer two shillings and his helper one shilling, and that wrapped things up, to Tom's immense relief, who hadn’t been able to speak a word, feeling sick at heart wondering what the Doctor would think of him; and now the whole group of boys walked down the woodpath toward Rugby. Holmes, who was one of the best students in the school, took the opportunity to give some advice. "Now, you kids," he said as he walked in the middle of them, "remember this: you’re lucky to be out of this trouble. Don't you dare go near Thompson's barn again, got it?"
Profuse promises from all, especially East.
Profuse promises from everyone, especially from the East.
LECTURE ON SCHOOL LARCENY.
"Mind, I don't ask questions," went on Mentor, "but I rather think some of you have been there before this after his chickens. Now, knocking over other people's chickens, and running off with them is stealing. It's an ugly word, but that's the plain English of it. If the chickens were dead and lying in a shop, you wouldn't take them, I know that, any more than you would apples out of Griffith's basket: but there's no real difference between chickens running about and apples on a tree, and the [Pg 279] same articles in a shop. I wish our morals were sounder in such matters. There's nothing so mischievous as these school distinctions, which jumble up right and wrong, and justify things in us for which poor boys would be sent to prison." And good old Holmes delivered his soul on the walk home of many wise sayings, and, as the song says:—
"Look, I’m not asking questions," Mentor continued, "but I think some of you have been in that situation before when going after his chickens. Now, taking someone else's chickens and running away with them is stealing. It’s a harsh word, but that’s the reality of it. If the chickens were dead and lying in a shop, you wouldn’t take them, I know that, just like you wouldn’t take apples from Griffith's basket: but there’s no real difference between chickens running around and apples on a tree, and the same items in a shop. I wish our morals were better in these situations. There’s nothing more harmful than these school distinctions, which confuse right and wrong, and allow things in us that poor boys would be sent to prison for." And good old Holmes shared many wise sayings on the walk home, just like the song goes:—
"Gee'd 'em[23] a sight of good advice";
"Give them a glimpse of good advice";
which same sermon sank into them all more or less, and very penitent they were for several hours. But truth compels me to admit that East at any rate forgot it all in a week, but remembered the insult which had been put upon him by Farmer Thompson, and with the Tadpole and other hare-brained youngsters, committed a raid on the barn soon afterward, in which they were caught by the shepherds and severely handled, besides having to pay eight shillings—all the money they had in the world—to escape being brought up to the Doctor.
which same sermon affected them all to varying degrees, and they felt quite remorseful for several hours. But I must admit, East definitely forgot it all within a week, though he didn’t forget the slight he had received from Farmer Thompson. Along with the Tadpole and some other reckless kids, he pulled off a raid on the barn shortly after, and they got caught by the shepherds. They were dealt with harshly and had to pay eight shillings—all the money they had in the world—to avoid being taken to the Doctor.
ARTHUR SEALS HIS FRIENDSHIP.
Martin became a constant inmate in the joint study from this time, and Arthur took to him so kindly that Tom couldn't resist slight fits of jealousy, which, however, he managed to keep to himself. The kestrel's eggs had not been broken, strange to say, and formed the nucleus of Arthur's collection, at which Martin worked heart and soul; and introduced Arthur to Hewlett the bird-fancier, and instructed him in the rudiments of the art of stuffing. In token of his gratitude, Arthur allowed Martin to tattoo a small anchor on one of his wrists, which decoration, however, he carefully concealed from Tom. Before the end of the half-year he had become [Pg 280] a bold climber and good runner, and, as Martin had foretold, knew twice as much about trees, birds, flowers, and many other things, as our good-hearted and facetious young friend Harry East.
Martin became a regular at the study from that point on, and Arthur grew fond of him, which made Tom feel a bit jealous, though he kept it to himself. Surprisingly, the kestrel's eggs were still intact and became the centerpiece of Arthur's collection, which Martin poured his heart into. He introduced Arthur to Hewlett, the bird enthusiast, and taught him the basics of taxidermy. As a sign of his appreciation, Arthur let Martin tattoo a small anchor on one of his wrists, a decoration he made sure to hide from Tom. By the end of the semester, he had become a confident climber and a good runner, and, as Martin had predicted, he knew twice as much about trees, birds, flowers, and many other topics as our kind-hearted and witty friend Harry East.
FOOTNOTES
[2] Bile: here, anger.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Bile: here, frustration.
[3] Munitions: supplies.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ammo: supplies.
[4] High feather: high spirits.
[9] Slithering: sliding.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Slithering: sliding.
[10] Addled: rotten.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Confused: rotten.
[13] Foozling: dull, stupid.
Foozling: boring, foolish.
[14] Chaffinch: a fine song-bird.
[15] Quickset: a kind of hedge.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Quickset: a type of hedge.
[16] Felonious: unlawful.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Felonious: illegal.
[17] High: tainted; beginning to spoil.
[18] 'Ware: beware! look out!
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ 'Ware: beware!
[20] Ees: yes.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ees: yes.
[21] Peas'n: peas.
[22] Leastway: at any rate.
[23] Gee'd 'em: gave them.
CHAPTER V.
THE FIGHT.
"Surgebat Macnevisius
Et mox jactabat ultro,
Pugnabo tuâ gratiâ
Feroci hoc Mactwoltro."—Etonian.
"Surgebat Macnevisius
And soon he boldly declared,
I will fight for your sake
Fiercely this Mactwoltro."—Etonian.
FIGHTING IN GENERAL.
There is a certain sort of fellow—we who are used to studying boys all know him well enough—of whom you can predicate[1] with almost positive certainty, after he has been a month at school, that he is sure to have a fight, and with almost equal certainty that he will have but one. Tom Brown was one of these; and as it is our well-weighed intention to give a full, true, and correct account of Tom's only single combat with a schoolfellow in the manner of our old friend Bell's Life,[2] let those young persons whose stomachs are not strong, or who think a good set-to with the weapons which God has given us all, an uncivilized, unchristian, or ungentlemanly affair, just skip this chapter at once, for it won't be to their taste.
There’s a certain type of guy—we who study boys know him well—whom you can almost guarantee after a month at school will end up in a fight, and you can also be pretty sure he’ll only have one. Tom Brown was one of these guys; and since we intend to provide a full, true, and accurate account of Tom’s only fight with a schoolmate in the style of our old friend Bell's Life, those young people who aren’t up for it, or who think that a good, honest fight with the tools we’re all given is uncivilized, unchristian, or ungentlemanly, should skip this chapter right now, because it won’t appeal to them.
It was not at all usual in those days for two School-house boys to have a fight. Of course there were exceptions, when some cross-grained, hard-headed fellow came up who would never be happy unless he was quarrelling with his nearest neighbors, or when there was some class [Pg 282] dispute between the fifth form and the fags, for instance, which required blood-letting; and a champion was picked out on each side tacitly,[3] who settled the matter by a good hearty mill.[4] But, for the most part, the constant use of those surest keepers of the peace, the boxing gloves, kept the School-house boys from fighting one another. Two or three nights in every week the gloves were brought out, either in the hall or fifth form room; and every boy who was ever likely to fight at all knew all his neighbors' prowess perfectly well, and could tell to a nicety what chance he would have in a stand-up fight with any other boy in the house. But, of course, no such experience could be gotten as regarded boys in other houses; and as most of the other houses were more or less jealous of the School-house, collisions were frequent.
It wasn't common back then for two boys from the School-house to get into a fight. Sure, there were exceptions when some stubborn, hard-headed kid would come along who wouldn't be happy unless he was arguing with his closest neighbors, or when a class dispute arose between the fifth form and the younger boys, for example, that needed a good tussle; then a champion was quietly chosen on each side who would settle things with a solid fight. But generally, the regular use of those best peacekeepers, the boxing gloves, kept the School-house boys from fighting each other. A couple of nights each week, the gloves would come out, either in the hall or the fifth form room; and every boy who might ever fight knew exactly how skilled his neighbors were and could accurately gauge his chances in a fair fight with any other boy in the house. However, no similar experience could be gained concerning boys from other houses; and since most other houses were somewhat jealous of the School-house, clashes were common.
After all, what would life be without fighting, I should like to know? From the cradle to the grave, fighting, rightly understood, is the business, the real, highest, honestest business of every son of man. Every one who is worth his salt has his enemies, who must be beaten, be they evil thoughts and habits in himself or spiritual wickedness in high places, or Russians, or Border-ruffians, or Bill, Tom, or Harry, who will not let him live his life in quiet till he has thrashed them.
After all, what would life be without some struggle, I’d like to know? From birth to death, fighting, in the right way, is the main thing, the real, highest, most honest pursuit of every man. Anyone who’s worth anything has enemies that need to be defeated, whether they’re negative thoughts and bad habits within himself, spiritual corruption in high places, or people like Russians, Border-ruffians, or Bill, Tom, or Harry, who won’t let him live peacefully until he’s taken them on.
It is no good for Quakers, or any other body of men, to uplift their voices against fighting. Human nature is too strong for them, and they don't follow their own precepts. Every soul of them is doing his own piece of fighting, somehow and somewhere. The world might be a better world without fighting, for anything I know, but it [Pg 283] wouldn't be our world; and therefore I am dead against crying peace when there is no peace, and isn't meant to be. I am as sorry as any man to see folks fighting the wrong people and the wrong things, but I'd a deal sooner see them doing that, than that they should have no fight in them. So having recorded, and being about to record, my hero's fights of all sorts, with all sorts of enemies, I shall now proceed to give an account of his passage-at-arms with the only one of his school-fellows whom he ever had to encounter in this manner.
It's pointless for Quakers or any other group to raise their voices against fighting. Human nature is too strong for that, and they don't follow their own beliefs. Each one of them is fighting in their own way, somewhere. The world could be a better place without fighting, as far as I know, but it wouldn’t be our world; so I strongly oppose calling for peace when there is none, and it’s not meant to be. I'm as sorry as anyone else to see people fighting the wrong battles and against the wrong enemies, but I'd much rather see them fighting than have no fight in them at all. So, having recorded, and about to record, my hero's battles of all kinds against all sorts of foes, I shall now proceed to recount his confrontation with the only one of his schoolmates he ever had to face in this way.
HOW THE FIGHT AROSE.
It was drawing toward the close of Arthur's first half-year, and the May evenings were lengthening out. Locking-up was not till eight o'clock, and everybody was beginning to talk about what he would do in the holidays. The shell, in which form all our dramatis personæ[5] now are, were reading amongst other things the last book of Homer's "Iliad,"[6] and had worked through it as far as the speeches of the women over Hector's[7] body. It is a whole school-day, and four or five of the School-house boys (amongst whom are Arthur, Tom, and East) are preparing third lesson together. They have finished the regulation forty lines, and are for the most part getting very tired, notwithstanding the exquisite pathos of Helen's[8] lamentation. And now several long four-syllable words come together, and the boy with the dictionary strikes work.
It was nearing the end of Arthur's first semester, and the May evenings were getting longer. Lock-up wasn't until eight o'clock, and everyone was starting to chat about their plans for the holidays. The group, in which all our dramatis personæ[5] now exist, were reading, among other things, the last book of Homer's "Iliad,"[6] and had made it through to the speeches of the women over Hector's[7] body. It’s a full school day, and four or five of the School-house boys (including Arthur, Tom, and East) are studying the third lesson together. They have completed the required forty lines and are mostly getting pretty tired, despite the beautiful emotion in Helen's[8] lament. Now several long four-syllable words are lined up, and the boy with the dictionary stops to work.
"I am not going to look out any more words," says he; "we've done the quantity. Ten to one we sha'n't get so far. Let's go out into the close."
"I’m not going to search for any more words," he says; "we’ve done enough. Chances are we won’t get that far. Let’s go out to the field."
So an adjournment to the close was carried nem con.,[10] little Arthur not daring to uplift his voice; but, being deeply interested in what they were reading, stayed quietly behind, and learned on for his own pleasure.
So a motion to close the meeting was passed unanimously.[10] Little Arthur didn’t dare to speak up; however, he was very interested in what they were reading, so he stayed quietly behind and leaned in for his own enjoyment.
As East had said, the regular master of the form was unwell, and they were to be heard by one of the new masters, quite a young man, who had only just left the university. Certainly it would be hard lines, if, by dawdling as much as possible in coming in and taking their places, entering into long-winded explanations of what was the usual course of the regular master of the form, and others of the stock contrivances of boys for wasting time in school, they could not spin out the lesson so that he should not work them through more than the forty lines; as to which quantity there was a perpetual fight going on between the master and his form, the latter insisting, and enforcing by passive resistance, that it was the prescribed quantity of Homer for a shell lesson,[11] the former that there was no fixed quantity, but that they must always be ready to go on to fifty or sixty lines if there were time within the hour. However, notwithstanding all their efforts, the new master got on horribly quick; he seemed to have the bad taste to be really interested in the lesson, and to be trying to work them up into something like appreciation of it, giving them good spirited English words, instead of the wretched bald stuff into which they rendered [Pg 285] poor old Homer, and construing over each piece himself to them, after each boy, to show them how it should be done.
As East had mentioned, the usual teacher was sick, and they were being taught by one of the new instructors, a young guy who had just graduated from university. It would certainly be tough if, by dragging their feet while coming in and taking their seats, and by going into lengthy explanations of what the regular teacher usually did, along with all the typical tricks boys use to waste time in class, they couldn’t stretch the lesson long enough so he wouldn’t make them go through more than forty lines. There was always an ongoing battle between the teacher and the class about this; the students insisted, and protested passively, that forty lines was the required amount of Homer for a shell lesson,[11] while the teacher argued that there was no set amount and they needed to be prepared to move on to fifty or sixty lines if there was time available. However, despite all their efforts, the new teacher moved through the lesson surprisingly fast; he seemed to have the audacity to actually care about the material and was attempting to get them to appreciate it, giving them lively English words instead of the dull, lifeless translations they usually produced for poor old Homer, and translating each section himself after each student to demonstrate how it should be done.
Now the clock strikes the three-quarters; there is only a quarter of an hour more, but the forty lines are all but done. So the boys, one after another, who are called up, stick more and more, and make balder and even more bald work of it. The poor young master is pretty near beat by this time, and feels ready to knock his head against the wall, or his fingers against somebody else's head. So he gives up altogether the lower and middle parts of the form, and looks around in despair at the boys on the top bench, to see if there is one out of whom he can strike a spark or two, and who will be too chivalrous[12] to murder the most beautiful utterances of the most beautiful woman of the old world. His eye rests on Arthur, and he calls him up to finish construing Helen's speech. Whereupon all the other boys draw long breaths, and begin to stare about and take it easy. They are all safe; Arthur is at the head of the form, and sure to be able to construe, and that will tide on safely till the hour strikes.
Now the clock shows it's quarter to; there's just fifteen minutes left, but the forty lines are almost finished. So the boys, one by one, who are called up, get more and more stuck and create even worse mistakes. The poor young teacher is pretty much worn out by this point and feels like banging his head against the wall, or his fingers against someone else's head. So he completely gives up on the lower and middle sections of the class and looks around in despair at the boys on the top bench, hoping to find one who can spark a little inspiration and won't ruin the beautiful words of the most beautiful woman from the old world. His gaze lands on Arthur, and he calls him up to finish translating Helen's speech. At that, all the other boys let out sighs of relief and start to relax. They're all safe; Arthur is at the head of the class and sure to be able to translate, which will carry them through until the hour is up.
Arthur proceeds to read out the passage in Greek before construing it, as the custom is. Tom, who isn't paying much attention, is suddenly caught by the falter in his voice as he reads the two lines:—
Arthur starts to read the passage in Greek before interpreting it, as is customary. Tom, who isn’t really focused, suddenly notices the hesitation in his voice as he reads the two lines:—
He looks up at Arthur. "Why, bless us," thinks he, "what can be the matter with the young un? He's never [Pg 286] going to get floored! He's sure to have learnt to the end!" Next moment he is reassured by the spirited tone in which Arthur begins construing, and betakes himself to drawing dogs' heads in his note-book, while the master, evidently enjoying the change, turns his back on the middle bench, and stands before Arthur, beating a sort of time with his hand and foot, and saying: "Yes, yes," "Very well," as Arthur goes on.
He looks up at Arthur. "What on earth," he thinks, "is wrong with the kid? He's never going to get knocked down! He must have learned everything by now!" In the next moment, he feels better when he hears Arthur’s confident tone as he starts explaining. He then begins drawing dog heads in his notebook, while the teacher, clearly enjoying the change, turns his back on the middle bench and stands in front of Arthur, keeping a rhythm with his hand and foot, saying, "Yes, yes," "Very well," as Arthur continues.
But as he nears the fatal two lines, Tom catches that falter, and again looks up. He sees that there is something the matter: Arthur can hardly get on at all. What can it be?
But as he approaches the crucial two lines, Tom notices that falter, and looks up again. He sees that something is wrong: Arthur can barely move forward at all. What could it be?
Suddenly at this point Arthur breaks down altogether, and fairly bursts out crying, and dashes the cuff of his jacket across his eyes, blushing up to the roots of his hair, and feeling as if he should like to go down suddenly through the floor. The whole form are taken aback; most of them stare stupidly at him, while those who are gifted with presence of mind find their places, and look steadily at their books, in hopes of not catching the master's eye, and getting called up in Arthur's place.
Suddenly at this moment, Arthur completely breaks down, bursts into tears, and wipes his eyes with the cuff of his jacket, blushing to the roots of his hair, feeling like he wants to sink right through the floor. The whole class is taken aback; most of them look at him in shock, while those who can think quickly find their places and stare at their books, hoping not to catch the teacher's eye and be called up in Arthur's place.
The master looked puzzled for a moment, and then seeing, as the fact is, that the boy is really affected to tears by the most touching thing in Homer, perhaps in all profane[14] poetry put together, steps up to him and lays his hand kindly on his shoulder, saying: "Never mind, my little man, you've construed very well. Stop a minute, there's no hurry."
The master looked confused for a moment, and then realizing that the boy is genuinely moved to tears by one of the most touching moments in Homer, maybe in all secular poetry combined, approaches him and gently places his hand on his shoulder, saying: "Don't worry, my little man, you've interpreted it really well. Hold on a second, there's no rush."
Now, as luck would have it, there sat next above Tom on that day, in the middle bench of the form, a big boy, by name Williams, generally supposed to be the cock of [Pg 287] the shell, therefore of all the schools below the fifths. The small boys, who are great speculators on the prowess of their elders, used to hold forth to one another about Williams's great strength, and to discuss whether East or Brown would take a licking from him. He was called Slogger[15] Williams, from the force with which it was supposed he could hit. In the main, he was a rough, good-natured fellow enough, but very much alive to his own dignity. He reckoned himself the king of the form, and kept up his position with the strong hand, especially in the matter of forcing boys not to construe more than the legitimate forty lines. He had already grunted and grumbled to himself, when Arthur went on reading beyond the forty lines. But now that he had broken down just in the middle of all the long words, the Slogger's wrath was fairly aroused.
Now, as fate would have it, sitting right above Tom that day, in the middle bench of the classroom, was a big kid named Williams, widely considered the top guy among all the students below the fifth year. The younger boys, who loved to speculate about the skills of their older peers, would often talk about Williams's incredible strength and debate whether East or Brown could take him on. He was nicknamed Slogger Williams for the power he was thought to have in his hits. Overall, he was a rough but good-natured guy, very aware of his own status. He considered himself the king of the class and maintained that position with an iron fist, especially when it came to making sure the other boys didn’t read more than the allowed forty lines. He had already grumbled to himself when Arthur continued reading past the forty lines. But now that Arthur had stumbled in the middle of all the complicated words, Slogger's anger was truly ignited.
"Sneaking little brute," muttered he, regardless of prudence, "clapping on the water-works just in the hardest place; see if I don't punch his head after fourth lesson."
"Sneaky little brute," he muttered, ignoring all caution, "turning on the waterworks just when it’s the toughest; let’s see if I don’t knock his head off after the fourth lesson."
"Whose?" said Tom, to whom the remark seemed addressed.
"Whose?" Tom replied, thinking the comment was aimed at him.
"Why, that little sneak Arthur's," replied Williams.
"Why, that little sneak Arthur's," replied Williams.
"No, you sha'n't," said Tom.
"No, you won't," said Tom.
"Hullo!" exclaimed Williams, looking at Tom with great surprise for a moment, and then giving him a sudden dig in the ribs with his elbow, which sent Tom's book flying on to the floor, and called the attention of the master, who turned suddenly round, and seeing the state of things, said:—
"Hey!" Williams shouted, staring at Tom in shock for a moment, then suddenly nudging him in the ribs with his elbow, sending Tom's book flying onto the floor. This caught the master's attention, and he turned around quickly. Seeing what happened, he said:—
"Williams, go down three places, and then go on."
"Williams, move down three spots, and then proceed."
The Slogger found his legs very slowly, and proceeded [Pg 288] to go below Tom and two other boys with great disgust, and then, turning round and facing the master, said: "I haven't learnt any more, sir; our lesson is only forty lines."
The Slogger got his legs working very slowly and went down to where Tom and two other boys were with a lot of annoyance. Then, he turned around to face the teacher and said, "I haven't learned anything more, sir; our lesson is only forty lines."
"Is that so?" said the master, appealing generally to the top bench. No answer.
"Is that so?" the master asked, looking at the people in the front row. There was no response.
"Who is the head boy of the form?" said he, waxing wroth.
"Who is the head boy of the class?" he said, getting angry.
"Arthur, sir," answered three or four boys, indicating our friend.
"Arthur, sir," replied three or four boys, pointing to our friend.
"Oh, your name's Arthur. Well, now, what is the length of your regular lesson?"
"Oh, your name's Arthur. So, what’s the length of your usual lesson?"
Arthur hesitated a moment, and then said: "We call it only forty lines, sir."
Arthur paused for a moment, then said, "We call it just forty lines, sir."
"How do you mean, you call it?"
"How do you mean you call it?"
"Well, sir, Mr. Graham says we aren't to stop there, when there's time to construe more."
"Well, sir, Mr. Graham says we shouldn't stop there when there's still time to understand more."
"I understand," said the master. "Williams, go down three more places, and write me out the lesson in Greek and English. And now, Arthur, finish construing."
"I get it," said the teacher. "Williams, move down three more spots, and write out the lesson in Greek and English for me. Now, Arthur, go ahead and finish translating."
"Oh, would I be in Arthur's shoes after fourth lesson?" said the little boys to one another: but Arthur finished Helen's speech without any further catastrophe, and the clock struck four, which ended third lesson.
"Oh, would I want to be in Arthur's position after the fourth lesson?" said the little boys to each other. But Arthur completed Helen's speech without any more disasters, and when the clock struck four, it marked the end of the third lesson.
Another hour was occupied in preparing and saying fourth lesson, during which Williams was bottling up his wrath; and when five struck, and the lessons for the day were over, he prepared to take summary[16] vengeance on the innocent cause of his misfortune.
Another hour was spent preparing and delivering the fourth lesson, during which Williams was holding back his anger; and when five o'clock came, marking the end of the day's lessons, he got ready to take swift vengeance on the unsuspecting source of his trouble.
THE CHALLENGE.
Tom was detained in school a few minutes after the rest, and on coming out into the quadrangle, the first [Pg 289] thing he saw was a small ring of boys, applauding Williams, who was holding Arthur by the collar.
Tom was held back at school for a few minutes after everyone else, and when he stepped out into the courtyard, the first thing he saw was a small group of boys clapping for Williams, who was gripping Arthur by the collar.
"There, you young sneak," said he, giving Arthur a cuff on the head with his other hand, "what made you say that—"
"There, you little sneak," he said, giving Arthur a slap on the head with his other hand, "what made you say that—"
"Hullo!" said Tom, shouldering into the crowd, "you drop that, Williams; you sha'n't touch him."
"Helloo!" said Tom, pushing his way into the crowd, "drop that, Williams; you can't touch him."
"Who'll stop me?" said the Slogger, raising his hand again.
"Who’s going to stop me?" said the Slogger, raising his hand again.
"I," said Tom; and suiting the action to the word, he struck the arm which held Arthur's arm so sharply that the Slogger dropped it with a start, and turned the full current of his wrath on Tom.
"I," said Tom; and as he spoke, he hit the arm that was grabbing Arthur's so hard that the Slogger let go with a jolt and shifted all his anger onto Tom.
"Will you fight?"
"Are you ready to fight?"
"Yes, of course."
"Sure, of course."
"Huzzah! there is going to be a fight between Slogger Williams and Tom Brown."
"Hooray! There's going to be a fight between Slogger Williams and Tom Brown."
The news ran like wildfire about, and many boys who were on their way to tea at their several houses turned back, and sought the back of the chapel, where the fights came off.
The news spread quickly, and many boys heading home for tea turned around and went to the back of the chapel, where the fights were happening.
"Just run and tell East to come and back me," said Tom, to a small School-house boy, who was off like a rocket to Harrowell's, just stopping for a moment to poke his head into the School-house hall, where the lower boys were already at tea, and singing out: "Fight! Tom Brown and Slogger Williams."
"Just run and tell East to come and back me," said Tom to a small schoolboy, who took off like a rocket to Harrowell's, briefly stopping to poke his head into the schoolhouse hall where the younger boys were already having tea and singing out: "Fight! Tom Brown and Slogger Williams."
Up start half the boys at once, leaving bread, eggs, butter, sprats[17], and all the rest to take care of themselves. The greater part of the remainder follow in a minute, after swallowing their tea, carrying their food in their [Pg 290] hands to consume as they go. Three or four only remain, who steal the butter of the more impetuous, and make to themselves an unctuous[18] feast.
Up jump half the boys all at once, abandoning their bread, eggs, butter, sprats[17], and everything else to fend for themselves. Most of the others follow shortly after, quickly finishing their tea and grabbing their food in their [Pg 290] hands to eat on the go. Only three or four stay behind, snatching the butter from the more eager ones, and set up a rich[18] feast for themselves.
In another minute East and Martin tear through the quadrangle, carrying a sponge, and arrive at the scene of action just as the combatants are beginning to strip.
In a minute, East and Martin rush across the quad, holding a sponge, and get to the action just as the fighters start to take off their clothes.
Tom felt he had got his work cut out[19] for him, as he stripped off his jacket, waistcoat, and braces. East tied his handkerchief round his waist, and rolled up his shirt-sleeves for him. "Now, old boy, don't you open your mouth to say a word, or try to help yourself a bit—we'll do all that; you keep all your breath and strength for the Slogger." Martin meanwhile folded the clothes, and put them under the chapel rails; and now Tom, with East to handle him, and Martin to give him a knee,[20] steps out on the turf, and is ready for all that may come; and here is the Slogger too, all stripped, and thirsting for the fray.
Tom realized he had a tough task ahead of him as he took off his jacket, vest, and suspenders. East tied his handkerchief around his waist and rolled up his shirt sleeves for him. "Now, buddy, don't say a word or try to help out—we'll handle everything; save your breath and energy for the Slogger." Meanwhile, Martin folded the clothes and set them aside under the chapel rails. Now, with East assisting him and Martin offering support, Tom stepped out onto the grass, ready for whatever might happen; and here was the Slogger too, fully prepared and eager for the fight.
EARLY ROUNDS.
It doesn't look a fair match at first glance; Williams is nearly two inches taller, and probably a long year older than his opponent, and he is very strongly made about the arms and shoulders—"peels well," as the little knot of big fifth-form boys, the amateurs,[21] say; who stand outside the ring of little boys, looking complacently on, but taking no active part in the proceedings. But down below he is not so good by any means; no spring from the loins, and feeblish, not to say shipwrecky about the knees. Tom, on the contrary, though not half so strong in the arms, is good all over, straight, hard, and springy, from [Pg 291] neck to ankle, better perhaps in his legs than anywhere. Besides, you can see by the clear white of his eye, and fresh bright look of his skin, that he is in tip-top training, able to do all he knows; while the Slogger looks rather sodden,[22] as if he didn't take much exercise and ate too much tuck.[23] The time-keeper is chosen, a large ring made, and the two stand up opposite one another for a moment, giving us time just to make our little observations.
It doesn’t seem like a fair match at first look; Williams is nearly two inches taller and probably a year older than his opponent. He’s very strong in the arms and shoulders—“peels well,” as the small group of big fifth-form boys, the amateurs,[21] say, standing outside the circle of little boys, watching with satisfaction but not actually participating. However, down below, he’s not as impressive; he has no spring in his hips and looks weak, not to mention unsteady on his knees. Tom, on the other hand, although he’s not nearly as strong in the arms, is fit all over—straight, firm, and springy from neck to ankle, maybe better in his legs than anywhere else. Plus, you can see by the bright white of his eyes and the fresh, healthy look of his skin that he’s in excellent shape and ready to give it his all, while the Slogger looks a bit sluggish,[22] like he doesn’t exercise much and eats too many snacks.[23] The timekeeper is appointed, a large ring is formed, and the two opponents stand facing each other for a moment, allowing us a chance to make our little observations.
"If Tom'll only condescend to fight with his head and heels," as East murmurs to Martin, "we shall do."
"If Tom would just agree to fight with his brain and his feet," East whispers to Martin, "we'll be fine."
But seemingly he won't, for there he goes in, making play[24] with both hands. Hard all,[25] is the word; the two stand to one another like men; rally follows rally in quick succession, each fighting as if he thought to finish the whole thing out of hand. "Can't last at this rate," say the knowing ones, while the partisans[26] of each make the air ring with their shouts and counter-shouts of encouragement, approval and defiance.
But it seems he won't, because there he goes in, playing hard with both hands. It's intense; the two face off like men, with quick rallies following each other, each fighting as if he expected to end it all right away. "This can't go on like this," say the experts, while each side's fans fill the air with their cheers and jeers of encouragement, approval, and defiance.
"Take it easy, take it easy—keep away, let him come after you," implores East, as he wipes Tom's face after the first round with a wet sponge, while he sits back on Martin's knee, supported by the Madman's long arms, which tremble a little from excitement.
"Take it easy, take it easy—stay back, let him come after you," East urges, wiping Tom's face with a wet sponge after the first round, sitting back on Martin's knee, supported by the Madman's long arms, which shake slightly from excitement.
"Time's up," calls the time-keeper.
"Time's up," says the timer.
"There he goes again, hang it all!" growled East, as his man is at it again as hard as ever. A very severe round follows, in which Tom gets out and out the worst of it, and is at last hit clean off his legs, and deposited on the grass by a right-hander from the Slogger.
"There he goes again, for crying out loud!" muttered East, as his guy is at it again as hard as ever. A really tough round follows, in which Tom gets completely beaten up and finally gets knocked off his feet, landing on the grass thanks to a right hook from the Slogger.
Loud shouts rise from the boys of Slogger's house and the School-house are silent and vicious, ready to pick quarrels anywhere.
Loud shouts come from the boys of Slogger's house, and the School-house is quiet and mean, just waiting to start fights anywhere.
"Two to one in half-crowns on the big un," says Rattle, one of the amateurs, a tall fellow, in thunder-and-lightning[27] waistcoat, and puffy, good-natured face.
"Two to one in half-crowns on the big one," says Rattle, one of the amateurs, a tall guy in a flashy waistcoat, with a round, friendly face.
"Done!" says Groove, another amateur of quieter look, taking out his note-book to enter it, for our friend Rattle sometimes forgets these little things.
"All set!" says Groove, another laid-back amateur, pulling out his notebook to jot it down, since our buddy Rattle sometimes overlooks these little details.
HEAD FIGHTING.
Meantime East is freshening up Tom with the sponges for next round, and has set two other boys to rub his hands.
Meantime, East is refreshing Tom with the sponges for the next round and has assigned two other guys to rub his hands.
"Tom, old boy," whispers he, "this may be fun for you, but it's death to me. He'll hit all the fight out of you in another five minutes, and then I shall go and drown myself in the Island ditch. Feint[28] him—use your legs! draw him about! he'll lose his wind then in no time, and you can go into him. Hit at his body too; take care of his frontispiece[29] by and by."
"Tom, buddy," he whispers, "this might be fun for you, but it's killing me. He’s going to knock all the fight out of you in another five minutes, and then I'm just going to go drown myself in the ditch. Pretend[28] with him—use your legs! Keep him moving around! He’ll lose his breath in no time, and then you can go after him. Aim for his body too; watch out for his face[29] later on."
Tom felt the wisdom of the counsel, and saw already that he couldn't go in and finish the Slogger off at mere hammer and tongs, so changed his tactics completely in the third round. He now fights cautiously, getting away from and parrying[30] the Slogger's lunging hits,[31] instead of trying to counter,[32] and leading his enemy a dance all round the ring after him. "He's funking—go in, Williams;" "Catch him up;" "Finish him off," screamed the small boys of the Slogger party.
Tom understood the advice he received and realized he couldn't just go in and take down the Slogger with brute force, so he completely changed his strategy in the third round. He began to fight more carefully, dodging and blocking the Slogger's wild attacks instead of trying to strike back, leading his opponent around the ring. "He's backing off—go after him, Williams;" "Catch him;" "Finish him off," yelled the little boys from the Slogger's team.
"Just what we want," thinks East, chuckling to himself, as he sees Williams, excited by these shouts and thinking the game in his own hands, blowing himself in his exertions to get close quarters again, while Tom is keeping away with perfect ease.
"Exactly what we need," thinks East, chuckling to himself, as he watches Williams, energized by these cheers and feeling like he has the game under control, straining to get back into close range, while Tom effortlessly keeps his distance.
They quarter[33] over the ground again and again, Tom always on the defensive.
They circle[33] over the ground repeatedly, Tom always on the defensive.
The Slogger pulls up at last for a moment, fairly blown.[34]
The Slogger finally stops for a moment, completely out of breath.[34]
"Now, then, Tom," sings out East, dancing with delight. Tom goes in in a twinkling, and hits two heavy body-blows, and gets away again before the Slogger can catch his wind; which when he does he rushes with blind fury at Tom, and being skilfully parried and avoided, overreaches himself and falls on his face, amidst terrific cheers from the School-house boys.
"Alright, Tom," shouts East, celebrating with joy. Tom jumps in quickly, lands two solid punches, and dodges out before the Slogger can catch his breath. When the Slogger finally does, he charges at Tom in a rage, but Tom skillfully evades him, causing him to stumble and fall flat on his face, while the School-house boys cheer wildly.
"Double your two to one?" says Groove to Rattle, note-book in hand.
"Double your two to one?" Groove asks Rattle, holding a notebook.
"Stop a bit," says that hero, looking uncomfortably at Williams, who is puffing away on his second's knee, winded[35] enough, but little the worse in any other way.
"Hold on a second," says that hero, glancing awkwardly at Williams, who is catching his breath on his second's knee, tired enough, but otherwise fine.
STEADY ALL.
After another round the Slogger too seems to see that he can't go in and win right off, and has met his match or thereabouts. So he too begins to use his head,[36] and tries to make Tom lose his patience, and come in before his time. And so the fight sways on, now one, and now the other getting a trifling pull.[37]
After another round, the Slogger realizes he can't just jump in and win immediately; he's met his match, more or less. So he starts to think strategically and tries to get Tom to lose his patience and make a premature move. The fight continues to fluctuate, with each of them gaining a slight advantage now and then.
Tom's face begins to look very one-sided,—there are little queer bumps on his forehead, and his mouth is bleeding; but East keeps the wet sponge going so scientifically [Pg 294] that he comes up looking as fresh and bright as ever. Williams is only slightly marked in the face, but by the nervous movement of his elbows you can see that Tom's body-blows are telling. In fact, half the vice of the Slogger's hitting is neutralized, for he daren't lunge out freely for fear of exposing his sides. It is too interesting by this time for much shouting, and the whole ring is very quiet.
Tom's face starts to look really lopsided—there are some weird little bumps on his forehead, and his mouth is bleeding; but East keeps dabbing him with the wet sponge so expertly [Pg 294] that he looks as fresh and bright as ever. Williams has only a few light marks on his face, but you can tell from the nervous movements of his elbows that Tom's body shots are taking their toll. In fact, half the power of the Slogger's punches is canceled out because he can't throw himself into them freely without risking his sides. It's gotten so interesting at this point that there’s not much shouting, and the whole ring is very quiet.
"All right, Tommy," whispers East; "hold on's the horse that's to win. We've got the last. Keep your head,[38] old boy."
"All right, Tommy," East whispers; "hang on to the horse that's going to win. We’ve got the last one. Stay calm, [38] old boy."
But where is Arthur all this time? Words cannot paint the poor little fellow's distress. He couldn't muster courage to come up to the ring, but wandered up and down from the great fives' court to the corner of the chapel rails—now trying to make up his mind to throw himself between them, and try to stop them; then thinking of running in and telling his friend Mary, who he knew would instantly report to the Doctor. The stories he had heard of men being killed in prize fights rose up horribly before him.
But where is Arthur this whole time? Words can’t capture the poor kid’s distress. He couldn’t find the courage to approach the ring, so he paced back and forth from the main court to the corner of the chapel rails—sometimes trying to convince himself to jump in and break it up, other times considering running in to tell his friend Mary, who he knew would immediately tell the Doctor. The stories he’d heard about men getting killed in prize fights haunted him.
Once only, when the shouts of "Well done, Brown!" "Huzzah for the School-house!" rose higher than ever, he ventured up to the ring, thinking the victory was won. Catching sight of Tom's face in the state I have described, all fear of consequences vanishing out of his mind, he rushed straight off to the matron's room, beseeching her to get the fight stopped, or he should die.
Once, when the cheers of "Well done, Brown!" and "Hooray for the School-house!" grew louder than ever, he made his way to the ring, believing they had won. Spotting Tom's face in the condition I described, all fear of what might happen disappeared from his mind, and he hurried straight to the matron's room, pleading with her to stop the fight or he would die.
THE RING BROKEN.
But it's time for us to get back to the close. What is this fierce tumult and confusion? The ring is broken, and high and angry words are being bandied about; "It's all fair"—"It isn't"—"No hugging;" the fight is [Pg 295] stopped. The combatants, however, sit there quietly, tended by their seconds, while their adherents wrangle in the middle. East can't help shouting challenges to two or three of the other side, though he never leaves Tom for a moment, and plies the sponges as fast as ever.
But it's time for us to return to the conclusion. What is all this loud chaos and confusion? The match is over, and heated words are being thrown around; "It's all fair"—"It's not"—"No hugging;" the fight is [Pg 295] stopped. The fighters, however, sit quietly, attended by their seconds, while their supporters argue in the middle. East can't help but shout challenges to a couple of the other side, even though he never leaves Tom for a second and keeps spongeing him as quickly as ever.
The fact is, that at the end of the last round, Tom, seeing a good opening, had closed with his opponent, and after a moment's struggle, had thrown him heavily, by the help of the fall he had learned from his village rival in the Vale of White Horse. Williams hadn't the ghost of a chance with Tom at wrestling, and the conviction broke at once on the Slogger faction that if this were allowed, their man must be licked. There was a strong feeling in the School against catching hold and throwing, though it was generally ruled all fair within certain limits; so the ring was broken, and the fight stopped.
The truth is, at the end of the last round, Tom, spotting a good opportunity, engaged with his opponent, and after a brief struggle, he threw him down hard, using the technique he had learned from his rival back in the Vale of White Horse. Williams didn’t stand a chance against Tom in wrestling, and it quickly dawned on the Slogger group that if this continued, their guy was going to lose. There was a strong sentiment in the School against grabbing and throwing, although it was usually considered fair within certain limits; so the ring broke up, and the fight was called off.
The School-house are overruled—the fight is on again, but there is to be no throwing; and East, in high wrath, threatens to take his man away after next round (which he doesn't mean to do, by the way), when suddenly young Brooke comes through the small gate at the end of the chapel. The School-house faction rush to him. "Oh, hurrah! now we shall get fair play."
The School-house has been overruled—the fight is back on, but no one is allowed to throw punches; East, really angry, threatens to take his guy away after the next round (which he doesn’t actually intend to do, by the way), when suddenly young Brooke walks through the small gate at the end of the chapel. The School-house crowd rushes to him. "Oh, yay! Now we’ll finally get a fair fight."
"Please, Brooke come up; they won't let Tom Brown throw him."
"Please, Brooke, come up; they won’t let Tom Brown throw him."
"Throw whom?" says Brooke, coming up to the ring. "Oh, Williams! I see. Nonsense! of course he may throw him, if he catches him fairly above the waist."
"Throw who?" says Brooke, walking up to the ring. "Oh, Williams! Got it. Nonsense! Of course, he can throw him if he gets a fair grip above the waist."
Now, young Brooke, you're in the sixth you know, and you ought to stop all fights. He looks hard at both boys. "Anything wrong?" says he to East, nodding at Tom.
Now, young Brooke, you're in sixth grade, and you really should stop all the fighting. He gives both boys a serious look. "Is something wrong?" he asks East, nodding at Tom.
"Not a bit."
"Not at all."
"Not beat at all?"
"Not beaten at all?"
"Bless you, no! heaps of fight in him. Isn't there, Tom?"
"Absolutely not! He’s got a lot of fight in him. Right, Tom?"
Tom looked at Brooke and grins. "How's he?" nodding at Williams.
Tom looked at Brooke and grinned. "How's he doing?" he asked, nodding at Williams.
"So so; rather done, I think, since, his last fall. He won't stand above two more."
"So, I think it's pretty much done since his last fall. He won't last more than two more."
THE LAST ROUND.
"Time's up!" The boys rise again, and face one another. Brooke can't find it in his heart to stop them just yet; so the round goes on, the Slogger waiting for Tom, and reserving all his strength to hit him out should he come in for the wrestling dodge again; for he feels that that must be stopped, or his sponge[39] will soon go up in the air.
"Time's up!" The boys stand up again and face each other. Brooke can't bring himself to stop them just yet, so the round continues, with the Slogger waiting for Tom and holding back all his strength to knock him out if he tries the wrestling move again, because he knows that needs to be stopped, or his sponge[39] will soon be flying through the air.
And now another new-comer appears on the field, to wit, the under-porter, with his long brush and great wooden receptacle for dust under his arm. He has been sweeping out the schools.
And now another newcomer shows up on the scene, namely, the under-porter, with his long brush and big wooden container for dust under his arm. He has been cleaning out the classrooms.
"You'd better stop, gentlemen," he says; "the Doctor knows that Brown's fighting—he'll be out in a minute."
"You guys better stop," he says; "the Doctor knows that Brown's fighting—he'll be out any minute."
It is grim earnest now, and no mistake. Both boys feel this, and summon every power of head, hand, and eye to their aid. A piece of luck on either side, a foot [Pg 297] slipping, a blow getting well home, or another fall may decide it. Tom works slowly round for an opening; he has all the legs and can choose his own time; the Slogger waits for the attack, and hopes to finish it by some heavy right-handed blow. As they quarter slowly over the ground, the evening sun comes out from behind a cloud, and falls full on Williams's face. Tom darts in, the heavy right-hand is delivered, but only grazes his head. A short rally at close quarters, and they close; in another moment the Slogger is thrown again heavily for the third time.
It's serious now, no doubt about it. Both boys can feel it and tap into every bit of strength and focus they have. A bit of luck for either side, a slip, a solid hit, or another fall could change everything. Tom is cautiously looking for an opening; he has the advantage of reach and can pick his moment. The Slogger is waiting for the right moment to strike, hoping to end it with a powerful right hook. As they move slowly across the ground, the evening sun breaks through a cloud and shines directly on Williams's face. Tom rushes in; the heavy right hand is thrown but only grazes his head. They engage in a brief close-range exchange before they grapple again, and in another moment, the Slogger is thrown down heavily for the third time.
"I'll give you three to two on the little one in half-crowns," said Groove to Rattle.
"I'll give you three to two on the little one in half-crowns," said Groove to Rattle.
"No, thankee," answers the other, diving his hands further into his coat-tails.
"No, thanks," replies the other, digging his hands deeper into his coat pockets.
THE DOCTOR ARRIVES.
Just at this stage of the proceedings the door of the turret[42] which leads to the Doctor's library suddenly opens, and he steps into the close, and makes straight for the ring, in which Brown, and the Slogger were both seated on their seconds' knees for the last time.
Just at this point in the process, the door of the turret[42] leading to the Doctor's library suddenly swings open, and he walks into the room, heading straight for the ring, where Brown and the Slogger were both seated on their seconds' knees for the last time.
"The Doctor! the Doctor!" shouts one small boy who catches sight of him, and the ring melts away in a few seconds, the small boys tearing off, Tom collaring his jacket and waistcoat, and slipping through the little gate by the chapel, and round the corner to Harrowell's with his backers, as lively as need be; Williams and his backers making off not quite so fast across the close; Groove, Rattle, and the other bigger fellows trying to combine dignity and prudence in a comical manner, and walking off fast enough, they hope, not to be recognized, and not fast enough to look like running away.
"The Doctor! The Doctor!" yells a little boy who spots him, and the group quickly disperses. The boys scatter, with Tom grabbing his jacket and waistcoat, slipping through the small gate by the chapel, and heading around the corner to Harrowell's with his friends, full of energy. Williams and his crew aren't moving quite as fast across the field; Groove, Rattle, and the other older boys are trying to balance looking dignified and cautious in a funny way, walking quickly enough to avoid being recognized, but not so fast that it seems like they're running away.
Young Brooke alone remains on the ground by the time [Pg 298] the Doctor gets there, and touches his hat, not without a slight inward qualm.
Young Brooke is the only one left on the ground by the time [Pg 298] the Doctor arrives, and he touches his hat, feeling a slight unease inside.
"Hah! Brooke. I am surprised to see you here. Don't you know that I expect the sixth to stop fighting."
"Hah! Brooke. I'm surprised to see you here. Don't you know I'm expecting the sixth to stop fighting?"
Brooke felt much more uncomfortable than he had expected, but he was rather a favorite with the Doctor for his openness and plainness of speech; so blurted out as he walked by the Doctor's side, who had already turned back:—
Brooke felt way more uncomfortable than he had anticipated, but he was quite a favorite with the Doctor for his honesty and straightforwardness; so he blurted out as he walked alongside the Doctor, who had already turned back:—
"Yes, sir, generally. But I thought you wished us to exercise a discretion in the matter, too—not to interfere too soon."
"Yes, sir, usually. But I thought you wanted us to use some discretion in this situation as well—not to jump in too quickly."
"But they have been fighting this half-hour and more," said the Doctor.
"But they have been fighting for over half an hour," said the Doctor.
"Yes, sir; but neither was hurt. And they're the sort of boys who'll be all the better friends now, which they wouldn't have been if they had been stopped any earlier—before it was so equal."
"Yes, sir; but neither was hurt. And they're the kind of boys who will be better friends now, which they wouldn't have been if they had been stopped any earlier—before it was so even."
"Who was fighting with Brown?" said the Doctor.
"Who was fighting with Brown?" asked the Doctor.
"Williams, sir, of Thompson's. He is bigger than Brown, and had the best of it at first, but not when you came up, Sir. There's a good deal of jealousy between our house and Thompson's, and there would have been more fights if this hadn't been let go on, or if either of them had had much the worst of it."
"Williams, sir, from Thompson's. He's bigger than Brown and was doing better initially, but that changed when you showed up, sir. There's a lot of jealousy between our place and Thompson's, and there would have been more fights if this hadn't been ignored, or if either of them had really come out worse."
"Well, but, Brooke," said the Doctor, "doesn't this look a little as if you exercised your discretion by only stopping a fight when the School-house boy is getting the worst of it."
"Well, Brooke," the Doctor said, "doesn't this seem a bit like you only decided to intervene when the School-house boy was losing the fight?"
Brooke, it must be confessed, felt rather gravelled.[43]
Brooke, it has to be said, felt quite unsettled.[43]
"Now remember," added the Doctor, as he stopped at the turret door, "this fight is not to go on—you'll see to that. And I expect you to stop all fights in future at once."
"Now remember," the Doctor said as he paused at the turret door, "this fight has to end—you’ll make sure of that. And I expect you to put a stop to all fights in the future immediately."
"Very well, sir," said young Brooke, touching his hat, and not sorry to see the turret-door close behind the Doctor's back.
"Sure thing, sir," said young Brooke, tipping his hat, feeling relieved to watch the turret door shut behind the Doctor.
EVENING AFTER THE FIGHT.
Meantime Tom and the staunchest of his adherents had reached Harrowell's, and Sally was bustling about to get them a late tea, while Stumps had been sent off to Tew, the butcher, to get a piece of raw beef for Tom's eye, which was to be healed off-hand, so that he might show well in the morning. He was not a bit the worse except a slight difficulty in his vision, a singing in his ears, and a sprained thumb, which he kept in a cold water bandage, while he drank lots of tea, and listened to the Babel of voices talking and speculating of nothing but the fight, and how Williams would have given in after another fall (which he didn't in the least believe), and how on earth the Doctor could have got to know of it—such bad luck! He couldn't help thinking to himself that he was glad he hadn't won; he liked it better as it was, and felt very friendly to the Slogger. And then poor little Arthur crept in and sat down quietly near him, looking at him and the raw beef with such plaintive looks that Tom at last burst out laughing.
Meanwhile, Tom and his most loyal supporters had arrived at Harrowell's, and Sally was hurriedly preparing a late tea for them, while Stumps had been sent to Tew, the butcher, to get a piece of raw beef for Tom's eye, which needed to heal quickly so he could look good in the morning. He was feeling fine except for a slight trouble with his vision, a ringing in his ears, and a sprained thumb, which he kept wrapped in a cold water bandage while he drank plenty of tea, listening to the loud chatter of voices discussing nothing but the fight and how Williams would have given up after another fall (which he didn’t believe at all), and how on earth the Doctor had found out—such terrible luck! He couldn’t help thinking that he was glad he hadn’t won; he preferred it this way and felt very friendly towards Slogger. Then, poor little Arthur quietly crept in and sat down near him, looking at him and the raw beef with such sad eyes that Tom finally burst out laughing.
"Don't make such eyes, young un," said he, "there's nothing the matter."
"Don't give me that look, kid," he said, "everything's fine."
"Oh, but, Tom, are you much hurt? I can't bear thinking it was all for me."
"Oh, Tom, are you really hurt? I can't stand thinking it was all because of me."
"Not a bit of it, don't flatter yourself. We were sure to have it out, sooner or later."
"Not at all, don’t kid yourself. We were bound to confront this, eventually."
"Well, but you won't go on, will you? You'll promise me you won't go on?"
"Well, but you’re not going to continue, right? You promise me you won't?"
"Can't tell about that—all depends on the Houses. We're in the hands of our countrymen, you know. Must fight for the School-house flag, if so be."
"Can't say about that—all depends on the Houses. We're at the mercy of our fellow countrymen, you know. We have to fight for the Schoolhouse flag, if that's the case."
However, the lovers of the science[44] were doomed to disappointment this time. Directly after locking-up, one of the night-fags knocked at Tom's door.
However, the fans of the science[44] were bound to be disappointed this time. Right after locking up, one of the night workers knocked on Tom's door.
"Brown, young Brooke wants you in the sixth-form room."
"Brown, young Brooke wants you in the sixth-form room."
THE SHAKE-HANDS.
Up went Tom to the summons, and found the magnates[45] sitting at their supper.
Up went Tom at the call and found the important people sitting down to their dinner.
"Well, Brown," said young Brooke, nodding to him, "how do you feel?"
"Well, Brown," said young Brooke, nodding at him, "how are you feeling?"
"Oh, very well, thank you; only I've sprained my thumb, I think."
"Oh, I'm doing well, thank you; I just think I've sprained my thumb."
"Sure to do that in a fight. Well, you hadn't the worst of it, I could see. Where did you learn that throw?"
"Definitely doing that in a fight. Well, you didn't have it the worst, I could tell. Where did you pick up that throw?"
"Down in the country, when I was a boy."
"Back in the countryside when I was a kid."
"Hullo! why, what are you now? Well, never mind, you're a plucky fellow. Sit down and have some supper."
"Hello! So, what are you up to now? Well, never mind, you're a brave person. Sit down and have some dinner."
Tom obeyed, by no means loath. He ate and drank, listening to the pleasant talk, and wondering how soon he should be in the fifth, and one of that much-envied society.
Tom complied, not at all reluctant. He ate and drank, enjoying the friendly conversation, and wondering how soon he would be in the fifth, one of that much-envied group.
As he got up to leave, Brooke said: "You must shake hands to-morrow morning; I shall come and see that done after first lesson."
As he stood up to leave, Brooke said, "You need to shake hands tomorrow morning; I'll come by to make sure it happens after the first lesson."
And so he did. And Tom and the Slogger shook hands with great satisfaction and mutual respect. And [Pg 301] for the next year or two, whenever fights were being talked of, the small boys who had been present shook their heads wisely, saying: "Ah! but you should just have seen the fight between Slogger Williams and Tom Brown!"
And so he did. Tom and the Slogger shook hands with a lot of satisfaction and mutual respect. And [Pg 301] for the next year or two, whenever fights were mentioned, the younger kids who had seen it would shake their heads knowingly and say, "Ah! But you should have seen the fight between Slogger Williams and Tom Brown!"
THE OLD BOY'S RULES.
And now, boys all, three words before we quit the subject. I have put in this chapter on fighting, of malice prepense,[46] partly because I want to give you a true picture of what every-day school life was in my time, and not a kid-glove and go-to-meeting-coat-picture; and partly because of the cant[47] and twaddle that's talked of boxing and fighting with fists nowadays. Even Thackeray has given in to it; and only a few weeks ago there was some rampant stuff in the Times on the subject, in an article on field sports.
And now, guys, just three words before we move on from this topic. I included this chapter on fighting intentionally, partly because I want to show you a real picture of what everyday school life was like in my time, not some polished and formal image; and partly because of the nonsense that's talked about boxing and fighting with fists today. Even Thackeray has given in to it; and just a few weeks ago, there was some outrageous stuff in the Times on the topic, in an article about field sports.
Boys will quarrel, and when they quarrel will sometimes fight. Fighting with fists is the natural and English way for English boys to settle their quarrels. What substitute for it is there, or ever was there, amongst any nation under the sun? What would you like to see take its place?
Boys will argue, and when they argue, they sometimes fight. Fighting with fists is the typical and English way for English boys to resolve their disputes. What alternative is there, or has ever been, among any nation in the world? What would you prefer to see replace it?
Learn to box, then, as you learn to play cricket and foot-ball. Not one of you will be the worse, but very much the better for learning to box well. Should you never have to use it in earnest, there is no exercise in the world so good for the temper, and for the muscles of the back and legs.
Learn to box like you learn to play cricket and football. None of you will be worse off for learning to box well; in fact, you'll be a lot better for it. Even if you never have to use it for real, there’s no workout better for your mood and for strengthening your back and leg muscles.
As to fighting, keep out of it if you can by all means. When the time comes, if it ever should, that you have to say "Yes" or "No" to a challenge to fight, say "No" [Pg 302] if you can,—only take care you make it clear to yourselves why you say "No." It's a proof of the highest courage, if done from true Christian motives. It's quite right and justifiable, if done from a simple aversion to physical pain and danger. But don't say "No" because you fear a licking, and say or think it's because you fear God, for that's neither Christian nor honest. And if you do fight, fight it out; and don't give in while you can stand and see.
Avoid fighting if you can. When the time comes, if you ever have to respond to a challenge, say "No" if you can—just make sure you understand why you are saying "No." It's truly courageous if your decision comes from genuine Christian values. It’s totally reasonable if it's just because you dislike physical pain and danger. But don’t say "No" out of fear of losing and pretend it’s because you fear God, because that’s neither Christian nor honest. And if you do end up fighting, see it through; don’t give up as long as you’re able to stand and fight. [Pg 302]
FOOTNOTES
[1] Predicate: say or assert.
Predicate: say or assert.
[3] Tacitly: without words, silently.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Tacitly: without speaking, silently.
[4] Mill: a set-to or fight.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Mill: a match or brawl.
[9] Coach: teacher or tutor.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Coach: instructor or mentor.
[10] Nem. con.: no one objecting.
[12] Chivalrous: here, gallant, polite.
[14] Profane: here, not sacred.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Profane: here, not holy.
[16] Summary: quick, short.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Summary: brief, concise.
[18] Unctuous: fat, oily.
Unctuous: greasy, oily.
[19] Cut out: prepared, ready.
[22] Sodden: here, soft.
[23] Tuck: sweet stuff.
[24] Making play: using.
Making play: using.
[25] Hard all: do your best.
[26] Partisans: adherents, "backers."
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Partisans: supporters, "backers."
[27] Thunder-and-lightning: probably showy, flashy.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Thunder-and-lightning: likely flashy.
[28] Feint: make a pretended attack.
Feint: make a fake attack.
[29] Frontispiece: face.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Frontispiece: cover image.
[30] Parrying: warding off.
[31] Lunging hits: straight-out blows.
Lunging hits: direct punches.
[32] Counter: to give a return blow.
[33] Quarter: to move about.
[34] Blown: out of breath.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Blown: out of breath.
[35] Winded: out of breath.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Winded: short of breath.
[37] Pull: advantage.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pull: benefit.
[38] Keep your head: keep cool.
[42] Turret: a small tower.
[43] Gravelled: embarrassed, confused.
Gravelled: embarrassed, confused.
[46] Malice prepense: with deliberate purpose.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Malice prepense: with intent.
[47] Cant: hypocritical or meaningless talk.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cant: insincere or empty talk.
CHAPTER VI.
FEVER IN THE SCHOOL.
"This is our hope for all that's mortal,
And we too shall burst the bond;
Death keeps watch beside the portal,
But 'tis life that dwells beyond."—John Sterling.
"This is our hope for all that's human,
And we will also break free from the chains;
Death stands guard at the entrance,
"But it's life that exists beyond." —John Sterling.
Two years have passed since the events recorded in the last chapter, and the end of the summer half-year is again drawing on. Martin has left and gone on a cruise in the South Pacific in one of his uncle's ships; the old magpie, as disreputable as ever, his last bequest[1] to Arthur, lives in the joint study. Arthur is nearly sixteen, and at the head of the twenty, having gone up the school at the rate of a form a half-year. East and Tom have been much more deliberate in their progress, and are only a little way up the fifth form. Great strapping boys they are, but still thorough boys, filling about the same place in the house that young Brooke filled when they were new boys, and much the same sort of fellows. Constant intercourse with Arthur has done much for both of them, especially for Tom; but much remains yet to be done, if they are to get all the good out of Rugby which is to be got there in these times. Arthur is still frail and delicate, with more spirit than body; but, thanks to his [Pg 304] intimacy with them and Martin, has learned to swim, run, and play cricket, and has never hurt himself by too much reading.
Two years have passed since the events described in the last chapter, and the end of summer is approaching again. Martin has left for a cruise in the South Pacific on one of his uncle's ships; the old magpie, as disreputable as ever, his last gift[1] to Arthur, is living in the shared study. Arthur is nearly sixteen and at the head of the twenty, having advanced through school at the pace of a form per half-year. East and Tom have been much more careful in their progress and are only a little way up the fifth form. They are big, strapping boys but still very much boys, occupying a similar role in the house that young Brooke did when they were new students, and they’re much the same kind of guys. Regular interactions with Arthur have helped both of them a lot, especially Tom; but a lot still needs to be done if they are to make the most of their time at Rugby. Arthur remains frail and delicate, with more spirit than strength; however, thanks to his friendship with them and Martin, he has learned to swim, run, and play cricket, and has never overdone it with his reading.
DEATH IN THE SCHOOL.
One evening, as they were all sitting down to supper in the fifth-form room, some one started a report that a fever had broken out at one of the boarding-houses; "They say," he added, "that Thompson is very ill, and that Dr. Robertson has been sent for from Northampton."
One evening, while they were all getting ready to eat dinner in the fifth-form room, someone mentioned that a fever had broken out at one of the boarding houses. "They say," he added, "that Thompson is really sick, and that Dr. Robertson has been called from Northampton."
"Then we shall all be sent home," cried another. "Hurrah! five weeks' extra holidays, and no fifth-form examination."
"Then we’ll all be sent home," shouted another. "Yay! Five extra weeks of vacation and no fifth-form exam."
"I hope not," said Tom; " there'll be no Marylebone match[2] then at the end of the half."
"I hope not," said Tom; "there won't be a Marylebone match[2] then at the end of the half."
Some thought one thing, some another; many didn't believe the report; but the next day, Tuesday, Dr. Robertson arrived, and stayed all day, and had long conferences with the Doctor.
Some thought one thing, some another; many didn't believe the report; but the next day, Tuesday, Dr. Robertson arrived, and stayed all day, and had long meetings with the Doctor.
On Wednesday morning, after prayers, the Doctor addressed the whole school. There were several cases of fever in different houses, he said; but Dr. Robertson, after the most careful examination, had assured him that it was not infectious, and that if proper care were taken, there could be no reason for stopping the school work at present. The examinations were just coming on, and it would be very unadvisable to break up now. However, any boys who chose to do so were at liberty to write home, and if their parents wished it, to leave at once. He should send the whole school home if the fever spread.
On Wednesday morning, after prayers, the Doctor spoke to the entire school. He mentioned that there were several cases of fever in different houses; however, Dr. Robertson, after careful examination, had reassured him that it was not contagious. He stated that if everyone took the right precautions, there was no reason to stop school activities for now. The exams were approaching, and it would be unwise to disrupt things at this point. However, any boys who wanted to could write home, and if their parents preferred, they could leave immediately. He would send the whole school home if the fever spread.
The next day Arthur sickened, but there was no other [Pg 305] case. Before the end of the week thirty or forty boys had gone, but the rest stayed on. There was a general wish to please the Doctor, and a feeling that it was cowardly to run away.
The next day, Arthur got sick, but there were no other [Pg 305] cases. By the end of the week, thirty or forty boys had left, but the others stayed. Everyone wanted to make the Doctor happy and felt that it was cowardly to flee.
THE DOCTOR'S SERMON.
On the Saturday Thompson died, in the bright afternoon, while the cricket-match was going on as usual on the big-side ground: the Doctor coming from his death-bed, passed along the gravel-walk at the side of the close, but no one knew what had happened till the next day. At morning lecture it began to be rumored, and by afternoon chapel was known generally; and a feeling of seriousness and awe at the actual presence of death among them came over the whole school. In the long years of his ministry the Doctor perhaps never spoke words which sank deeper than some of those in that day's sermon. "When I came yesterday from visiting all but the very death-bed of him who has been taken from us, and looked around upon all the familiar objects and scenes within our own ground, where your common amusements were going on with your common cheerfulness and activity, I felt there was nothing painful in witnessing that; it did not seem in any way shocking or out of tune with those feelings which the sight of a dying Christian must be supposed to awaken. The unsuitableness in point of natural feeling between scenes of mourning and scenes of liveliness did not at all present itself. But I did feel that if at that moment any of those faults had been brought before me which sometimes occur amongst us; had I heard that any of you had been guilty of falsehood, or of drunkenness, or of any other such sin; had I heard from any quarter the language of profaneness, or of unkindness, or of indecency; had I heard or seen any signs of that wretched [Pg 306] folly which courts the laugh of fools by affecting not to dread evil and not to care for good, then the unsuitableness of any of these things with the scene I had just quitted would indeed have been most intensely painful. And why? Not because such things would really have been worse than at any other time, but because at such a moment the eyes are opened really to know good and evil, because we then feel what it is so to live that death becomes an infinite blessing, and what it is so to live also, that it were good for us if we had never been born."
On the Saturday Thompson died, during a bright afternoon while the cricket match was happening as usual on the big side field, the Doctor passed along the gravel path beside the close after coming from his deathbed. But no one knew what happened until the next day. By morning lecture, rumors started to spread, and by afternoon chapel, it was widely known. A sense of seriousness and awe at the reality of death being among them swept over the entire school. In the long years of his ministry, the Doctor may never have spoken words that resonated more deeply than some of those in that day's sermon. "When I came yesterday from visiting almost the very deathbed of him who has been taken from us, and looked around at all the familiar sights and scenes within our grounds, where your usual fun was happening with your typical cheerfulness and activity, I felt there was nothing painful in witnessing that; it didn't seem shocking or out of place with the feelings that the sight of a dying Christian should evoke. The disparity between scenes of mourning and scenes of joy didn’t really come to mind. But I did feel that if at that moment any of the faults that sometimes occur among us had been brought to my attention; if I had heard that any of you were guilty of lying, or drinking, or such sins; if I had heard from anywhere the language of cursing, unkindness, or indecency; if I had seen any signs of that awful folly that seeks the laughs of fools by pretending not to fear evil and not to care about good, then the inappropriateness of any of these things in relation to the scene I had just left would have indeed been very painful. And why? Not because such things would really have been worse than at any other time, but because at such a moment the eyes are truly opened to recognize good and evil; because we then understand what it means to live in such a way that death becomes an infinite blessing, and what it means to live in such a way that it would be better if we had never been born."
Tom had gone into chapel in sickening anxiety about Arthur, but he came out cheered and strengthened by those grand words, and walked up alone to their study. And when he sat down and looked round, and saw Arthur's straw hat and cricket-jacket hanging on their pegs, and marked all his neat little arrangements, not one of which had been disturbed, the tears indeed rolled down his cheeks; but they were calm and blessed tears, and he repeated to himself, "Yes, Geordie's[3] eyes are opened—he knows what it is so to live that death becomes an infinite blessing. But do I? O God, can I bear to lose him?"
Tom had walked into the chapel filled with anxiety about Arthur, but he came out uplifted and strengthened by those powerful words and made his way alone to their study. When he sat down and looked around, noticing Arthur's straw hat and cricket jacket hanging on the pegs, and observing all his neat little arrangements, none of which had been disturbed, tears rolled down his cheeks. But they were calm and blessed tears, and he repeated to himself, "Yes, Geordie's[3] eyes are opened—he understands what it means to live so fully that death becomes a profound blessing. But do I? Oh God, can I bear to lose him?"
ARTHUR'S ILLNESS.
The week passed mournfully away. No more boys sickened, but Arthur was reported worse each day, and his mother arrived early in the week. Tom made many appeals to be allowed to see him, and several times tried to get up to the sick-room; but the housekeeper was always in the way, and at last spoke to the Doctor, who kindly but peremptorily forbade him.
The week dragged on sadly. No more boys fell ill, but Arthur's condition got worse every day, and his mother showed up early in the week. Tom begged to be allowed to see him and tried several times to get to the sick room, but the housekeeper kept blocking him. Eventually, she spoke to the Doctor, who kindly but firmly told him he couldn't go.
Thompson was buried on the Tuesday; and the burial [Pg 307] service, so soothing and grand always, but beyond all words solemn when read over a boy's grave to his companions, brought Tom much comfort, and many strange new thoughts and longings. He went back to his regular life, and played cricket and bathed as usual; it seemed to him that this was the right thing to do, and the new thoughts and longings became more brave and healthy for the effort. The crisis came on Saturday, the day week that Thompson had died; and during that long afternoon Tom sat in his study reading his Bible, and going every half hour to the housekeeper's room, expecting each time to hear that the gentle and brave little spirit had gone home. But God had work for Arthur to do; the crisis passed—on Sunday evening he was declared out of danger; on Monday he sent a message to Tom that he was almost well, had changed his room, and was to be allowed to see him the next day.
Thompson was buried on Tuesday; and the burial [Pg 307] service, always so comforting and impressive, felt even more solemn when it was held over a boy's grave for his friends. It gave Tom a lot of comfort and sparked many new thoughts and feelings. He returned to his normal life, playing cricket and swimming like usual; it seemed to him that this was the right way to cope, and the new thoughts and feelings became braver and healthier as he tried to move forward. The crisis came on Saturday, a week after Thompson had died; and during that long afternoon, Tom sat in his study reading his Bible, checking back every half hour with the housekeeper, hoping each time to hear that the gentle and brave little spirit had finally gone home. But God had work for Arthur to do; the crisis passed—by Sunday evening he was declared out of danger; on Monday he sent a message to Tom saying he was nearly well, had moved to a different room, and was going to be allowed to see him the next day.
It was evening when the housekeeper summoned him to the sick-room. Arthur was lying on the sofa by the open window, through which the rays of the western sun stole gently, lighting up his white face and golden hair. Tom remembered a German picture of an angel which he knew; often had he thought how transparent and golden and spirit-like it was; and he shuddered to think how like it Arthur looked, and felt a shock as if his blood had all stopped short, as he realized how near the other world his friend must have been to look like that. Never till that moment had he felt how his little chum had twined himself round his heart-strings; and as he stole gently across the room and knelt down, and put his arm round Arthur's head on the pillow, he felt ashamed and half angry at his own red and brown face, and the bounding sense of health [Pg 308] and power which filled every fibre of his body, and made every movement of mere living a joy to him. He needn't have troubled himself; it was this very strength and power so different from his own which drew Arthur so to him.
It was evening when the housekeeper called him to the sick room. Arthur was lying on the sofa by the open window, through which the rays of the setting sun filtered gently, lighting up his pale face and golden hair. Tom remembered a German painting of an angel that he had seen; he often thought about how transparent, golden, and ethereal it looked, and he shuddered at how much Arthur resembled it. He felt a chill, as if his blood had suddenly stopped, realizing how close to the other world his friend must have been to look like that. Until that moment, he hadn’t felt how deeply his little buddy had entwined himself around his heart, and as he quietly crossed the room and knelt down, wrapping his arm around Arthur's head on the pillow, he felt ashamed and somewhat angry at his own red and brown face, and the vibrant sense of health and energy that filled his entire being, making every movement a joy. He didn’t need to worry; it was this very strength and vitality, so different from his own, that drew Arthur to him. [Pg 308]
Arthur laid his thin, white hand, on which the blue veins stood out so plainly, on Tom's great brown fist, and smiled at him, and then looked out of the window again, as if he couldn't bear to lose a moment of the sunset, into the tops of the great feathery elms, round which the rooks were circling and clanging, returning in flocks from their evening's foraging-parties. The elms rustled, the sparrows in the ivy just outside the window chirped and fluttered about, quarrelling, and making it up again; the rooks, young and old, talked in chorus; and the merry shouts of the boys, and the sweet click of cricket-bats, came up cheerily from below.
Arthur placed his thin, pale hand, with its clearly visible blue veins, on Tom's big brown fist and smiled at him, then turned back to the window as if he couldn’t bear to miss a moment of the sunset. He gazed into the tops of the tall, feathery elms where the rooks were circling and cawing, returning in flocks from their evening foraging. The elms rustled, the sparrows in the ivy just outside the window chirped and flitted around, arguing and then reconciling; the rooks, young and old, chatted in unison, and the cheerful shouts of the boys along with the sweet sound of cricket bats echoed up from below.
CONVALESCENCE.
"Dear George," said Tom, "I am so glad to be let up to see you at last. I've tried hard to come so often, but they wouldn't let me before."
"Dear George," Tom said, "I'm really happy to finally get to see you. I've tried my best to come by more often, but they wouldn’t allow it before."
"Oh, I know, Tom; Mary has told me every day about you, and how she was obliged to make the Doctor speak to you to keep you away. I'm very glad you didn't get up, for you might have caught it, and you couldn't stand being ill with all the matches going on. And you're in the eleven, too, I hear—I'm so glad."
"Oh, I get it, Tom; Mary has been telling me about you every day and how she had to make the Doctor talk to you to keep you away. I’m really glad you didn’t get up, because you might have caught it, and I know you can't handle being sick with all the matches happening. And I heard you're in the eleven, too—I'm so happy about that."
"Yes, isn't it jolly?" said Tom, proudly; "I'm ninth, too. I made forty at the last pie-match,[4] and caught three fellows out. So I was put in above Jones and Tucker. Tucker's so savage, for he was head of the twenty-two."
"Yeah, isn't it great?" said Tom, proudly; "I'm ninth, too. I got forty at the last pie-match,[4] and caught three guys out. So I was placed ahead of Jones and Tucker. Tucker's really upset because he was the head of the twenty-two."
"Well, I think you ought to be higher yet," said Arthur, [Pg 309] who was as jealous for the renown of Tom in games, as Tom was for his as a scholar.
"Well, I think you should be even higher," said Arthur, [Pg 309] who was just as eager for Tom's reputation in sports as Tom was for his as a student.
"Never mind, I don't care about cricket or anything now you are getting well, Geordie; and I shouldn't have hurt, I know, if they'd have let me come up,—nothing hurts me. But you'll get about now, directly, won't you? You won't believe how clean I've kept the study. All your things are just as you left them; and I feed the old magpie just when you used, though I have to come in from big-side for him, the old rip. He won't look pleased all I can do, and sticks his head first on one side and then on the other, and blinks at me before he'll begin to eat, till I'm half inclined to box his ears. And whenever East comes in you should see him hop off to the window, dot and go one,[5] though Harry wouldn't touch a feather of him now."
"Never mind, I don't care about cricket or anything now that you’re getting better, Geordie; and I realize I wouldn’t have been hurt if they’d let me come up—nothing bothers me. But you’ll be up and about soon, right? You won’t believe how tidy I’ve kept the study. All your things are just as you left them, and I still feed the old magpie just like you used to, although I have to come in from the big side for him, that old rascal. He won’t look happy no matter what I do, and he tilts his head from one side to the other and blinks at me before he’ll start eating, making me half tempted to give him a good smack. And every time East comes in, you should see him hop over to the window, dot and go one, although Harry wouldn’t touch a feather of him now."
Arthur laughed. "Old Gravey has a good memory; he can't forget the sieges of poor Martin's den in old times." He paused a moment and then went on. "You can't think how often I've been thinking of old Martin since I've been ill; I suppose one's mind gets restless, and likes to wander off to strange, unknown places. I wonder what queer new pets the old boy has got; how he must be revelling in the thousand new birds, beasts, and fishes."
Arthur laughed. "Old Gravey has a great memory; he can't forget the sieges at poor Martin's place back in the day." He paused for a moment and continued, "You wouldn't believe how often I've been thinking about old Martin since I got sick; I guess your mind gets restless and likes to drift off to strange, unfamiliar places. I wonder what weird new pets the old guy has; he must be loving all the new birds, animals, and fish."
Tom felt a pang of jealousy, but kicked it out in a moment. "Fancy him on a South-sea island, with the Cherokees or Patagonians, or some such wild niggers" (Tom's ethnology[6] and geography were faulty, but sufficient for his needs); "they'll make the old Madman cock medicine-man[7] and tattoo him all over. Perhaps he's [Pg 310] cutting about now all blue, and has a squaw and a wigwam. He'll improve their boomerangs,[8] and be able to throw them, too, without having old Thomas sent after him by the Doctor to take them away."
Tom felt a twinge of jealousy, but brushed it off quickly. "Can you imagine him on a South Sea island, with the Cherokees or Patagonians, or some other wild folks?" (Tom's knowledge of different cultures and geography was limited, but it was enough for him); "they'll turn the old Madman into a medicine man and tattoo him all over. Maybe he's out there right now, all covered in ink, living with a woman and a hut. He'll even improve their boomerangs, and he'll be able to throw them too, without having old Thomas sent after him by the Doctor to take them away."
MEMORIES.
Arthur laughed at the remembrance of the boomerang story, but then looked grave again, and said: "He'll convert all the island, I know."
Arthur laughed at the memory of the boomerang story, but then his expression turned serious again, and he said, "I know he'll convert the whole island."
"Yes, if he doesn't blow it up first."
"Yeah, if he doesn't mess it up first."
"Do you remember, Tom, how you and East used to laugh at him and chaff him, because he said he was sure the rooks all had calling-over or prayers, or something of that sort, when the locking-up bell rang? Well, I declare," said Arthur, looking up seriously into Tom's laughing eyes, "I do think he was right. Since I've been lying here, I've watched them every night; and do you know, they really do come and perch, all of them, just about locking-up time; and then first there's a regular chorus of caws, and then they stop a bit, and one old fellow, or perhaps two or three in different trees, caw solos, and then off they all go again, fluttering about and cawing anyhow till they roost."
"Do you remember, Tom, how you and East used to laugh at him and tease him because he was convinced that the rooks had some kind of calling-over or prayers or something like that when the locking-up bell rang? Well, I honestly think he was onto something," said Arthur, looking seriously into Tom's laughing eyes. "Since I've been lying here, I've been watching them every night; and you know what? They actually do come and settle down, all of them, just around locking-up time; and then there’s this whole chorus of caws, and then they pause for a bit, and one old bird, or maybe two or three in different trees, caw solo, and then they all take off again, fluttering around and cawing randomly until they roost."
"I wonder if the old blackies[9] do talk," said Tom, looking up at them. "How they must abuse me and East, and pray for the Doctor for stopping the singing!"
"I wonder if the old black folks[9] do talk," said Tom, looking up at them. "They must really be cursing me and East, and hoping for the Doctor to stop the singing!"
"There! look, look!" cried Arthur, "don't you see the old fellow without a tail coming up? Martin used to call him the 'clerk.'[10] He can't steer himself. You never saw [Pg 311] such fun as he is in a high wind, when he can't steer himself home, and gets carried right past the trees, and has to bear up again and again before he can perch."
"There! Look, look!" shouted Arthur, "Don’t you see the old guy without a tail coming up? Martin used to call him the 'clerk.'[10] He can’t steer himself. You’ve never seen anything as funny as he is in a strong wind, when he can’t steer himself home, gets blown right past the trees, and has to keep turning around again and again before he can land."
The locking-up bell began to toll, and the two boys were silent, and listened to it. The sound soon carried Tom off to the river and the woods, and he began to go over in his mind the many occasions on which he had heard that toll coming faintly down the breeze, and had to pack his rod in a hurry, and make a run for it, to get in before the gates were shut. He was aroused with a start from his memories by Arthur's voice, gentle and weak from his late illness.
The locking-up bell started ringing, and the two boys fell silent to listen. The sound quickly took Tom’s mind to the river and the woods, and he recalled the many times he had heard that toll faintly carried by the breeze, forcing him to pack up his fishing rod in a hurry and rush home before the gates closed. He was jolted back to reality by Arthur's voice, soft and weak from his recent illness.
"Tom, will you be angry if I talk to you very seriously?"
"Tom, will you be upset if I talk to you very seriously?"
"No, dear old boy, not I, but aren't you faint, Arthur, or ill? What can I get you? Don't say anything to hurt yourself now—you are very weak; let me come up again."
"No, my dear friend, it’s not me, but aren’t you feeling faint, Arthur, or sick? What can I get for you? Please don’t say anything that might upset you right now—you’re very weak; let me come up again."
"No, no, I sha'n't hurt myself; I'd sooner speak to you now, if you don't mind. I've asked Mary to tell the Doctor that you are with me, so you needn't go down to calling-over; and I mayn't have another chance, for I shall most likely have to go home for change of air to get well, and mayn't come back this half."
"No, no, I won't hurt myself; I’d rather talk to you now, if that’s okay. I asked Mary to let the Doctor know that you’re with me, so you don’t have to go to roll call; and I might not get another chance, since I’ll probably have to go home for a change of air to get better, and I might not return this term."
"Oh, do you think you must go away before the end of the half? I'm so sorry. It's more than five weeks yet to the holidays, and all the fifth-form examinations, and half the cricket-matches to come yet. And what shall I do all that time alone in our study? Why, Arthur, it will be more than twelve weeks before I see you again. Oh, hang it, I can't stand that! Besides, who's to keep me up to working at the examination-books? I shall come out bottom of the form, as sure as eggs is eggs."
"Oh, do you really have to leave before the end of the break? I'm really sorry. There's still over five weeks until the holidays, along with all the fifth-form exams and half of the cricket matches left to play. What will I do all that time alone in our study? Arthur, it’s going to be more than twelve weeks before I see you again. Ugh, I can't handle that! Besides, who’s going to help me stay on top of my studying for the exams? I'm definitely going to end up at the bottom of the class, just like you can count on eggs being eggs."
MORE LESSONS.
Tom was rattling on, half in joke, half in earnest, for [Pg 312] he wanted to get Arthur out of his serious vein, thinking it would do him harm; but Arthur broke in:—
Tom was chatting away, part joking, part serious, because he wanted to pull Arthur out of his serious mood, thinking it would be bad for him; but Arthur interrupted:—
"Oh, please, Tom, stop, or you'll drive all I had to say out of my head. And I'm already horribly afraid I'm going to make you angry."
"Oh, please, Tom, stop, or you'll make me forget everything I wanted to say. And I'm already really worried that I'm going to upset you."
"Don't gammon,[11] young un," rejoined Tom (the use of the old name, dear to him from old recollections, made Arthur start and smile, and feel quite happy); "you know you aren't afraid, and you've never made me angry since the first month we chummed together. Now I'm going to be quite sober for a quarter of an hour, which is more than I am once in a year; so make the most of it; heave ahead, and pitch into me right and left."
"Don't mess with me, young one," Tom replied (the use of the old name, which he cherished from past memories, made Arthur pause and smile, and feel really happy); "you know you're not scared, and you've never upset me since the first month we hung out together. Now I'm going to be completely serious for fifteen minutes, which is more than I am once a year; so take advantage of it; go ahead and give it to me from all sides."
"Dear Tom, I'm not going to pitch into you," said Arthur, piteously; "and it seems so cocky in me to be advising you, who've been my back-bone ever since I've been at Rugby, and have made the school a paradise to me. Ah, I see I shall never do it, unless I go head-over-heels at once, as you said when you taught me to swim. Tom, I want you to give up using Vulgus-books and cribs."[12]
"Dear Tom, I'm not going to criticize you," said Arthur, with a pained expression; "and it feels so arrogant of me to give you advice, since you’ve been my support ever since I arrived at Rugby and have made the school a wonderful place for me. Ah, I realize that I'll never manage it unless I dive in headfirst, just like you said when you taught me how to swim. Tom, I want you to stop using Vulgus books and crib notes."[12]
Arthur sank back on to his pillow with a sigh, as if the effort had been great; but the worst was now over, and he looked straight at Tom, who was evidently taken aback. He leant his elbows on his knees, and stuck his hands into his hair, whistled a verse of "Billie Taylor," and then was quite silent for another minute. Not a shade crossed his face, but he was clearly puzzled. At last he looked up, and caught Arthur's anxious look, took his hand, and said simply:—
Arthur sank back onto his pillow with a sigh, as if the effort had been huge; but the worst was now over, and he looked straight at Tom, who was clearly surprised. He leaned his elbows on his knees, buried his hands in his hair, whistled a verse of "Billie Taylor," and then fell silent for another minute. Not a flicker crossed his face, but he was obviously confused. Finally, he looked up, met Arthur's worried gaze, took his hand, and said simply:—
"Why, young un?"
"Why, kid?"
"Because you're the honestest boy in Rugby, and that isn't honest."
"Because you're the most honest boy in Rugby, and that's not really honest."
"I don't see that."
"I can't see that."
"What were you sent to Rugby for?"
"What were you sent to Rugby for?"
"Well, I don't know exactly—nobody ever told me. I suppose because all boys are sent to a public-school in England."
"Well, I don't really know—nobody ever told me. I guess it's because all boys go to a public school in England."
"But what do you think yourself? What do you want to do here and to carry away?"
"But what do you think? What do you want to do here and take away with you?"
Tom thought a minute. "I want to be A 1 at cricket and foot-ball, and all the other games, and to make my hands keep my head against any fellow, lout or gentleman. I want to get into the sixth before I leave, and to please the Doctor; and I want to carry away just as much Latin and Greek as will take me through Oxford respectably. There now, young un, I never thought of it before, but that's pretty much about my figure. Isn't it all on the square? What have you got to say to that?"
Tom thought for a moment. "I want to be top-notch at cricket and football, and all the other sports, and to hold my own against anyone, whether they're a tough guy or a gentleman. I want to make it to the sixth form before I leave, and to impress the Doctor; and I want to learn just enough Latin and Greek to get through Oxford with respect. There you go, kid, I never really thought about it before, but that sums it up pretty well. Doesn't it all add up? What do you think about that?"
"Why, that you are pretty sure to do all that you want, then."
"Well, you're pretty much guaranteed to get everything you want then."
"Well, I hope so. But you've forgot one thing, what I want to leave behind me. I want to leave behind me," said Tom, speaking slow, and looking much moved, "the name of a fellow who never bullied a little boy, or turned his back on a big one."
"Well, I hope so. But you've forgotten one thing: what I want to leave behind. I want to leave behind," said Tom, speaking slowly and looking very emotional, "the name of a guy who never bullied a little kid or turned his back on a big one."
Arthur pressed his hand, and after a moment's silence went on: "You say, Tom, you want to please the Doctor. Now, do you want to please him by what he thinks you do, or by what you really do?"
Arthur pressed his hand, and after a moment of silence, he continued: "You say, Tom, you want to make the Doctor happy. Now, do you want to make him happy with what he thinks you do, or with what you actually do?"
"By what I really do, of course."
"By what I actually do, of course."
"Does he think you use cribs and Vulgus-books?"
"Does he think you use baby books and common literature?"
Tom felt at once that his flank was turned,[13] but he couldn't give in. "He was at Winchester himself," said he; "he knows all about it."
Tom felt immediately that he was getting outflanked,[13] but he couldn't back down. "He was at Winchester himself," he said; "he knows all about it."
"Yes, but does he think you use them? Do you think he approves of it?"
"Yes, but does he think you use them? Do you think he’s okay with it?"
"You young villain!" said Tom, shaking his fist at Arthur, half vexed and half pleased. "I never think about it. Hang it—there, perhaps he doesn't. Well, I suppose he doesn't."
"You little troublemaker!" Tom said, shaking his fist at Arthur, feeling a mix of annoyance and enjoyment. "I never think about it. Whatever—maybe he doesn't. I guess he doesn't."
TOM'S CONFESSIONS.
Arthur saw that he had got his point; he knew his friend well, and was wise in silence as in speech. He only said, "I would sooner have the Doctor's good opinion of me as I really am than any man's in the world."
Arthur realized he had made his point; he understood his friend well and was as wise in silence as he was in conversation. He simply said, "I would rather have the Doctor's genuine opinion of me than anyone else's in the world."
After another minute, Tom began again; "Look here, young un, how on earth am I to get time to play the matches this half, if I give up cribs? We're in the middle of that long crabbed chorus in the Agamemnon;[14] I can only just make head or tail of it with the crib. Then there's Pericles' speech coming on in Thucydides, and 'The Birds' to get up for the examination, besides the Tacitus." Tom groaned at the thought of his accumulated labors. "I say, young un, there's only five weeks or so left to the holidays; mayn't I go on as usual for this half? I'll tell the Doctor about it some day, or you may."
After another minute, Tom started again, "Listen up, kid, how am I supposed to find time to play matches this term if I quit using the study guides? We're stuck in that complicated chorus in the Agamemnon;[14] I can barely make sense of it with the guide. Then there's Pericles' speech coming up in Thucydides, and I've got to prepare for 'The Birds' for the exam, not to mention the Tacitus." Tom groaned at the thought of all the work piling up. "I mean, kid, there are only about five weeks left until the holidays; can't I just keep doing things the way I usually do for this term? I'll talk to the Doctor about it one day, or you can."
Arthur looked out of the window; the twilight had come on, and all was silent. He repeated, in a low voice, "In this thing the Lord pardon thy servant, that when my master goeth into the house of Rimmon, to worship there, and he leaneth on my hand, and I bow down [Pg 315] myself in the house of Rimmon, when I bow down myself in the house of Rimmon, the Lord pardon thy servant in this thing."[15]
Arthur looked out the window; dusk had fallen, and everything was quiet. He softly repeated, "In this matter, may the Lord forgive your servant, for when my master goes into the house of Rimmon to worship there, and he leans on my hand, and I bow down in the house of Rimmon, when I bow down in the house of Rimmon, may the Lord forgive your servant in this matter."[Pg 315][15]
Not a word more was said on the subject, and the boys were again silent,—one of those blessed, short silences in which the resolves which color a life are so often taken.
Not another word was said about it, and the boys fell silent again—one of those precious, brief silences where the decisions that shape a life are often made.
TOM OUT-GENERALLED.
Tom was the first to break it. "You've been very ill indeed, haven't you, Geordie?" said he, with a mixture of awe and curiosity, feeling as if his friend had been in some strange place or scene, of which he could form no idea, and full of the memory of his own thoughts during the last week.
Tom was the first to speak up. "You've been really sick, haven’t you, Geordie?" he said, feeling a mix of admiration and curiosity, as if his friend had been in some bizarre situation that he couldn’t even imagine, and remembering his own thoughts from the past week.
"Yes, very. I'm sure the Doctor thought I was going to die. He gave me the Sacrament last Sunday, and you can't think what he is when one is ill. He said such brave, and tender, and gentle things to me, I felt quite light and strong after it, and never had any more fear. My mother brought our old medical man, who attended me when I was a poor sickly child; he said my constitution was quite changed, and that I'm fit for anything now. If it hadn't, I couldn't have stood three days of this illness. That's all, thanks to you, and the games you've made me fond of."
"Yeah, definitely. I'm sure the Doctor thought I was going to die. He gave me the Sacrament last Sunday, and you can't imagine what he’s like when someone is sick. He said such brave, caring, and gentle things to me that I felt light and strong afterward, and I didn't have any more fear. My mom brought in our old doctor, who treated me when I was a frail child; he said my health has really changed, and that I'm fit for anything now. If it hadn't, I wouldn't have been able to handle three days of this illness. That's all because of you and the games you've helped me love."
"More thanks to old Martin," said Tom; "he's been your real friend."
"Thanks to old Martin," Tom said; "he's been your true friend."
"Nonsense, Tom; he never could have done for me what you have."
"Nonsense, Tom; he could never have done for me what you have."
"Well, I don't know; I did little enough. Did they tell you—you won't mind hearing it now, I know—that poor Thompson died last week? The other three boys are getting quite round, like you."
"Well, I don’t know; I didn’t do much. Did they tell you—you won’t mind hearing this now, I know—that poor Thompson passed away last week? The other three boys are getting pretty chubby, just like you."
"Oh, yes, I heard of it."
"Oh, yeah, I heard about it."
Then Tom, who was quite full of it, told Arthur of the burial service in the chapel, and how it had impressed him and, he believed, all the other boys. "And though the Doctor never said a word about it," said he, "and it was a half-holiday and match day, there wasn't a game played in the close all the afternoon, and the boys all went about as if it were Sunday."
Then Tom, who was really into it, told Arthur about the burial service in the chapel and how it had impressed him and, he thought, all the other boys. "Even though the Doctor didn’t say a word about it," he said, "and it was a half-holiday and match day, there wasn’t a game played in the close all afternoon, and the boys acted like it was Sunday."
"I'm very glad of it," said Arthur. "But, Tom, I've had such strange thoughts about death lately. I've never told a soul of them, not even my mother. Sometimes I think they're wrong, but, do you know, I don't think in my heart I could be sorry at the death of any of my friends."
"I'm really glad to hear that," said Arthur. "But, Tom, I've been having some strange thoughts about death lately. I haven't told anyone about them, not even my mom. Sometimes I think they're wrong, but honestly, I don't think I could genuinely feel sad about the death of any of my friends."
Tom was taken quite aback. "What in the world is the young un after now?" thought he; "I've swallowed a good many of his crotchets, but this altogether beats me. He can't be quite right in his head." He didn't want to say a word, and shifted about uneasily in the dark; however, Arthur seemed to be waiting for an answer, so at last he said: "I don't think I quite see what you mean, Geordie. One's told so often to think about death, that I've tried it on sometimes, especially this last week. But we won't talk of it now. I'd better go—you're getting tired, and I shall do you harm."
Tom was taken aback. "What on earth is the kid up to now?" he thought. "I've put up with a lot of his odd ideas, but this is just too much. He can't be all there." He didn't want to speak and shifted uncomfortably in the dark; however, Arthur seemed to be expecting a response, so eventually he said, "I don't really understand what you mean, Geordie. People keep saying to think about death, so I've tried it a bit, especially this past week. But let's not talk about it now. I should go—you look tired, and I don't want to wear you out."
"No, no, indeed I'm not, Tom; you must stop till nine, there's only twenty minutes. I've settled you shall stop till nine. And oh! do let me talk to you—I must talk to you. I see it's just as I feared. You think I'm half mad, don't you now?"
"No, no, I'm really not, Tom; you have to stay until nine, there are only twenty minutes left. I've decided you should stay until nine. And please, let me talk to you—I really need to talk to you. I see it's just as I was afraid. You think I'm a little crazy, don’t you?"
"Well, I did think it odd what you said, Geordie, as you ask me."
"Well, I did find what you said, Geordie, a bit strange, just as you asked me."
ARTHUR'S FEVER.
Arthur paused a moment, and then said quickly, "I'll [Pg 317] tell you how it all happened. At first, when I was sent to the sick-room, and found that I had really got the fever, I was terribly frightened. I thought I should die, and I could not face it for a moment. I don't think it was sheer cowardice at first, but I thought how hard it was to be taken away from my mother and sisters, and you all, just as I was beginning to see my way to many things, and to feel that I might be a man, and do a man's work. To die without having fought, and worked, and given one's life away, was too hard to bear. I got terribly impatient, and accused God of injustice, and strove to justify myself; and the harder I strove the deeper I sank. Then the image of my dear father often came across me, but I turned from it. Whenever it came, a heavy numbing throb seemed to take hold of my heart, and say, 'Dead—dead—dead.' And I cried out, 'The living, the living shall praise Thee O God; the dead cannot praise Thee.[16] There is no work in the grave;[17] in the night no man can work. But I can work. I can do great things. I will do great things. Why wilt thou slay me?' And so I struggled and plunged, deeper and deeper, and went down into a living black tomb. I was alone there, with no power to stir or think; alone with myself; beyond the reach of all human fellowship; beyond Christ's reach, I thought, in my nightmare. You, who are brave and bright and strong, can have no idea of that agony, pray to God you never may. Pray as for your life."
Arthur paused for a moment and then quickly said, "I'll [Pg 317] tell you how it all happened. At first, when I was sent to the sick room and realized I actually had the fever, I was incredibly scared. I thought I was going to die, and I couldn’t bear the thought for even a second. I don’t think it was just cowardice at first; I was overwhelmed by how hard it was to be taken away from my mom and sisters, and all of you, just as I was starting to find my way in life and feel like I could be a man and do meaningful work. Dying without having fought, worked, or truly lived felt too painful to accept. I became very impatient, accused God of being unfair, and tried to justify myself; the harder I tried, the deeper I sank. The image of my dear father would often come to mind, but I pushed it away. Every time it came, a heavy, numbing ache seemed to grip my heart and whisper, ‘Dead—dead—dead.’ And I shouted, 'The living, the living shall praise You, O God; the dead cannot praise You.[16] There is no work in the grave;[17] in the night no one can work. But I can work. I can achieve great things. I will achieve great things. Why would You want to take my life?' And so I struggled and sank deeper and deeper, falling into a living black tomb. I was all alone there, unable to move or think; just me, completely cut off from human connection; beyond what I thought was even possible with Christ in my nightmare. You, who are brave, bright, and strong, have no idea of that agony; I hope you never do. Pray as if your life depends on it."
Arthur stopped—from exhaustion, Tom thought; but what between his fear lest Arthur should hurt himself, his awe, and longing for him to go on, he couldn't ask, or stir to help him.
Arthur stopped—Tom thought it was from exhaustion; but with his fear that Arthur might hurt himself, his awe, and his desire for him to keep going, he couldn't ask or move to help him.
ARTHUR'S VISION.
Presently he went on, but quite calm and slow. "I don't know how long. I was in that state. For more than a day, I know; for I was quite conscious, and lived my outer life all the time, and took my medicines, and spoke to my mother, and heard what they said. But I didn't take much note of time; I thought time was over for me, and that that tomb was what was beyond. Well, on last Sunday morning, as I seemed to lie in that tomb, alone, as I thought, forever and ever, the black dead wall was cleft in two, and I was caught up and borne into the light by some great power, some living mighty spirit. Tom, do you remember the living creatures and the wheels in Ezekiel?[18] It was just like that: 'When they went, I heard the noise of their wings, like the noise of great waters, as the voice of the Almighty, the voice of speech, as the noise of an host; when they stood, they let down their wings'—'and they went every one straight forward;—whither the spirit was to go they went, and they turned not when they went.' And we rushed through the bright air, which was full of myriads of living creatures, and paused on the brink of a great river. And the power held me up, and I knew that that great river was the grave, and death dwelt there; but not the death I had met in the black tomb,—that I felt was gone forever. For on the other bank of the great river I saw men and women and children rising up pure and bright, and the tears were wiped from their eyes, and they put on glory and strength, and all weariness and pain fell away. And beyond were a multitude which no man could number, and they worked at some great work; and they who rose from the river went on and joined in the work. They [Pg 319] all worked, and each worked in a different way, but all at the same work. And I saw there my father, and the men in the old town whom I knew when I was a child; many a hard stern man, who never came to church, and whom they called atheist and infidel. There they were, side by side with my father, whom I had seen toil and die for them, and women and little children, and the seal[19] was on the foreheads of all. And I longed to see what the work was, and could not; so I tried to plunge into the river, for I thought I would join them, but I could not. Then I looked about to see how they got into the river. And this I could not see, but I saw myriads on this side, and they too worked, and I knew that it was the same work; and the same seal was on their foreheads. And though I saw that there was toil and anguish in the work of these, and that most that were working were blind and feeble, yet I longed no more to plunge into the river, but more and more to know what the work was. And as I looked I saw my mother and my sisters, and I saw the Doctor, and you, Tom, and hundreds more whom I knew. And at last I saw myself, too, and I was toiling and doing ever so little a piece of the great work. Then it all melted away, and the power left me, and as it left me I thought I heard a voice say: 'The vision is for an appointed time; though it tarry, wait for it, for in the end it shall speak and not lie, it shall surely come, it shall not tarry.'[20] It was early morning I know then, it was so quiet and cool, and my mother was fast asleep in the chair by my bedside; but it wasn't only a dream of mine. I know it wasn't a dream. Then I fell into a deep sleep, [Pg 320] and only woke after afternoon chapel; and the Doctor came and gave me the Sacrament as I told you. I told him and my mother I should get well—I knew I should; but I couldn't tell them why. Tom," said Arthur, gently, after another minute, "do you see why I could not grieve now to see my dearest friend die? It can't be—it isn't all fever or illness. God would never have let me see it so clear if it wasn't true. I don't understand it all yet—it will take me my life, and longer, to do that—to find out what the work is."
He continued, calm and slow. "I don't know how long I was in that state. It was more than a day, I know; I was fully aware and lived my life as usual—taking my medications, talking to my mom, and hearing what they said. But I didn't pay much attention to time; I thought time was over for me, and that tomb was what lay ahead. Well, last Sunday morning, as I lay in that tomb, alone, thinking I would be there forever, the dark wall split in two, and I was lifted into the light by some great force, some powerful spirit. Tom, do you remember the creatures and the wheels in Ezekiel?[18] It was just like that: 'When they went, I heard the sound of their wings, like the sound of rushing water, like the voice of the Almighty, as they went straight forward;—wherever the spirit wanted to go, they went, without turning.' And we sped through bright air, filled with countless living things, and paused at the edge of a great river. The power held me up, and I realized that the river represented the grave, where death resided; but it wasn't the death I encountered in the dark tomb—I felt that was gone forever. For on the other side of the great river, I saw men, women, and children rising up, pure and radiant, their tears wiped away, donning glory and strength, shedding all weariness and pain. And beyond them was a multitude that no one could count, engaged in some important work; those who rose from the river joined in. They all worked, each in their own way, but all toward the same goal. And there I saw my father, along with men from the old town I knew as a child; many were harsh, stern men who never attended church, often labeled as atheists and nonbelievers. There they were, side by side with my father, who had labored and died for them, along with women and little children, and the seal[19] was on the foreheads of all. I longed to understand what the work was, but I couldn’t; so I attempted to dive into the river, wanting to join them, but I couldn’t. Then I looked around to see how they entered the river. I couldn't figure that out, but I saw countless others on this side, working as well, and I knew it was the same work; and they had the same seal on their foreheads. Although I saw that there was suffering and hard work in their efforts, and that many who were laboring were blind and weak, I no longer desired to dive into the river, but rather wanted to know more about what the work was. As I looked, I spotted my mother and my sisters, then the Doctor, and you, Tom, and many others I recognized. Finally, I saw myself, and I was working, contributing only a small part of the great effort. Then everything faded away, and the power departed from me. As it did, I thought I heard a voice say, 'The vision is for an appointed time; though it may take a while, wait for it, for in the end it will speak and not lie; it will surely come, it will not delay.'[20] I realized it was early morning; it was so quiet and cool, and my mom was fast asleep in the chair by my bedside; but this wasn’t just a dream. I knew it wasn’t a dream. Then I fell into a deep sleep, [Pg 320] and only woke up after afternoon chapel; the Doctor came and gave me the Sacrament as I told you. I told him and my mother I would recover—I knew I would; but I couldn’t explain why. Tom," Arthur said gently after a moment, "do you see why I couldn’t grieve now at the death of my dearest friend? It can’t be—it’s not all fever or illness. God wouldn’t have let me see it so clearly if it weren’t true. I don’t understand it all yet—it will take me my entire life, and beyond, to figure it out—to discover what the work is."
ARTHUR'S MOTHER.
When Arthur stopped, there was a long pause. Tom could not speak; he was almost afraid to breathe, lest he should break the train of Arthur's thoughts. He longed to hear more, and to ask questions. In another minute nine o'clock struck, and a gentle tap at the door called them both back into the world again. They did not answer, however, for a moment, and so the door opened and a lady came in, carrying a candle.
When Arthur stopped, there was a long pause. Tom couldn't speak; he was almost afraid to breathe, worried he might interrupt Arthur's thoughts. He really wanted to hear more and to ask questions. Just a minute later, nine o'clock rang out, and a soft knock at the door pulled them both back into reality. They didn’t answer right away, so the door opened, and a lady walked in, holding a candle.
She went straight to the sofa, and took hold of Arthur's hand, and then stooped down and kissed him.
She went straight to the couch, took Arthur's hand, and then bent down to kiss him.
"My dearest boy, you feel a little feverish again. Why didn't you have lights? You've talked too much, and excited yourself in the dark."
"My dear boy, you seem a bit feverish again. Why didn’t you have any lights on? You’ve talked too much and worked yourself up in the dark."
"Oh, no, mother, you can't think how well I feel. I shall start with you to-morrow for Devonshire. But, mother, here's my friend, here's Tom Brown—you know him?"
"Oh, no, mom, you can't imagine how great I feel. I'm going to start with you tomorrow for Devonshire. But, mom, here's my friend, here's Tom Brown—you know him?"
"Yes indeed, I've known him for years," she said, and held out her hand to Tom, who was now standing up behind the sofa. This was Arthur's mother; tall, and slight, and fair, with masses of golden hair drawn back from the broad white forehead, and the calm blue eye meeting his [Pg 321] so deep and open,—the eye that he knew so well, for it was his friend's over again, and the lovely tender mouth that trembled while he looked. She stood there a woman of thirty-eight, old enough to be his mother, and one whose face showed the lines that must be written on the faces of good men's wives and widows,—but he thought he had never seen anything so beautiful. He couldn't help wondering if Arthur's sisters were like her.
"Yes, I really have known him for years," she said, reaching out her hand to Tom, who was now standing up behind the sofa. This was Arthur's mother; tall, slender, and fair, with a mass of golden hair pulled back from her broad white forehead, and her calm blue eyes meeting his so deep and open—those eyes he recognized so well, as they were just like his friend's, along with the lovely, tender mouth that quivered while he looked. She stood there at thirty-eight, old enough to be his mother, and her face showed the lines that are common to the wives and widows of good men—but he thought he had never seen anything so beautiful. He couldn't help but wonder if Arthur's sisters looked like her.
Tom held her hand, and looked her straight in the face; he could neither let it go nor speak.
Tom held her hand and looked her right in the eye; he couldn’t let it go or say anything.
"Now, Tom," said Arthur, laughing, "where are your manners? You'll stare my mother out of countenance." Tom dropped the little hand with a sigh. "There, sit down, both of you. Here, dearest mother, there's room here," and he made a place on the sofa for her. "Tom, you needn't go; I'm sure you won't be called up at first lesson." Tom felt that he would risk being floored at every lesson for the rest of his natural school-life sooner than go; so sat down. "And now," said Arthur, "I have realized one of the dearest wishes of my life,—to see you two together."
"Now, Tom," Arthur said, laughing, "where are your manners? You’re going to make my mom uncomfortable with that stare." Tom sighed and dropped the little hand. "Alright, sit down, both of you. Here, dear mom, there’s space here," and he cleared a spot on the sofa for her. "Tom, you don’t have to leave; I’m sure you won’t be called up for the first lesson." Tom felt he would rather get in trouble at every lesson for the rest of his school life than leave, so he sat down. "And now," Arthur said, "I’ve fulfilled one of my greatest wishes—to see you two together."
TOM'S REWARDS.
And then he led away the talk to their home in Devonshire, and the red bright earth, and the deep green combes,[21] and the peat[22] streams like cairngorm[23] pebbles, and the wild moor[24] with its high cloudy Tors[25] for a giant background to the picture,—till Tom got jealous, and stood up for the clear chalk streams, and the emerald water [Pg 322] meadows and great elms and willows of the dear old Royal county, as he gloried to call it. And the mother sat on quiet and loving, rejoicing in their life. The quarter-to-ten struck, and the bell rang for bed, before they had well begun their talk as it seemed.
And then he shifted the conversation to their home in Devon, and the bright red earth, and the deep green valleys,[21] and the peat[22] streams like cairngorm[23] pebbles, and the wild moor[24] with its towering, cloudy hills[25] as a giant backdrop to the scene,—until Tom got jealous and stood up for the clear chalk streams, and the emerald water [Pg 322] meadows and the great elms and willows of the beloved old Royal county, as he proudly called it. And the mother sat quietly and lovingly, enjoying their lives. The quarter-to-ten bell rang for bed, before they had even started their conversation it seemed.
Then Tom rose with a sigh to go.
Then Tom stood up with a sigh to leave.
"Shall I see you in the morning, Geordie?" said he, as he shook his friend's hand. "Never mind, though; you'll be back next half, and I sha'n't forget the house of Rimmon."
"Will I see you in the morning, Geordie?" he asked, shaking his friend's hand. "But it's okay; you'll be back next term, and I won't forget the house of Rimmon."
Arthur's mother got up and walked with him to the door, and there gave him her hand again, and again his eyes met that deep loving look, which was like a spell upon him. Her voice trembled slightly as she said, "Good-night,—you are one who knows what our Father has promised to the friend of the widow and the fatherless. May He deal with you as you have dealt with me and mine!"
Arthur's mother got up and walked with him to the door, where she took his hand again, and once more his eyes met that deep loving look, which felt like a spell on him. Her voice trembled a bit as she said, "Good night—you are someone who knows what our Father has promised to the friend of the widow and the fatherless. May He treat you as you have treated me and my family!"
Tom was quite upset; he mumbled something about owing everything good in him to Geordie—looked in her face again, pressed her hand to his lips, and rushed down stairs to his study, where he sat till old Thomas came kicking at the door to tell him his allowance[26] would be stopped if he didn't go off to bed. (It would have been stopped anyhow, but that he was a great favorite with the old gentleman, who loved to come out in the afternoon into the close to Tom's wicket, and bowl slow twisters[27] to him, and talk of the glories of bygone Surrey[28] heroes, with whom he had played in former generations.)
Tom was really upset; he mumbled something about owing all his good qualities to Geordie—looked at her again, kissed her hand, and rushed downstairs to his study, where he stayed until old Thomas came knocking at the door to tell him his allowance[26] would be canceled if he didn't go to bed. (It would have been canceled anyway, but he was a favorite of the old gentleman, who loved to come out in the afternoon to Tom's wicket and bowl slow twists[27] to him, reminiscing about the glories of past Surrey[28] heroes with whom he had played in earlier generations.)
[Pg 323] So Tom roused himself, and took up his candle to go to bed; and then for the first time was aware of a beautiful new fishing-rod, with old Eton's[29] mark on it, and a splendidly bound Bible, which lay on his table, on the title-page of which was written: "Tom Brown, from his affectionate and grateful friends, Frances Jane Arthur; George Arthur."
[Pg 323] So Tom shook himself awake and picked up his candle to head to bed; and for the first time, he noticed a beautiful new fishing rod with old Eton's[29] mark on it, and a beautifully bound Bible that was lying on his table. On the title page, it read: "Tom Brown, from his loving and grateful friends, Frances Jane Arthur; George Arthur."
I leave you all to guess how he slept, and what he dreamt of.
I’ll let you all guess how he slept and what he dreamed about.
FOOTNOTES
[1] Bequest: something given by will.
[2] Marylebone match (merrybun): a match by the London cricket club of that name. It is the leading cricket club of the world. The celebrated Lord's grounds in London are its property.
[2] Marylebone match (merrybun): a game played by the London cricket club of the same name. It is the top cricket club in the world. The famous Lord's grounds in London belong to them.
[4] Pie-Match: a match for a supper.
[7] Cock medicine-man: chief doctor.
[8] Boomerang: a throw-stick in use as a weapon among the natives of Australia. It is so shaped that when thrown at any object it returns to the thrower.
[8] Boomerang: a throwing tool used as a weapon by the Indigenous people of Australia. It's designed in such a way that when thrown at something, it comes back to the person who threw it.
[9] Blackies: rooks.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Blackies: crows.
[11] Gammon: pretend.
[12] Cribs: translations, "ponies."
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cribs: translations, "ponies."
[15] 2 Kings v. 18.
[16] Isa. xxxviii. 19.
[17] Eccl. ix. 10.
[18] Ezek. i. 24.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ezek. 1:24.
[19] Seal: here, mark of acceptance.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Seal: symbol of approval.
[20] Hab. ii. 3.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Hab. 2:3.
[21] Combes: valleys.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Combes: valleys.
[25] Tors: high-pointed hills or rocks.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Tors: pointed hills or rocks.
[26] Allowance: spending-money.
CHAPTER VII.
HARRY EAST'S DILEMMAS AND DELIVERANCES.
"The Holy Supper is kept indeed,
In whatso we share with another's need—
Not that which we give, but what we share,
For the gift without the giver is bare:
Who bestows himself with his alms feeds three,
Himself, his hungering neighbor, and Me."
"The Holy Supper is truly observed,
In whatever we share with someone else's need—
Not what we give, but what we share,
For a gift without the giver is empty:
The one who gives themselves with their charity nourishes three,
Themselves, their hungry neighbor, and Me."
Lowell, "The Vision of Sir Launfal."
Lowell, "The Vision of Sir Launfal."
TOM SPRINGS HIS MINE.
The next morning, after breakfast, Tom, East, and Gower met as usual to learn their second lessons together. Tom had been considering how to break his proposal of giving up the crib to the others, and having found no better way (as indeed none better can ever be found by man or boy), told them simply what had happened; how he had been to see Arthur, who had talked to him upon the subject, and what he had said; and for his part he had made up his mind, and wasn't going to use cribs any more; and being quite sure of his ground, took the high and pathetic tone, and was proceeding to say, "how, that, having learned his lessons with them for so many years, it would grieve him much to put an end to the arrangement, and he hoped at any rate that, if they wouldn't go on with him, they should still be just as good friends, and respect one another's motives—but——"
The next morning, after breakfast, Tom, East, and Gower met like usual to tackle their second lessons together. Tom had been thinking about how to break the news of his decision to give up the crib to the others. After considering it and realizing there wasn’t a better way to do it (because honestly, there isn’t), he just told them what had happened: how he had visited Arthur, who had discussed the topic with him, and what was said. Tom concluded that he had made up his mind and wouldn’t be using cribs anymore. Feeling confident about his decision, he took a serious and dramatic tone and began to say, "how, after learning lessons together for so many years, it would really upset him to end this arrangement, and he hoped that, regardless of whether they continued with him, they could still be good friends and respect each other’s choices—but——"
Here the other boys, who had been listening with open eyes and ears, burst in:—
Here the other boys, who had been listening with wide eyes and ears, jumped in:—
[Pg 325] "Stuff and nonsense!" cried Gower. " Here, East, get down the crib and find the place."
[Pg 325] "That's ridiculous!" shouted Gower. "Hey, East, get the crib and find the spot."
"Oh, Tommy, Tommy!" said East, proceeding to do as he was bidden, "that it should ever have come to this. I knew Arthur'd be the ruin of you some day, and you of me. And now the time's come"—and he made a doleful face.
"Oh, Tommy, Tommy!" said East, starting to do as he was told, "I can't believe it has come to this. I knew Arthur would ruin you someday, and you'd ruin me too. And now the time has come"—and he made a sad face.
"I don't know about ruin," answered Tom; "I know that you and I would have had the sack[1] long ago, if it hadn't been for him. And you know it as well as I."
"I don't know about ruin," Tom replied; "I know that you and I would have been in trouble a long time ago if it hadn't been for him. And you know that just as well as I do."
"Well, we were in a baddish way before he came, I own; but this new crotchet of his is past a joke."
"Well, we were in a pretty bad situation before he showed up, I admit; but this new idea of his is just ridiculous."
"Let's give it a trial, Harry; come—you know how often he has been right and we wrong."
"Let's give it a try, Harry; come on—you know how often he's been right and we’ve been wrong."
"I say, Gower," said Tom, appealingly, "be a good fellow, and let's try if we can't get on without the crib."
"I’m telling you, Gower," Tom said earnestly, "be a good friend, and let’s see if we can manage without the notes."
"What! in this chorus?[4] Why, we sha'n't get through ten lines."
"What! in this chorus?[4] Why, we won't get through ten lines."
"I say, Tom," cried East, having hit on a new idea, "don't you remember, when we were in the upper fourth, and old Momus[5] caught me construing off the leaf of a crib which I'd torn out and put in my book, and which would float out on to the floor, he sent me up to be flogged for it?"
"I say, Tom," East exclaimed, coming up with a new idea, "don't you remember when we were in the upper fourth? That old Momus[5] caught me translating from a crib sheet I had torn out and stuffed in my book, and when it floated out onto the floor, he sent me up to get punished for it?"
"Yes, I remember it very well."
"Yeah, I remember it really well."
"Well, the Doctor, after he'd flogged me, told me himself that he didn't flog me for using a translation, but for taking it into lesson, and using it there, when I hadn't learnt a word before I came in. He said there was no harm in using a translation to get a clew to hard passages, if you tried all you could first to make them out without."
"Well, the Doctor, after he punished me, told me himself that he didn’t punish me for using a translation, but for bringing it to class and using it there when I hadn’t learned a word before coming in. He said there was no harm in using a translation to get a clue to difficult sections, as long as you tried your best first to understand them without it."
"Did he, though?" said Tom, "then Arthur must be wrong."
"Did he really?" Tom said. "Then Arthur must be wrong."
"Of course he is," said Gower, "the little prig! We'll only use the crib when we can't construe without it. Go ahead, East."
"Of course he is," said Gower, "that little know-it-all! We'll only use the cheat sheet when we can't figure it out without it. Go ahead, East."
RESULTS OF THE EXPLOSION.
And on this agreement they started: Tom, satisfied with having made this confession, and not sorry to have a locus penitentiæ,[6] and not to be deprived altogether of the use of his old and faithful friend.
And with this deal in place, they began: Tom, content with his confession, and happy to have a chance to rethink things, and not wanting to completely lose the company of his old and loyal friend.
The boys went on as usual, each taking a sentence in turn, and the crib being handed to the one whose turn it was to construe. Of course Tom couldn't object to this, as was it not simply lying there to be appealed to in case the sentence should prove too hard altogether for the construer? But it must be owned that Gower and East did not make very tremendous exertions to conquer their sentences before having recourse to its help. Tom, however, with the most heroic virtue and gallantry rushed into his sentence, searching in a high-minded manner for nominative and verb, and turning over his dictionary frantically for the first hard word that stopped him. But in the meantime Gower, who was bent on getting to fives, would peep quietly into the crib, and then suggest, "Don't you [Pg 327] think this is the meaning?" "I think you must take it this way, Brown;" and as Tom didn't see his way to not profiting by these suggestions, the lesson went on about as quickly as usual, and Gower was able to start for fives'-court within five minutes of the half-hour.
The boys went on as usual, each taking a turn with a sentence, and the crib was passed to the person whose turn it was to interpret. Of course, Tom couldn’t complain about this, since it was just sitting there to be used if the sentence turned out to be too difficult for the person interpreting. However, it must be said that Gower and East didn’t put in much effort to figure out their sentences before turning to the crib for help. Tom, though, with the utmost bravery and determination, jumped into his sentence, searching earnestly for the subject and verb, and frantically flipping through his dictionary for the first tough word that halted him. Meanwhile, Gower, who was eager to go to fives, would sneak a glance at the crib and then suggest, “Don’t you think this is the meaning?” “I think you should take it this way, Brown;” and since Tom didn’t see a way to ignore these suggestions, the lesson progressed about as quickly as normal, and Gower was able to head to fives' court within five minutes of half an hour.
When Tom and East were left face to face, they looked at one another for a minute, Tom puzzled and East chock-full of fun, and then burst into a roar of laughter.
When Tom and East found themselves face to face, they stared at each other for a minute—Tom confused and East full of mischief—before they both erupted into laughter.
THE ENEMY'S DEFENCE.
"Well, Tom," said East, recovering himself, "I don't see any objection to the new way. It's about as good as the old one, I think; besides the advantage it gives one of feeling virtuous, and looking down on one's neighbors."
"Well, Tom," East said, getting himself back together, "I don’t see any problem with the new method. It’s just as good as the old one, I think; plus, it gives you the perk of feeling virtuous and looking down on your neighbors."
Tom shoved his hand into his back hair. "I'm not so sure," said he; "you two fellows carried me off my legs; I don't really think we tried one sentence fairly. Are you sure you remember what the Doctor said to you?"
Tom ran his hand through his messy hair. "I'm not so sure," he said. "You two guys knocked me off my feet; I honestly don't think we really gave one sentence a fair shot. Are you sure you remember what the Doctor told you?"
"Yes. And I'll swear I couldn't make out one of my sentences to-day. No, nor ever could. I really don't remember," said East, speaking slowly and impressively, "to have come across one Latin or Greek sentence this half that I could go and construe by the light of nature. Whereby I am sure Providence intended cribs to be used."
"Yes. And I swear I couldn't understand a single one of my sentences today. No, nor have I ever been able to. I honestly don’t remember," said East, speaking slowly and seriously, "coming across a single Latin or Greek sentence this semester that I could translate by common sense. Which makes it clear to me that Providence meant for us to use study aids."
"The thing to find out," said Tom, meditatively, "is how long one ought to grind at a sentence without looking at the crib. Now, I think, if one fairly looks out all the words one doesn't know, and then can't hit it, that's enough."
"The thing to figure out," Tom said thoughtfully, "is how long you should work on a sentence without checking the answer. I think that if you look up all the words you don’t know and still can’t get it, that’s enough."
"To be sure, Tommy," said East, demurely, but with a merry twinkle in his eye. "Your new doctrine, too, old fellow," added he, "when one comes to think of it, is a cutting at the root of all school morality. You'll take away mutual help, brotherly love, or, in the vulgar tongue, [Pg 328] 'giving construes,' which I hold to be one of our highest virtues. For how can you distinguish between getting a construe from another boy and using a crib? Hang it, Tom, if you're going to deprive all our school-fellows of the chance of exercising Christian benevolence and being good Samaritans, I shall cut the concern."
"Sure thing, Tommy," East said playfully, with a spark in his eye. "Your new idea, my old friend," he continued, "when you really think about it, is undermining all school morals. You're going to get rid of mutual help, brotherly love, or, in simpler terms, [Pg 328] 'giving construes,' which I believe is one of our greatest virtues. How can you tell the difference between getting a construe from another boy and using a cheat sheet? Honestly, Tom, if you’re going to take away everyone’s chance to show Christian kindness and be good Samaritans, I’m out."
"I wish you wouldn't joke about it, Harry. It's hard enough to see one's way, a precious sight harder than I thought last night. But I suppose there's a use and an abuse of both, and one'll get straight enough somehow. But you can't make out anyhow that one has a right to use old Vulgus-books and copy-books."
"I wish you wouldn't joke about it, Harry. It's tough enough to find clarity—much harder than I realized last night. But I guess there's a right way and a wrong way to handle both, and we'll figure it out one way or another. But you can't seriously think that it's okay to use old textbooks and notebooks."
"Hullo, more heresy! How fast a fellow goes down hill when once he gets his head before his legs! Listen to me, Tom. Not use old Vulgus-books! Why, you Goth,[7] aren't we to take the benefit of the wisdom, and admire and use the work of past generations? Not use old copy-books! Why, you might as well say we ought to pull down Westminster Abbey, and put up a go-to-meeting-shop with churchwarden windows;[8] or never read Shakespeare, but only Sheridan Knowles.[9] Think of all the work and labor that our predecessors have bestowed on these very books, and are we to make their work of no value?"
"Hey, more nonsense! It's amazing how quickly someone falls apart when they get ahead of themselves! Listen to me, Tom. Not use old Vulgus books! Come on, you Goth, aren't we supposed to benefit from the wisdom of those before us, and appreciate and use the works from past generations? Not use old copybooks! You might as well say we should tear down Westminster Abbey and replace it with a place that has churchwarden windows; or only read Sheridan Knowles instead of Shakespeare. Just think about all the effort and work our predecessors put into these very books, and are we really going to disregard their contributions?"
"I say, Harry, please don't chaff; I'm really serious."
"I’m telling you, Harry, please don’t joke around; I’m really serious."
"And, then, is it not our duty to consult the pleasure of others rather than our own; and, above all, that of our masters? Fancy, then, the difference to them in looking over a Vulgus which has been carefully touched and [Pg 329] retouched by themselves and others, and which must bring them a sort of dreamy pleasure, as if they'd met the thought or expression of it somewhere or another,—before they were born, perhaps,—and that of cutting up, and making picture-frames round all your and my false quantities and other monstrosities. Why, Tom, you wouldn't be so cruel as never to let old Momus hum over the 'O genus humanum' again, and then look up doubtingly through his spectacles, and end by smiling and giving three extra marks for it; just for old sake's sake, I suppose."
"And isn't it our responsibility to prioritize the happiness of others over our own, especially that of our superiors? Just imagine how different it is for them to examine a Vulgus that has been carefully edited and refined by themselves and others, bringing them a kind of dreamy pleasure, as if they've encountered that thought or expression somewhere before—maybe even before they were born. Contrast that with dissecting and framing all the false measures and other oddities you and I create. Come on, Tom, you wouldn't be so harsh as to deny old Momus the chance to hum the 'O genus humanum' again, only to look up doubtfully through his glasses and then smile, giving three extra marks for it, just for old times' sake, right?"
"Well," said Tom, getting up in something as like a huff as he was capable of, "it's deuced hard that when a fellow's really trying to do what he ought, his best friends'll do nothing but chaff him and try to put him down." And he stuck his books under his arm, and his hat on his head, preparatory to rushing out into the quadrangle, to testify with his own soul of the faithlessness of friendships.
"Well," Tom said, standing up in the closest thing to a huff he could manage, "it's really frustrating that when someone is genuinely trying to do the right thing, his closest friends just tease him and try to bring him down." He tucked his books under his arm and put his hat on his head, getting ready to storm out into the courtyard, to prove for himself the untrustworthiness of friendships.
"Now don't be an ass, Tom," said East, catching hold of him; "you know me well enough by this time; my bark's worse than my bite. You can't expect to ride your new crotchet without anybody's trying to make him kick you off: especially as we shall have to go on foot still. But now sit down, and let's go over it again. I'll be as serious as a judge."
"Now don’t be a jerk, Tom," said East, grabbing him; "you know me well enough by now; I talk tough but I’m not as bad as I sound. You can’t expect to show off your new idea without someone trying to knock you off it, especially since we’ll still have to walk. But now sit down, and let’s go over it again. I’ll be as serious as a judge."
Then Tom sat himself down on the table, and waxed eloquent about all the righteousness and advantages of the new plan, as was his wont whenever he took up anything; going into it as if his life depended upon it, and sparing no abuse which he could think of, of the opposite method, which he denounced as ungentlemanly, cowardly, mean, lying, and no one knows what besides. "Very cool of Tom," as East thought, but didn't say, "seeing as how [Pg 330] he only came out of Egypt[10] himself last night at bed-time."
Then Tom sat down on the table and spoke passionately about all the benefits and righteousness of the new plan, as he always did whenever he got into something. He immersed himself in it as if his life depended on it, and held nothing back in criticizing the opposing method, which he denounced as unmanly, cowardly, petty, dishonest, and who knows what else. "Pretty bold of Tom," East thought but didn’t say, "considering he just got back from Egypt himself last night at bedtime." [Pg 330]
"Well, Tom," said he, at last, "you see, when you and I came to school there were none of these sort of notions. You may be right—I dare say you are. Only what one has always felt about the masters is that it's a fair trial of skill and last[11] between us and them—like a match at foot-ball, or a battle. We're natural enemies in school, that's the fact. We've got to learn so much Latin and Greek and do so many verses, and they've got to see that we do it. If we can slip the collar, and do so much less without getting caught, that's one to us. If they can get more out of us, or catch us shirking, that's one to them. All's fair in war, but lying. If I run my luck against theirs, and go into school without looking at my lessons, and don't get called up, why am I a snob[12] or a sneak? I don't tell the master I've learnt it. He's got to find out whether I have or not; what's he paid for? If he calls me up, and I get floored, he makes me write it out in Greek and English. Very good; he's caught me, and I don't grumble. I grant you, if I go and snivel to him, and tell him I've really tried to learn it, but found it so hard without a translation, or say I've had a toothache, or any humbug of that kind, I'm a snob. That's my school morality; it's served me, and you too, Tom, for the matter of that, these five years. And it's all clear and fair, no mistake about it. We understand it, and they understand it, and I don't know what we're to come to with any other."
"Well, Tom," he finally said, "you see, when you and I came to school, there weren't any of these ideas. You might be right—I’m sure you are. But what we've always felt about the teachers is that it’s a fair test of skill between us and them—like a soccer match or a battle. The truth is, we're natural enemies at school. We have to learn a lot of Latin and Greek and produce a certain number of verses, while they have to make sure we actually do it. If we can get away with doing less without being caught, that's a win for us. If they can squeeze more out of us or catch us slacking off, that's a win for them. Everything’s fair in this kind of competition, except for lying. If I take a chance against them, go into class without studying, and don’t get called on, why am I a snob or a sneak? I’m not telling the teacher I know it. He has to see for himself whether I’ve learned it or not; that’s what he’s paid for. If he calls me up and I mess up, he makes me write it out in Greek and English. Fine; he’s caught me, and I don’t complain. I admit that if I go and whine to him about how hard it was to learn without a translation, or say I had a toothache, or any excuse like that, I’m being a snob. That’s my school ethics; it’s worked for me, and for you too, Tom, over these five years. It’s all clear and fair, no doubt about it. We get it, and they get it, and I don’t know where that leaves us if we start thinking differently."
THE TRUCE.
Tom looked at him pleased, and a little puzzled. He [Pg 331] had never heard East speak his mind seriously before, and couldn't help feeling how completely he had hit his own theory and practice up to that time.
Tom looked at him, happy and a bit confused. He [Pg 331] had never seen East express his thoughts seriously before, and couldn't help but realize how perfectly he had nailed his own theory and practice up to that point.
"Thank you, old fellow," said he. "You're a good old brick to be serious and not put out with me. I said more than I meant, I dare say, only you see I know I'm right; whatever you and Gower and the rest do, I shall hold on—I must. And as it's all new and an up-hill game, you see, one must hit hard and hold on tight at first."
"Thank you, my friend," he said. "You're really great for being serious and not getting upset with me. I probably said more than I intended, but you know I'm right; no matter what you, Gower, and the others do, I’ll keep going—I have to. And since this is all new and a tough challenge, you see, you've gotta push hard and hang on tight at the beginning."
"Very good," said East; "hold on and hit away, only don't hit under the line."[13]
"Sounds good," said East; "just hold on and swing away, but don't swing below the line."[13]
"But I must bring you over, Harry, or I sha'n't be comfortable. Now, I'll allow all you've said. We've always been honorable enemies with the masters. We found a state of war when we came, and went into it of course. Only don't you think things are altered a good deal? I don't feel as I used to the masters. They seem to me to treat one quite differently."
"But I have to get you over, Harry, or I won't be comfortable. Now, I'll agree with everything you've said. We've always been respectful enemies with the masters. We found ourselves in a state of war when we arrived, and we accepted that for sure. But don’t you think things have changed quite a bit? I don't feel the same way about the masters as I used to. They seem to treat us quite differently now."
"Yes, perhaps they do," said East; "there's a new set, you see, mostly, who don't feel sure of themselves yet. They don't want to fight till they know the ground."
"Yeah, maybe they do," East said. "There's a new group, you see, mostly people who aren’t confident yet. They don’t want to take action until they’re familiar with the situation."
"I don't think it's only that," said Tom. "And then the Doctor, he does treat one so openly, and like a gentleman, and as if one was working with him."
"I don’t think it’s just that," Tom said. "And then the Doctor treats you so openly, like a gentleman, as if you’re working alongside him."
"Well, so he does," said East; "he's a splendid fellow, and when I get into the sixth I shall act accordingly. Only you know he has nothing to do with our lessons now, except examining us. I say, though, "looking at his watch, "it's just the quarter. Come along."
"Well, he does," said East; "he's a great guy, and when I move up to sixth grade, I'll behave accordingly. But you know, he doesn't really get involved in our lessons now, except for testing us. I mean, though," he said, looking at his watch, "it's just quarter past. Let's go."
ARTHUR GOES HOME.
As they walked out they got a message, to say "that [Pg 332] Arthur was just starting and would like to say good-bye"; so they went down to the private entrance of the School-house, and found an open carriage, with Arthur propped up with pillows in it, looking already better, Tom thought.
As they walked out, they received a message saying, "Arthur is just starting and would like to say goodbye"; so they headed down to the private entrance of the schoolhouse and found an open carriage, with Arthur propped up on pillows in it, looking better, Tom thought.
They jumped up on to the steps to shake hands with him, and Tom mumbled thanks for the presents he had found in his study, and looked round anxiously for Arthur's mother.
They jumped up onto the steps to shake hands with him, and Tom mumbled thanks for the gifts he had found in his study, looking around anxiously for Arthur's mom.
East, who had fallen back into his usual humor, looked quaintly at Arthur, and said:—
East, who had returned to his usual humor, looked at Arthur with a quirky expression and said:—
"So you've been at it again, through that hot-headed convert of yours there. He's been making our lives a burden to us all the morning about using cribs. I shall get floored to a certainty at second lesson, if I'm called up."
"So you've been at it again, thanks to your hot-headed convert. He's been making our lives miserable all morning about using cribs. I’m definitely going to get knocked down in the second lesson if I'm called on."
Arthur blushed and looked down. Tom struck in:—
Arthur blushed and looked down. Tom jumped in:—
"Oh, it's all right. He's converted already; he always comes through the mud, after us, grumbling and spluttering."
"Oh, it's fine. He's already switched sides; he always walks through the mud after us, complaining and grumbling."
The clock struck, and they had to go off to school, wishing Arthur a pleasant holiday, Tom lingering behind a moment to send his thanks and love to Arthur's mother.
The clock chimed, and they had to head off to school, wishing Arthur a great break, with Tom hanging back for a moment to send his thanks and love to Arthur's mom.
THE SIEGE REOPENS.
Tom renewed the discussion after second lesson, and succeeded so far as to get East to promise to give the new plan a fair trial.
Tom brought up the conversation again after the second lesson and managed to get East to agree to give the new plan a fair shot.
Encouraged by his success, in the evening, when they were sitting alone in the large study, where East lived now almost, "vice[14] Arthur on leave," after examining the new fishing-rod, which both pronounced to be the [Pg 333] genuine article ("play[15] enough to throw a midge[16] tied on a single hair against the wind, and strength enough to hold a grampus[17]") they naturally began talking about Arthur. Tom, who was still bubbling over with last night's scene and all the thoughts of the last week, and wanting to clinch and fix the whole in his own mind, which he could never do without first going through the process of belaboring somebody else with it all, suddenly rushed into the subject of Arthur's illness, and what he had said about death.
Encouraged by his success, that evening, while they were sitting alone in the large study, where East spent almost all his time now, "Arthur on leave," after checking out the new fishing rod, which they both agreed was the real deal ("playful enough to cast a midge tied on a single hair against the wind, and strong enough to hold a grampus") they naturally started talking about Arthur. Tom, still buzzing from the scene the night before and all his thoughts from the past week, feeling the need to organize everything in his mind, which he could never do without first unloading it all onto someone else, suddenly jumped into the topic of Arthur's illness and what he had said about death.
East had given him the desired opening; after a seriocomic grumble, "that life wasn't worth having now they were tied to a young beggar who was always 'raising his standard';[18] and that he, East, was like a prophet's donkey, who was obliged to struggle on after the donkey-man who went after the prophet; that he had none of the pleasure of starting the new crotchets, and didn't half understand them, but had to take the kicks and carry the luggage as if he had all the fun," he threw his legs up on to the sofa, and put his hands behind his head, and said:—
East had given him the chance he wanted; after a serious but funny complaint, "that life wasn’t worth living now that they were stuck with a young beggar who was always 'raising his standard';[18] and that he, East, was like a prophet's donkey, forced to keep up with the donkey-man following the prophet; that he had none of the joy of creating the new ideas and didn’t really understand them at all, but had to take the hits and carry the baggage as if he were having all the fun," he threw his legs up onto the sofa, put his hands behind his head, and said:—
"Well, after all, he's the most wonderful little fellow I ever came across. There isn't such a meek, humble boy in the school. Hanged if I don't think now really, Tom, that he believes himself a much worse fellow than you or I, and that he doesn't think he has more influence in the house than Dot Bowles, who came last quarter, and isn't ten yet. But he turns you and me round his little finger, old boy—there's no mistake about that." And East nodded at Tom sagaciously.
"Well, after all, he’s the most amazing little guy I’ve ever met. There isn’t a more shy, humble boy in the school. Honestly, Tom, I really think he believes he’s a much worse person than you or me, and that he doesn’t think he has more influence in the house than Dot Bowles, who just joined last quarter and isn’t even ten yet. But he definitely has us wrapped around his little finger, my friend—there’s no doubt about that.” And East nodded at Tom wisely.
[Pg 334] "Now or never!" thought Tom; so, shutting his eyes and hardening his heart, he went straight at it, repeating all that Arthur had said, as near as he could remember it, in the very words, and all he had himself thought. The life seemed to ooze out of it as he went on, and several times he felt inclined to stop, give it all up, and change the subject. But somehow he was borne on, he had a necessity upon him to speak it all out, and did so. At the end he looked at East with some anxiety, and was delighted to see that that young gentleman was thoughtful and attentive. The fact is, that in the stage of his inner life at which Tom had lately arrived, his intimacy with and friendship for East could not have lasted if he had not made him aware of, and a sharer in, the thoughts that were beginning to exercise him. Nor indeed could the friendship have lasted if East had shown no sympathy with these thoughts; so that it was a great relief to have unbosomed himself, and to have found that his friend could listen.
[Pg 334] "Now or never!" Tom thought, so he closed his eyes and steeled his heart, diving right in and repeating everything Arthur had said as closely as he could remember it, using the exact words along with his own thoughts. It felt like the life was draining out of it as he continued, and several times he considered stopping, giving up, and changing the topic. But somehow he kept going; he felt a pressing need to say everything and did just that. When he finished, he looked at East with some concern and was thrilled to see that East was thoughtful and attentive. The truth is, at this point in his inner life, Tom's friendship with East wouldn't have survived if he hadn't shared the thoughts that were starting to weigh on him. And it wouldn’t have worked if East had shown no understanding of those thoughts, so it was a huge relief to have opened up and discovered that his friend was willing to listen.
FRIENDSHIP.
Tom had always had a sort of instinct that East's levity was only skin-deep; and this instinct was a true one. East had no want of reverence for anything that he felt to be real, but he was one of those natures that burst into what is generally called recklessness and impiety the moment they feel that anything is being poured upon them for their good, which does not come home to their inborn sense of right, or which appeals to anything like self-interest in them. Daring and honest by nature, and outspoken to an extent which alarmed all respectabilities, with a constant fund of animal health and spirits which he did not feel bound to curb in any way, he had gained for himself with the steady part of the school (including [Pg 335] as well those who wished to appear steady as those who really were so) the character of a boy with whom it would be dangerous to be intimate; while his own hatred of everything cruel, or underhand, or false, and his hearty respect for what he could see to be good and true, kept off the rest.
Tom had always had a gut feeling that East’s lightheartedness only scratched the surface, and he was right. East didn’t lack reverence for anything he considered genuine, but he was the kind of person who would become what most people call reckless and disrespectful the moment he felt something was being forced upon him for his own good, especially if it didn’t resonate with his natural sense of right or appeal to his self-interest. Naturally bold and honest, and straightforward to a degree that startled those around him, East also exuded a constant energy and enthusiasm that he didn’t feel the need to hold back. As a result, he earned a reputation among the more serious students (including [Pg 335] as well as those who wanted to seem serious) as someone you wouldn’t want to get close to. Meanwhile, his deep dislike for anything cruel, underhanded, or dishonest, along with his genuine respect for what he recognized as good and true, kept others at bay.
Tom, besides being very like East in many points of character, had largely developed in his composition the capacity for taking the weakest side. This is not putting it strongly enough; it was a necessity with him; he couldn't help it any more than he could eating or drinking. He could never play on the strongest side with any heart at foot-ball or cricket, and was sure to make friends with any boy who was unpopular, or down on his luck.
Tom, like East in many ways, had mostly developed a tendency to side with the underdog. This isn't even putting it strongly enough; it was a necessity for him; he couldn't help it any more than he could help eating or drinking. He could never play for the winning team with any enthusiasm in football or cricket, and would always befriend any boy who was unpopular or having a tough time.
Now, though East was not what is generally called unpopular, Tom felt more and more every day, as their characters developed, that he stood alone, and did not make friends among their contemporaries; and therefore sought him out. Tom was himself much more popular, for his power of detecting humbug was much less acute, and his instincts were much more sociable. He was at this period of his life, too, largely given to taking people for what they gave themselves out to be; but his singleness of heart, fearlessness and honesty were just what East appreciated, and thus the two had been drawn into great intimacy.
Now, even though East wasn't what you'd typically call unpopular, Tom felt more and more every day, as their personalities grew, that he was on his own and didn’t make friends among their peers; so he sought East out. Tom was much more popular himself because he was less skilled at spotting phoniness, and he was much more approachable. At this point in his life, he often took people at face value, but his sincerity, courage, and honesty were exactly what East valued, which is why the two had become very close.
This intimacy had been interrupted by Tom's guardianship of Arthur.
This closeness had been disrupted by Tom's responsibility for Arthur.
FRIENDSHIP TESTED.
East had often, as has been said, joined them in reading the Bible, but their discussion had almost always turned upon the characters of the men and women of whom they read, and not become personal to themselves. [Pg 336] In fact, the two had shrunk from personal religious discussion, not knowing how it might end; and fearful of risking a friendship very dear to both, and which they felt somehow, without quite knowing why, would never be the same, but either tenfold stronger or sapped[19] at its foundation, after such communing together.
East had often joined them in reading the Bible, but their discussions usually focused on the characters of the men and women they read about, rather than becoming personal. [Pg 336] In fact, the two had avoided personal religious discussions, unsure of how it might turn out; they were afraid of jeopardizing a friendship that was very important to both of them, and which they somehow felt, without quite understanding why, would never be the same afterward—either significantly stronger or deeply weakened at its core—after sharing such intimate conversations.
What a bother all this explaining is! I wish we could get on without it. But we can't. However, you'll all find, if you haven't found it out already, that a time comes in every human friendship when you must go down into the depths of yourself, and lay bare what is there to your friend, and wait in fear for his answer. A few moments may do it; and it may be (most likely will be, as you are English boys) that you will never do it but once. But done it must be, if the friendship is to be worth the name. You must find what is there, at the very root and bottom of one another's hearts; and if you are at one there, nothing on earth can, or at least ought to, sunder you.
What a hassle all this explaining is! I wish we could just move on without it. But we can’t. However, you’ll all realize, if you haven't already, that there comes a time in every friendship when you have to dig deep within yourself, show your true feelings to your friend, and wait anxiously for their response. It might only take a few moments; and it may be (most likely will be, since you’re English boys) that you only do it once. But it has to happen if the friendship is going to be meaningful. You need to discover what’s deep down in each other's hearts; and if you connect there, nothing in the world can or should tear you apart.
EAST'S CONFESSIONS.
East had remained lying down until Tom finished speaking, as if fearing to interrupt him; he now sat up at the table and leant his head on one hand, taking up a pencil with the other, and working little holes with it in the table cover. After a bit he looked up, stopped the pencil, and said: "Thank you very much, old fellow; there's no other boy in the house would have done it for me but you or Arthur. I can see well enough," he went on, after a pause, "all the best big fellows look on me with suspicion; they think I'm a devil-may-care, reckless young scamp. So I am,—eleven hours out of twelve,—but [Pg 337] not the twelfth. Then all our contemporaries worth knowing follow suit, of course; we're very good friends at games and all that, but not a soul of them but you and Arthur ever tried to break through the crust, and see whether there was anything at the bottom of me: and then the bad ones I won't stand, and they know that."
East had stayed lying down until Tom finished talking, as if afraid to interrupt him; he now sat up at the table, resting his head on one hand while picking up a pencil with the other and making little holes in the table cover. After a bit, he looked up, stopped drawing, and said: "Thanks a lot, buddy; no other guy in the house would have done this for me except you or Arthur. I can see it clearly," he continued after a pause, "all the best guys look at me suspiciously; they think I'm a carefree, reckless young troublemaker. I am—eleven hours out of twelve—but not the twelfth. Then all our peers worth knowing follow the same line, of course; we’re good friends at games and all that, but not a single one of them but you and Arthur has ever tried to break through the surface and see if there’s anything deeper in me: and as for the bad ones, I won't put up with them, and they know that."
"Don't you think that's half fancy, Harry?"
"Don't you think that's kind of fancy, Harry?"
"Not a bit of it," said East, bitterly, pegging away with his pencil. "I see it all plain enough. Bless you, you think everybody's as straightforward and kind-hearted as you are."
"Not at all," East said, bitterly, continuing to work with his pencil. "I see it all clearly. You really believe everyone is as honest and kind-hearted as you are."
"Well, but what's the reason of it? There must be a reason. You can play all the games as well as any one, and sing the best songs, and are the best company in the house. You fancy you're not liked, Harry. It's all fancy."
"Well, what’s the reason for it? There has to be a reason. You can play all the games as well as anyone, sing the best songs, and are the best company in the house. You think you're not liked, Harry. It’s just a misconception."
"I only wish it was, Tom. I know I could be popular enough with all the bad ones, but that I won't have, and the good ones won't have me."
"I just wish it were, Tom. I know I could be popular with all the wrong crowd, but I don't want that, and the good ones don’t want me."
"Why not?" persisted Tom; "you don't drink or swear, or get out at night; you never bully, or cheat at lessons. If you only showed you liked it, you'd have all the best fellows in the house running after you."
"Why not?" Tom insisted. "You don't drink or swear, or go out at night; you never bully or cheat during lessons. If you just showed that you liked it, you'd have all the best guys in the house chasing after you."
"Not I," said East. Then, with an effort, he went on: "I'll tell you what it is. I never stop during the Sacrament. I can see, from the Doctor downward, how that tells against me."
"Not me," East said. Then, with some effort, he continued: "I'll tell you what it is. I never pause during the Sacrament. I can see how that reflects poorly on me, from the Doctor on down."
"Yes, I've seen that," said Tom, "and I've been very sorry for it, and Arthur and I have talked about it. I've often thought of speaking to you, but it's so hard to begin on such subjects. I'm very glad you've opened it. Now, why don't you!"
"Yeah, I've seen that," Tom said, "and I've felt really sorry about it. Arthur and I have discussed it. I've thought about bringing it up with you, but it's tough to start conversations like this. I'm really glad you brought it up. So, why don’t you go ahead!"
"I've never been confirmed," __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ said East.
"Not been confirmed!" said Tom, in astonishment. "I never thought of that. Why weren't you confirmed with the rest of us nearly three years ago? I always thought you'd been confirmed at home."
"Not confirmed!" Tom exclaimed, astonished. "I never considered that. Why weren't you confirmed with the rest of us almost three years ago? I always thought you got confirmed at home."
"No," answered East, sorrowfully; "you see this was how it happened. Last confirmation was soon after Arthur came, and you were so taken up with him, I hardly saw either of you. Well, when the Doctor sent round for us about it, I was living mostly with Green's set—you know the sort. They all went in—I dare say it was all right, and they got good by it; I don't want to judge them. Only all I could see of their reasons drove me just the other way. 'Twas 'because the Doctor liked it'; no boy got on who didn't stay the Sacrament; it was 'the correct thing,' in fact, like having a good hat to wear on Sundays. I couldn't stand it. I didn't feel that I wanted to lead a different life, I was very well content as I was, and I wasn't going to sham religious to curry favor[21] with the Doctor, or any one else."
"No," East replied sadly, "let me explain how it went down. After Arthur arrived, we had our last confirmation, and you were so engrossed with him that I barely saw either of you. When the Doctor called us in about it, I was mostly hanging out with Green's crowd—you know the type. They all went in—I suppose it was fine, and they probably benefited from it; I don't want to criticize them. But the reasons they had just pushed me in the opposite direction. It was 'because the Doctor approved'; no boy succeeded who didn't take the Sacrament; it was 'the proper thing to do,' like having a nice hat to wear on Sundays. I couldn’t take it. I didn’t feel the need to lead a different life; I was perfectly happy as I was, and I wasn’t going to pretend to be religious to win the Doctor's approval, or anyone else's."
East stopped speaking, and pegged away more diligently than ever with his pencil. Tom was ready to cry. He felt half sorry at first that he had been confirmed himself. He seemed to have deserted his earliest friend, to have left him by himself at his worst need for those long years. He got up and went and sat by East, and put his arm over his shoulder.
East stopped talking and focused even more intently on his pencil. Tom felt like crying. At first, he half-regretted being confirmed himself. He felt like he had abandoned his oldest friend, leaving him alone in his greatest time of need for all those years. He got up and sat next to East, putting his arm around his shoulder.
"Dear old boy," he said, "how careless and selfish I've been! But why didn't you come and talk to Arthur and me?"
"Hey there, old friend," he said, "I've been so careless and selfish! But why didn’t you come and talk to Arthur and me?"
"I wish to Heaven I had," said East, "but I was a fool. It's too late talking of it now."
"I wish I had," said East, "but I was an idiot. It's too late to talk about it now."
"Why too late? You want to be confirmed now, don't you?"
"Why is it too late? You want to be confirmed now, right?"
"I think so," said East. "I've thought about it a good deal; only often I fancy I must be changing, because I see it's to do me good here—just what stopped me last time. And then I go back again."
"I think so," East said. "I've thought about it a lot; but often I feel like I must be changing because I realize it's to help me here—just like what held me back last time. And then I fall back again."
TOM'S PRESCRIPTION.
"I'll tell you now how 'twas with me," said Tom, warmly. "If it hadn't been for Arthur, I should have done just as you did. I hope I should. I honor you for it. But then he made it out just as if it was taking the weak side before all the world—going in once for all against everything that's strong and rich and proud and respectable, a little band of brothers against the whole world. And the Doctor seemed to say so, too, only he said a great deal more."
"I'll tell you how it was with me," Tom said warmly. "If it hadn't been for Arthur, I probably would have done just what you did. I hope I would. I respect you for it. But then he made it seem like it was choosing the weak side in front of everyone—standing up against everything that's strong, wealthy, proud, and respectable, a small group of brothers against the entire world. And the Doctor seemed to agree, though he had a lot more to say."
"Ah!" groaned East, "but there again, that's just another of my difficulties whenever I think about the matter. I don't want to be one of your saints, one of your elect,[22] whatever the right phrase is. My sympathies are all the other way; with the many, the poor wretches who run about the streets and don't go to church. Don't stare, Tom; mind, I'm telling you all that's in my heart,—as far as I know it,—but it's all a muddle. You must be gentle with me if you want to land me.[23] Now I've seen a deal of this sort of religion: I was bred up in it, and I can't stand it. If nineteen-twentieths of the world are to be left to uncovenanted mercies,[24] and that sort of thing, [Pg 340] which means in plain English to go to destruction and the other twentieth are to rejoice at it all, why—"
"Ah!" groaned East, "but that's just another one of my struggles whenever I think about it. I don’t want to be one of your saints, one of the chosen, whatever the right term is. My sympathies are completely the opposite; they’re with the many, the poor souls who roam the streets and don’t go to church. Don't look at me like that, Tom; just know I'm sharing everything that's in my heart—as much as I understand it—but it’s all a mess. You have to be gentle with me if you want to get through to me. Now, I've seen a lot of this kind of religion: I grew up with it, and I can't take it anymore. If nineteen-twentieths of the world are left to unearned mercy, and that sort of thing, which basically means heading towards destruction while the other twentieth revels in it all, then—"
"Oh I but, Harry, they're not, they don't," broke in Tom, really shocked. "Oh! how I wish Arthur hadn't gone! I'm such a fool about these things. But it's all you want, too, East; it is indeed. It cuts both ways somehow—being confirmed and taking the Sacrament. It makes you feel on the side of all the good and all the bad, too, of everybody in the world. Only there's some great, dark, strong power, which is crushing you and everybody else. That's what Christ conquered, and we've got to fight. What a fool I am. I can't explain. If Arthur were only here!"
"Oh, Harry, they really don't," Tom interrupted, genuinely shocked. "Oh! how I wish Arthur hadn't left! I'm such an idiot when it comes to these things. But it's all you want too, East; it really is. It feels like it cuts both ways—being confirmed and taking Communion. It makes you feel connected to all the good and all the bad in everyone around the world. But there's this huge, dark, powerful force that is crushing you and everyone else. That's what Christ overcame, and we have to fight against it. What a fool I am. I can't put it into words. If only Arthur were here!"
"I begin to get a glimmering of what you mean," said East.
"I'm starting to understand what you mean," said East.
"I say, now," said Tom, eagerly, "do you remember how we both hated Flashman?"
"I mean, come on," said Tom, excitedly, "do you remember how much we both disliked Flashman?"
"Of course I do," said East; "I hate him still. What then?"
"Of course I do," said East; "I still hate him. So what?"
"Well, when I came to take the Sacrament, I had a great struggle about that. I tried to put him out of my head; and when I couldn't do that, I tried to think of him as evil, as something that the Lord who was loving me hated, and which I might hate too. But it wouldn't do. I broke down; I believe Christ himself broke me down; and when the Doctor gave me the bread and wine, and leaned over me praying, I prayed for poor Flashman, as if it had been you or Arthur."
"Well, when I went to take the Sacrament, I had a tough time with it. I tried to push him out of my mind; when that didn’t work, I tried to view him as evil, like something the loving Lord hated and that I could hate too. But that didn’t work either. I fell apart; I think Christ himself broke me down; and when the Doctor handed me the bread and wine, leaning over me to pray, I found myself praying for poor Flashman, as if it had been you or Arthur."
East buried his face in his hands on the table. Tom could feel the table tremble. At last he looked up. "Thank you again, Tom," said he; "you don't know what you may have done for me to-night. I think I see now how the right sort of sympathy with poor wretches is got at."
East buried his face in his hands on the table. Tom could feel the table shake. Finally, he looked up. "Thank you again, Tom," he said; "you have no idea what you might have done for me tonight. I think I understand now how to truly empathize with unfortunate people."
[Pg 341] "And you'll stop for the Sacrament next time, won't you?" said Tom.
[Pg 341] "And you'll make sure to stop for communion next time, right?" said Tom.
"Can I, before I'm confirmed?"
"Can I, before I'm approved?"
"Go and ask the Doctor."
"Go ask the doctor."
"I will."
"I'll."
That very night, after prayers, East followed the Doctor and the old verger bearing the candle, up stairs. Tom watched and saw the Doctor turn round when he heard foot-steps following him closer than usual, and say "Hah, East! Do you want to speak to me, my man?"
That night, after prayers, East followed the Doctor and the old verger carrying the candle upstairs. Tom watched as the Doctor turned around upon hearing footsteps following him more closely than usual and said, "Hah, East! Do you want to talk to me, my man?"
"If you please, sir;" and the private door closed, and Tom went to his study in a state of great trouble of mind.
"If you don’t mind, sir;" and the private door shut, and Tom headed to his study feeling very troubled.
THE EFFECT THEREOF.
It was almost an hour before East came back; then he rushed in breathless.
It was almost an hour before East returned; then he burst in, out of breath.
"Well, it's all right," he shouted, seizing Tom by the hand. "I feel as if a ton weight were off my mind."
"Well, it's all good," he yelled, grabbing Tom by the hand. "I feel like a huge weight has been lifted off my mind."
"Hurrah!" said Tom. "I knew it would be, but tell us all about it."
"Hooray!" said Tom. "I knew it would be, but tell us everything about it."
"Well I just told him all about it. You can't think how kind and gentle he was,—the great grim man, whom I've feared more than anybody on earth. When I stuck, he lifted me, just as if I had been a little child. And he seemed to know all I'd felt, and to have gone through it all. And I burst out crying,—more than I have done this five years,—and he sat down by me, and stroked my head; and I went blundering on, and told him all; much worse things than I've told you. And he wasn't shocked a bit, and didn't snub me, or tell me I was a fool, and it was all nothing but pride or wickedness, though I dare say it was. And he didn't tell me not to follow out my thoughts, and he didn't give me any cut-and-dried explanation. But when I'd done he just talked a bit,—I [Pg 342] can hardly remember what he said, yet; but it seemed to spread round me like healing, and strength, and light; and to bear me up, and plant me on a rock, where I could hold my footing, and fight for myself. I don't know what to do, I feel so happy. And it's all owing to you, dear old boy!" and he seized Tom's hand again.
"Well, I just told him everything. You wouldn't believe how kind and gentle he was—the big, serious guy I've been more afraid of than anyone else. When I was stuck, he lifted me up like I was a little child. It felt like he understood everything I was going through. I started crying—more than I have in the last five years—and he sat next to me, stroking my head. I just kept going, sharing everything, even worse things than I’ve told you. He wasn’t shocked at all, didn’t criticize me, or call me a fool, even though I guess I was being a bit prideful or wrong. He didn’t tell me to stop thinking my thoughts, and he didn’t give me some simple answer. But once I was done, he just talked for a bit—I can barely remember what he said, but it felt like it wrapped around me with healing, strength, and light; like it lifted me up and placed me on solid ground where I could stand my ground and fight for myself. I don’t know what to do; I feel so happy. And it’s all thanks to you, dear old friend!" He grabbed Tom's hand again.
"And you're to come to the Communion?" said Tom.
"And you're going to the Communion?" Tom asked.
"Yes, and to be confirmed in the holidays."
"Yes, and to be confirmed during the holidays."
Tom's delight was as great as his friend's. But he hadn't yet had out all his own talk, and was bent on improving the occasion; so he proceeded to propound Arthur's theory about not being sorry for his friends' death, which he had hitherto kept in the background, and by which he was much exercised;[25] for he didn't feel it honest to take what pleased him and throw over the rest, and was trying vigorously to persuade himself that he should like all his best friends to die off-hand.
Tom's excitement was as strong as his friend's. But he still hadn't finished expressing his own thoughts and was determined to make the most of the moment; so he went on to share Arthur's theory about not being upset over his friends' death, which he had kept to himself until now and had been wrestling with; [25] because he didn't feel it was right to embrace what made him happy while ignoring everything else, and was actively trying to convince himself that he would actually prefer all his closest friends to die instantly.
But East's powers of remaining serious were exhausted, and in five minutes he was saying the most ridiculous things he could think of, till Tom was almost getting angry again.
But East's ability to stay serious ran out, and in five minutes he was saying the most ridiculous things he could think of, until Tom was almost getting angry again.
Despite of himself, however, he couldn't help laughing and giving it up, when East appealed to him with: "Well, Tom, you aren't going to punch my head, I hope, because I insist on being sorry when you get to earth?"[26]
Despite himself, he couldn't help but laugh and give in when East said to him, "Well, Tom, I hope you’re not going to hit me because I insist on feeling sorry when you come down to earth?"[26]
And so their talk finished for that time, and they tried to learn first lesson, with very poor success, as appeared next morning, when they were called up and narrowly escaped being floored, which ill-luck, however, did not sit heavily on either of their souls.
And so their conversation ended for that time, and they tried to learn the first lesson, but they did poorly, as became clear the next morning when they were called up and narrowly avoided getting knocked down, which bad luck, however, didn't weigh too heavily on either of their spirits.
FOOTNOTES
[1] Had the sack: got expelled.
[3] Sucking wiseacre: a young Solomon.
Sassy know-it-all: a young Solomon.
[7] Goth: a barbarian.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Goth: a wild person.
[11] Last: endurance.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Last: stamina.
[14] Vice (vī-sē): in place of.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Vice (vī-sē): instead of.
[15] Play: lightness, elasticity.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Play: flexibility, bounce.
[17] Grampus: a whale-like fish.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Grampus: a whale-like creature.
[18] Raising his standard: advancing, improving.
[19] Sapped: undermined.
[23] Land me: here, persuade me.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Land me: convince me.
[25] Exercised: made thoughtful or anxious.
CHAPTER VIII.
TOM BROWN'S LAST MATCH.
"Heaven grant the manlier heart, that timely, ere
Youth fly, with life's real tempest would be coping;
The fruit of dreamy hoping
Is, waking, blank despair."
"May heaven give him the strength to face life's challenges before youth slips away; the outcome of wishful thinking is just waking up to empty despair."
Clough, "Ambarvalia."
Clough, "Ambarvalia."
The curtain now rises upon the last act of our little drama,—for hard-hearted publishers warn me that a single volume must of necessity have an end. Well, well! the pleasantest things must come to an end. I little thought last long vacation, when I began these pages to help while away some spare time at a watering-place, how vividly many an old scene, which had lain hid away for years in some dusty old corner of my brain, would come back again, and stand before me clear and bright as if it had happened yesterday. The book has been a most grateful task to me, and I only hope that all you, my dear young friends, who read it (friends assuredly you must be if you get as far as this), will be half as sorry to come to the last stage as I am.
The curtain is now up for the final act of our little drama—because tough publishers remind me that a single volume has to end at some point. Well, well! Even the best things have to come to an end. I never imagined last long vacation, when I started these pages to pass the time at a resort, how vividly many an old scene, tucked away for years in some dusty corner of my mind, would come rushing back, clear and bright as if it happened just yesterday. Writing this book has been a truly rewarding experience for me, and I can only hope that all of you, my dear young friends, who read it (you must surely be friends if you’ve made it this far), will be half as sad to reach the last chapter as I am.
Not but what there has been a solemn and sad side to it. As the old scenes became living, and the actors in them became living, too, many a grave in the Crimea and distant India, as well as in the quiet church-yards of our dear old country, seemed to open and send forth their [Pg 344] dead, and their voices, and looks, and ways were again in one's ears and eyes, as in the old school-days. But this was not sad; how should it be, if we believe as our Lord has taught us? How should it be, when one more turn of the wheel, and we shall be by their sides again, learning from them again, perhaps, as we did when we were new boys?
There has definitely been a serious and sad aspect to it. As the old scenes came to life, and the people in them came to life too, many graves in Crimea and far-off India, as well as in the peaceful churchyards of our beloved homeland, seemed to open and bring forth their [Pg 344] dead, and their voices, looks, and ways were once again in our ears and eyes, just like in our school days. But this wasn't sad; how could it be if we believe as our Lord has taught us? How could it be, when with just one more turn of the wheel, we'll be by their sides again, learning from them perhaps, just like we did when we were new students?
Then there were others of the old faces so dear to us once, who had somehow or another just gone clean out of sight—are they dead or living? We know not, but the thought of them brings no sadness with it. Wherever they are, we can well believe they are doing God's work, and getting His wages.
Then there were others of the familiar faces we once cherished, who have somehow completely vanished from our lives—are they dead or alive? We don't know, but thinking of them doesn’t bring us sadness. Wherever they are, we can believe they’re doing God's work and receiving His rewards.
SCHOOL MEMORIES.
But are there not some, whom we still see sometimes in the streets, whose haunts and homes we know, whom we could probably find almost any day in the week if we were set to do it, yet from whom we are really further than we are from the dead, and from those who have gone out of our ken?[1] Yes, there are and must be such; and therein lies the sadness of old school memories. Yet of these our old comrades, from whom more than time and space separate us, there are some by whose sides we can feel sure that we shall stand again when time shall be no more. We may think of one another now as dangerous fanatics or narrow bigots, with whom no truce is possible, from whom we shall only sever more and more to the end of our lives, whom it would be our respective duties to imprison or hang, if we had the power. We must go our way, and they theirs, as long as flesh and spirit hold together; but let our own Rugby poet speak words of healing for this trial:—
But aren't there some people we still see occasionally in the streets, whose favorite spots and homes we know, and whom we could probably find on any day of the week if we wanted to, yet we feel more distant from them than we do from the dead, and from those who are no longer in our lives?[1] Yes, there are and there must be such people; and that’s the sadness of old school memories. Yet among these old friends, from whom we are separated by more than just time and distance, there are some by whom we can feel certain that we will stand together again when time itself is no more. We might view each other now as dangerous fanatics or narrow-minded bigots, with whom no peace is possible, and from whom we will only drift further apart until the end of our lives, whom it would be our duty to imprison or execute if we had the power. We must follow our own paths, and they theirs, as long as body and soul endure; but let our own Rugby poet say words of healing for this struggle:—
"To veer how vain! on, onward strain,
Brave barks! in light, in darkness, too;
Through winds and tides one compass guides,—
To that, and your own selves, be true.
"But, O blithe breeze! and O great seas!
Though ne'er, that earliest parting past,
On your wide plain they join again,
Together lead them home at last.
"One port, methought, alike they sought,
One purpose hold where'er they fare,
O bounding breeze! O rushing seas!
At last, at last, unite them there!"—Clough.[2]
"To change how pointless! Keep moving forward,
Brave ships! in both light and darkness;
Through winds and tides, one compass guides,—
Stay true to that and to yourselves.
"But, O joyful breeze! and O mighty seas!
Though never again, after that first goodbye,
On your vast expanse do they reunite,
Finally bring them home together.
"I thought they sought the same port,
A common purpose wherever they go,
O powerful breeze! O rushing seas!
"Finally, unite them there!"—Clough.[2]
This is not mere longing, it is prophecy. So over these two, our old friends who are friends no more, we sorrow not as men without hope. It is only for those who seem to us to have lost compass and purpose, and to be driven helplessly on rocks and quicksands; whose lives are spent in the service of the world, the flesh, and the devil; for self alone, and not for their fellow-men, their country, or their God, that we must mourn and pray without sure hope and without light; trusting only that He, in whose hands they are as well as we are, who has died for them as well as for us, who sees all His creatures—
This isn't just a desire; it's prophecy. So for these two, our old friends who are no longer friends, we grieve not like people without hope. It’s only for those who seem to have lost their way and purpose, and are helplessly being tossed around by life's challenges; whose lives are dedicated to the world, physical desires, and wrongdoing; for selfish reasons, instead of for others, their country, or their God, that we must mourn and pray without certainty and without clarity; trusting only that He, who holds them as He holds us, who died for them just as He did for us, who sees all His creations—
"With larger, other eyes than ours,
To make allowance for us all,"[3]—
"With bigger, different eyes than ours,
To understand us all, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__—
will, in His own way and at his own time, lead them also home.
will, in His own way and at His own time, lead them home too.
THE END OF THE HALF-YEAR.
Another two years have passed, and it is again the end of the Summer half-year at Rugby; in fact, the school has [Pg 346] broken up. The fifth-form examinations were over last week, and upon them have followed the speeches, and the sixth-form examinations for exhibitions;[4] and they, too, are over now. The boys have gone to all the winds of heaven, except the town boys and the eleven, and the few enthusiasts besides who have asked leave to stay in their houses to see the result of the cricket-matches. For this year the Wellesburn return match and the Marylebone match are played at Rugby, to the great delight of the town and neighborhood, and the sorrow of those aspiring young cricketers who have been reckoning for the last three months on showing off at Lord's grounds.[5]
Another two years have gone by, and it's once again the end of the summer term at Rugby; in fact, the school has [Pg 346] closed for the break. The fifth-form exams wrapped up last week, followed by the speeches and the sixth-form exams for scholarships;[4] and those are done as well. The boys have headed off in all directions, except for the town boys, the cricket team, and a few die-hard fans who got permission to stay in their houses to watch the results of the cricket matches. This year, the Wellesburn return match and the Marylebone match are being held at Rugby, much to the delight of the town and surrounding area, and the disappointment of those eager young cricketers who had been hoping to show off at Lord's.[5]
The Doctor started off for the Lakes[6] yesterday morning, after an interview with the captain of the eleven, in the presence of Thomas, at which he arranged in what school the cricket dinners were to be, and all other matters necessary for the satisfactory carrying out of the festivities; and warned them as to keeping all spirituous liquors out of the close, and having the gates closed by nine o'clock.
The Doctor set off for the Lakes[6] yesterday morning, after a meeting with the captain of the cricket team, with Thomas present. During this meeting, he organized where the cricket dinners would take place and discussed everything needed to make the celebrations successful. He also reminded them to keep all alcoholic drinks out of the area and to make sure the gates were closed by nine o'clock.
CRICKET-MATCHES.
The Wellesburn match was played out with great success yesterday, the School winning by three wickets;[7] and to-day the great event of the cricketing year, the Marylebone match, is being played. What a match it has been! The London eleven came down by an afternoon train yesterday, in time to see the end of the Wellesburn match; [Pg 347] and as soon as it was over, their leading men and umpire inspected the ground, criticising it rather unmercifully. The captain of the School eleven, and one or two others, who had played the Lord's match before, and knew old Mr. Aislabie and several of the Lord's men, accompanied them; while the rest of the eleven looked on from under the Three Trees with admiring eyes, and asked one another the names of the illustrious strangers, and recounted how many runs each of them had made in the late matches in Bell's Life. They looked such hard-bitten,[8] wiry, whiskered fellows, that their young adversaries felt rather desponding as to the result of the morrow's match. The ground was at last chosen, and two men set to work to water and roll it; and then, there being yet some half-hour of daylight, some one had suggested a dance on the turf. The close was half full of citizens and their families, and the idea was hailed with enthusiasm. The cornopean-player was still on the ground; in five minutes the eleven, and half a dozen of the Wellesburn and Marylebone men got partners somehow or another, and a merry country dance was going on, to which every one flocked, and new couples joined in every minute, till there were a hundred of them going down the middle and up again—and the long line of school-buildings looked gravely down on them, every window glowing with the last rays of the western sun, and the rooks clanged about in the tops of the old elms, greatly excited, and resolved on having their country dance, too, and the great flag flapped lazily in the gentle western breeze. Altogether it was a sight which would have made glad the heart of our brave old founder, Lawrence [Pg 348] Sheriff,[9] if he were half as good a fellow as I take him to have been. It was a cheerful sight to see, but what made it so valuable in the sight of the captain of the School eleven was, that he saw there his young hands shaking off their shyness and awe of the Lord's men, as they crossed hands and capered about on the grass together; for the strangers entered into it all, and threw away their cigars, and danced and shouted like boys, while old Mr. Aislabie stood by looking on in his white hat, leaning on a bat, in benevolent enjoyment. "This hop will be worth thirty runs[10] to us to-morrow, and will be the making of Raggles and Johnson," thinks the young leader, as he revolves many things in his mind, standing by the side of Mr. Aislabie, whom he will not leave for a minute, for he feels that the character of the School for courtesy is resting on his shoulders.
The Wellesburn match was played successfully yesterday, with the School winning by three wickets;[7] and today, the biggest cricketing event of the year, the Marylebone match, is happening. What a match it has been! The London eleven arrived on an afternoon train yesterday, just in time to catch the end of the Wellesburn match; [Pg 347] and as soon as it ended, their top players and umpire inspected the ground, critiquing it rather harshly. The captain of the School eleven, along with a couple of others who had played in the Lord's match before and knew old Mr. Aislabie and several of the Lord's men, went with them; while the rest of the eleven watched from under the Three Trees with admiration, asking each other the names of the notable visitors and recalling how many runs each had scored in the recent matches recorded in Bell's Life. They looked like tough, wiry, bearded guys, making the young opponents feel a bit discouraged about the next day's match. Eventually, the ground was selected, and two men began watering and rolling it; and with still half an hour of daylight left, someone suggested a dance on the grass. The area was half-filled with locals and their families, and the idea was met with enthusiasm. The cornet player was still around; within five minutes, the eleven and about half a dozen Wellesburn and Marylebone players found partners and started a lively country dance that drew everyone in. New couples joined in every minute until a hundred of them were dancing back and forth—and the long line of school buildings looked down on them solemnly, every window glowing with the last rays of the setting sun, while the rooks flapped around in the treetops of the old elms, excited and determined to join in the country dance, too, as the big flag lazily waved in the gentle western breeze. Overall, it was a sight that would have warmed the heart of our esteemed founder, Lawrence [Pg 348] Sheriff,[9] if he was even half as good of a person as I imagine him to have been. It was a cheerful scene, but what made it especially valuable in the eyes of the captain of the School eleven was seeing his young players shake off their shyness and nerves around the Lord's men as they joined hands and danced on the grass together; the visitors joined in, tossed aside their cigars, and danced and cheered like boys, while old Mr. Aislabie stood by watching, leaning on a bat, enjoying it all. "This dance will be worth thirty runs[10] to us tomorrow, and it will boost Raggles and Johnson," thought the young leader, turning over various thoughts in his mind while standing next to Mr. Aislabie, whom he wouldn't leave for a second, feeling that the reputation of the School for courtesy rested on him.
But when a quarter to nine struck, and he saw old Thomas beginning to fidget about with the keys in his hand, he thought of the Doctor's parting monition, and stopped the cornopean at once, notwithstanding the loud-voiced remonstrances from all sides; and the crowd scattered away from the close, the eleven all going into the School-house, where supper and beds were provided by the Doctor's orders.
But when it was a quarter to nine and he saw old Thomas starting to fidget with the keys in his hand, he remembered the Doctor's last warning and immediately stopped the cornet, despite the loud protests from everyone around. The crowd then dispersed from the area, with all eleven heading into the School-house, where the Doctor had arranged for supper and beds.
Deep had been the consultations at supper as to the order of going in, who should bowl the first over,[11] whether it would be best to play steady or freely; and the youngest hands declared that they shouldn't be a bit nervous, [Pg 349] and praised their opponents as the jolliest fellows in the world, except, perhaps, their old friends, the Wellesburn men. How far a little good-nature from their elders will go with the right sort of boys!
The discussions at dinner had been intense about the order of play, who should deliver the first over,[11] and whether it was better to play conservatively or openly. The youngest players insisted they wouldn’t be nervous at all and talked up their opponents as the most fun guys ever, except maybe for their old friends, the Wellesburn team. It’s amazing how much a bit of kindness from their elders can influence the right kind of kids!
The morning had dawned bright and warm, to the intense relief of many an anxious youngster, up betimes to mark the signs of the weather. The eleven went down in a body before breakfast for a plunge in the cold bath in the corner of the close. The ground was in splendid order, and soon after ten o'clock, before spectators had arrived, all was ready, and two of the Lord's men took their places at the wicket; the School, with the usual liberality of young hands, having put their adversaries in first. Old Bailey stepped up to the wicket, and called play, and the match has begun.
The morning started off bright and warm, bringing a huge sense of relief to many anxious kids who woke up early to check the weather. The eleven gathered together before breakfast for a quick dip in the cold bath in the corner of the close. The ground was in great shape, and shortly after ten o'clock, before the spectators arrived, everything was set, and two players from the Lord's team took their spots at the wicket; the School, as is typical with young players, allowed their opponents to bat first. Old Bailey approached the wicket and called for the game to start, and the match began.
THE MARYLEBONE MATCH.
"How many runs?" Away scamper three boys to the scoring-table,[14] and are back again in a minute amongst the rest of the eleven, who are collected together in a knot between wickets.
"How many runs?" Three boys quickly dash to the scoring table,[14] and return in a minute to join the other eleven, who are gathered together in a cluster between the wickets.
"Only eighteen runs, and three wickets down!"
"Only eighteen runs and three wickets lost!"
"Huzzah for old Rugby!" sings out Jack Raggles, the long-stop,[15] toughest and burliest of boys, commonly called [Pg 350] "Swiper Jack";[16] and forthwith stands on his head and brandishes his legs in the air in triumph, till the next boy catches hold of his heels and throws him over on his back.
"Hooray for old Rugby!" shouts Jack Raggles, the long-stop, the toughest and strongest of the boys, usually called "Swiper Jack"; and immediately he stands on his head and waves his legs in the air in victory, until the next boy grabs his heels and flips him onto his back.
"Steady there; don't be such an ass, Jack," says the captain; "we haven't got the best wicket. Ah, look out now at cover-point,"[17] adds he, as he sees a long-armed, bare-headed, slashing-looking player coming to the wicket. "And, Jack, mind your hits; he steals more runs than any man in England."
"Hold on; don't be such a fool, Jack," says the captain; "the pitch isn't great. Oh, watch out at cover-point," [17] adds as he notices a tall, bare-headed player approaching the wicket. "And, Jack, be careful with your shots; he takes more runs than anyone in England."
And they all find that they have got their work to do now; the new-comer's off-hitting is tremendous, and his running like a flash of lightning. He is never in his ground, except when his wicket is down. Nothing in the whole game so trying to boys; he has stolen three byes[18] in the first ten minutes, and Jack Raggles is furious, and begins throwing over savagely to the further wicket, until he is sternly stopped by the captain. It is all that young gentleman can do to keep his team[19] steady, but he knows that everything depends on it, and faces his work bravely. The score creeps up to fifty, the boys begin to look blank, and the spectators, who are now mustering strong, are very silent. The ball flies off his bat to all parts of the field, and he gives no rest and no catches to any one. But cricket is full of glorious chances, and the goddess who presides over it loves to bring down the most skilful players. Johnson, the young bowler, is getting wild; and bowls a ball almost wide to the off;[20] the batter steps out [Pg 351] and cuts it beautifully to where cover-point is standing very deep; in fact, almost off the ground. The ball comes skimming and twisting along about three feet from the ground; he rushes at it, and it sticks somehow or other in the fingers of his left hand, to the utter astonishment of himself and the whole field.
And they all realize they have work to do now; the newcomer’s hitting is incredible, and his running is lightning fast. He’s only on his spot when his wicket is down. Nothing in the whole game is as challenging for the boys; he has already stolen three byes in the first ten minutes, and Jack Raggles is fuming, starting to angrily throw over to the far wicket until the captain firmly tells him to stop. The young captain struggles to keep his team steady, but he knows everything hinges on it and bravely faces his responsibilities. The score slowly climbs to fifty, the boys start to look worried, and the spectators, who are now gathering in greater numbers, are very quiet. The ball flies off his bat to all corners of the field, and he gives no breaks or catches to anyone. But cricket is full of exciting opportunities, and the goddess of cricket loves to see the most skilled players fall. Johnson, the young bowler, is getting reckless; he bowls a ball almost wide of the off stump; the batter steps out and beautifully cuts it to where cover-point is standing very deep; in fact, almost off the ground. The ball comes skimming and twisting about three feet above the ground; he dives for it, and somehow it sticks in the fingers of his left hand, leaving him and the entire field utterly astonished.
Such a catch hasn't been made in the close for years, and the cheering is maddening. "Pretty cricket," says the captain, throwing himself on the ground by the deserted wicket, with a long breath; he feels that a crisis has past.
Such a catch hasn't happened in the close for years, and the cheering is wild. "Great cricket," says the captain, collapsing onto the ground by the empty wicket with a deep breath; he senses that a crisis has passed.
I wish I had space to describe the match; how the captain stumped the next man off a leg-shooter,[21] and bowled small cobs[22] to old Mr. Aislabie, who came in for the last wicket. How the Lord's men were out by half-past twelve o'clock for ninety-eight runs. How the captain of the School eleven went in first to give his men pluck, and scored twenty-five in beautiful style; how Rugby was only four behind in the first innings[23] What a glorious dinner they had in the fourth-form School, and how the cover-point hitter sang the most topping[24] comic songs, and old Mr. Aislabie made the best speeches that ever were heard, afterward. But I haven't space, that's the fact, and so you must fancy it all and carry yourselves on to half-past seven o'clock, when the School are again in, with five wickets down, and only thirty-two runs to make to win. The Marylebone men played carelessly in their second innings, but they are working like horses now to save the match.
I wish I had the space to describe the game; how the captain stumped the next player with a leg break, and bowled small deliveries to old Mr. Aislabie, who came in for the last wicket. How the Lord's team was out by twelve-thirty for ninety-eight runs. How the captain of the School team went in first to encourage his players and scored twenty-five in stunning style; how Rugby was only four runs behind in the first innings. What a fantastic dinner they had in the fourth-form School, and how the cover-point hitter sang the funniest comic songs, and old Mr. Aislabie gave the best speeches anyone had ever heard afterward. But I don't have space, that's for sure, so you'll have to imagine it all and fast forward to seven-thirty when the School is back in, with five wickets down, needing just thirty-two runs to win. The Marylebone team played carelessly in their second innings, but they’re fighting hard now to save the match.
SOME OLD FRIENDS.
There is much healthy, hearty, happy life scattered up and down the close; but the group to which I beg to call your special attention is there on the slope of the island, which looks toward the cricket-ground. It consists of three figures: two are seated on the bench, and one on the ground at their feet. The first, a tall, slight, and rather gaunt man, with a bushy eyebrow, and a dry, humorous smile, is evidently a clergyman. He is carelessly dressed, and looks rather used up, which isn't much to be wondered at, seeing that he has just finished six weeks of examination work: but there he basks, and spreads himself out in the evening sun, bent on enjoying life, though he doesn't quite know what to do with his arms and legs. Surely it is our friend the young master, whom we have had glimpses of before, but his face has gained a great deal since we last came across him.
There’s a lot of vibrant, joyful life all around the area, but the group I want to highlight is on the slope of the island, facing the cricket ground. It includes three people: two are sitting on a bench, and one is on the ground at their feet. The first is a tall, thin, and somewhat gaunt man with bushy eyebrows and a dry, humorous smile, clearly a clergyman. He’s dressed casually and looks a bit worn out, which makes sense since he just wrapped up six weeks of exams. Still, he lounges in the evening sun, determined to enjoy life, even if he doesn’t quite know what to do with his arms and legs. It's definitely our friend the young master, who we’ve seen before, but his face has evolved a lot since we last met him.
And by his side, in white flannel shirt and trousers, straw hat, the captain's belt, and the untanned yellow cricket-shoes which all the eleven wear, sits a strapping figure, near six feet high, with ruddy tanned face and whiskers, curly brown hair, and a laughing, dancing eye. He is leaning forward, with his elbows resting on his knees, and dandling his favorite bat, with which he has made thirty or forty runs to-day, in his strong brown hands. It is Tom Brown, grown into a young man nineteen years old, a præpostor and captain of the eleven, spending his last day as a Rugby boy, and let us hope as much wiser as he is bigger since we last had the pleasure of coming across him.
And sitting next to him, wearing a white flannel shirt and pants, a straw hat, the captain's belt, and the yellow cricket shoes that all eleven players wear, is a well-built guy, almost six feet tall, with a sun-kissed face and whiskers, curly brown hair, and a sparkling, lively eye. He's leaning forward, resting his elbows on his knees, and fiddling with his favorite bat, with which he scored thirty or forty runs today, in his strong brown hands. It's Tom Brown, now a nineteen-year-old young man, a team leader and captain of the eleven, spending his last day as a Rugby student, and let’s hope he's gained as much wisdom as he has grown since we last had the pleasure of seeing him.
And at their feet on the warm dry ground, similarly dressed, sits Arthur, Turkish fashion, with his bat across his knees. He, too, is no longer a boy, less of a boy in [Pg 353] fact than Tom, if one may judge from the thoughtfulness of his face, which is somewhat paler, too, than one could wish; but his figure, though slight, is well knit and active, and all his old timidity has disappeared, and is replaced by silent quaint fun, with which his face twinkles all over, as he listens to the broken talk between the other two, in which he joins now and then.
And at their feet on the warm dry ground, similarly dressed, sits Arthur, sitting cross-legged like a Turk, with his bat resting on his knees. He’s not a boy anymore, and he’s actually less of a boy than Tom, based on the seriousness on his face, which is also a bit paler than you'd like; but even though he has a slender build, he’s fit and active, and all his old shyness has vanished, replaced by a quirky, quiet sense of fun that makes his face sparkle as he listens to the fragmented conversation between the other two, chiming in occasionally.
All three are watching the game eagerly, and joining in the cheering that follows every good hit. It is pleasing to see the easy friendly footing which the pupils are on with their master, perfectly respectful, yet with no reserve and nothing forced in their intercourse. Tom has clearly abandoned the old theory of "natural enemies" in this case at any rate.
All three are eagerly watching the game and joining in the cheering that follows every good hit. It's nice to see how comfortably friendly the students are with their teacher—completely respectful, yet casual and genuine in their interactions. Tom has definitely set aside the old idea of "natural enemies" in this situation, at least.
THEIR TALK.
But it is time to listen to what they are saying, and see what we can gather out of it.
But it's time to pay attention to what they're saying and see what we can take from it.
"I don't object to your theory," says the master, "and I allow you have made a fair case for yourself. But, now, in such books as Aristophanes, for instance, you've been reading a play this half with the Doctor, haven't you?"
"I don't disagree with your theory," says the master, "and I acknowledge that you've made a solid case for yourself. But now, in books like Aristophanes, for example, you've been reading a play this whole time with the Doctor, right?"
"Yes, 'The Knights,'"[25] answered Tom.
"Yes, 'The Knights,'" __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ answered Tom.
"Well, I'm sure you would have enjoyed the wonderful humor of it twice as much if you had taken more pains with your scholarship."
"Well, I'm sure you would have enjoyed the great humor of it twice as much if you had put more effort into your studies."
"Well, sir, I don't believe any boy in the form enjoyed the set-tos[26] between Cleon and the sausage-seller more than I did—eh, Arthur?" said Tom, giving him a stir with his foot.
"Well, sir, I don't think any boy in the group enjoyed the fight between Cleon and the sausage seller more than I did—right, Arthur?" said Tom, giving him a nudge with his foot.
"Yes, I must say he did," said Arthur. "I think, sir, you've hit upon the wrong book there."
"Yeah, I have to say he did," Arthur said. "I think, sir, you've picked the wrong book there."
[Pg 354] "Not a bit of it," said the master. "Why, in those very passages of arms, how can you thoroughly appreciate them unless you are masters of the weapons? and the weapons are the language, which you, Brown, have never half worked at; and so, as I say, you must have lost all the delicate shades of meaning which make the best part of the fun."
[Pg 354] "Not at all," said the master. "How can you truly appreciate those moments of combat unless you understand the weapons? The weapons are the language, which you, Brown, haven't even begun to master; so, as I said, you must have missed all the subtle nuances that make it really enjoyable."
"Oh! well played—bravo, Johnson!" shouted Arthur, dropping his hat and clapping furiously, and Tom joined in with a "Bravo, Johnson!" which might have been heard at the chapel.
"Oh! Well done—bravo, Johnson!" shouted Arthur, dropping his hat and clapping excitedly, and Tom chimed in with a "Bravo, Johnson!" that could have been heard at the chapel.
"Eh! what is it? I didn't see," inquired the master; "they only got one run, I thought?"
"Hey! What’s going on? I didn’t see," the teacher asked; "didn’t they only get one run?"
"No, but such a ball, three-quarters length, and coming straight for his leg-bail.[27] Nothing but that turn of the wrist could have saved him, and he drew it away to leg[28] for a safe one. Bravo, Johnson!"
"No, but that ball, three-quarters of the way there, was heading straight for his leg stump. Nothing but that wrist movement could have saved him, and he pulled it away to the leg side for a safe shot. Well done, Johnson!"
"How well they are bowling, though," said Arthur; "they don't mean to be beat, I can see."
"Wow, they're bowling really well," said Arthur; "they're determined not to lose, I can tell."
"There, now," struck in the master "you see that's just what I have been preaching this half-hour. The delicate play is the true thing. I don't understand cricket, so I don't enjoy those fine draws[29] which you tell me are the best play, though when you or Raggles hit a ball hard away for six,[30] I am as delighted as any one. Don't you see the analogy?"
"There, now," the master said, "you see that's exactly what I've been saying for the past half hour. The subtle play is the real deal. I don’t get cricket, so I don’t appreciate those great draws[29] which you tell me are the best moves, but when you or Raggles hit a ball hard for six,[30] I'm as thrilled as anyone. Don’t you see the connection?"
"Yes, sir," answered Tom, looking up roguishly, "I see; only the question remains whether I should have got most good by understanding Greek particles or cricket [Pg 355] thoroughly. I'm such a thick, I never should have had time for both."
"Yeah, sir," replied Tom with a cheeky glance, "I get it; the only thing left to figure out is whether I would have benefited more from understanding Greek particles or mastering cricket [Pg 355]. I'm such a blockhead, I wouldn't have had time for both."
"I see you are an incorrigible," said the master, with a chuckle; "but I refute you by an example. Arthur there has taken in Greek and cricket, too."
"I see you’re impossible," said the master with a laugh; "but I’ll prove you wrong with an example. Arthur over there is into Greek and cricket, too."
"Out! Bailey has given him out—do you see, Tom?" cries Arthur. " How foolish of them to run so hard!"
"Out! Bailey called him out—do you see it, Tom?" cries Arthur. "How foolish of them to run so hard!"
"Well, it can't be helped, he has played very well. Whose turn is it to go in?"
"Well, there's nothing we can do about it; he played really well. Who's next to go in?"
"I don't know; they've got your list in the tent."
"I don't know; they have your list in the tent."
"Let's go and see," said Tom, rising; but at this moment Jack Raggles and two or three more came running to the island moat.
"Let's go check it out," said Tom, getting up; but just then, Jack Raggles and two or three others came running to the island moat.
"Oh, Brown, mayn't I go in next?" shouts the Swiper.
"Oh, Brown, can I go in next?" shouts the Swiper.
"Whose name is next on the list?" says the captain.
"Who's name is next on the list?" says the captain.
"Winter's, and then Arthur's," answers the boy who carries it; "but there are only twenty-six runs to get, and no time to lose. I heard Mr. Aislabie say that the stumps must be drawn at a quarter past eight exactly."
"Winter's, and then Arthur's," replies the boy who is carrying it; "but there are only twenty-six runs to get, and we don't have time to waste. I heard Mr. Aislabie say that the stumps need to be drawn at exactly a quarter past eight."
"Oh, do let the Swiper go in," chorus the boys; so Tom yields against his better judgment.
"Oh, come on, let the Swiper in," the boys all say; so Tom gives in, even though he knows he shouldn't.
"I dare say now I've lost the match by this nonsense," he says, as he sits down again; "they'll be sure to get Jack's wicket in three or four minutes; however, you'll [Pg 356] have the chance, sir, of seeing a hard hit or two," adds he, smiling, and turning to the master.
"I can’t believe I’ve lost the match because of this ridiculousness," he says, as he sits down again; "they’ll definitely get Jack out in three or four minutes; anyway, you’ll have the chance, sir, to see a few hard hits," he adds, smiling and turning to the teacher.
"Come, none of your irony, Brown," answers the master. "I'm beginning to understand the game scientifically. What a noble game it is, too!"
"Come on, enough with the sarcasm, Brown," says the master. "I’m starting to figure out the game in a scientific way. It’s a really great game, too!"
"Isn't it? But it's more than a game. It's an institution."
"Isn't it? But it's more than just a game. It's a whole institution."
"Yes," said Arthur, "the birth-right of British boys old and young, as habeas corpus[33] and trial by jury are of British men."
"Yes," said Arthur, "the birthright of British boys, both young and old, is just as important as habeas corpus[33] and trial by jury are for British men."
"The discipline and reliance on one another which it teaches, is so valuable, I think," went on the master; "it ought to be such an unselfish game. It merges the individual in the eleven; he doesn't play that he may win, but that his side may."
"The discipline and reliance on each other that it teaches is really valuable, I believe," the coach continued. "It should be such a selfless game. It combines the individual into the team; he doesn't play just to win for himself, but for his whole side."
"That's very true," said Tom, "and that's why foot-ball and cricket, now one comes to think of it, are much better games than fives or hare-and-hounds, or any others where the object is to come in first or to win for one's self, and not that one's side may win."
"That's really true," Tom said, "and that's why football and cricket, now that I think about it, are way better games than fives or hare-and-hounds, or any of those others where the goal is just to come in first or to win for yourself, rather than for your team."
"And then the captain of the eleven!" said the master, "what a post is his in our school-world! almost as hard as the Doctor's; requiring skill and gentleness and firmness, and I know not what other rare qualities."
"And then the captain of the eleven!" said the master, "what a role he has in our school life! It's almost as tough as the Doctor's; needing skill, kindness, and strength, and I can't even name all the other unique qualities."
"Which doesn't he wish he may get!" said Tom, laughing; "at any rate he hasn't got them yet, or he wouldn't have been such a flat[34] as to let Jack Raggles go in, out of his turn."
"Which doesn’t he wish he could get!" said Tom, laughing; "at least he doesn’t have them yet, or he wouldn’t have been so stupid[34] as to let Jack Raggles go in, out of his turn."
"Ah, the Doctor never would have done that," said [Pg 357] Arthur, demurely. "Tom, you've a great deal to learn yet in the art of ruling."
"Ah, the Doctor never would have done that," said [Pg 357] Arthur, shyly. "Tom, you still have a lot to learn about ruling."
"Well, I wish you'd tell the Doctor so, then, and get him to let me stop till I'm twenty. I don't want to leave, I'm sure."
"Well, I wish you'd tell the doctor that, and get him to let me stay until I'm twenty. I really don't want to leave, that's for sure."
"What a sight it is," broke in the master, "the Doctor as a ruler! Perhaps ours is the only little corner in the British Empire which is thoroughly, wisely, and strongly ruled just now. I'm more and more thankful every day of my life that I came here to be under him."
"What a sight it is," interrupted the master, "the Doctor as a leader! Maybe ours is the only little corner of the British Empire that's truly, wisely, and effectively governed right now. I'm more and more grateful every day of my life that I came here to be under him."
"So am I, I'm sure," said Tom; " and more and more sorry that I've got to leave."
"So am I, I’m sure," Tom said, "and I feel worse and worse about having to leave."
"Every place and thing one sees here reminds one of some wise act of his," went on the master. "This island now—you remember the time, Brown, when it was first laid out in small gardens, and cultivated by frost-bitten fags in February and March?"
"Every place and thing you see here reminds you of some clever thing he did," the master continued. "This island now—you remember when it was first planted with small gardens, tended by cold and shivering guys in February and March?"
"Of course I do," said Tom; "didn't I hate spending two hours in the afternoon grubbing in the tough dirt with the stump of a fives'-bat? But turf-cart[35] was good fun enough."
"Of course I do," said Tom; "didn't I hate spending two hours in the afternoon digging in the tough dirt with the stump of a baseball bat? But playing turf-cart[35] was fun enough."
"I dare say it was, but it was always leading to fights with the townspeople; and then the stealing flowers out of all the gardens in Rugby for the Easter show was abominable."
"I would say it was, but it always led to fights with the townspeople; and then stealing flowers from all the gardens in Rugby for the Easter show was just terrible."
"Well, so it was," said Tom, looking down, "but we fags couldn't help ourselves. But what has that to do with the Doctor's ruling?"
"Well, that’s how it was," said Tom, looking down, "but we guys couldn’t help ourselves. But what does that have to do with the Doctor’s ruling?"
[Pg 358] "A great deal, I think," said the master; "what brought island-fagging to an end?"
[Pg 358] "I think it was quite a bit," said the master; "what ended island-fagging?"
"Why, the Easter speeches were put off till midsummer," said Tom, "and the sixth had gymnastic poles put up here."
"Well, the Easter speeches were postponed until summer," said Tom, "and they set up gymnastic poles here."
"Well, and who changed the time of the speeches, and put the idea of gymnastic poles into the heads of their worships,[36] the sixth form?" said the master.
"Well, who changed the time of the speeches and planted the idea of gymnastic poles in their heads, [36] the sixth form?" said the master.
"The Doctor, I suppose," said Tom. " I never thought of that."
"The doctor, I guess," said Tom. "I never considered that."
"Of course you didn't," said the master, "or else, fag as you were, you would have shouted with the whole school against putting down old customs. And that's the way that all the Doctor's reforms have been carried out when he has been left to himself,—quietly and naturally, putting a good thing in the place of a bad, and letting the bad die out; no wavering and no hurry,—the best thing that could be done for the time-being, and patience for the rest."
"Of course you didn't," said the teacher, "or else, with your weak stance, you would have joined the entire school in opposing the abandonment of old traditions. And that's how all the Doctor's reforms have been implemented when he's left to his own devices—calmly and naturally, replacing a bad thing with a good one and allowing the bad to fade away; no hesitations and no rush—it's the best approach for now, with patience for what's to come."
"Just Tom's own way," chimed in Arthur, nudging Tom with his elbow, "driving a nail where it will go"; to which allusions Tom answered by a sly kick.
"Just Tom's way," Arthur said, nudging Tom with his elbow, "putting a nail where it fits"; to which Tom responded with a quick kick.
"Exactly so," said the master, innocent of the allusion and by-play.
"That's right," said the teacher, unaware of the reference and the subtle exchange.
JACK RAGGLES'S INNINGS.
Meantime Jack Raggles, with his sleeves tucked up above his great brown elbows, scorning pads and gloves, has presented himself at the wicket; and, having run one for a forward drive off Johnson's, is about to receive his first ball. There are only twenty-four runs to make, and four wickets to go down, a winning match if they play [Pg 359] decently steady. The ball is a very swift one, and rises fast, catching Jack on the outside of the thigh, and bounding away, as if from india-rubber, while they run two for a leg-bye[37] amidst great applause and shouts from Jack's many admirers. The next ball is a beautifully pitched ball for the outer stump, which the reckless and unfeeling Jack catches hold of, and hits right round to leg for five, while the applause is deafening; only seventeen runs to get with four wickets,—the game is all but ours!
Meanwhile, Jack Raggles, with his sleeves rolled up above his big brown elbows, ignoring pads and gloves, has stepped up to the wicket. After scoring one run from a forward drive off Johnson, he’s about to face his first ball. They only need twenty-four runs to win, with four wickets left—a winning match if they play steadily. The ball comes in fast and bounces up quickly, hitting Jack on the outside of his thigh and rebounding like it's made of rubber, while they run for two leg-bys amidst loud cheers and shouts from Jack's many fans. The next ball is perfectly pitched for the outer stump, which the daring and unbothered Jack connects with, sending it to leg for five runs, while the applause is overwhelming; now only seventeen runs to go with four wickets left—the game is almost ours!
It is over now, and Jack walks swaggering about his wicket, with his bat over his shoulder, while Mr. Aislabie holds a short parley with his men. Then the cover-point hitter, that cunning man, goes on to bowl slow twisters. Jack waves his hand triumphantly toward the tent, as much as to say: "See if I don't finish it all off now in three hits!"
It’s all over now, and Jack struts around his wicket with his bat resting on his shoulder while Mr. Aislabie chats briefly with his players. Then the cover-point hitter, that clever guy, starts to bowl slow spins. Jack waves his hand triumphantly toward the tent, as if to say: "Just watch me wrap this up in three hits!"
Alas, my son Jack! the enemy is too old for thee. The first ball of the over, Jack steps out and meets, swiping[38] with all his force. If he had only allowed for the twist! but he hasn't, and so the ball goes spinning up straight in the air as if it would never come down again. Away runs Jack, shouting and trusting to the chapter of accidents, but the bowler runs steadily under it, judging every spin, and calling out: "I have it," catches it, and playfully pitches it on to the back of the stalwart Jack, who is departing with a rueful countenance.
Alas, my son Jack! The opponent is too experienced for you. On the first ball of the over, Jack steps out and swings with all his might. If only he had considered the spin! But he didn’t, and the ball goes soaring straight up into the air as if it will never fall back down. Jack takes off running, shouting and relying on luck, but the bowler calmly positions himself under it, carefully watching the spin, and calls out, "I've got it," catches it, and playfully tosses it onto the back of the sturdy Jack, who is leaving with a disappointed look.
"I knew how it would be," says Tom, rising. "Come along; the game's getting very serious."
"I knew how this would turn out," says Tom, getting up. "Let’s go; the game is getting really serious."
So they leave the island and go to the tent, and after deep consultation Arthur is sent in, and goes off to the [Pg 360] wicket with a last exhortation from Tom to play steady and keep his bat straight. To the suggestions that Winter is the best bat left Tom only replies: "Arthur is the steadiest, and Johnson will make the runs if the wicket is only kept up."
So they leave the island and head to the tent, and after a long discussion, Arthur is chosen to go in. He heads to the [Pg 360] wicket with Tom giving him one last piece of advice to stay calm and keep his bat straight. When it's suggested that Winter is the best batsman left, Tom simply says, "Arthur is the most reliable, and Johnson will score the runs as long as the wicket holds up."
"I am surprised to see Arthur in the eleven," said the master, as they stood together in front of the dense crowd, which was now closing in round the ground.
"I’m surprised to see Arthur in the lineup," said the teacher, as they stood together in front of the large crowd, which was now closing in around the field.
"Well, I'm not quite sure that he ought to be in for his play,"[39] said Tom, "but I couldn't help putting him in. It will do him so much good, and you can't think what I owe him."
"Well, I’m not sure he should be in his play," [39] said Tom, "but I couldn’t help including him. It will benefit him so much, and you have no idea what I owe him."
THE FINISH.
The master smiled. The clock strikes eight, and the whole field becomes fevered with excitement. Arthur, after two narrow escapes, scores one; and Johnson gets the ball. The bowling and fielding are superb, and Johnson's batting worthy the occasion. He makes here a two and there a one, managing to keep the ball to himself, and Arthur backs up and runs perfectly; only eleven runs to make now, and the crowd scarcely breathe. At last Arthur gets the ball again, and actually drives it forward for two, and feels prouder than when he got the three best prizes, at hearing Tom's shout of joy, "Well played, well played, young un!"
The coach smiled. The clock struck eight, and the entire field buzzed with excitement. Arthur, after two close calls, finally scores; and Johnson gets the ball. The bowling and fielding are outstanding, and Johnson’s batting is fitting for the moment. He makes a two here and a one there, keeping the ball to himself, while Arthur backs him up and runs flawlessly; only eleven runs left to make, and the crowd can barely breathe. Finally, Arthur gets the ball again and actually hits it forward for two, feeling prouder than when he won the three top prizes, at the sound of Tom's joyful shout, "Well played, well played, kid!"
But the next ball is too much for a young hand, and his bails fly different ways. Nine runs to make, and two wickets to go down—it is too much for human nerves.
But the next ball is too much for a young hand, and his bails fly in different directions. Nine runs to make, and two wickets left—it’s too much for human nerves.
Before Winter can get in,[40] the omnibus which is to take the Lord's men to the train pulls up at the side of the close, and Mr. Aislabie and Tom consult, and give out [Pg 361] that the stumps will be drawn after the next over. And so ends the great match. Winter and Johnson carry out their bats, and, it being a one day's match, the Lord's men are declared the winners, they having scored the most in the first innings.
Before Winter can arrive, [40] the bus that will take the Lord's team to the train pulls up beside the field, and Mr. Aislabie and Tom have a discussion, then announce that the stumps will be taken out after the next over. And thus concludes the great match. Winter and Johnson carry their bats off the field, and since it was a one-day match, the Lord's team is declared the winners, having scored the most in their first innings. [Pg 361]
But such a defeat is a victory; so think Tom and all the School eleven, as they accompany their conquerors to the omnibus, and send them off with three ringing cheers, after Mr. Aislabie had shaken hands all round, saying to Tom, "I must compliment you, sir, on your eleven, and I hope we shall have you for a member if you come up to town."[41]
But that kind of loss feels like a win; that's how Tom and the whole school team see it as they walk with their victors to the bus, cheering them off with three loud cheers after Mr. Aislabie shakes hands with everyone and says to Tom, "I have to commend you, sir, on your team, and I hope we can count on you as a member if you come to the city."[41]
As Tom and the rest of the eleven were turning back into the close, and everybody was beginning to cry out for another country dance, encouraged by the success of the night before, the young master, who was just leaving the close, stopped him, and asked him to come up to tea at half-past eight, adding, "I won't keep you more than half an hour, and ask Arthur to come up, too."
As Tom and the other eleven were heading back into the clearing, and everyone was starting to call for another country dance, excited by the success of the night before, the young master, who was just about to leave the area, stopped him and invited him to come over for tea at eight-thirty, adding, "I won't keep you for more than half an hour, and ask Arthur to join us, too."
"I'll come up with you directly, if you'll let me," said Tom, "for I feel rather melancholy, and not quite up to the country dance and supper with the rest."
"I'll come up with you right away, if that's okay," said Tom, "because I'm feeling a bit down and not really in the mood for the country dance and dinner with everyone else."
"Do, by all means," said the master; "I'll wait for you."
"Go right ahead," said the master; "I'll be here for you."
So Tom went off to get his boots and things from the tent, to tell Arthur of the invitation, and to speak to his second in command about stopping the dancing and shutting up the close as soon as it grew dusk. Arthur promised to follow as soon as he had had a dance. So Tom handed his things over to the man in charge of the tent, and walked quietly away to the gate where the [Pg 362] master was waiting, and the two took their way together up the Hillmorton road.
So Tom went to grab his boots and stuff from the tent, to tell Arthur about the invitation, and to talk to his second-in-command about stopping the dancing and closing the area as soon as it got dark. Arthur promised to come along as soon as he had a dance. So Tom handed his things over to the guy in charge of the tent and walked quietly to the gate where the [Pg 362] master was waiting, and the two headed up the Hillmorton road together.
SHUT OUT.
Of course they found the master's house locked up, and all the servants away in the close, about this time, no doubt, footing it away on the grass with extreme delight to themselves, and in utter oblivion of the unfortunate bachelor, their master, whose one enjoyment in the shape of meals was his "dish of tea" (as our grandmothers called it) in the evening; and the phrase was apt in his case, for he always poured his out into the saucer before drinking. Great was the good man's horror at finding himself shut out of his own house. Had he been alone he would have treated it as a matter of course, and would have strolled contentedly up and down his gravel-walk until some one came home; but he was hurt at the stain on his character of host, especially as the guest was a pupil. However, the guest seemed to think it a great joke, and presently, as they poked about round the house, mounted a wall, from which he could reach a passage window; the window, as it turned out, was not bolted, so in another minute Tom was in the house and down at the front door, which he opened from inside. The master chuckled grimly at this burglarious entry, and insisted on leaving the hall-door and two of the front windows open, to frighten the truants on their return; and then the two set about foraging for tea, in which operation the master was much at fault, having the faintest possible idea of where to find anything, and being moreover wondrously short-sighted; but Tom, by a sort of instinct, knew the right cupboards in the kitchen and pantry, and soon managed to place on the snuggery[42] table better materials for [Pg 363] a meal than had appeared there probably during the reign of his tutor, who was then and there initiated, amongst other things, into the excellence of that mysterious condiment, a dripping cake. The cake was newly baked, and all rich and flaky; Tom had found it reposing in the cook's private cupboard, awaiting her return; and, as a warning to her, they finished it to the last crumb. The kettle sang away merrily on the hob[43] of the snuggery, for, notwithstanding the time of year, they lighted a fire, throwing both the windows wide open at the same time; the heaps of books and papers were pushed away to the other end of the table, and the great solitary engravings of King's College Chapel[44] over the mantle-piece looked less stiff than usual, as they settled themselves down in the twilight to the serious drinking of tea.
Of course, they found the master's house locked up, and all the servants were away in the yard, probably enjoying themselves on the grass without a care in the world, completely forgetting about their unfortunate bachelor master, whose only enjoyment when it came to meals was his “dish of tea” in the evening, as our grandmothers used to call it; and this term fit him well since he always poured it into the saucer before drinking. The poor man was horrified to find himself locked out of his own house. If he had been alone, he would have taken it in stride and would have strolled contentedly up and down his gravel path until someone returned; but he felt embarrassed about being a bad host, especially since the guest was one of his students. However, the guest thought it was a great joke and soon, as they wandered around the house, climbed up a wall to reach a window; the window, it turned out, wasn't locked, so within a minute, Tom was inside the house and down at the front door, which he opened from the inside. The master chuckled grimly at this break-in and insisted on leaving the hall door and two of the front windows open to scare the runaway servants on their return; then the two began searching for tea, where the master was quite lost, having only the faintest idea of where to find anything, and being rather short-sighted as well; but Tom, almost instinctively, knew the right cupboards in the kitchen and pantry, and soon managed to set on the snug table better food for a meal than had likely been seen there during his tutor's time, who was just then being introduced, among other things, to the wonders of that mysterious treat, a dripping cake. The cake was freshly baked, all rich and flaky; Tom discovered it resting in the cook's private cupboard, waiting for her return; and as a reminder to her, they devoured it to the last crumb. The kettle was merrily boiling away on the hob in the snug, for despite the time of year, they lit a fire, throwing both windows wide open at the same time; the piles of books and papers were pushed to the other end of the table, and the grand solitary engravings of King's College Chapel above the mantelpiece looked less stiff than usual as they settled down in the twilight to drink their tea seriously.
HARRY EAST.
After some talk on the match, and other indifferent subjects, the conversation came naturally back to Tom's approaching departure, over which he began again to moan.
After chatting about the game and some other casual topics, the conversation naturally returned to Tom's upcoming departure, which he started to complain about again.
"Well, we shall miss you quite as much as you will miss us," said the master. "You are the Nestor[45] of the School now, are you not?"
"Well, we’re going to miss you just as much as you’ll miss us," said the teacher. "You’re the Nestor[45] of the School now, right?"
"Yes, ever since East left," answered Tom.
"Yeah, ever since East left," Tom replied.
"By the bye, have you heard from him?"
"By the way, have you heard from him?"
"Yes; I had a letter in February, just before he started for India to join his regiment."
"Yeah; I got a letter in February, right before he headed to India to join his regiment."
"He will make a capital officer."
"He will make an excellent officer."
[Pg 364] "Ay, won't he?" said Tom, brightening; "no fellow could handle boys better, and I suppose soldiers are very like boys. And he'll never tell them to go where he won't go himself. No mistake about that,—a braver fellow never walked."
[Pg 364] "Yeah, won't he?" said Tom, feeling more positive; "no one could manage boys better, and I guess soldiers are pretty much like boys. And he'll never send them to do something he wouldn't do himself. No doubt about it—a braver guy never lived."
"His year in the sixth will have taught him a good deal that will be useful to him now."
"His year in sixth grade will have taught him a lot that will be useful to him now."
"So it will," said Tom, staring into the fire. "Poor dear Harry," he went on, "how well I remember the day we were put out of the twenty.[46] How he rose to the situation, and burnt his cigar-cases, and gave away his pistols, and pondered on the constitutional authority[47] of the sixth and his new duties to the Doctor, and the fifth form, and the fags. Ay, and no fellow ever acted up to them better, though he was always a people's man,—for the fags, and against constituted authorities.[48] He couldn't help that, you know. I'm sure the Doctor must have liked him?" said Tom, looking up inquiringly.
"So it will," Tom said, staring into the fire. "Poor Harry," he continued, "I remember the day we were expelled from the twenty.[46] He really rose to the occasion, burned his cigar cases, gave away his pistols, and thought about the constitutional authority[47] of the sixth form and his new responsibilities to the Doctor, the fifth form, and the younger students. Yeah, and no one ever took those responsibilities more seriously, even though he was always the people's guy—standing up for the younger kids and against the established authorities.[48] He couldn't help that, you know. I'm sure the Doctor must have liked him?" Tom said, looking up curiously.
"The Doctor sees the good in every one, and appreciates it," said the master, dogmatically;[49] "but I hope East will get a good colonel. He won't do if he can't respect those above him. How long it took him, even here, to learn the lesson of obeying."
"The Doctor sees the good in everyone and appreciates it," said the master, insistently;[49] "but I hope East gets a good colonel. He won't succeed if he can't respect those above him. Just look at how long it took him, even here, to learn the lesson of obedience."
"Well, I wish I were alongside of him," said Tom. "If I can't be at Rugby, I want to be at work in the world, and not dawdling away three years at Oxford."
"Well, I wish I were with him," said Tom. "If I can't be at Rugby, I want to be out there working in the world, not wasting three years at Oxford."
WORK IN THE WORLD.
"What do you mean by 'at work in the world'?" said [Pg 365] the master, pausing, with his lips close to the saucerful of tea, and peering at Tom over it.
"What do you mean by 'at work in the world'?" asked [Pg 365] the master, pausing with his lips near the saucer of tea, and looking at Tom over it.
"Well, I mean real work; one's profession; whatever one will have really to do, and make one's living by. I want to be doing some real good, feeling that I am not only at play in the world," answered Tom, rather puzzled to find out himself what he really did mean.
"Well, I mean actual work; a career; whatever one will truly have to do to earn a living. I want to be making a real difference, feeling that I'm not just playing around in the world," replied Tom, somewhat confused as he tried to figure out what he really meant.
"You are mixing up two very different things in your head, I think, Brown," said the master, putting down the empty saucer, "and you ought to get clear about them. You talk of 'working to get your living,' and 'doing some real good in the world,' in the same breath. Now, you may be getting a very good living in a profession, and yet doing no good at all in the world, but quite the contrary at the same time. Keep the latter before you as your one object, and you will be right, whether you make a living or not; but if you dwell on the other, you'll very likely drop into mere money-making, and let the world take care of itself for good or evil. Don't be in a hurry about finding your work in the world for yourself; you are not old enough to judge for yourself yet, but just look about you in the place you find yourself in, and try to make things a little better and honester there. You'll find plenty to keep your hand in at Oxford, or wherever else you go. And don't be led away to think this part of the world important, and that unimportant. Every corner of the world is important. No man knows whether this part or that is most so, but every man may do some honest work in his own corner." And then the good man went on to talk wisely to Tom of the sort of work which he might take up as an undergraduate, and warned him of the prevalent University sins, and explained to [Pg 366] him the many and great differences between University and School life; till the twilight changed into darkness, and they heard the truant servants stealing in by the back entrance.
"You’re confusing two very different things, I think, Brown," said the master, setting down the empty saucer, "and you need to sort them out. You talk about 'working to earn a living' and 'doing real good in the world' in the same breath. You can be making a good living in a profession and still not be doing any good at all in the world, and it might even be the opposite. Keep the idea of doing good as your main goal, and you'll be on the right track, whether you earn a living or not; but if you focus only on making money, you’ll likely end up just chasing wealth and letting the world take care of itself, for better or worse. Don’t rush to figure out your purpose in the world; you’re not old enough to decide for yourself yet. Just look around at where you are and try to make things a little better and more honest there. You’ll find plenty to keep you busy at Oxford, or wherever you go. And don't be misled into thinking some parts of the world matter more than others. Every corner of the world is important. No one knows which part is most important, but everyone can do some honest work in their own corner." Then the good man continued to share wise advice with Tom about the kind of work he could pursue as an undergraduate, warned him about common University mistakes, and explained the many significant differences between University and School life; until twilight turned to darkness, and they heard the wandering servants sneaking in through the back entrance.
THE DOCTOR'S WORK.
"I wonder where Arthur can be," said Tom, at last, looking at his watch; "why, it's nearly half-past nine already."
"I wonder where Arthur is," Tom said finally, glancing at his watch. "Wow, it's almost half-past nine already."
"Oh, he is comfortably at supper with the eleven, forgetful of his oldest friends," said his master. "Nothing has given me greater pleasure," he went on, "than your friendship for him; it has been the making of you both."
"Oh, he is having a nice dinner with the eleven, forgetting about his oldest friends," said his master. "Nothing has made me happier," he continued, "than your friendship with him; it has been crucial for both of you."
"Of me, at any rate," answered Tom; "I should never have been here now but for him. 'Twas the luckiest chance in the world that sent him to Rugby, and made him my chum."
"At least for me," Tom replied, "I would never have ended up here if it weren't for him. It was the luckiest coincidence in the world that brought him to Rugby and made him my friend."
"Why do you talk of lucky chances?" said the master. "I don't know that there are any such things in the world; at any rate there was neither luck nor chance in that matter."
"Why are you talking about lucky chances?" the master asked. "I don't believe there are such things in the world; in any case, there was no luck or chance in that situation."
Tom looked at him inquiringly, and he went on: "Do you remember when the Doctor lectured you and East at the end of one half-year, when you were in the shell, and had been getting into all sorts of scrapes?"
Tom looked at him curiously, and he continued: "Do you remember when the Doctor lectured you and East at the end of one semester, when you were in the shell, and had been getting into all kinds of trouble?"
"Yes, well enough," said Tom: "it was the half-year before Arthur came."
"Yeah, pretty good," said Tom. "It was the six months before Arthur arrived."
"Exactly so," answered the master. "Now I was with him a few minutes afterward, and he was in great distress about you two. And, after some talk, we both agreed that you in particular wanted some object in the School beyond games and mischief; for it was quite clear that you never would make the regular school-work your first [Pg 367] object. And so the Doctor, at the beginning of the next half-year, looked out the best of the new boys, and separated you and East, and put the young boy into your study, in the hope that when you had somebody to lean on you, you would begin to stand a little steadier yourself, and get manliness and thoughtfulness. And I can assure you he has watched the experiment ever since with great satisfaction. Ah! not one of you boys will ever know the anxiety you have given him, or the care with which he has watched over every step in your school lives."
"Exactly," replied the master. "I was with him a few minutes later, and he was really worried about you two. After some conversation, we both agreed that you, in particular, needed something more from the School than just games and trouble; it was pretty clear that you would never prioritize the regular schoolwork. So, at the start of the next term, the Doctor carefully chose the best of the new boys, separated you from East, and placed the younger boy in your study, hoping that having someone to rely on would help you become a bit steadier, more mature, and thoughtful. I can assure you he has been watching this experiment with great satisfaction ever since. Ah! None of you boys will ever know the anxiety you've caused him or the care he's taken in monitoring every step of your school lives."
A NEW LIGHT.
Up to this time, Tom had never wholly given in to or understood the Doctor. At first he had thoroughly feared him. For some years, as I have tried to show, he had learned to regard him with love and respect, and to think him a very great, and wise, and good man. But as regarded his own position in the School, of which he was no little proud, Tom had no idea of giving any one credit for it but himself; and the truth to tell, was a very self-conceited young gentleman on the subject. He was wont to boast that he had fought his own way fairly up the School, and had never made up to, or been taken up by any big fellow or master, and that it was now quite a different place from what it was when he first came. And, indeed, though he didn't actually boast of it, yet in his secret soul he did to a great extent believe that the great reform in the School had been owing quite as much to himself as to any one else. Arthur, he acknowledged, had done him good, and taught him a good deal, so had other boys in different ways, but they had not had the same means of influence on the School in general; and as for the Doctor, why he was a splendid master, but every one knew that [Pg 368] masters could do very little out of school hours. In short, he felt on terms of equality with his chief, so far as the social state of the School was concerned, and thought that the Doctor would find it no easy matter to get on without him. Moreover, his School Toryism[50] was still strong, and he looked still with some jealousy on the Doctor, as somewhat of a fanatic in the matter of change; and thought it very desirable for the School that he should have some wise person (such as himself) to look sharply after vested[51] School rights, and see that nothing was done to the injury of the republic without due protest.
Up until now, Tom had never fully submitted to or understood the Doctor. At first, he was genuinely afraid of him. For several years, as I've tried to explain, he had come to see him with love and respect, believing him to be a very great, wise, and good man. However, regarding his own position in the School, which he took great pride in, Tom had no intention of giving anyone else credit for it but himself; to be honest, he was quite a self-important young man on the subject. He often boasted that he had worked his way up through the School all on his own, and that he had never relied on or favored any older student or master, claiming it was now a completely different place from what it was when he first arrived. In fact, although he didn’t openly brag about it, deep down he believed that the significant improvements in the School were just as much due to him as anyone else. He acknowledged that Arthur had done him good and taught him a lot, as had other boys in various ways, but they didn't have the same influence over the School as a whole; and as for the Doctor, well, he was a fantastic master, but everyone knew that masters could do very little after school hours. In short, he felt on equal footing with his leader, at least in terms of the social hierarchy of the School, and thought that the Doctor would have a hard time managing without him. Additionally, his School Toryism was still strong, and he viewed the Doctor with some jealousy, seeing him as a bit of a zealot when it came to change; he believed it was important for the School to have someone wise (like himself) to keep an eye on established School rights and ensure that nothing detrimental was done to the community without proper protest.
It was a new light to him to find that, besides teaching the sixth, and governing and guiding the whole School, editing classics, and writing histories, the great Headmaster had found time in those busy years to watch over the career, even of him, Tom Brown, and his particular friends—and, no doubt, of fifty other boys at the same time; and all this without taking the least credit to himself, or seeming to know, or let any one else know, he ever thought particularly of any boy at all.
It was a revelation for him to realize that, in addition to teaching the sixth grade, managing and guiding the entire School, editing classics, and writing histories, the great Headmaster had managed to find the time during those hectic years to oversee the progress of him, Tom Brown, and his close friends—and, undoubtedly, of many other boys at the same time; and all this without taking any credit for himself or letting anyone know that he ever paid special attention to any boy at all.
HERO-WORSHIP.
However, the Doctor's victory was complete from that moment, over Tom Brown, at any rate. He gave way, at all points, and the enemy marched right over him,—cavalry, infantry, and artillery, and the land transport corps, and the camp followers. It had taken eight long years to do it, but now it was done thoroughly, and there wasn't a corner of him left which didn't believe in the Doctor. Had he returned to school again, and the Doctor began in the half-year by abolishing fagging, and foot-ball, and the Saturday half-holiday, or all or any of the most [Pg 369] cherished School institutions, Tom would have supported him with the blindest faith. And so, after a half confession of his previous short-comings, and sorrowful adieus to his tutor, from whom he received two beautifully bound volumes of the Doctor's sermons, as a parting present, he marched down to the School-house, a hero-worshipper who would have satisfied the soul of Thomas Carlyle[52] himself.
However, the Doctor's victory was total from that moment on, at least over Tom Brown. He gave in at every turn, and the enemy marched right over him—cavalry, infantry, artillery, the land transport corps, and the camp followers. It took eight long years to get to this point, but now it was all completely settled, and there wasn't a part of him left that didn't believe in the Doctor. If he had gone back to school and the Doctor started the term by getting rid of fagging, football, and the Saturday half-holiday, or any of the most cherished school traditions, Tom would have supported him with complete faith. So, after a half-hearted confession of his past mistakes and a sad farewell to his tutor, from whom he received two beautifully bound volumes of the Doctor's sermons as a farewell gift, he marched down to the School-house, a devoted fan who would have made Thomas Carlyle himself proud.
There he found the eleven at high jinks after supper, Jack Raggles shouting comic songs, and performing feats of strength; and was greeted by a chorus of mingled remonstrances at his desertion and joy at his reappearance.
There he found the eleven having a blast after dinner, Jack Raggles singing funny songs and showing off his strength; he was met with a mix of complaints about his absence and cheers for his return.
And falling in with the humor of the evening was soon as great a boy as all the rest; and at ten o'clock was chaired[53] round the quadrangle, on one of the hall benches, borne aloft by the eleven, shouting in chorus, "For he's a jolly good fellow," while old Thomas, in a melting mood, and the other School-house servants stood looking on.
And getting into the spirit of the evening, he quickly became as spirited as everyone else; by ten o'clock, he was carried around the courtyard on one of the hall benches, lifted high by eleven others, all cheering in unison, "For he's a jolly good fellow," while old Thomas, in a sentimental mood, and the other School-house staff watched.
And the next morning after breakfast he squared up all the cricketing accounts, went round to his tradesmen and other acquaintances, and said his hearty good-byes; and by twelve o'clock was in the train, and away for London, no longer a school-boy, and divided his thoughts between hero-worship, honest regrets over the long stage of his life which was now slipping out of sight behind him, and hopes and resolves for the next stage, upon which he was entering, with all the confidence of a young traveller.
And the next morning after breakfast, he settled all his cricket accounts, stopped by his tradespeople and other friends to say his heartfelt goodbyes, and by noon was on the train heading to London, no longer a schoolboy. He was torn between idolizing heroes, feeling genuine sadness over the part of his life that was now disappearing behind him, and hoping and planning for the next chapter he was starting, with all the confidence of a young traveler.
FOOTNOTES
[1] Ken: knowledge.
Ken: info.
[3] Tennyson: "In Memoriam."
[4] Exhibitions: allowances of money, etc., made to certain scholars at Oxford and Cambridge. The boys of the sixth form, who were preparing for the universities, were competing for these.
[4] Exhibitions: financial support, etc., provided to specific scholars at Oxford and Cambridge. The sixth form students, who were getting ready for university, were competing for these.
[8] Hard-bitten: keen.
[16] Swiper Jack: hard-hitting Jack.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Swiper Jack: tough Jack.
[22] Cobs: balls peculiarly bowled.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cobs: uniquely bowled balls.
[23] Innings: turns for using the bat.
Innings: chances to bat.
[24] Topping: wonderful.
[27] Leg-bail: part of the wicket.
[32] Don Quixote: a Spanish romance.
[33] Habeas corpus: a writ for bringing a prisoner before a judge and inquiring into the cause of his detention, its object being to prevent illegal imprisonment.
[33] Habeas corpus: a legal order that requires a prisoner to be brought before a judge to understand the reasons for their detention, aimed at preventing unlawful imprisonment.
[34] Flat: fool.
[35] Turf-cart: Tom, with the other boys, used to decorate the "island" in the school-grounds with turf and flowers, which they stole "out of all the gardens in Rugby for the Easter show." They took the "turf-cart" for this purpose. The "island," by the way, no longer exists.
[35] Turf-cart: Tom and the other boys used to decorate the "island" in the schoolyard with turf and flowers that they took from "all the gardens in Rugby for the Easter show." They used the "turf-cart" for this. By the way, the "island" doesn’t exist anymore.
[38] Swiping: not a scientific hit.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Swiping: not a valid study.
[39] His play: his skill.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ His performance: his talent.
[41] Town: London.
[42] Snuggery: a small, cosy room.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Snuggery: a small, cozy room.
[46] The twenty: the fifth form.
[49] Dogmatically: positively.
[51] Vested: long established; fixed.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Vested: long established; permanent.
[53] Chaired: here, carried.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Led: here, carried.
CHAPTER IX.
FINIS.
"Strange friend, past, present, and to be;
Loved deeplier, darklier understood;
Behold, I dream a dream of good,
And mingle all the world with thee."—Tennyson.
"Strange friend, past, present, and future;
Loved more profoundly, understood in more complex ways;
Look, I have a dream of goodness,
And blend all the world with you."—Tennyson.
In the summer of 1842, our hero stopped once again at the well-known station; and, leaving his bag and fishing-rod with the porter, walked slowly and sadly up towards the town. It was now July. He had rushed away from Oxford the moment the term was over, for a fishing ramble in Scotland with two college friends, and had been for three weeks living on oat-cake and mutton-hams, in the wildest parts of Skye.[1] They had descended one sultry evening on the little inn at Kyle Rhea ferry, and, while Tom and another of the party put their tackle together and began exploring the stream for a sea-trout for supper, the third strolled into the house to arrange for their entertainment. Presently, he came out in a loose blouse and slippers, a short pipe in his mouth, and an old newspaper in his hand, and threw himself on the heathery scrub[2] which met the shingle,[3] within easy hail of the fishermen. There he lay, the picture of free-and-easy, loafing, hand-to-mouth young England, "improving his [Pg 371] mind," as he shouted to them, by the perusal of the fortnight-old weekly paper, soiled with the marks of toddy-glasses and tobacco-ashes, the legacy of the last traveller, which he had hunted out from the kitchen of the little hostelry,[4] and, being a youth of a communicative turn of mind, began imparting the contents to the fishermen as he went on.
In the summer of 1842, our hero stopped once again at the familiar station; and, leaving his bag and fishing rod with the porter, walked slowly and sadly toward the town. It was now July. He had hurried away from Oxford the moment the term ended, for a fishing trip in Scotland with two college friends, and had spent the past three weeks living on oat cakes and mutton hams in the most remote areas of Skye.[1] They had arrived one hot evening at the small inn at Kyle Rhea ferry, and while Tom and another friend put their gear together and started searching the stream for a sea trout for dinner, the third friend went into the house to arrange their stay. Soon, he came out in a loose shirt and slippers, a short pipe in his mouth, and an old newspaper in his hand, and threw himself onto the heather-covered ground[2] that met the shingle,[3] well within shouting distance of the fishermen. There he lounged, the embodiment of laid-back, carefree young England, "improving his [Pg 371] mind," as he called out to them, by reading the two-week-old weekly paper, stained with rings from drinks and tobacco ashes, the remains of the last traveler, which he had dug out from the kitchen of the little inn,[4] and, being a sociable young man, began sharing its contents with the fishermen as he went along.
"What a bother they are making about these wretched Corn-laws![5] Here's three or four columns full of nothing but sliding-scales and fixed duties.[6] Hang this tobacco, it's always going out! Ah, here's something better,—a splendid match between Kent and England, Brown! Kent winning by three wickets. Felix fifty-six runs without a chance, and not out!"
"What a hassle they’re making over these awful Corn-laws![5] Here are three or four columns filled with nothing but sliding scales and fixed duties.[6] Damn this tobacco, it keeps going out! Ah, here’s something better—a fantastic match between Kent and England, Brown! Kent won by three wickets. Felix scored fifty-six runs without losing his wicket!"
Tom, intent on a fish which had risen at him twice, answered only with a grunt.
Tom, focused on a fish that had risen at him twice, simply replied with a grunt.
"Anything about the Goodwood?"[7] called out the third man.
"Any news about the Goodwood?"[7] shouted the third man.
"Rory O'More drawn. Butterfly colt amiss," shouted the student.
"Rory O'More is here. The butterfly colt is off," shouted the student.
"Just my luck," grumbled the inquirer, jerking his flies[8] off the water, and throwing again with a heavy sullen splash, and frightening Tom's fish.
"Just my luck," the inquirer muttered, yanking his flies[8] out of the water and casting again with a loud, angry splash, scaring Tom's fish away.
"I say, can't you throw lighter over there? We aren't fishing for grampuses," shouted Tom across the stream.
"I mean, can’t you toss that lighter over there? We’re not fishing for grampuses," yelled Tom across the stream.
"Hullo, Brown! here's something for you," called out [Pg 372] the reading man next moment; "why, your old master, Arnold[9] of Rugby, is dead."
"Hellooo, Brown! I've got something for you," called out the reading guy a moment later; "guess what, your old teacher, Arnold of Rugby, has passed away."
Tom's hand stopped half-way in his cast,[10] and his line and flies went all tangling round and round his rod; you might have knocked him over with a feather. Neither of his companions took any notice of him, luckily; and with a violent effort he set to work mechanically to disentangle his line. He felt completely carried off his moral and intellectual legs, as if he had lost his standing-point in the invisible world. Besides which, the deep loving loyalty which he had felt for his old leader made the shock intensely painful. It was the first great wrench of his life, the first gap which the angel Death had made in his circle, and he felt numbed, and beaten down and spiritless. Well, well! I believe it was good for him and for many others in like case, who had to learn by that loss that the soul of man cannot stand or lean upon any human prop, however strong, and wise, and good; but that He upon whom alone it can stand and lean will knock away all such props in His own wise and merciful way, until there is no ground or stay left but Himself, the Rock of Ages, upon whom alone a sure foundation for every soul of man is laid.
Tom's hand paused halfway through his cast,[10] and his line and flies got all tangled up around his rod; you could have knocked him over with a feather. Thankfully, neither of his friends noticed him, and with a strong effort, he started to mechanically untangle his line. He felt completely thrown off his moral and intellectual balance, as if he had lost his footing in the unseen world. On top of that, the deep, loyal affection he had for his old leader made the shock even more painful. It was the first major upheaval of his life, the first absence that Death had created in his circle, and he felt numb, defeated, and drained. Well, I think it was good for him and for many others in similar situations, who needed to learn from that loss that a person's soul can’t rely on any human support, no matter how strong, wise, or good; but that the only one it can truly depend on will remove all such supports in His own wise and merciful way, until there is no foundation left but Himself, the Rock of Ages, on whom alone a solid foundation for every human soul is built.
As he wearily labored at his line, the thought struck him: "It may be all false, a mere newspaper lie," and he strode up to the recumbent smoker.
As he tiredly worked on his task, it occurred to him: "It could all be fake, just a newspaper lie," and he walked up to the lounging smoker.
"Let me look at the paper," said he.
"Let me see the paper," he said.
"Nothing else in it," answered the other, handing it up to him listlessly.[11] "Hullo, Brown! what's the matter, old fellow—aren't you well?"
"Nothing else in it," replied the other, handing it up to him absentmindedly.[11] "Hey, Brown! What's wrong, buddy—are you feeling okay?"
[Pg 373] "Where is it?" said Tom, turning over the leaves, his hand trembling, and his eyes swimming, so that he could not read.
[Pg 373] "Where is it?" Tom asked, flipping through the pages, his hand shaking and his eyes blurry, making it hard for him to read.
"What? What are you looking for?" said his friend, jumping up and looking over his shoulder.
"What? What are you looking for?" his friend said, jumping up and looking over his shoulder.
"That—about Arnold," said Tom.
"About Arnold—" said Tom.
"Oh, here," said the other, putting his finger on the paragraph. Tom read it over and over again; there could be no mistake of identity, though the account was short enough.
"Oh, here," said the other, pointing to the paragraph. Tom read it again and again; there was no mistake about who it was, even though the description was brief.
"Thank you," said he at last, dropping the paper; "I shall go for a walk; don't you and Herbert wait supper for me." And away he strode, up over the moor at the back of the house, to be alone, and master his grief if possible.
"Thanks," he finally said, dropping the paper. "I'm going for a walk; don’t wait for me and Herbert for dinner." And with that, he walked away, up over the moor behind the house, seeking to be alone and hoping to manage his grief if he could.
His friend looked after him, sympathizing and wondering; and, knocking the ashes out of his pipe, walked over to Herbert. After a short parley,[12] they walked together up to the house.
His friend took care of him, feeling sympathetic and curious; and, emptying his pipe, he walked over to Herbert. After a brief conversation,[12] they walked together up to the house.
"I'm afraid that confounded newspaper has spoiled Brown's fun for this trip."
"I'm afraid that annoying newspaper has ruined Brown's fun for this trip."
"How odd that he should be so fond of his old master," said Herbert. Yet they, also, were both public-school men.
"How strange that he should be so attached to his old master," said Herbert. Yet they were both products of public school as well.
The two, however, notwithstanding Tom's prohibition, waited supper for him, and had everything ready when he came back some half an hour afterward. But he could not join in their cheerful talk, and the party was soon silent, notwithstanding the efforts of all three. One thing only had Tom resolved, and that was that he couldn't [Pg 374] stay in Scotland any longer; he felt an irresistible longing to get to Rugby, and then home, and soon broke it to the others, who had too much tact to oppose.
The two, despite Tom's request, waited for him to have dinner and had everything ready when he returned about half an hour later. But he couldn’t engage in their cheerful conversation, and soon the group fell silent, despite everyone's efforts. Tom had made one decision: he couldn't stay in Scotland any longer; he felt an overwhelming urge to get to Rugby, and then home, and soon shared this with the others, who were too considerate to argue.
So by daylight the next morning he was marching through Ross-shire, and in the evening hit the Caledonian canal, took the next steamer, and travelled as fast as boat and railway could carry him to the Rugby station.
So by daylight the next morning, he was marching through Ross-shire, and in the evening, he reached the Caledonian canal, took the next steamer, and traveled as fast as the boat and railway could take him to the Rugby station.
As he walked up to the town, he felt shy and afraid of being seen, and took the back streets; why, he didn't know; but he followed his instinct. At the school-gates he made a dead pause; there was not a soul in the quadrangle,—all was lonely, and silent, and sad. So with another effort he strode through the quadrangle, and into the School-house offices.[13]
As he approached the town, he felt shy and anxious about being noticed, so he took the back streets; he didn't really know why, but he trusted his instincts. At the school gates, he came to a complete stop; there wasn't a single person in the courtyard—everything was empty, silent, and melancholy. Gathering himself again, he walked through the courtyard and into the school offices.[13]
He found the little matron in her room in deep mourning, shook her hand, tried to talk, and moved nervously about; she was evidently thinking of the same subject as he, but he couldn't begin talking.
He found the little matron in her room in deep mourning, shook her hand, tried to talk, and moved nervously about; she was clearly thinking about the same thing as he was, but he couldn't find the words to start the conversation.
"Where shall I find Thomas?" said he at last, getting desperate.
"Where can I find Thomas?" he finally asked, feeling desperate.
"In the servants' hall, I think, sir. But won't you take anything?" said the matron, looking rather disappointed.
"In the servants' hall, I think, sir. But won’t you take anything?" said the matron, looking quite disappointed.
"No, thank you," said he, and strode off again to find the old verger, who was sitting in his little den as of old, puzzling over hieroglyphics.[14]
"No, thanks," he said, and walked away again to find the old verger, who was sitting in his usual spot, trying to make sense of hieroglyphics.[14]
He looked up through his spectacles, as Tom seized his hand and wrung it.
He looked up over his glasses as Tom grabbed his hand and shook it.
"Ah! you heard all about it, sir, I see," said he.
"Ah! I see you heard all about it, sir," he said.
[Pg 375] Tom nodded, and then sat down on the shoe-board, while the old man told his tale, and wiped his spectacles, and fairly flowed over with quaint, homely, honest sorrow.
[Pg 375] Tom nodded and then sat down on the shoe-board while the old man shared his story, cleaned his glasses, and was genuinely filled with a mix of old-fashioned, sincere sadness.
By the time he had done, Tom felt much better.
By the time he was done, Tom felt much better.
"Where is he buried, Thomas?" said he at last.
"Where's he buried, Thomas?" he finally asked.
"Under the altar in the chapel,[15] sir," answered Thomas. "You'd like to have the key, I dare say."
"Under the altar in the chapel,[15] sir," replied Thomas. "I suppose you want the key."
"Thank you, Thomas—yes, I should very much." And the old man fumbled among his bunch, and then got up, as though he would go with him; but after a few steps stopped short, and said: "Perhaps you'd like to go by yourself, sir?"
"Thank you, Thomas—yeah, I really should." The old man fumbled through his things and then got up, as if he was going to go with him; but after a few steps, he stopped and said, "Maybe you'd prefer to go alone, sir?"
Tom nodded, and the bunch of keys were handed to him with an injunction to be sure and lock the door after him, and bring them back before eight o'clock.
Tom nodded, and the keys were handed to him with a reminder to make sure to lock the door after he left and to return them before eight o'clock.
He walked quickly through the quadrangle and out into the close. The longing which had been upon him [Pg 376] and driven him thus far, like the gad-fly[16] in the Greek legends, giving him no rest in mind or body, seemed all of a sudden not to be satisfied, but to shrivel up, and pall.[17] "Why should I go on? It's no use," he thought, and threw himself at full length on the turf, and looked vaguely and listlessly at all the well-known objects. There were a few of the town-boys playing cricket, their wicket pitched on the best piece in the middle of the big-side ground,—a sin about equal to sacrilege in the eyes of a captain of the eleven. He was very nearly getting up to go and send them off. "Pshaw! they won't remember me. They've more right there than I," he muttered. And the thought that his sceptre had departed, and his mark was wearing out, came home to him for the first time, and bitterly enough. He was lying on the very spot where the fights came off; where he himself had fought six years ago his first and last battle. He conjured up the scene till he could almost hear the shouts of the ring, and East's whisper in his ear; and looking across the close to the Doctor's private door, half expected to see it open, and the tall figure in cap and gown come striding under the elm-trees toward him.
He walked quickly through the courtyard and out into the grassy area. The longing that had been consuming him and pushing him forward, like the gadfly in Greek legends, giving him no peace in mind or body, suddenly seemed unsatisfied, shriveling up, and fading away. "Why should I keep going? It's pointless," he thought, and threw himself down on the grass, staring vaguely and listlessly at all the familiar sights. A few local boys were playing cricket, their wicket set up on the best patch in the middle of the big side of the ground — a sin almost as bad as sacrilege in the eyes of the captain of the team. He almost got up to go and send them away. "Pshaw! They won't remember me. They have more right to be there than I do," he muttered. The thought that his time had passed and his influence was fading hit him for the first time, and it stung. He was lying in the exact spot where the fights took place; where he had fought his first and last battle six years ago. He envisioned the scene vividly, almost hearing the cheers of the crowd and East's whisper in his ear; looking across the grassy area at the Doctor’s private door, half expecting to see it open and the tall figure in cap and gown stride toward him under the elm trees.
No, no! that sight could never be seen again. There was no flag flying on the round tower;[18] the School-house windows were all shuttered up; and when the flag went up again, and the shutters came down, it would be to welcome a stranger. All that was left on earth of him whom he had honored, was lying cold and still under the chapel [Pg 377] floor. He would go in and see the place once more, and then leave it once for all. New men and new methods might do for other people; let those who would, worship the rising star; he at least would be faithful to the sun which had set. And so he got up, and walked to the chapel door and unlocked it, fancying himself the only mourner in all the broad land, and feeding on his own selfish sorrow.
No, no! That sight could never be seen again. There was no flag flying on the round tower; [18] the schoolhouse windows were all shut; and when the flag went up again, and the shutters came down, it would be to welcome a stranger. All that was left of the one he had honored was lying cold and still under the chapel [Pg 377] floor. He would go in and see the place one last time, and then leave it for good. New people and new methods might work for others; let those who want to worship the rising star do so; he would at least remain loyal to the sun that had set. And so he got up, walked to the chapel door, and unlocked it, imagining himself the only mourner in all the land, feeding on his own selfish sorrow.
He passed through the vestibule[19] and then paused for a moment to glance over the empty benches. His heart was still proud and high, and he walked up to the seat which he had last occupied as a sixth-form boy, and sat himself down there to collect his thoughts.
He walked through the entrance[19] and took a moment to look over the empty benches. His heart was still full of pride, and he made his way to the seat he had last sat in as a sixth-form student, sitting down to gather his thoughts.
And, truth to tell, they needed collecting and setting in order not a little. The memories of eight years were all dancing through his brain, and carrying him about whither they would; while beneath them all, his heart was throbbing with a dull sense of a loss that could never be made up to him. The rays of the evening sun came solemnly through the painted windows above his head, and fell in gorgeous colors on the opposite wall, and the perfect stillness soothed his spirit little by little. And he turned to the pulpit, and looked at it, and then, leaning forward with his head on his hands, groaned aloud, "If he could only have seen the Doctor again for one five minutes, have told him all that was in his heart, what he owed to him, how he loved and reverenced him, and would, by God's help, follow his steps in life and death, he could have borne it all without a murmur. But that he should have gone away forever without knowing it all, was too [Pg 378] much to bear. But am I sure that he does not know it all?"—the thought made him start. "May he not even now be near me, in this very chapel? If he be, am I sorrowing as he would have me sorrow—as I should wish to have sorrowed when I shall meet him again?"
And, to be honest, they really needed to be gathered and organized quite a bit. Memories from the past eight years were swirling in his mind, taking him wherever they wanted; meanwhile, deep down, his heart was aching with a sense of loss that could never be filled. The evening sun streamed solemnly through the stained glass windows above him, casting beautiful colors on the wall opposite, while the perfect stillness gradually calmed his spirit. He turned to the pulpit, gazed at it, and then leaned forward with his head resting on his hands, groaning out loud, "If only I could have seen the Doctor again for just five minutes, told him everything in my heart, how much I owed him, how I loved and respected him, and that, with God’s help, I would follow his example in life and death, I could have handled it all without complaint. But that he left without ever knowing all this is too much to bear. But am I really sure he doesn’t know it all?"—the thought startled him. "Could he not even now be near me, right here in this chapel? If he is, am I grieving as he would want me to—like how I would have wanted to grieve when I finally see him again?"
He raised himself up and looked round; and after a minute rose and walked humbly down to the lowest bench, and sat down on the very seat which he had occupied on his first Sunday at Rugby. And then the old memories rushed back again, but softened and subdued, and soothing him as he felt himself carried away by them. And he looked up at the great painted window above the altar, and remembered how when a little boy he used to try not to look through it at the elm-trees and the rooks, before the painted glass came—and the subscription for the painted glass, and the letter he wrote home for money to give to it. And there, down below, was the very name of the boy who sat on his right hand on that first day, scratched rudely in the oak panelling.
He got up and looked around; after a minute, he rose and walked quietly down to the lowest bench, sitting on the same seat he had occupied on his first Sunday at Rugby. Old memories flooded back, but they felt softer and more subdued, comforting him as he got lost in them. He looked up at the large stained glass window above the altar and remembered how, as a little boy, he tried not to look through it at the elm trees and the rooks before the stained glass was installed—and the fundraising for the glass, and the letter he wrote home asking for money to contribute. And there, down below, was the very name of the boy who sat to his right on that first day, scratched roughly into the oak paneling.
And then came the thought of all his old schoolfellows; and form after form of boys, nobler and braver and purer than he, rose up and seemed to rebuke him. Could he not think of them, and what they had felt and were feeling, they who had honored and loved from the first the man whom he had taken years to know and love? Could he not think of those yet dearer to him who were gone, who bore his name and shared his blood, and were now without a husband or a father? Then the grief which he began to share with others became gentle and holy, and he rose up once more, and walked up the steps to the altar, and, while the tears flowed freely down his cheeks, knelt down humbly and hopefully, to lay down there his [Pg 379] share of a burden which had proved itself too heavy for him to bear in his own strength.
And then he thought about all his old school friends; images of boys, nobler, braver, and purer than himself, came to mind and seemed to scold him. Could he not think of them and what they had felt and were feeling, those who had honored and loved the man he took years to truly appreciate? Could he not remember those even dearer to him who were gone, who carried his name and shared his blood, and were now without a husband or father? Then the grief he started to share with others felt gentle and sacred, and he got up again, walked up the steps to the altar, and, while tears streamed down his cheeks, knelt down humbly and hopefully to place there his [Pg 379] part of a burden that had proven too heavy for him to carry alone.
Here let us leave him—where better could we leave him than at the altar, before which he had first caught a glimpse of the glory of his birth-right,[20] and felt the dawning of the bond which links all living souls together in one brotherhood—at the grave, beneath the altar, of him who had opened his eyes to see that glory, and softened his heart till it could feel that bond?
Here let’s leave him—where better could we leave him than at the altar, where he first caught a glimpse of the glory of his birthright,[20] and felt the beginning of the connection that links all living souls together in one brotherhood—at the grave, beneath the altar, of the one who had opened his eyes to see that glory, and softened his heart until it could feel that connection?
And let us not be hard on him, if at that moment his soul is fuller of the tomb and him who lies there than of the altar and Him of whom it speaks. Such stages have to be gone through, I believe, by all young and brave souls who must win their way, through hero worship, to the worship of Him who is the King and Lord of heroes. For it is only through our mysterious human relationships, through the love, and tenderness, and purity of mothers, and sisters, and wives, through the strength, and courage, and wisdom of fathers, and brothers, and teachers, that we can come to the knowledge of Him, in whom alone the love, and the tenderness, and the purity, and the strength, and the courage, and the wisdom of all these dwell for ever and ever in perfect fulness.
And let’s not be too hard on him; if in that moment his heart is more focused on the grave and the person lying there than on the altar and the one it represents. I believe all young and courageous souls must go through this phase, as they transition from idolizing heroes to truly honoring Him who is the King and Lord of heroes. It’s only through our complex human connections—through the love, care, and purity of mothers, sisters, and wives, and through the strength, bravery, and wisdom of fathers, brothers, and teachers—that we come to know Him, in whom all the love, care, purity, strength, bravery, and wisdom of these relationships exist forever in perfect fullness.
FOOTNOTES
[2] Scrub: stunted shrubs.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Scrub: small, bushy plants.
[3] Shingle: a pebbly beach.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Shingle: a rocky beach.
[4] Hostelry: inn.
[7] Goodwood: a famous annual horse-race.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Goodwood: a well-known annual horse race.
[10] Cast: throw.
Cast: throw.
[11] Listlessly: carelessly.
[12] Parley: conversation.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Parley: chat.
[13] Offices: servants' apartments.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Offices: staff apartments.
[15] Chapel: the late Matthew Arnold wrote the following lines on his father's tomb in the chapel:—
[15] Chapel: the late Matthew Arnold wrote these lines on his father's tomb in the chapel:—
"O strong soul, by what shore
Tarriest thou now? For that force,
Surely, has not been left vain!
Somewhere, surely, afar,
In the sounding labor-house vast
Of being, is practised that strength,
Zealous, beneficent, firm!
"O strong soul, where are you staying now? That power surely hasn’t gone to waste! Somewhere far away, in the vast workshop of existence, that strength is being put to good use—enthusiastic, helpful, and steadfast!"
"Yes, in some far-shining sphere,
Conscious or not of the past,
Still thou performest the word
Of the Spirit in whom thou dost live,—
Prompt, unwearied, as here!
"Yes, in some bright distant place,
Aware or not of the past,
You still carry out the promise
Of the Spirit in whom you live,—
Ready, tireless, just like here!
"Still thou upraisest with zeal
The humble good from the ground,
Sternly repressest the bad!
Still, like a trumpet, dost rouse
Those who with half-open eyes
Tread the border-land dim
'Twixt vice and virtue; reviv'st,
Succorest!—this was thy work,
'This was thy life upon earth.'
"You still lift up with passion
The humble good from the ground,
Firmly hold back the bad!
You still, like a trumpet, wake up
Those who, with half-closed eyes,
Walk the blurry line
Between vice and virtue; you restore,
Support!—this is your work,
This is your life on earth."
"But thou would'st not alone
Be saved, my father! alone
Conquer and come to thy goal,
Leaving the rest in the wild.
Therefore to thee it was given
Many to save with thyself;
And at the end of thy days,
O faithful shepherd! to come,
Bringing thy sheep in thy hand."
"But you wouldn't alone
Be saved, my father! alone
Conquer and reach your goal,
Leaving the rest out in the wild.
So it was given to you
To save many along with yourself;
And at the end of your days,
O faithful shepherd! to arrive,
Bringing your sheep in your hands."
Rugby Chapel, November, 1857.—Matthew Arnold.
Rugby Chapel, November 1857. — Matthew Arnold.
[17] Pall: lose strength.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pall: lose power.
[19] Vestibule: entrance hall or anteroom.
INDEX TO NOTES.
[D.H.M.]
A, 44
Accidence, 163
Achates, 257
Act'ly, 87
Addled, 271
Adscriptus glebæ, 18
Affected, 202
A fortiori, 24
Agamemnon, 314
Aganippe, 258
Agincourt, 2
Aim, 35
Alfred, 11
Allowance, 322
Alma, 12
Amateur nest, 250
Amateurs, 290
Ambrosial, 251
Amy Robsart, 97
Angular Saxon, 18
A'nigst, 41
Antediluvian, 15
Argus, 164
Arnold, Dr., 372
Arra, 37
Arter, 85
Arthur, 239
Asser, 12
Assizes, 21
At large, 160
Baal, 228
Babel, 165
Backsword, 8
Bagmen, 82
Bails, 349
Balak, 11
Balances, 197
Balliol, 127
Barrows, 14
Basket handle, 38
Bath, 296
Bating, 133
Beagles, 128
Beating, 271
Bee-orchis, 7
Beggars, 182, 205
Belauded, 66
Belle Sauvage, 74
Bell's Life, 281
Bequest, 303
Berks, 5
Berkshire, 8
Bewick, 252
Big School, 147
Bile, 266
Bill, 2
Bird-fancier, 253
Birth-right, 379
Biscuit, 77
Bist, 26
Bi'st, 89
Black, 208
Blackies, 310
Black Monday, 7
Blethering, 41
Blowing, 263
Blown, 293
Bob, 208
Bolstering, 158
Bona fide, 45
Books, 95, 182
Boomerang, 310
Booths, 32
Boots, 73
Border-farmer, 251
Bore, 119
Bounds, 70
Bout, 4
Bowls, 90
Boxes, 74
Box's head, 87
Braces, 106
Break cover, 27
Brownsover, 201
Brown study, 75
Buckskins, 34
Bucolics, 163
Bulls'-eyes, 69
Bumptiousness, 95
Burgess, 84
Butts, 7
Buxom, 76
Byes, 350
Cairn, 10
Cairngorm, 321
Cajoleries, 184
Calico, 19
Calling over, 96
Callow, 250
Caloric, 79
Camp, 10
Canes, 105
Cant, 301
Cap and gown, 104
Caravans, 34
Cardinal, 26
[Pg 382]
Carlyle, 369
Carte blanche, 105
Cast, 372
Castor, 38
Casts, 152
Catskin, 94
Chaff, 37
Chaffinch, 272
Chaired, 369
Chalet, 23
Chambers, 4
Chapel, 375
Charley, 8
Chartered, 195
Chartism, 239
Chaw, 19
Cheap Jacks, 33
Cheroot, 76
Chesapeake and Shannon, 124
China orange, 112
Chivalrous, 285
Choleric, 58
Chorus, 325
Chronicler, 12
Churchwarden windows, 328
Cicerone, 95
Civil wars, 7
Clanship, 3
Clement's Inn, 22
Clerk, 310
Clever, 167
Close, 57, 100
Cloth-yard shaft, 2
Coach, 284
Cob, 88
Cobs, 351
Cock, The, 150
Cock, 309
Cock of the House, 200
Cockpit, 180
Cogitation, 250
Colleagues, 169
Combes, 321
Comme, etc., 23
Concord, 261
Confirmed, 338
Congenial, 236
Constituted authorities, 364
Constitutional, 275
Constitutional authority, 364
Construe, 144
Convivial, 174
Convoy, 97
Corn-laws, 371
Corn Market, 161
Cornopean, 159
Corollary, 57
Cosmopolite, 8
Costermonger, 48
Counter, 292
Country sides, 49
County members, 89
Courier, 22
Courts, 238
Coventry, 175
Cover, 8, 191
Coverley, 43
Cover-point, 350
Coxiest, 185
Cressy, 2
Cribbed, 261
Cribs, 312
Crichton, 56
Cricket, 32
Cromlech, 14
Crotchet, 4
Culverin, 2
Curacy, 4
Curry favor, 338
Cut, 105, 176, 191
Cut out, 290
Derby, 182
Derogatory, 218
Digamma, 77
Dingle, 51
Dips, 132
Doctor, 127
Dogmatically, 364
Don, 21
Don Quixote, 355
Dot, 309
Dowager, 238
Down, 7
Down shepherd, 37
Doyle, 1
Drag, 77
Dragoons, 30
Dramatis personæ, 283
Drat, 26
Draw, 191
Drawing, 183
Draws, 354
Dresden, 7
Dresser, 53
Dulce domum, 7
'E, 17
Ear-marked, 199
Earth, 342
Ee, 41
Ees, 276
Egypt, 330
Elaborate, 260
Elect, 339
Elegiac, 260
Eleven, 221
Elijah, 228
Elysium, 165
Embrangle, 56
Ensconce, 251
Entity, 139
Environments, 24
Ephemeræ, 206
Et ceteras, 267
Ethnology, 309
Eton, 323
Exercised, 342
[Pg 383]
Exhibitions, 346
Experto crede, 262
Extempore, 257
Eyrie, 10
Fagging, 101
Fairings, 33
Fat living, 238
Feint, 39, 292
Felonious, 273
Felony, 68
Fetish, 28
Fiery cross, 16
File, 90
First-class carriages, 79
First-day boys, 86
First-floor, 84
Fives' court, 100
Flank, 314
Flat, 356
Flies, 371
Flitch, 53
Float, 29
Floored, 265
Fond, 113
Foot-ball, 101
Footman, 64
Foozling, 271
Form, 168
Forms, 60
Freeholders, 18
Frontispiece, 292
Frowzy, 199
Fugle-man, 124
Functionary, 24
Funk, 135, 232
Fustian, 34
Gable ended, 150
Gaby, 68
Gad-fly, 376
Gamester, 30
Gammon, 312
Gee, 208
Gee'd 'em, 279
Generic, 139
Genus, 261
Geordie, 306
Get in, 360
Gi's, 43
Goodwood, 371
Gorse, 8
Goth, 328
Gradus, 246
Grampus, 333
Grapnel, 45
Gravelled, 298
Green rides, 64
Grewsome, 16
Grey, 242
Grimaldi, 97
Guard, 78
Habeas corpus, 356
Hack, 81
Hacks, 101
Half, 190
Half-a-crown, 184
Half-a-sov., 95
Half-sovereign, 37
Hamper, 78
Hand-grenade, 2
Handle, 290
Hands, 296
Hard all, 291
Hard away, 354
Hard-bitten, 347
Hare and hounds, 28
Harriers, 128
He, 37
Head, 293, 294
Hector, 283
Hecuba, 163
Hedge, 184
Heir-apparent, 27
Helen, 283
Herodotus, 355
Hieroglyphics, 374
High, 273
High feather, 266
Highflyer, 160
High Street, 84
Hind-boot, 78
Hoar-frost, 79
Hob, 363
Holus bolus, 23
Homely, 157, 239
Homer's Iliad, 283
Hop-picking, 22
Horn, 17
Hostelry, 371
Hot-foot, 206
Houses of Palaver, 182
Humble-bees, 70
Impecuniosity, 177
Imperial, 22
Impounded, 106
Incarnation, 147
Incongruous, 260
Ingle, 53
Inigo Jones, 14
Innings, 351
Integuments, 61
Intrinsic, 259
Ishmaelites, 197
Island, 101
Islington, 73
Itinerant, 114
Jack, 201
J. P., 19
Jobbers, 20
John, 46
Jug, 15, 142
Jugs, 132
Keeper, 13
Keepers, 203
Ken, 344
Kestrel, 256
King's College Chapel, 363
[Pg 384]
Kit, 72
Knee, 290
Knights, 353
Kossuth, 196
Kraal, 23
Laid, 7
Lakes, 346
Lancet windows, 32
Land me, 339
Larking, 108
Last, 330
Law, 150
Learned poet, 24
Leastway, 276
Leg, 354
Leg-bail, 354
Leg-bye, 359
Legitimate, 33
Leg-shooter, 351
Leicestershire, 151
Lessons, 237
Levy, 175
Lieges, 20
Life-guardsman, 44
Lift, 93
Likely, 205
Line, 331
Lissom, 52
Listlessly, 372
Living, 239
Locus penitentiæ, 326
Lodge, 82
Lombard Street, 112
Long-stop, 349
Lord Craven, 14
Lord Grey, 242
Lord's grounds, 346
Lotus-eaters, 205
Louts, 123
Louvre, 7
Lunging hits, 292
Lupus, 167
Lurcher, 52
Magnates, 300
Magpie, 248
Malice prepense, 301
Malignant, 17
Manor, 50
Map, 11
Marianas, 18
Marryat, 218
Marylebone, 304
Martinmas, 35
Match, 208
Matriculating, 1
Maudlin, 132
Medes and Persians, 131
Medicine-man, 309
Meet, 81
Mentor, 94
Mercies, 339
Midge, 333
Midland, 237
Mill, 282
Miltons, 53
Minds, 35
Minimum, 259
Missive, 67
Mistletoe, 268
Moated grange, 18
Momus, 325
Moor, 321
More by token, 13
Moss-troopers, 252
Mucker, 177
Muff, 132
Mullioned, 58
Mummers, 19
Munitions, 266
Muzzling, 37
Mysteries, 20
Necromancer, 71
Nem. con., 284
Nestor, 363
Nether, 61
Nicias's galleys, 157
Nominally, 182
Nor, 85
Normal, 251
No side, 117
N[)o]table, 25
Nother, 53
Occult, 50
Off, 350
Offices, 374
Old Berkshire, 8
Old John, 46
Old man with a scythe, 4
Ominous, 191
Opodeldoc, 118
Ordnance map, 11
Oriel window, 92
Outlaws, 200
Over, 348
Palaver, 182, 196
Palaver houses, 46
Pall, 376
Pan-pipe, 34
Pap-bottle, 232
Parley, 373
Parrying, 292
Partisans, 291
Pater Brooke, 125
Pattens, 27
Peaching, 176
Peas'n, 276
Pea-shooters, 85
Peat, 321
Pecking-bag, 267
Pellets, 100
Pence, 36
Penates, 181
Penny, 36
Petty sessions, 29
Pewter, 255
Phosphorus, 71
Pickwick Papers, 171
Pie match, 308
[Pg 385]
Pig and Whistle, 85
Pikeman, 79
Pillion, 28
Pink, 81
Pinks, 83
Pipe, 34
Plancus, 109, 258
Plantations, 16
Play, 291, 333, 360
Poaching, 38
Po-chay, 91
Pop-joying, 29
Portmanteau, 78
Post-boys, 159
Post-chaise, 73
Pottered, 33
Pound, 6
Præpostors, 99
Predicate, 281
Premising, 175
Priggism, 46
Primum tempus, 68
Prisoner's base, 61
Privateers, 142
Privet, 13
Profane, 286
Progenitors, 57
Proselytizing, 242
Public, 15
Publican, 51, 228
Public schools, 66
Pull, 140, 293
Purely, 35
Puritan, 26
Purl, 81
Pusey horn, 17
Pyrenees, 114
Quadrangle, 94
Quaint, 36
Quantities, 261
Quarter, 293
Quarter Sessions, 21
Quickset, 272
Quit, 170
Quixotic, 4
Quoits, 90
Rashers, 82
Rating, 168
Raven, 64
Reaches, 201
Reading, 99
Reconnoitered, 59
Red tape, 46
Regulation catskin, 94
Regulator, 85
Richard Swiveller, 9
Rodney, 2
Roc, 263
Roman camp, 10
Rota, 142
Round tower, 376
Rug, 79
Rugby, 72
Rum, 246
Rum un, 87
Runs, 348
Russia, 108
Sacer vates, 2
Sack, 325
Salver, 238
Sampler, 53
Sapped, 336
Sappers and Miners, 11
Sar' it out, 23
Sauce-pan, 181
Sauer-kraut, 7
Saxon, 18
Saxons, 12
Scan, 261
Scatter-brain, 24
Science, 98
Scoring-table, 349
Scrub, 370
Scythe, 4
Seal, 319
Sebastopol, 251
Sedan-chair, 121
Sedge-bird, 271
Servants' hall, 61
Sessions, 21
Set-tos, 353
Sets, 146
Settle, 53
Seven and sixers, 95
Sheep-walks, 14
Shell, 105
Shell lesson, 284
Sheridan Knowles, 328
Sheriff, 348
Shilling, 6
Shingle, 370
Shovel, 42
Side, 117
Silver, 208
Sindbad, 263
Sirens, 22
Sir Roger de Coverley, 43
Sir Walter, 14
Six minutes' law, 150
Skittles, 46
Skye, 370
Sliding-scales, 371
Slithering, 269
Slogger, 287
Smock frocks, 19
Snob, 330
Snuggery, 362
Sodden, 291
Sold, 198
Somersetshire, 30
Sovereign, 37
Sparring, 129
Spinney, 8
Sponge, 296
Sprats, 289
Spring-board, 202
Sprung, 192
Squaretoes, 325
Squire, 17
[Pg 386]
Stage, 80
St. Albans, 80
Stall, 238
Standard, 333
Staple, 165
Star, 74
Statute feasts, 31
Steeple-chase, 97
Sterling, 181
St. George, 13
Stickleback, 28
Stiggins, Mr., 9
Stolid, 55
Stone, 3
Studies, 96
Study-fagging, 178
Stuff, 34
Stump, 349
Stumped, 354
Summary, 288
Summut, 41
Surrey, 322
Swarmed, 269
Swiper Jack, 350
Swiping, 359
Swiss Family Robinson, 58
Swiveller, Richard, 9
Tabor, 34
Tacitly, 282
Tackle, 81
Tackle-maker, 204
Tails, 177
Talbots, 2
Tally-ho, 73
Tap, 83
Taxidermy, 252
Team, 350
Technicalities, 103
Ten-pound doctor, 20
Thatched, 9
Thick, 154
Three-decker, 147
Three pound ten, 6
Thunder-and-lightning, 292
Tick, 119
Ticket-of-leave-men, 200
Tie, 44
Tighe, 17
Tile, 94
Tip, 87
Tithe, 167
Tizzy, 184
Toady, 47, 176
Toby Philpot jug, 15
Toco, 112
Toffee, 69
Tom Crib, 98
Top-boots, 34
Topping, 351
Tors, 321
Tory, 57
Toryism, 368
Toss-up, 201
Town, 361
Treadmill, 5
Trencher, 82
True blue, 57
Tuck, 291
Tuck-shop, 119
Tuppence, 36
Turf-cart, 357
Turnspit, 49
Turret, 297
Tutelage, 32
Twenty, The, 364
Twisters, 322
Twod, 41
Two seven and sixers, 95
Um, 16
Umpire, 40
Un, 16
Uncovenanted mercies, 339
Unctuous, 290
Usher, 66
Utopian, 238
Valeted, 28
Van, 85
Vantage-ground, 152
Veathers, 41
Velveteens, 204
Verger, 100
Vernacular, 19
Verses, 182
Vested, 368
Vested interest, 196
Vestibule, 377
Vestry, 57
Veto, 165
Vicarious, 262
Vice, 332
Vizes, 44
Vlush, 41
Volition, 256
Vools, 19
Wainscoted, 82
War, The, 237
'Ware, 274
Wash, 232
Waterloo, 116
Wattle, 151
Way-bill, 83
Wayland Smith's cave, 14
Wench, 35
West-countryman, 18
West End clubs, 46
Whey, 26
Whum, 19
Wicket, 52
Wickets, 90, 346
Wig, 28
Will-he, nill-he, 105
William IV., 133
Wiltshire, 30
Winded, 293
[Pg 387]
Windsor Castle, 98
Wiseacre, 325
Wiseacres, 213
Wooy, 37
Worships, 358
Wos-bird, 42
Wur, 44
Wykeham, 259
Yeast, 45
Yeomanry, 21, 238
Yeomen, 1
Yule-tide, 19
A, 44
Accidence, 163
Achates, 257
Act'ly, 87
Addled, 271
Adscriptus glebæ, 18
Affected, 202
A fortiori, 24
Agamemnon, 314
Aganippe, 258
Agincourt, 2
Aim, 35
Alfred, 11
Allowance, 322
Alma, 12
Amateur nest, 250
Amateurs, 290
Ambrosial, 251
Amy Robsart, 97
Angular Saxon, 18
A'nigst, 41
Antediluvian, 15
Argus, 164
Arnold, Dr., 372
Arra, 37
Arter, 85
Arthur, 239
Asser, 12
Assizes, 21
At large, 160
Baal, 228
Babel, 165
Backsword, 8
Bagmen, 82
Bails, 349
Balak, 11
Balances, 197
Balliol, 127
Barrows, 14
Basket handle, 38
Bath, 296
Bating, 133
Beagles, 128
Beating, 271
Bee-orchis, 7
Beggars, 182, 205
Belauded, 66
Belle Sauvage, 74
Bell's Life, 281
Bequest, 303
Berks, 5
Berkshire, 8
Bewick, 252
Big School, 147
Bile, 266
Bill, 2
Bird-fancier, 253
Birth-right, 379
Biscuit, 77
Bist, 26
Bi'st, 89
Black, 208
Blackies, 310
Black Monday, 7
Blethering, 41
Blowing, 263
Blown, 293
Bob, 208
Bolstering, 158
Bona fide, 45
Books, 95, 182
Boomerang, 310
Booths, 32
Boots, 73
Border-farmer, 251
Bore, 119
Bounds, 70
Bout, 4
Bowls, 90
Boxes, 74
Box's head, 87
Braces, 106
Break cover, 27
Brownsover, 201
Brown study, 75
Buckskins, 34
Bucolics, 163
Bulls'-eyes, 69
Bumptiousness, 95
Burgess, 84
Butts, 7
Buxom, 76
Byes, 350
Cairn, 10
Cairngorm, 321
Cajoleries, 184
Calico, 19
Calling over, 96
Callow, 250
Caloric, 79
Camp, 10
Canes, 105
Cant, 301
Cap and gown, 104
Caravans, 34
Cardinal, 26
[Pg 382]
Carlyle, 369
Carte blanche, 105
Cast, 372
Castor, 38
Casts, 152
Catskin, 94
Chaff, 37
Chaffinch, 272
Chaired, 369
Chalet, 23
Chambers, 4
Chapel, 375
Charley, 8
Chartered, 195
Chartism, 239
Chaw, 19
Cheap Jacks, 33
Cheroot, 76
Chesapeake and Shannon, 124
China orange, 112
Chivalrous, 285
Choleric, 58
Chorus, 325
Chronicler, 12
Churchwarden windows, 328
Cicerone, 95
Civil wars, 7
Clanship, 3
Clement's Inn, 22
Clerk, 310
Clever, 167
Close, 57, 100
Cloth-yard shaft, 2
Coach, 284
Cob, 88
Cobs, 351
Cock, The, 150
Cock, 309
Cock of the House, 200
Cockpit, 180
Cogitation, 250
Colleagues, 169
Combes, 321
Comme, etc., 23
Concord, 261
Confirmed, 338
Congenial, 236
Constituted authorities, 364
Constitutional, 275
Constitutional authority, 364
Construe, 144
Convivial, 174
Convoy, 97
Corn-laws, 371
Corn Market, 161
Cornopean, 159
Corollary, 57
Cosmopolite, 8
Costermonger, 48
Counter, 292
Country sides, 49
County members, 89
Courier, 22
Courts, 238
Coventry, 175
Cover, 8, 191
Coverley, 43
Cover-point, 350
Coxiest, 185
Cressy, 2
Cribbed, 261
Cribs, 312
Crichton, 56
Cricket, 32
Cromlech, 14
Crotchet, 4
Culverin, 2
Curacy, 4
Curry favor, 338
Cut, 105, 176, 191
Cut out, 290
Derby, 182
Derogatory, 218
Digamma, 77
Dingle, 51
Dips, 132
Doctor, 127
Dogmatically, 364
Don, 21
Don Quixote, 355
Dot, 309
Dowager, 238
Down, 7
Down shepherd, 37
Doyle, 1
Drag, 77
Dragoons, 30
Dramatis personæ, 283
Drat, 26
Draw, 191
Drawing, 183
Draws, 354
Dresden, 7
Dresser, 53
Dulce domum, 7
'E, 17
Ear-marked, 199
Earth, 342
Ee, 41
Ees, 276
Egypt, 330
Elaborate, 260
Elect, 339
Elegiac, 260
Eleven, 221
Elijah, 228
Elysium, 165
Embrangle, 56
Ensconce, 251
Entity, 139
Environments, 24
Ephemeræ, 206
Et ceteras, 267
Ethnology, 309
Eton, 323
Exercised, 342
[Pg 383]
Exhibitions, 346
Experto crede, 262
Extempore, 257
Eyrie, 10
Fagging, 101
Fairings, 33
Fat living, 238
Feint, 39, 292
Felonious, 273
Felony, 68
Fetish, 28
Fiery cross, 16
File, 90
First-class carriages, 79
First-day boys, 86
First-floor, 84
Fives' court, 100
Flank, 314
Flat, 356
Flies, 371
Flitch, 53
Float, 29
Floored, 265
Fond, 113
Foot-ball, 101
Footman, 64
Foozling, 271
Form, 168
Forms, 60
Freeholders, 18
Frontispiece, 292
Frowzy, 199
Fugle-man, 124
Functionary, 24
Funk, 135, 232
Fustian, 34
Gable ended, 150
Gaby, 68
Gad-fly, 376
Gamester, 30
Gammon, 312
Gee, 208
Gee'd 'em, 279
Generic, 139
Genus, 261
Geordie, 306
Get in, 360
Gi's, 43
Goodwood, 371
Gorse, 8
Goth, 328
Gradus, 246
Grampus, 333
Grapnel, 45
Gravelled, 298
Green rides, 64
Grewsome, 16
Grey, 242
Grimaldi, 97
Guard, 78
Habeas corpus, 356
Hack, 81
Hacks, 101
Half, 190
Half-a-crown, 184
Half-a-sov., 95
Half-sovereign, 37
Hamper, 78
Hand-grenade, 2
Handle, 290
Hands, 296
Hard all, 291
Hard away, 354
Hard-bitten, 347
Hare and hounds, 28
Harriers, 128
He, 37
Head, 293, 294
Hector, 283
Hecuba, 163
Hedge, 184
Heir-apparent, 27
Helen, 283
Herodotus, 355
Hieroglyphics, 374
High, 273
High feather, 266
Highflyer, 160
High Street, 84
Hind-boot, 78
Hoar-frost, 79
Hob, 363
Holus bolus, 23
Homely, 157, 239
Homer's Iliad, 283
Hop-picking, 22
Horn, 17
Hostelry, 371
Hot-foot, 206
Houses of Palaver, 182
Humble-bees, 70
Impecuniosity, 177
Imperial, 22
Impounded, 106
Incarnation, 147
Incongruous, 260
Ingle, 53
Inigo Jones, 14
Innings, 351
Integuments, 61
Intrinsic, 259
Ishmaelites, 197
Island, 101
Islington, 73
Itinerant, 114
Jack, 201
J. P., 19
Jobbers, 20
John, 46
Jug, 15, 142
Jugs, 132
Keeper, 13
Keepers, 203
Ken, 344
Kestrel, 256
King's College Chapel, 363
[Pg 384]
Kit, 72
Knee, 290
Knights, 353
Kossuth, 196
Kraal, 23
Laid, 7
Lakes, 346
Lancet windows, 32
Land me, 339
Larking, 108
Last, 330
Law, 150
Learned poet, 24
Leastway, 276
Leg, 354
Leg-bail, 354
Leg-bye, 359
Legitimate, 33
Leg-shooter, 351
Leicestershire, 151
Lessons, 237
Levy, 175
Lieges, 20
Life-guardsman, 44
Lift, 93
Likely, 205
Line, 331
Lissom, 52
Listlessly, 372
Living, 239
Locus penitentiæ, 326
Lodge, 82
Lombard Street, 112
Long-stop, 349
Lord Craven, 14
Lord Grey, 242
Lord's grounds, 346
Lotus-eaters, 205
Louts, 123
Louvre, 7
Lunging hits, 292
Lupus, 167
Lurcher, 52
Magnates, 300
Magpie, 248
Malice prepense, 301
Malignant, 17
Manor, 50
Map, 11
Marianas, 18
Marryat, 218
Marylebone, 304
Martinmas, 35
Match, 208
Matriculating, 1
Maudlin, 132
Medes and Persians, 131
Medicine-man, 309
Meet, 81
Mentor, 94
Mercies, 339
Midge, 333
Midland, 237
Mill, 282
Miltons, 53
Minds, 35
Minimum, 259
Missive, 67
Mistletoe, 268
Moated grange, 18
Momus, 325
Moor, 321
More by token, 13
Moss-troopers, 252
Mucker, 177
Muff, 132
Mullioned, 58
Mummers, 19
Munitions, 266
Muzzling, 37
Mysteries, 20
Necromancer, 71
Nem. con., 284
Nestor, 363
Nether, 61
Nicias's galleys, 157
Nominally, 182
Nor, 85
Normal, 251
No side, 117
N[)o]table, 25
Nother, 53
Occult, 50
Off, 350
Offices, 374
Old Berkshire, 8
Old John, 46
Old man with a scythe, 4
Ominous, 191
Opodeldoc, 118
Ordnance map, 11
Oriel window, 92
Outlaws, 200
Over, 348
Palaver, 182, 196
Palaver houses, 46
Pall, 376
Pan-pipe, 34
Pap-bottle, 232
Parley, 373
Parrying, 292
Partisans, 291
Pater Brooke, 125
Pattens, 27
Peaching, 176
Peas'n, 276
Pea-shooters, 85
Peat, 321
Pecking-bag, 267
Pellets, 100
Pence, 36
Penates, 181
Penny, 36
Petty sessions, 29
Pewter, 255
Phosphorus, 71
Pickwick Papers, 171
Pie match, 308
[Pg 385]
Pig and Whistle, 85
Pikeman, 79
Pillion, 28
Pink, 81
Pinks, 83
Pipe, 34
Plancus, 109, 258
Plantations, 16
Play, 291, 333, 360
Poaching, 38
Po-chay, 91
Pop-joying, 29
Portmanteau, 78
Post-boys, 159
Post-chaise, 73
Pottered, 33
Pound, 6
Præpostors, 99
Predicate, 281
Premising, 175
Priggism, 46
Primum tempus, 68
Prisoner's base, 61
Privateers, 142
Privet, 13
Profane, 286
Progenitors, 57
Proselytizing, 242
Public, 15
Publican, 51, 228
Public schools, 66
Pull, 140, 293
Purely, 35
Puritan, 26
Purl, 81
Pusey horn, 17
Pyrenees, 114
Quadrangle, 94
Quaint, 36
Quantities, 261
Quarter, 293
Quarter Sessions, 21
Quickset, 272
Quit, 170
Quixotic, 4
Quoits, 90
Rashers, 82
Rating, 168
Raven, 64
Reaches, 201
Reading, 99
Reconnoitered, 59
Red tape, 46
Regulation catskin, 94
Regulator, 85
Richard Swiveller, 9
Rodney, 2
Roc, 263
Roman camp, 10
Rota, 142
Round tower, 376
Rug, 79
Rugby, 72
Rum, 246
Rum un, 87
Runs, 348
Russia, 108
Sacer vates, 2
Sack, 325
Salver, 238
Sampler, 53
Sapped, 336
Sappers and Miners, 11
Sar' it out, 23
Sauce-pan, 181
Sauer-kraut, 7
Saxon, 18
Saxons, 12
Scan, 261
Scatter-brain, 24
Science, 98
Scoring-table, 349
Scrub, 370
Scythe, 4
Seal, 319
Sebastopol, 251
Sedan-chair, 121
Sedge-bird, 271
Servants' hall, 61
Sessions, 21
Set-tos, 353
Sets, 146
Settle, 53
Seven and sixers, 95
Sheep-walks, 14
Shell, 105
Shell lesson, 284
Sheridan Knowles, 328
Sheriff, 348
Shilling, 6
Shingle, 370
Shovel, 42
Side, 117
Silver, 208
Sindbad, 263
Sirens, 22
Sir Roger de Coverley, 43
Sir Walter, 14
Six minutes' law, 150
Skittles, 46
Skye, 370
Sliding-scales, 371
Slithering, 269
Slogger, 287
Smock frocks, 19
Snob, 330
Snuggery, 362
Sodden, 291
Sold, 198
Somersetshire, 30
Sovereign, 37
Sparring, 129
Spinney, 8
Sponge, 296
Sprats, 289
Spring-board, 202
Sprung, 192
Squaretoes, 325
Squire, 17
[Pg 386]
Stage, 80
St. Albans, 80
Stall, 238
Standard, 333
Staple, 165
Star, 74
Statute feasts, 31
Steeple-chase, 97
Sterling, 181
St. George, 13
Stickleback, 28
Stiggins, Mr., 9
Stolid, 55
Stone, 3
Studies, 96
Study-fagging, 178
Stuff, 34
Stump, 349
Stumped, 354
Summary, 288
Summut, 41
Surrey, 322
Swarmed, 269
Swiper Jack, 350
Swiping, 359
Swiss Family Robinson, 58
Swiveller, Richard, 9
Tabor, 34
Tacitly, 282
Tackle, 81
Tackle-maker, 204
Tails, 177
Talbots, 2
Tally-ho, 73
Tap, 83
Taxidermy, 252
Team, 350
Technicalities, 103
Ten-pound doctor, 20
Thatched, 9
Thick, 154
Three-decker, 147
Three pound ten, 6
Thunder-and-lightning, 292
Tick, 119
Ticket-of-leave-men, 200
Tie, 44
Tighe, 17
Tile, 94
Tip, 87
Tithe, 167
Tizzy, 184
Toady, 47, 176
Toby Philpot jug, 15
Toco, 112
Toffee, 69
Tom Crib, 98
Top-boots, 34
Topping, 351
Tors, 321
Tory, 57
Toryism, 368
Toss-up, 201
Town, 361
Treadmill, 5
Trencher, 82
True blue, 57
Tuck, 291
Tuck-shop, 119
Tuppence, 36
Turf-cart, 357
Turnspit, 49
Turret, 297
Tutelage, 32
Twenty, The, 364
Twisters, 322
Twod, 41
Two seven and sixers, 95
Um, 16
Umpire, 40
Un, 16
Uncovenanted mercies, 339
Unctuous, 290
Usher, 66
Utopian, 238
Valeted, 28
Van, 85
Vantage-ground, 152
Veathers, 41
Velveteens, 204
Verger, 100
Vernacular, 19
Verses, 182
Vested, 368
Vested interest, 196
Vestibule, 377
Vestry, 57
Veto, 165
Vicarious, 262
Vice, 332
Vizes, 44
Vlush, 41
Volition, 256
Vools, 19
Wainscoted, 82
War, The, 237
'Ware, 274
Wash, 232
Waterloo, 116
Wattle, 151
Way-bill, 83
Wayland Smith's cave, 14
Wench, 35
West-countryman, 18
West End clubs, 46
Whey, 26
Whum, 19
Wicket, 52
Wickets, 90, 346
Wig, 28
Will-he, nill-he, 105
William IV., 133
Wiltshire, 30
Winded, 293
[Pg 387]
Windsor Castle, 98
Wiseacre, 325
Wiseacres, 213
Wooy, 37
Worships, 358
Wos-bird, 42
Wur, 44
Wykeham, 259
Yeast, 45
Yeomanry, 21, 238
Yeomen, 1
Yule-tide, 19
TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES
1. Footnotes have been moved from the middle of a paragraph to the end of the chapter referring to the particular footnote.
1. Footnotes have been moved from the middle of a paragraph to the end of the chapter that refers to the specific footnote.
2. The page headings in the original text have been changed to section headings in this HTML version.
2. The page titles in the original text have been updated to section titles in this HTML version.
3. The original text includes Greek characters. For this HTML version these letters have been replaced with transliterations.
3. The original text includes Greek characters. For this HTML version, these letters have been replaced with transliterations.
4. Obvious punctuation errors have been silently corrected, such as, addition of missing period at the end of sentences, etc.
4. Obvious punctuation mistakes have been quietly fixed, like adding missing periods at the end of sentences, etc.
5. Other than the changes listed above, printer's inconsistencies in spelling, hyphenation, and ligature usage have been retained.
5. Besides the changes mentioned above, the printer's inconsistencies in spelling, hyphenation, and ligature usage have been kept.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!